University of Illinois Annual Register 1915-1916 PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY THE UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY c ENVIRONS OF THE CAMPUS, 1915-16 si 64. 35. 4. 22. 70. 55. 37. 40. 29. 13. 58. 53. 2. 16. 31. 10. 57. 60. Chi Psi Chinese Club Church of Christ College Hall Dormitory Congregational Guild Cosmopolitan Club Delta (lamina Delta Kappa Kpsilon Delta Tau Delta Delta Upsilon Gamma Alpha Gamma Phi Beta German M. E. Church Illinois Union Ilus Iris Kappa Alpha Theta Kappa Kappa Gamma KEY, ALPHABETICAL 49. Kappa Sigma 20 59. 11. 62. 8. 41. 28. 61. 65. 50. 48. 17. 43. 45. 7. 12. Lambda Chi Alpha Osborne Hall Phi Alpha Delta Phi Delta Phi Phi Delta Theta Phi Gamma Delta Phi Kappa Phi Kappa Psi Phi Kappa Sigma Phi Sigma Kappa Pi Beta Phi Pi Omicron Presbyterian Church Presbyterian Hall Psi Delta Psi Upsilon 1. 54. 32. 27. 15. 14. 25. 21. 19. 46. 5. 67. 34. 33. 44. 68. 18. St. Peter's Evang. Cht* Sigma Alpha Epsilon Sigma Chi Sigma Kappa Sigma Nu Sigma Pi Tau Beta Pi Tau Kappa Epsilon Theta Delta Chi Triangle Trinity M. E. Church Unitarian Church University Club Y. M. C. A. Y. W. C. A. Zeta Beta Tau Zeta Psi l a .'ii- — »«-•- . Church 'urch urch 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. KEY, NUM Theta Delta Chi Lambda Chi Alpha Tau Kappa Epsilon College Hall Dormitory Chi Phi Alpha Rho Chi Tau Beta Pi Alpha Gamma Rho Sigma Kappa Phi Kappa Delta Tau Delta Alpha Delta Phi Ilus Sigma Chi Y. M. C. A. University Club Chinese Club Chi Delta ER1CAL 37. Delta Gamma 54. 38. Chi Omega 55. 39. Alpha Chi Omega 56. 40. Delta Kappa Epsilon 57. 41. Phi Gamma Delta 58. 42. Alpha Tau Omega 59. 43. Presbyterian Church Y. W. C. A. 60. 44. 61. 45. Presbyterian Hall 62. 46. Triangle Beta Theta Pi 63. 47. 64. 48. Pi Beta Phi 65. 49. Kappa Sigma 66. 50. Phi Sigma Kappa 67. 51. Alpha Xi Delta 68. 52. Alpha Sigma Phi Gamma Phi Beta 69. 53. 70. Sigma Alpha Epsilon Cosmopolitan Club Acacia Kappa Alpha Theta Gamma Alpha Osborne Hall Kappa Kappa Gamma Phi Kappa Psi Phi Delta Phi Alpha Delta Pi Chi Psi Phi Kappa Sigma Achoth Unitarian Church Zeta Beta Tau Alpha Chi Sigma Congregational Guild Return this book on or before the Latest Date stamped below. University of Illinois Library ■ 3 1-: SEP 9 977 NOV I994 OCT 2 3 !? ! ?4 L161— H41 Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2011 with funding from University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign http://www.archive.org/details/annualregister191516univ Earning anh ICahnr University of Illinois ANNUAL REGISTER 1915-1916 General Announcements, 1916-1917 Faculty and Courses, 1915-1916 Students, 1915-1916 URBANA PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY FEBRUARY, 1916 CONTENTS University Calendar 5 Board of Trustees .. 11 Advisory Boards 13 Officers of Administration and Instruction 15 Part I. General Information 43 Location .. . . . 45 Equipment 51 Administration 67 Admission .. .. .. 71 Graduation : First Degrees 97 Lectures and Other General Exercises 103 Associations, Societies, and Clubs 112 Undergraduate Scholarships 117 Fees and Expenses 122 Part II. The Colleges and Schools 127 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 129 The College of Commerce and Business Administration 145 The College of Engineering 157 The College of Agriculture 176 The Graduate School 187 The Library School 196 The School of Music 199 The School of Education 202 The School of Railway Engineering and Administration 205 Military Science 206 Physical Training 208 The Summer Session 209 The College of Law 214 The College of Medicine 219 The College of Dentistry 244 The School of Pharmacy 254 Part III. General Description of Courses 257 Part IV. University Extension 415 Part V. Experiment Stations and Other Scientific Bureaus 423 Part VI. List of Students, Degrees, Etc Students, 1915-16 439 Degrees Conferred, 1915 526 Fellows and Scholars 539 Honors 541 Directory of Alumni Associations 556 Indexes 559 3 ... uOn.± CALENDAR 1915, 1916, 1917 1915 1916 JHNUHRY 1917 JHNUSRY 4 5 6 ll 12 13 18 19 20 7 8 g 14 15 16 Jl!2223 ;■ 18J29 30 3 4 g 10 11 i6li7'i8 -3|24i25 3031'- 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 3 4 10 11 1718 6 13 ig'20 24|25j26|27 31 4 5 21 12 FEBRUHRY S I M I T W T FEBRUHRY 17 24 29i30'3i 6 7 13 14 20 3! 27 23 6 7 8 1314 15 20 21J22 27 20 29 27 28 2 3 g 10 16 17 23 24 3031 SBPTEM3ER SBPTBMBBH 6 13 ig 20 26J27 6 13 26 27 7 14 15 22 28 1 2g OCTOBER Ml T W T F S 3 4 5 10 11 12 17 i3ia 24,25 26 3x|... 3 4 io!ii I7|x8 2425 NOiZBMBER 8 7 n * M 1 22 5 T 2 10 11 12 13 14 IS 16 17 iti 19 20 21I22 23 24 2fl 2b -"7 28 129 1 .10 31 DECEMBER 3 H T H r r S X 2 3 4 5 b 7 8 9 10 11 1213 u 15 lb 17 18 ig 20 21 22 2?, 34 2=) sfis7 38,29 3& 31 4 5 6 11 12 13 iSig 20 25 26 27 7 I4|I5 21 1 22 28 29 DECBMBEI? M T W T F 9 15 16 23 30 THE UNIVERSITY CALENDAR 1915-1916-1917 FIRST SEMESTER, 1915-1916 Sept. 13-17, Mon. to Fri. Sept 14, Tues. Sept. 15, Wed. Sept. 20-21, Mon., Tues. Sept. 20, Mon. 7 p. m. Sept. 22, Wed., 8 a.m. 4 p. m. Sept. 22-24, Wed. to Fri. Sept. 25, Sat. Sept. 27, Mon. Sept. 27-30, Mon. to Thurs Sept. 30, Thurs. Oct. 2, Sat., 5 p. m. Oct. 4, Mon., 4 p. m. Oct. 6, Wed. Oct. 7, Thurs. Oct. 15, Fri. Oct. 16, Sat. Oct. 22, Fri. Oct. 29-31, Fri. to Sun. Nov. 1, Mon., 5 p. m. Nov. 16-24 Nov. 18-20, Thurs. to Sat. Nov. 20, Sat. Nov. 22, Mon. Nov. 22-24, Mon. to Wed. Nov. 24, Wed., 12 m. Nov. 25-27, Thurs. to Sat. Nov. 29, Mon., 8 a. m. 12 m. Entrance examinations Quarterly meeting of the Board of Trustees Scholarship examination for second nominees Registration Days Registration, School of Pharmacy- Examination for exemption from Rhetoric 1 Instruction begun Freshman convocation Entrance examinations, departments in Chi- cago Assignments in the Brigade posted (Engineer- ing Building, first floor, west end) Military drill (Mil. 2) and Hygiene lectures (P. T. la and 9) begun Examinations for removal of conditions, College of Medicine Registration, College of Medicine Latest date for rebates in full and for change of study-list without fee Senate meeting Registration, College of Dentistry Registration closes, College of Medicine Assignment of vacant scholarships in agricul- ture and household science Registration closes, College of Dentistry Latest date for removal of "incompletes" Alumni home coming Latest day for announcement of subjects for all undergraduate and graduate theses Mining inspection trip High school conference Latest date for rebates of one-half fees St. Louis Symphony Orchestra Engineering inspection trips Household science inspection trip Thanksgiving recess begun, departments in Urbana and College of Medicine Thanksgiving recess, College of Dentistry Instruction resumed, College of Medicine Instruction resumed, departments in Urbana The University Calendar Dec. 3, Fri. 8 p. m. Dec. 6, Mon. Dec. 10, Fri. Dec. 14, Tues. 8 p.m. Dec. 18, Sat Dec. 21, Tues., 5 p. m. 6 p. m. Dec. 21-23, Tues. to Thurs. Dec. 24, Fri. Dec. 31, Fri., 5 p. m. Jan. 3, Mon., 9 a. m. lp, in. Jan. 10-22 Jan. 17-29 Tan. 27, Thurs. Jan. 31-Feb. 4, Mon. to Fri. Jan. 31-Feb. 5, Mon. to Sat. Feb. 2-5, Wed. to Sat. Feb. 3, Thurs. Illinois day Iowa-Minnesota-Illinois debates Senate meeting Junior promenade Quarterly meeting of the Board of Trustees Christmas concert Holiday recess begun, School of Pharmacy Holiday recess begun Holiday recess begun, College of Medicine Inspection trip, animal husbandry Holiday recess begun, College of Dentistry Latest day for submission of outlines of theses by candidates for professional degrees in engineering Instruction resumed, School of Pharmacy and College of Dentistry Instruction resumed, departments in Urbana and College of Medicine Short courses in ceramic engineering and high- way engineering Short course in household science Semester examinations begun Semester examinations, College of Dentistry Short course in business Semester examinations, College of Medicine Entrance examinations Semester examinations ended SECOND SEMESTER, 1915-1916 Feb. 7, 8, Mon., Tues. Feb. 7, Mon. Feb. 9, Wed., 8 a. m. Feb. 12, Sat. Feb. 19, Sat. Feb. 22, Tues. Feb. 25, Fri. March 2, Thurs. March 4, Sat. March 10, Fri. March 14, Tues. March 17, Fri. March 22, Wed. March 31-April 3 April 1, Sat., 5 p.m. April 1-7 April 3, Mon. Registration Days Senate Meeting Instruction begun Lincoln day Last day for rebates in full and for change of study-list without fee Washington day Military ball University day Annual band concert Latest day for removal of incompletes and for removal by seniors of first semester fail- ures Annual meeting of the Board of Trustees Midwest League debate New York Symphony Orchestra Chemistry inspection trip Latest day for filing of completed theses by candidates for professional degrees in engineering Geology inspection trip Senate meeting The University Calendar April 8, Sat, 5 p. m. April 10, Mon. April 12, Wed. April 18, Tues. April 18-21, Tues. to Fri. April 20, Thurs., 12 m. April 20-26 April 23-30 April 24, Mon., 8 a. m. April 25, Tues., 12 m. April 26, Wed. May 5, Fri. May 10, Wed. May 11-13, Thurs. to Sat. May 12, Fri. May 13, Sat. 12 m. May, between 15 and 31 May 29, Mon. May 30, Tues. June 1, Thurs., 8a. m. 12 m. June 2, Fri. June 3, Sat., 12 m. June 5, Mon. June 8, Thurs. June 9. Fri. June 10, Sat. June 11, Sun. June 12, Mon. June 13, Tues. June 14, Wed. 8:30 p. m. 10 a. m. Latest day for rebates of one-half fees Animal husbandry inspection trip New York Philharmonic Orchestra Railway inspection trip Annual meeting of American Chemical Society Easter recess begun Geology inspection trip Easter recess, School of Pharmacy, longer course Instruction resumed, College of Medicine Instruction resumed Commencement, School of Pharmacy Northern Oratorical League contest Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra Public School art exhibit Interscholastic oratorical contest Interscholastic athletic meet Latest day for the receipt by the Dean of the Graduate School of certified copies of doctors' theses Hazelton prize drill Annual inspection Company competitive drill Final examinations begun, Colleges of Medi- cine and Dentistry Military Day Final examinations begun Latest day for acceptance of undergraduate theses Class day, College of Dentistry Latest day for receipt by the Dean of the Graduate School of certified copies of masters' theses Senate meeting Final examinations ended End of longer course, School of Pharmacy Class day and alumni meeting, College of Medicine Baccalaureate address Class day Senior ball Alumni day Quarterly meeting of the Board of Trustees Forty-fifth Annual Commencement SUMMER SESSION, 1916 June 19, Mon. Registration Day June 20, Tues. Instruction begun July 8, 15, 22, 29, Aug. 5, Sat. Entrance examinations Aug. 10, 11, Thurs., Fri. Final examinations. The University Calendar Sept. 11- -15, Mon. to Fri. Sept. 12, Tues. Sept. 13, Wed. Sept. 18. 19, Mon., Tues. Sept. 18, Mon. 7 p. m. Sept. 20, Wed. 4 p. m. Sept. 20-22, Wed. to Fri. Sept. 23, Sat. Sept. 25, Mon. Sept. 25-28, Mon. to Thurs, Sept. 28, Thurs. Sept. 30, Sat., 5 p >. m. Oct. 2, Mon. Oct. 4, Wed. Oct. 5, Thurs. Oct. 14, Sat. Oct. 16, Mon. Oct. 20, Fri., 5 p. m. Nov. 6, Mon., 5 p. m. Nov. 17- -19, Fri. to Sun. Nov. 18, Sat, 5 p. m. Nov. 23-25, Thur« s. to Sat. Nov. 27-29, Mon. to Wed. Nov. 30, Thurs. Dec. 3, Sun. Dec. 4, Mon. Dec. 8, Fri. Dec. 12. Tues. Dec. 19, Tues, 8 p. m. Dec. 21, Thurs., 11 a. m. Dec. 30, Sat., 5 p. m. Jan. 3, Wed., 1 p. m. Jan. 8-20 FIRST SEMESTER, 1916-1917 Entrance examinations Quarterly meeting of the Board of Trustee* Scholarship examinations for second nominees Registration Days Registration, School of Pharmacy- Examination for exemption from Rhetoric 1 Instruction begun Freshman convocation Entrance examinations, departments in Chi- cago Assignments in the Brigade posted (Engineer- ing Building, first floor, west end) Mi'itary drill (Mil. 2) and Hygiene lectures (P. T. la and 9) begun Examinations for removal of conditions, Col- lege of Medicine Registration, College of Medicine Latest day for rebates in full and for change of study-list without fee Senate meeting Registration, College of Dentistry Registration closes, College of Medicine Registration closes, College of Dentistry Assignment of vacant scholarships in agricul- ture and household science Latest day for removal of "incompletes" Latest day for announcement of subjects of all undergraduate and graduate theses Alumni home coming Latest day for rebates of one-half fees High school conference Engineering inspection trips Household science inspection trip Thanksgiving day Illinois day Senate Meeting Junior promenade Quarterly meeting of the Board of Trustees Christmas concert Holiday recess begun Latest day for submission of outlines of theses by candidates for professional degrees in engineering Instruction resumed Short courses in ceramic engineering and high- way engineering The University Calendar Jan. 15-27 Short courses in agriculture and household science Jan. 25, Thurs. Semester examinations begun Jan. 29-Feb. 2, Mon. to Fri. Semester examinations, College of Dentistry Short course in business Jan. 29-Feb. 3, Mon. to Sat. Semester examinations, College of Medicine Jan. 31-Feb. 3, Wed. to Sat. Entrance examinations Feb. 1, Thurs. Semester examinations ended SECOND SEMESTER, 1916-1917 Feb. 5, 6, Mon., Tues. Feb. 5, Mon. Feb. 7, Wed., 8 a.m. Feb. 12, Mon. Feb. 17, Sat, 5 p. m. Feb. 22, Thurs. Feb. 23, Fri., March 2, Fri. March 3, Sat. March 9, Fri., 5 p. m. March 13, Tues. March 31, Sat, 5 p. m. April 2, Mon. April 5, Thurs., 12 m. April 5-11 April 7, Sat., 5 p. m. April 10, Tues., 12 m. April 25, Wed. May 12, Sat., 12 m. May, between 15 and 31, May 17-19, Thurs. to Sat. May 18, Fri., evening May 19, Sat. May 30, Wed. May 31, Thurs., 8 a.m. June 1, Fri., 12 m. June 2, Sat., June 4, Mon. 12 m. Registration Days Senate meeting Instruction begun Lincoln day Latest day for rebates in full and for change of study-list without fee Washington day Military ball University day Annual band concert Latest day for removal of "incompletes" and for removal by seniors of first semester failures Annual meeting of the Board of Trustees Latest day for filing of completed theses by candidates for professional degrees in en- gineering Senate meeting Easter recess begun Geology inspection trip Latest day for rebates of one-half fees Instruction resumed Commencement, School of Pharmacy Latest day for receipt by the Dean of the Graduate School of certified copies of doctors' theses Hazelton prize drill Annual inspection Company competitive drill Public school art exhibit Interscholastic' oratorial contest Interscholastic athletic meet Military day Final examinations begun Latest day for acceptance of undergraduate theses Latest day for receipt by the Dean of the Graduate School of certified copies of masters' theses Senate meeting 10 The University Calendar June 7, Thurs. Final examinations ended June 10, Sun. Baccalaureate address June 11, Mon. Class day Senior ball June 12, Tues. Alumni day- Quarterly meeting of the Board of Trustees Juke 13, Wed. Forty-sixth Annual Commencement THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES MEMBERS EX OFFICIO The Governor of Illinois HON. EDWARD F. DUNNE Springfield The President of the State Board of Agriculture HON. LEN SMALL Kankakee The Superintendent of Public Instruction HON. FRANCIS G. BLAIR Springfield ELECTED MEMBERS (Term, 1911-1917) WILLIAM L. ABBOTT 72 West Adams Street, Chicago MARYE. BUSEY Urbana OTIS W. HOIT Geneseo (Term, 1913-1919) ELLEN M. HENROTIN 1656 North La Salle Avenue, Chicago JOHN R. TREVETT Champaign FLORENCE E. WATSON Iola (Term, 1915-1921) ROBERT F. CARR 2005 McCormick Building, Chicago LAURA B. EVANS „ „Toylorville ROBERT R. WARD Benton OFFICERS OF THE BOARD William L. Abbott, 72 West Adams Street, Chicago President Harrison E. Cunningham, Urbana Secretary Hazen S. Capron, Champaign Treasurer William B. Castenholz, Urbana Comptroller 11 COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE William L. Abbott, Chairman; Robert F. Carr, Otis W. Hoit STANDING COMMITTEES Buildings and Grounds — William L. Abbott, Chairman; Mary E. Busey, Robert F. Carr, Laura B. Evans, Robert R. Ward Finance — Otis W. Hoit, Chairman; Ellen M. Henrotin, Len Small, John R. Trevett, Robert R. Ward Engineering — John R. Trevett, Chairman; Robert F. Carr, William L. Abbott Agriculture — Len Small, Chairman; Otis W. Hoit, John R. Trevett College of Medicine and School of Pharmacy — Laura B. Evans, Chairman; William L. Abbott, Otis W. Hoit Students' Welfare — Ellen M. Henrotin, Chairman; Mary E. Busey, Laura B. Evans, Florence E. Watson Instruction — Francis G. Blair, Chairman; Robert R. Ward, Florence E. Watson Library — Mary E. Busey, Chairman ; Ellen M. Henrotin, Florence E. Watson 12 ADVISORY BOARDS COLLEGE OF LAW John G. Drennan Chicago William R. Hunter Kankakee Walter C. Lindley Danville George T. Page Peoria Peter P. Schaefer Champaign SCHOOL OF PHARMACY E. A. Sell. Springfield A. G. C. Ackerman Chicago Herman Fry Chicago John C. Wheatcroft Grayville George C. Lescher Galesburg DEPARTMENT OF CERAMIC ENGINEERING F. W. Butterworth Danville A. W. Gates Monmouth W. D. Gates Chicago J. W. Stipes Champaign Eben Rogers Peoria AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION Dairy Husbandry Section Charles Foss Cedarville Joseph Newman Elgin R. B. Swift Libertyville F. G. Austin Effingham J. P. Mason Elgin Farm Crops Section Charles Rowe Jacksonville A. A. Hill Casner A. C. Rice Jacksonville H. J. Sconce Sidell G. C. Outten Mt. Zion Floriculture Section H. E. Smith Danville J. C. Vaugh an Chicago W. N. Rudd Morgan Park F. L. Washburn Bloomington J. F. Ammann Edwardsville 13 14 Advisory Boards Horticulture Section J. Mack Tanner Flora H. A. Aldrich m .. m M M ... Neoga H. M. Dunlap Savoy August Gewekb .. .. 2?m Plaines W. S. Perkins Centralia Live-Stocb Section F. E. Dbury .. Jacksonville Joseph Fulkkrson Jerseyville M. P. Lantz M ........ • Ccrlock C. J. McMasters Altona Soils Section Ralph Allen ... . . .Delavan J. P. Mason — . . — Elgin C. V. Gregory ^.Chicago F. I. Mann „ . . _ ~ . ~ . . . Gilman A. N. Abbott ..Morrison ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS President of the University Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D. THE COUNCIL OF ADMINISTRATION Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., Vice-President, Dean of the Graduate School, and Professor of Economics Eugene Davenport, M.Agr., LL.D., Dean of the College of Agriculture, Director of Agricultural Extension Service, and Professor of Thremmatology Oliver Albert Harker, A.M., LL.D., Dean of the College of Law and Professor of Law Thomas Arkle Clark, B.L., Dean of Men and Professor of Rhetoric William Freeman Myrick Goss, M.S., D.Eng., Dean of the College of Engi- neering, Director of the School of Railway Engineering and Administration, and Professor of Railway Engineering Kendric Charles Babcock, B.Lit, Ph.D., LL.D., Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Frederick Brown Moorehead, A.B., D.D.S., M.D., Dean of the College of Den- tistry and Professor of Oral Surgery and Pathology Martha Jackson Kyle, A.M., Acting Dean of Women and Instructor in English Daniel Atkinson King Steele, M.D., LL.D., Senior Dean of the College of Medicine, Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery, and Head of tht Department of Surgery Albert Chauncey Eycleshymer, Ph.D., M.D., Junior Dean of the College of Medicine, Professor of Anatomy, and Head of the Department of Anatomy Nathan Austin Weston, Ph.D., Acting Dean of the College of Commerce and Business Administration and Assistant Professor of Economics 15 16 Administrative Officers GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President Edward Joseph Filbey, Ph.D., Private Secretary to the President Vergil Vivian Phelps, B.D., Ph.D., Executive Secretary OFFICE OF THE VICE-PRESIDENT David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., Vice-President OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR Charles Maxwell McConn, A.M., Registrar Harrison Edward Cunningham, A.B., Assistant Registrar Levi Augustus Boice, Recorder Ira Melville Smith, LL.B., Examiner George Philip Tuttle, Jr., B.S., Assistant Examiner OFFICE OF THE COMPTROLLER William B. Castenholz, A.M., C.P.A., Comptroller Lynn Elmer Knorr, A.B., C.P.A., Assistant Comptroller Lloyd Morey, A.B., B.Mus., Auditor Marsh Everett Thompson, Cashier OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF MEN Thomas Arkle Clark, B.L., Dean Arthur Ray Warnock, A.B., Assistant Dean OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF WOMEN Martha Jackson Kyle, A.M., Acting Dean ADVISER TO FOREIGN STUDENTS Arthur Romeyn Seymour, Ph.D., Adviser OFFICE OF THE HIGH SCHOOL VISITOR Horace Adelbert Hollister, A.M., High School Visitor John Joseph Didcoct, A.M., M.S., Assistant High School Visitor INFORMATION OFFICE Burt Eardley Powell, Ph.D., Director, University Historian, and Editor of Press Bulletins OFFICE OF THE SUPERVISING ARCHITECT James McLaren White, B.S., Supervising Architect Henry Dixon Oberdorfer, B.S., Assistant to the Supervising Architect Joseph Morrow, Superintendent of Buildings Evelyn Atkinson, Superintendent of Grounds The Colleges and Schools 17 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL TRAINING FOR MEN George A Huff, Director DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL TRAINING FOR WOMEN Louns Freer, B.S., Director DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE ♦Frank Daniel Webster, Major 20th U. S. Infantry, Commandant fRoBERT Walter Mearns, Major 12th U. S. Infantry, Commandant Frederick William Post, 1st Sergeant U. S. A., Ret'd, Administrative Assistant THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY Phineas Lawrence Windsor, Ph.B., Director Francis Kress Wynkoop Drury, A.M., B.L.S., Assistant Librarian CURATORS Frank Smith, A.M., Professor of Systematic Zoology and Curator of the Museum of Natural History Arthur Stanley Pease, Ph.D., Professor of the Classics and Curator of the Museum of Classical Art and Archeology Neil Conwell Brooks, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of German and Curator of the Museum of European Culture THE COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES Kendric Charles Babcock, B.Lit, Ph.D., LL.D., Dean Howard Vernon Canter, Ph.D., Assistant Dean . THE COLLEGE OF COMMERCE AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Nathan Austin Weston, Ph.D., Acting Dean THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING William Freeman Myrick Goss, M.S., D.Eng., Dean Harry Willard Miller, M.E., Assistant Dean THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE Eugene Davenport, M.Agr., LL.D., Dean Fred Henry Rankin, Assistant to the Dean THE COLLEGE OF LAW Oliver Albert Harker, A.M., LL.D., Dean William Green Hale, LL.B., Secretary •Detail expired January 22, 1916. tDetail began January 22, 1916. 18 Administrative Officers THE GRADUATE SCHOOL David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., Dean THE LIBRARY SCHOOL Phineas Lawrence Windsor, Ph.B., Director Frances Simpson, M.L., B.L.S., Assistant Director THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC John Lawrence Erb, F.A.G.O., Director THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION William Chandler Bagley, Ph.D., Director Wilpord Stanton Miller, A.M., Secretary THE SCHOOL OF RAILWAY ENGINEERING AND ADMINISTRATION William Freeman Myrick Goss, M.S., D.Eng., Director THE SUMMER SESSION William Chandler Bagley, Ph.D., Director THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE Daniel Atkinson King Steele, M.D., LL.D., Senior Dean Albert Chauncey Eycleshimer, B.S., Ph.D., M.D., Junior Dean William Henry Browne, Secretary THE COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY ' Frederick Brown Moorehead, A.B., D.D.S., M.D., Dean William Henry Browne, Secretary THE SCHOOL OF PHARMACY William Baker Day, Ph.G., Acting Dean and Secretary OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION THE SENATE* Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President Thomas Jonathan Burrill, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Botany, Emeritus Nathan Clifford Ricker, D.Arch., Professor of Architecture Ira Osborn Baker, C.E., D.Eng., Professor of Civil Engineering Stephen Alfred Forbes, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Entomology Charles Wesley Rolfe, M.S., Professor of Geology Arthur Newell Talbot, C.E., Professor of Municipal and Sanitary Engineering Samuel Wilson Parr, M.S., Professor of Applied Chemistry Herbert Jewett Barton, A.M., Professor of the Latin Language and Literature, Chairman of the Department of the Classics, and Secretary of the Senate Charles Melville Moss, Ph.D., Professor of the Greek Language and Literature Daniel Kilham Dodge, Ph.D., Professor of the English Language and Litera- ture David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Economics, Vice-President, and Dean of the Graduate School Eugene Davenport, M.Agr., LL.D., Professor of Thremmatology, Dean of the College of Agriculture, and Director of Agricultural Extension Service Albert Pruden Carman, A.M., D.Sc, Professor of Physics Evarts Boutell Greene, Ph.D., Professor of History Thomas Arkle Clark, B.L., Professor of Rhetoric and Dean of Men Arthur Hill Daniels, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy Newton Alonzo Wells, M.P., Professor of Architectural Decoration Isabel Bevier, Ph.M., Professor of Household Science and Director of the Courses in Household Science Cyril George Hopkins, M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Agronomy Morgan Brooks, Ph.B., M.E., Professor of Electrical Engineering George A Huff, Director of Physical Training for Men James McLaren White, B.S., Professor of Architectural Engineering and Supervising Architect Herbert Windsor Mumford, B.S., Professor of Animal Husbandry Maurice Henry Robinson, Ph.D., Professor of Industry and Transportation Joseph Cullen Blair, M.S.A., Professor of Horticulture Horace Adelbert Hollister, A.M., Professor of Education and High School Visitor Oliver Albert Harker, A.M., LL.D., Professor of Law and Dean of the College of Law Edward John Lake, B.S., Assistant Professor of Art and Design and Acting Head of the Department of Art and Design ■{Thomas Edward Oliver, Ph.D., Professor of Romance Languages fWiLBER John Fraser, M.S., Professor of Dairy Farming •The Senate is composed of all University officers of full professorial rank and all others in charge of independent departments of instruction. The order is that of seniority. For index of names, see page 5S9. tOn leave. 19 20 The Senate Frederick Green, A.M., LL.B., Professor of Law Harry Sands Grindley, D.Sc, Professor of Animal Nutrition James Wilford Garner, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science Edgar Jerome Townsend, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics Edward Bartow, Ph.D., Professor of Sanitary Chemistry and Director of the State Water Survey William Albert Noyes, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Chemistry and Director of the Chemical Laboratory Ernest Rttson Dewsnup, A.M., Professor of Railway Administration William Freeman Myrick Goss, M.S., D.Eng., Professor of Railway Engi- neering, Dean of the College of Engineering, Director of the Engineering Experiment Station, and Director of the School of Railway Engineering and Administration George Abram Miller, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics Edward Cary Hayes, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology William Chandler Bagley, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Director of the School of Education Julius Goebel, Ph.D., Professor of German George Alfred Goodenough, M.E., Professor of Thermodynamics Phineas Lawrence Windsor, Ph.B., Librarian and Director of the Library School Boyd Henry Bode, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy Henry Baldwin Ward, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology Harry Harkness Stoek, B.S., E.M., Professor of Mining Engineering Edward Charles Schmidt, M.E., Professor of Railway Engineering Stuart Pratt Sherman, Ph.D., Professor of English and Chairman of the Committee of the Department of English Charles Russ Richards, M.E., M.M.E., Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering Charles Spencer Crandall, M.S., Professor of Pomology Edward Harris Decker, A.B., LL.B., Professor of Law and Acting Librarian of the College of Law John Archibald Fairlie, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science ♦John William Lloyd, M.S. A., Professor of Olericulture Jeremiah George Mosier, B.S., Professor of Soil Physics John Norton Pomeroy, A.M., LL.B., Professor of Law Louie Henrie Smith, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Breeding Chester Garfield Vernier, Ph.B., J.D., Professor of Law Bruce Willet Benedict, B.S., Director of Shop Laboratories in the Department of Mechanical Engineering William Edward Burge, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physiology and Acting Head of the Department of Physiology Ernest Ludlow Bogart, Ph.D., Professor of Economics William Green Hale, B.S., LL.B., Professor of Law and Secretary of the Faculty of the College of Law Madison Bentley, B.S., Ph.D., Professor of Psychology and Director of the Psychological Laboratory Charles Frederick Hottes, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Physiology •On leave. The Senate 21 Harry Alexis Harding, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Bacteriology and Head of the Department of Dairy Husbandry Kendric Charles Babcock, B.Lit., Ph.D., LL.D., Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Charles Hughes Johnston, Ph.D., Professor of Secondary Education William Trelease, D.Sc, LL.D., Professor of Botany and Acting Head of the Department of Botany John Sterling Kingsley, D.Sc, Professor of Zoology Clarence Walworth Alvord, Ph.D., Professor of History Clarence William Balke, Ph.D., Professor of Inorganic Chemistry William Shirley Bayley, Ph.D., Professor of Geology Walter Costella Coffey, M.S., Professor of Sheep Husbandry Martha Jackson Kyle, A.M., Instructor in English and Acting Dean of Women Laurence Marcellus Larson, Ph.D., Professor of History Otto Eduard Lessing, Ph.D., Professor of German Ellery Burton Paine, M.S., E.E., Professor of Electrical Engineering and Acting Head of the Department of Electrical Engineering Henry Lewis Rietz, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematical Statistics Charles Mulford Robinson, A.M., Professor of Civic Design Frank Smith, A.M., Professor of Systematic Zoology and Curator of the Museum of Natural History Joel Stebbins, Ph.D., Professor of Astronomy Edward Wight Washburn, Ph.D., Professor of Physical Chemistry Louis Allen Harding, M.E., Professor of Experimental Mechanical Engineer- ing Loring Harvey Provine, B.S., A.E., Professor of Architectural Engineering and Acting Head of the Department of Architecture ♦Frank Daniel Webster, Major 20th U. S. Infantry, Professor of Military Sci- ence and Tactics and Commandant Frank Lincoln Stevens, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology Herbert Fisher Moore, B.S., M.M.E., Research Professor of Engineering Materials John Lawrence Erb, F.A.G.O., Director of the School of Music and Univer- sity Organist Frederick Haynes Newell, B.S., D.Eng., Professor of Civil Engineering and Head of the Department of Civil Engineering Kenneth McKenzie, Ph.D., Professor of Romance Languages and Head of the Department of Romance Languages William Abbott Oldfather, Ph.D., Professor of the Classics John Driscoll Fitz-Gerald II, Ph.D., Professor of Spanish Charles Alton Ellis, A.B., Professor of Structural Engineering Louise Freer, B.S., Director of Physical Training for Women Oscar Adolph Leutwiler, M.E., Professor of Machine Design Arthur Stanley Pease, Ph.D., Professor of the Classics and Curator of the Museum of Classical Art and Archeology Nathan Austin Weston, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics and Act- ing Dean of the College of Commerce and Business Administration Guy Montrose Whipple, Ph.D., Professor of Education •Detail ended January 22, 1916. 22 Assistant Professors Charles Zeleny, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology Albert Victor Bleininger, B.S., Professor of Ceramic Engineering and Head of the Department of Ceramic Engineering ♦Robert Walter Mearns, Major 12th U. S. Infantry, Professor of Military Science and Tactics and Commandant ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Edward Fulton, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Rhetoric David Hobart Carnahan, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Romance Languages Albert Howe Lybyer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History George Tobias Flom, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Scandinavian Alexander Dyer MacGillivray, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Systematic Entomology Robert Stewart, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Soil Fertility Charles Tobias Knipp, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Experimental Electricity Jakob Kunz, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Mathematical Physics Thomas Edmund Savage, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Stratigraphic Geology James Byrnie Shaw, D.Sc, Associate Professor of Mathematics Floyd Rowe Watson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Experimental Physics William Leonidas Burlison, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Crop Production ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Edward Chauncey Baldwin, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English Neil Conwell Brooks, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of German and Curator of the Museum of European Culture Frances Simpson, M.L., B.L.S., Assistant Professor of Library Economy and Assistant Director of the Library School Harry Gilbert Paul, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of the English Language and Literature Fred Henry Rankin, Assistant Professor and Superintendent of Agricultural Extension, Assistant to the Dean of the College of Agriculture Edward Hardenbergh Waldo, A.B., M.S., M.E., Assistant Professor of Elec- trical Engineering Justus Watson Folsom, D.Sc, Assistant Professor of Entomology William Frederick Schulz, E.E., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics William Spence Robertson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History Charles Herschel Sisam, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics John McBeath Snodgrass, B.S., Assistant Professor of Railway Mechanical Engineering Simon Litman, Dr.Jur.Pub. et Rer.Cam., Assistant Professor of Economics David Ford McFarland, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Applied Chemistry Arnold Emch, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics Herman Bernard Dorner, M.S., Assistant Professor of Floriculture Melvin Lorenius Enger, B.S., C.E., Assistant Professor of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics George Foss Schwartz, B.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music Alonzo Morris Buck, M.E., Assistant Professor of Railway Electrical Engi- neering •Detail effective January 22, 1916. Assistant Professors 23 Aretas Wilbur Nolan, A.B., M.S., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Exten- sion Franklin William Scott, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English and Secretary of the Department of English Harrie Stuart Vedder Jones, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English Bethel Stewart Pickett, M.S., Assistant Professor of Pomology John A Detlefsen, D.Sc, Assistant Professor of Genetics Allen Boyer McDaniel, B.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering Wilhelm Miller, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Landscape Horticulture Leonard Bloomfield, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Comparative Philology and German David Simon Blondheim, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Romance Languages Howard Vernon Canter, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of the Classics and Assis- tant Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Clarence George Derick, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry James Lloyd Edmonds, B.S., Assistant Professor of Horse Husbandry Ora Stanley Fisher, B.S., Assistant Professor of Soil Fertility Nelson William Hefburn, M.S., Assistant Professor of Dairy Manufactures Harry Williard Miller, M.E., Assistant Professor of General Engineering Drawing and Assistant Dean of the College of Engineering Martin John Prucha, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Dairy Bacteriology Ralph Rodney Root, M.L.A., Assistant Professor of Landscape Gardening Henry Perly Rusk, M.S., Assistant Professor of Cattle Husbandry Constance Barlow-Smith, Assistant Professor of Sight Singing and Ear Training, in charge of Public School Music George McPhail Smith, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry James Elmo Smith, C.E., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering Henry Charles Paul Weber, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry Arthur Cutts Willard, B.S., Assistant Professor of Heating and Ventilation Elmer Allen Holbrook, B.S., Assistant Professor of Mining Engineering Percy Ash, B.S., C.E., Assistant Professor of Architectural Design William Caldwell Titcomb, A.B., B.S., Assistant Professor of Architecture Wilbur M Wilson, M.M.E., Assistant Professor of Structural Engineering Victor Ernest Shelford, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology Ralph Emerson Heilman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics Charles Earnest Carpenter, AM., LL.B., Assistant Professor of Law Robert Daniel Carmichael, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics ♦Stephen Osgood Andros, A.B., B.S., E.M., Assistant Professor of Mining Research Ernest Winfield Bailey, M.S., Assistant Professor of Pomology Philip Sheridan Biegler, B.S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering Charles Richard Clark, B.S., M.Arch., Assistant Professor of Architectural Construction George Nelson Coffey, Ph.D., Assistant State Leader of County Advisers Axel Ferdinand Gustafson, M.S., Assistant Professor of Soil Physics Walter Frederick Handschin, B.S., Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry, State Leader of County Demonstration Work, and Acting Vice-Director of the Demonstration Service Albert Woodward Jamison, M.S., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Exten- sion •Resigned, November 30, 1915. 24 Associates John Mabry Matthews, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Political Science Willis Appleford Slater, M.S., C.E., Research Assistant Professor of Applied Mechanics Ernest Van Alstine, B.S., Assistant Professor of Agronomy Ruth Wheeler, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Household Science Lewis Emanuel Young, E.M., Ph.D , Assistant Professor of Business Organi- zation Trygve D Yensen, M.S., E.E., Research Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering ASSOCIATES Arthur Romeyn Seymour, Ph.D., Associate in Spanish and Adviser to Foreign Students Arthur Robert Crathorne, Ph.D., Associate in Mathematics Robert Lacy Borger, Ph.D., Associate in Mathematics Ernest Barnes Lytle, Ph.D., Associate in Mathematics Jacob Zeitlin, Ph.D., Associate in English Daniel Otis Barto, B.S., Associate in Animal Husbandry Royden Earl Brand, M.S., Associate in Dairy Husbandry Virgil R Fleming, B.S., Associate in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Elmer Howard Williams, Ph.D., Associate in Physics Lurene Seymour, B.S., Ph.B., Associate in Household Science Gustaf Eric Wahlin, Ph.D., Associate in Mathematics Frederick Charles Bauer, B.S., Associate in Soil Fertility Simeon James Bole, A.M., Associate in Pomology Sleeter Bull, M.S., Associate in Animal Nutrition Arthur Francis Comstock, B.S., C.E., Associate in Railway Civil Engineering William Truman Crandall, B.S., M.S., Associate in Milk Production Florence Rising Curtis, A.B., B.L.S., Associate in Library Economy John Adlum Dent, M.E., Associate in Mechanical Engineering Ira Wilmer Dickerson, B.S., Associate in Farm Mechanics Charles Elmer Durst, M.S., Associate in Olericulture Karl John Theodore Ekblaw, M.S., Associate in Farm Mechanics Ira William Fisk, M.S., Associate in Electrical Engineering Neal Bryant Garver, C.E., Associate in Civil Engineering Cora Emeline Gray, M.S., Associate in Household Science Leonard Vaughan James, M.S., E.E., Associate in Electrical Engineering Walter Edward Joseph, Ph.D., Associate in Animal Husbandry LeRoy Lang, M.S., Associate in Dairy Manufactures Francis Marion Porter, M.S., Associate in General Engineering Drawing ■ Robert Kent Steward, C.E., Associate in General Engineering Drawing Oscar S Watkins, B.S., Associate in Horticultural Chemistry Albert Lemuel Whiting, Ph.D., Associate in Soil Biology Carroll Carson Wiley, C.E., Associate in Civil Engineering Charles Henry Woolbert, A.M., Associate in Public Speaking and English George Denton Beal, Ph.D., Associate in Chemistry Clarence Valentine Boyer, Ph.D., Associate in English Herbert LeSourd Creek, Ph.D., Associate in English B Smith Hopkins, Ph.D., Associate in Chemistry Paul VanBrunt Jones, Ph.D., Associate in History Lecturers 25 Dukcan Arthur MacInnes, Ph.D., Associate in Chemistry Theodore Calvin Pease, Ph.D., Associate in History Gertrude Schoepperle, Ph.D., Associate in English Charles Manfred Thompson, Ph.D., Associate in Economics Ira Dent Allison, B.S., Associate in Horticulture John Joseph Gardner, M.S., Associate in Pomology Howard Bishop Lewis, Ph.D., Associate in Physiological Chemistry Gilbert Gusler, B.S., Associate in Animal Husbandry George Paul Boomsliter, B.S., Associate in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Arthur Charles Cole, Ph.D., Associate in History Newton Edward Ensign, A.B., B.S., Associate in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Frederick Nobel Evans, A.B., M.L.A., Associate in Landscape Gardening Walter Byron Gernert, Ph.D., Associate in Plant Breeding Harry Lovering Gill, Associate in Track Athletics Joseph Eugene Gillet, Ph.D., Associate in Comparative Literature Florence Harrison, B.S., Associate in Household Science William Mathews Hekking, B.P., Associate in Freehand Drawing Ray Stillman Hulce, M.S., Associate in Milk Production Ralph Kent Hursh, B.S., Associate in Ceramic Engineering Ralph R Jones, Associate in Basketball Robert Taylor Jones, B.S., Associate in Architecture Harvey Herbert Jordan, B.S., Associate in General Engineering Drawing Aubrey John Kempner, Ph.D., Associate in Mathematics Abner Richard Knight, M.E., Associate in Electrical Engineering Edward Frederick Kohmann, Ph.D., Associate in Dairy Chemistry Harold Hanson Mitchell, A.B., Associate in Animal Nutrition Charles Ruby Moore, B.S., E.E., Associate in Electrical Engineering Olin Harris Moore, Ph.D., Associate in Romance Languages Maud Edna Parsons, A.B., Associate in Household Science and Director of the Lunch Room Ernest James Reece, Ph.B., Associate in Library Economy Christian Alban Ruckmich, Ph.D., Associate in Psychology Harrison August Ruehe, B.S., Associate in Dairy Manufactures Fred B Seely, B.S., Associate in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Frank A Cushing Smith, B.S., M.L.A., Associate in Landscape Design William Herschel Smith, M.S., Associate in Animal Husbandry Robert Carl Zuppke, Ph.B., Associate in Football Harry Franklin Harrington, A.M., Associate in Journalism LECTURERS Edna Lyman Scott, Special Lecturer on Library Work for Children George Benjamin Rice, Lecturer on the Installation and Operation of Mechani- cal Equipment for Buildings and Assistant Mechanical Engineer in the Office of the Supervising Architect William Arthur Chase, LL.B., C.P.A., Lecturer on Accountancy and Com- mercial Law Robert Enoch Hieronymus, A.M., LL.D., Community Adviser Joseph Clifton Brown, A.M., Principal of the Training School 26 Instructors INSTRUCTORS Daisy Luana Blaisdell, A.M., Instructor in German Henri Jacobus van den Berg, Instructor in Piano Edgar Thomas Lanham, Instructor in Forge Shop Albert Austin Harding, Instructor in Wind Instruments and Director of the University Military Band Mary Minerva Wetmore, Instructor in Art and Design Harry Frederick Godeke, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering George Wellington Pickels, Jr., B.C.E., C.E., Instructor in Civil Engineering John Giffin Thompson, Ph.D., Instructor in Economics Frank Walker Reed, Ph.D., Instructor in Astronomy Clarence Eugene Noerenberg, B.S., A.E., Instructor in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Charles Allyn Williams, Ph.D., Instructor in German Robert Edwin Kennedy, Instructor in Foundry William Horace Rayner, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering John Lyon Rich, Ph.D., Instructor in Geology Raymond Earl Davis, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering Armin Hajman Roller, Ph.D., Instructor in German Joseph Howard Beard, A.M., M.D., Instructor in Physiology Edward Wilson Chittenden, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics William Wells Denton, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics Marvin Edward Jahr, A.B., Instructor in Farm Mechanics Joseph Mitchell Kellogg, M.Arch., Instructor in Architectural Design Edson Wilfred Morphy, Instructor in Violin Chester Otis Reed, B.S., Instructor in Farm Mechanics Edna Almeda Treat, B.Mus., Instructor in Piano Ethel Bond, A.B., B.L.S., Instructor in Library Economy and Assistant in charge of the Collections in Library Economy Edwin John Manley, Instructor in Swimming Heber Dignam Nasmyth, Instructor in Voice Clarissa Rinaker, Ph.D., Instructor in English Harley Jones VanCleave, Ph.D., Instructor in Zoology Henry John Broderson, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry Mervin James Curl, A.M., Instructor in English Easley Stephen Jones, A.M., Instructor in English Walter Byron McDougall, Ph.D., Instructor in Botany Queen Lois Shepherd, Ph.D., Instructor in Philosophy Rufus Crane, A.B., B.S., Instructor in General Engineering Drawing Verna Brooks, A.B., Instructor in Physical Training for Women Elmer Tryon Ebersol, A.B., B.S., Instructor in Crop Production Roy Newton Fargo, B.S., Instructor in Physical Training for Men and Director of the Men's Gymnasium Forest Addison Fisher, B.S., Instructor in Soil Physics Georgia Elizabeth Fleming, B.S., Instructor in Textiles Stella Mary Hague, Ph.D., Instructor in Botany Barney S Radcliffe, M.S., Instructor in Ceramic Engineering Gustav K Radebaugh, Instructor in Machine Work Hiram Thompson Scovill, A.B., Instructor in Accountancy Instructors 27 Grace Esther Stevens, A.B., Instructor in Household Science Harry William Waterfall, B.S., Instructor in Machine Design Harold Eaton Babbitt, B.S., Instructor in Municipal and Sanitary Engineering Harry Gardner, M.S., Instructor in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Alexander Vallance, M.E., Instructor in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Charles Earl Bradbury, B.P., Instructor in Art and Design Roger Sherman Loomis, B.Lit., A.M., Tutor in English Charles Henry Hecker, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry Arthur Grenville Eldredge, Instructor in Photography and Director of the Photographic Laboratories Gustave Adolph Gross, Instructor in Pattern Making Robert Douglas Glasgow, Ph.D., Instructor in Entomology* Alexander Green, Ph.D., Instructor in German Earle Stanley Alden, A.M., Instructor in English Mamie Bunch, A.B., Instructor in Household Science, in charge of Extension Work Alfred Copeland Callen, M.S., E.M., Instructor in Mining Engineering Lynn Harold Harris, Ph.D., Instructor in English Harold Newcomb Hillebrand, Ph.D., Instructor in English Horatio Sprague McDevvell, B.S., M.E., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering Harrison McJohnston, A.M., Instructor in Business English and Salesmanship Clyde Ross Newell, Ph.B., M.S., Instructor in Farm Mechanics Hubert Leonard Olin, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry Edith Griffith Osmond, A.B., B.S., Instructor in Physical Training for Women George Wallace Sears, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry Joel Andrew Sperry, Ph.D., Instructor in Bacteriology Russell McCulloch Story, A.M., Instructor in Political Science Ralph Earle Tieje, A.M., Instructor in English Frederick Calkins Torrance, M.E., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering Robert Calvin Whitford, A.M., Instructor in English Anna Waller Williams, A.M., Instructor in Household Science Arthur Edwards Williams, B.S., Instructor in Ceramic Engineering John Williams Davis, M.E., Instructor in Electrical Engineering Ralph Stanley Fanning, BArch., Instructor in Architectural Design Jessie Yereance Cann, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry William Sidney Wolfe, M.S., Instructor in Architectural Engineering Edwin Frank, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering James Burton Andrews, B.S., Instructor in Animal Husbandry Carl Sawyer Downes, Ph.D., Instructor in English Greta Gray, A.M., Instructor in Household Science Margaret Beaumont Stanton, B.S., A.M., Instructor in Household Science William James Putnam, B.S., Instructor in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Elmer Roberts, B.S., Instructor in Genetics James Harvey Hogue, Instructor in Foundry Practise Carl Rahn, Ph.D., Instructor in Psychology William B Castenholz, A.M., C.P.A., Instructor in Accountancy and Comp- troller Robert Eugene Cushman, A.B., Instructor in Political Science Frank L Venning, Instructor in Landscape Design Orr Milton Allyn, B.S., Instructor in Crop Production Clarence Allen Atwell, B.S., Instructor in General Engineering Drawing 28 Assistants William Sanford Brock, B.S., Instructor in Pomology Mamie Bunch, B.S., State Leader in Home Economics Extension Wilbur Jerome Carmichael, B.S., Instructor in Animal Husbandry ♦Harvey Peach Corson, Ph.D., Instructor in Sanitary Chemistry and Chemist and Bacteriologist in the State Water Survey Bertha Adeline Davis, Instructor in Voice Jeremiah Amos DeTurk, B.S., Instructor in Machine Shop Practise Lemuel Cross Dillenback, A.M., Instructor in Architectural Design Gideon Robert Forbes, B.S., M.L.A., Instructor in Art and Design James Henry Greene, M.S., State Leader in Junior Extension Allene Gregory, Ph.D., Instructor in English Alfred Joseph GunVjerson, B.S., Instructor in Pomology Anna Lue Hughitt, Instructor in Physical Training for Women Sigurd Bernhard Hustvedt, Ph.D., Instructor in English Oliver Kamm, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry Earl Kilburn Kline, A.M., Instructor in German Charles Ivan Newlin, M.S., Instructor in Animal Husbandry Heinrich Waldemar Nordmeyer, Ph.D., Instructor in German William King Palmer, B.S., Instructor in Floriculture Hugh Wiley Puckett, Ph.D., Instructor in German Clarence Stanley Sale, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering William Eben Schultz, Ph.D., Instructor in English Roscoe Raymond Snapp, B.S., Instructor in Animal Husbandry William Macy Stanton, M.S., Instructor in Architecture James Garfield Stevens, Ph.D., Instructor in Sociology Charles Leslie Stewart, Ph.D., Instructor in Economics Francis Maurice VanTuyl, Ph.D., Instructor in Geology Levi Thomas Wilson, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics William Wodin Yapp, B.S., Instructor in Dairy Husbandry Edna Mosher, Ph.D., Instructor in Entomology Leona Hope, Instructor in Household Science Carl Victor Burger, B.Arch., Instructor in Drawing Ananias Charles Littleton, A.B., C.P.A., Instructor in Accountancy Frank Tatham Johnson, Instructor in Voice Mabelle Genevieve Wright, B.Mus., Instructor in Music Walter Rooke Evans, Instructor in Boxing and Wrestling Gerard van Rossen Hoogendijk, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry Arthur C Harper, M.E., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering ASSISTANTS James Merion Duncan, Assistant in Pattern Making Sada Annis Harbarger, A.M., Assistant in English Ruth Kelso, A.M., Assistant in English Elizabeth Parnham Brush, A.M., Assistant in History Bessie Rose Green, A.M., Assistant in Zoology Rosalie Mary Parr, A.M., Assistant in Botany Peter Joseph Rebman, Assistant in Forge Shop Wilford Stanton Miller, A.M., Assistant in Education and Secretary of ths School of Education Oscar Alan Randolph, M.S., Assistant in Physics •Resigned, December 1, 1915. Assistants 29 John Alexander Frisk, Assistant in Mechanical Engineering and Mechanician in the Mechanical Engineering Laboratory Rosa Lee Gaut, B.Mus., Assistant in Physical Training for Women Earle Horace Warner, A.M., Assistant in Physics Emerson Grant Sutcliffe, A.B., Assistant in English Lew R Sarett, A.B., Assistant in Public Speaking Sebastian Karrer, A.M., Assistant in Physics Jonas Bernard Nathanson, A.M., Assistant in Physics Benjamin Lester Bowling, Assistant in the Cement Laborarory Charles Serophin Carry, Assistant in Romance Languages Joseph Harvey Checkley, B.S., Assistant in Agricultural Extension Arthur Samuel Colby, B.S., Assistant in Pomology Harrison Fred Theodore Fahrnkopf, B.S., Assistant in Soil Fertility Harry Charles Gilkerson, B.S., Assistant in Soil Fertility Harry Virl Heimburger, A.B., Assistant in Zoology Raymond Washington Hess, A.M., Assistant in Chemistry Alma Jessie Neill, A.B., Assistant in Physiology Clarence Samuel Ross, A.B., Assistant in Geology Guy Watson Smith, M.S., Assistant in Mathematics Howard John Snider, B.S., Assistant in Soil Fertility Thomas Blaine Stanley, A.B., Assistant in English Scott Champlin Taylor, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Harry Dwight Waggoner, A.B., Assistant in Botany Edward Harvey Walworth, B.S., Assistant in Crop Production Warren Rippey Schoonover, B.S., Assistant in Soil Fertility George Washington Spindler, A.M., Teaching Fellow in German Louis Allen, A.B., Assistant in Romance Languages Raymond Ephraim Dixon, A.M., Assistant in English Harry Montgomery Weeter, A.B., Assistant in Dairy Husbandry Paul Anders, Assistant in Glass Blowing Ralph Edward Muehlman, Assistant in Architecture Paul Levern Bayley, A.M., Assistant in Physics Clyde Byron Beck, A.B., Assistant in English Ernest Edward Charlton, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry Nora Elizabeth Dalbey, A.M., Assistant in Botany Ralph Raymond Danielson, B.S., Assistant in Ceramic Engineering William Henry Dreesen, A.B., Assistant in Economics and Commerce Henry Mathusalem DuBois, A.M., Assistant in Geology Carl Herman Haessler, A.B., Assistant in Philosophy William Henry Hyslop, A.M., Assistant in Physics Forrest Ellwood Kempton, M.S., Assistant in Botany Harry Cleveland Kremers, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry Robert Haskell Marshall, A.B., Assistant in Mathematics Henry Gustav May, B.S., Research Assistant in Zoology Jay Earll Miller, LL.B., A.M., Assistant in History Bert Edwin Quick, A.B., Assistant in Botany Mason Kent Read, B.S., Assistant in Geology Edwin Arthur Rees, A.M., Assistant in Chemistry William Harold Wilson, A.M., Assistant in Mathematics Edward Laurence McKenna, A.M., Assistant in Economics Charles Francis Hill, A.B., Assistant in Physics 30 Assistants William Barber Nevens, B.S., Assistant in Dairy Husbandry James Kessler, A.B., Assistant in Romance Languages Margaret Vara Cobb, A.M., Assistant in Education Howard Dexter Brown, B.S., Assistant in Olericulture Duane Taylor Englis, A.M., Assistant in Floricultural Chemistry Claude Harper, B.S., Assistant in Animal Husbandry August George Hecht, B.S., Assistant in Floriculture Lee Ellis Miles, A.B., Assistant in Floriculture James Wilbur Whisenand, B.S., Assistant in Animal Husbandry James Manley Phelps, A.B., Assistant in Public Speaking Ross Earlby Gilmore. A.M., Assistant in Chemistry Rafael Arcangel Soto, B.S., Assistant in Romance Languages Henry Joseph Weiland, B.S., Research Assistant in Chemistry Charles West Redwood, Scientific Artist in Zoology Paul William Allen, M.S., Assistant in Dairy Bacteriology Earl Kirkwood Augustus, B.S., Assistant in Animal Husbandry Francis Marsh Baldwin, A.M., Assistant in Zoology Walter Spurgeon Beach, M.S., Assistant in Botany Harriett Josephine Berninger, A.B., Assistant in Education Don Warren Bissell, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Frederick Jackson Blackburn, B.S.. Assistant in Home Economics Extension Raymond Franklin Borden, A.M., Assistant in Mathematics Joseph Marvin Braham, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry Silas Alonzo Braley, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry Fannie Maria Brooks, A.B., Assistant in Home Economics Demonstration Harold Clayton Case, B.S., Assistant in Farm Management Harold Dudley Clayberg, M.S., Assistant in Botany Jesse Leroy Conel, A.M., Assistant in Zoology Beatrice Virginia Copley, A.B., Assistant in English Myrtle Amy Cruzan, A.B., Assistant in English Carl Nathan Davidson, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry Robert Lesley Davis, B.S., Assistant in Botany Eric Allen Dawson, B.S., A.M., Assistant in Romance Languages Charles Stever Fazel, A.M., Assistant in Physics Frank Farnsworth Footitt, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry Jay Thomas Ford, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry Hobart Dickinson Frary, M.E., M.S., Assistant in Mathematics Charles Francis Geiger, B.S., Assistant in Ceramic Engineering Olap H. Glimstedt, G.D.. Assistant in Athletic Training Harold Gosser, B.S., Assistant in Dairy Husbandry John Frederick Gross Hicks. B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Fanny Wilder Hill, A.B., B.L.S., Reviser in Library Science ♦Sidney Marion Hull, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Lawrence Crane Johnson, Ph.D., Research Assistant in Chemistry William Garfield Kammlade, B.S.A., Assistant in Animal Husbandry Walter Gerald Karr, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Luther Eugene Kennedy, A.M., Assistant in Geology Cincinnati Giovanni Battiste Laguardia, A.B., Assistant in Romance Lan- guages •Resigned, October 15, 1915. Graduate Assistants 31 Grace Linder, A.B., Assistant in Household Science George Burr McMillen, A.B., Assistant in Economics Alfred Thorpe Morison, B.S., Assistant in Crop Production William Algernon Kingsmill Morkel, B.S., Assistant in Animal Husbandry Caroline Ruth Morris, A.B., Assistant in Physical Training for Women Robert Emmet Murphy, Assistant in General Engineering Drawing Edward Frederick Nickoley, A.M., Assistant in Accountancy Albert Waffle Owens, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Olive Belle Percival, B.S., Assistant in Home Economics Extension William Eugene Pickler, A.B., Assistant in Botany Edwin Booth Powers, A.B., M.S., Assistant in Zoology John Benjamin Rice, B.S., Assistant in Animal Husbandry Friedel Chapin Richey, B.S., Assistant in Soil Physics Rodney Potter Robinson, A.M., Assistant in the Classics William Kean Robinson, M.S., Assistant in Bacteriology Alvin Romeiser, N.A.G.O., Assistant in Physical Training, in Charge of Fencing William Edward Roth, B.S., Assistant in Mathematics Floyd Elba Rowland, B.S., A.M., Assistant in Chemistry John Raymond Shulters, A.M., Assistant in Romance Languages Glenn Seymour Skinner, A.M., Assistant in Chemistry Maynard Elmer Slater, B.S., Assistant in Animal Nutrition Fred Wilbur Tanner, M. S., Assistant in Bacteriology Laurence Emerson Thorne, B.S., Assistant in Agricultural Statistics and Genetics Carryl Nelson Thurber, A.B., Assistant in English Leon Deming Tilton, B.S., Assistant in Landscape Extension Ralph Waldo Tippet, A.M., Assistant in Chemistry Leighton J True, B.S., Assistant in Dairy Manufactures Ernest Henry Vollweiler, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry William Alexander Van Winkle, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Quinton Forrest Walker, A.M., Research Assistant in the Graduate School Gordon Watkins, A.M., Assistant in Sociology *Jane Coulson Watson, A.B., Assistant in Romance Languages Robert Bruce Weirick, A.M., Assistant in English Lars Alvin Welo, M.S., Research Assistant in Astronomy Terrence Onas Westhaefer, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry Gerold Carl Wichman, A.B., Assistant in Psychology Roy Harold Wilcox, B.S., Assistant in Animal Husbandry Frank Archibald Wyatt, Ph.D., Assistant in Soil Fertility Esther Young, A.M., Assistant in Botany Joseph Rossiter Ziesenheim, B.S., Assistant in Animal Nutrition Scott Champlin Taylor, B.S.. Assistant in Chemistry Merton Ford Banks, B.S., Assistant in General Engineering Drawing GRADUATE ASSISTANTS George Marsh Higgins, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Zoology Henry Rhodes Lee, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Thomas Byrd Magath, M.S., Graduate Assistant in Zoology Anna Sophie Rogers, A.M., Graduate Assistant in Psychology •First Semester. 32 Student Assistants Albert Durand Shepard, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Rachel Ann Baumgartner, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Zoology John Sherman Beekley, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics Harry James Beattie, A.M., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry John Bernis Brown, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry William Robert Bruce, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Charles Francis Green, A.M., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics Cecil Robert Gross, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Bacteriology Clyde Carney Hamilton, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Entomology ♦Alfred Martin Heinzelman, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Ralph William Hufford, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Louis Jordan, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry James Ernest Kindred, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Zoology Robert Hills Kingman, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Zoology Ruth Elizabeth Okey, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry James Harris Olewine, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Margaret Campbell Perry, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Harry Glenn Portz, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Loran Ogdan Potterf, A.M., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Albert Richard Powell, A.M., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry James Keel Reed, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Lloyd Hilton Reyerson, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Helen Updegraff, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Lansing Sadler Wells, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Herbert August Winkelmann, M.S., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Leonard Francis Yntema, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry STUDENT ASSISTANTS Leon Adler, Student Assistant in Chemistry Fred Charles Hahn, Student Assistant in Chemistry Margaret Hemenway, Student Assistant in Chemistry tJosEPH Thomas Holton, Student Assistant in Chemistry Adolph Walter Landstrom, Student Assistant in Chemistry tRussell Ward Millar, Student Assistant in Chemistry Ralph Waldo Morgan, Student Assistant in Chemistry George Alfred Wrisley, Student Assistant in Chemistry Carl Alfred Zelle, Student Assistant in Chemistry ASSISTANTS IN MILITARY SCIENCE Edwin Shelby, Jr., Assistant in Military Science Francis Marion Van Natter, Assistant in Military Science Lloyd Lamkins, Assistant in Military Science Ralph Raymond Thomas, Assistant in Military Science Ross Seguine Mason, Assistant in Military Science George Curtiss, Assistant in Military Science Reinhardt Steinmayer, Assistant in Military Science Daniel Edwin Miller, Assistant in Military Science Charles William McCumber, Assistant in Military Science •Resigned, October IS, 1915. tResigned, December 31, 1915. THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY STAFF Phineas Lawrence Windsor, Ph.B., Director of the Library and the Library School Jessie Beatrice Weston, Ph.B., General Assistant Emma Boyd, A.B., General Assistant Wilma Loy Shelton, A.B., General Assistant Order Department — Francis Keese Wynkoop Drury, A.M., B.L.S., Assistant Librarian Charles Edward Graves, A.B., Exchange Assistant Aurella Knapp, A.B., B.L.S., Order Assistant (Periodicals) Myrtle Anna Renz, B.L.S., Order Assistant Clara Agnes Ricketts, A.B., B.L.S., Order Assistant Katherine Doyle, Order Assistant Elizabeth Hester, Order Assistant Loan Department — Emma Reed Jutton, B.L.S., Loan Librarian Stella Belle Galpin, A.B., B.L.S., Loan Assistant Sarah Elizabeth Bryan, A.B., B.L.S., Loan Assistant Susan True Benson, A.B., Loan Assistant Elsie Baechtold, A.B., Loan Assistant Miles Oscar Price, B.S., Shelf Assistant Binding Department — Josie Batcheller Houchens, A.M., B.L.S., Binding Librarian Della Cordell, Binding Assistant Catalog Department — Philip Sanford Goulding, A.B., Catalog Librarian Adah Patton, B.L.S., Classifier Jennie Adah Craig, A.B., B.L.S., Reiiser Minnie Joanna Bollman, A.B., Catalog Assistant Nellie Maeel Robertson, A.B., B.L.S., Catalog Assistant Bertha Lee Sharp, A.B., Catalog Assistant Amanda M Flattery, A.M., Catalog Assistant Margaret Williams, A.B., Catalog Assistant Nelle Signor, A.B., Catalog Assistant Katherine Leslie McGraw, A.B., Catalog Assistant Mildred McElroy, A.B., Catalog Assistant Katherine Stites, Catalog Assistant Ida Bertram French, Catalog Assistant Cleo Lichtenberger, B.S., Catalog Assistant 33 34 The University Library Reference Department — Alice Sarah Johnson, A.B., B.L.S., Reference Assistant Emma Felsenthal, Ph.B., B.L.S., Reference Assistant Margaret Hutchins, A.B., B.L.S., Reference Assistant Departmental Libraries — Mary Torrance, A.B., B.L.S., Assistant in Classics Hazel Yearsley Shaw, A.M., Assistant in Economics and Sociology Ola M Wyeth, A.B., B.L.S., Assistant in Germanic and Romance Lan- guages Marion Leatherman, A.B., Assistant in History and Political Science Nellie Read Roberts, A.B., B.L.S., Assistant in English Margaret Herdman, A.B., B.L.S., Assistant in Philosophy, Psychology, and Education Ethel Bond, A.B., B.L.S., Assistant in Library Economy Charles Edwin Janvrin, Ph.B., B.L.S., Assistant in Natural History Mary Elizabeth Love, Assistant in Mathematics and Natural History Winifred Fehrenkamp, B.L.S., Assistant in Architecture George Adams Deveneau, Ph.B., Assistant in Agriculture Marion E Sparks, A.M., B.L.S., Assistant in Chemistry THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE (Congress and Honore Streets, Chicago) FACULTY Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President of the University William Edward Quine, M.D., LL.D., Professor of Medicine, Emeritus John Erasmus Harper, A.M., M.D., Professor of Ophthalmology, Emeritus Henry Parker Newman, A.M., M.D., Professor of Gynecology, Emeritus Henry Turman Byford, A.M., M.D., Professor of Gynecology, Emeritus Frank Breckenridge Earle, M.D., Professor of Pediatrics, Emeritus Daniel Atkinson King Steele, M.D., LL.D., Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery, Head of the Department, and Senior Dean Oscar Augustus King, M.D., Professor of Neurology and Psychiatry, Emeritus William Allen Pusey, A.M., M.D., Professor and Head of the Department of Dermatology Thomas Archibald Davis, M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery Adolph Gehrmann, M.D., Professor and Head of the Department of Hygiene William McIntyre Harsha, A.B., M.D., Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery Maurice Louis Goodkind, M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine Lee Harrison Mettler, A.M., M.D., Professor and Head of the Division of Neurology and Clinical Neurology Casey A Wood, A.M., M.D., Professor of Ophthalmology and Head of the Department Daniel Nathan Eisendrath, A.B., M.D., Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery (Genito-Urinary) Joseph McIntyre Patton, M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine George Peter Dreyer, A.B., Ph.D., Professor of Physiology and Physiological Chemistry, and Head of the Department of Physiology and Physiological Chemistry John Lincoln Porter, M.D., Professor of Orthopedic Surgery Bernard Fantus, M.D., Professor of Pharmacology and Therapeutics Charles Davison, M.D., Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery Albert John Ochsner, B.S., M.D., Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery Charles Sumner Bacon, Ph.B., M.D., Professor of Obstetrics and Head of the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology Charles Spencer Williamson, B.S., M.D., Professor and Head of the Depart- ment of Medicine Frederick Tice, M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Chest and Clinical Medicine Channing Whitney Barrett, M.D., Professor of Gynecology and Clinical Gynecology Norval Pierce, M.D., Professor of Surgery (Otology and Clinical Otology) Albert E Halstead, M.D., Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery Albert Chauncey Eycleshymer, B.S., Ph.D., M.D., Professor of Anatomy, Head of the Department of Anatomy, and Junior Dean 35 36 College of Medicine David John Davis, Ph.D., M.D., Acting Professor of Pathology, Acting Head of Department of Pathology, and Director of the Department of Experi- mental Medicine ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Rachelle S Yarros, M.D., Associate Professor of Obstetrics and Clinical Obstetrics William Elliott Gamble, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Ophthal- mology Charles Edward HumistoNj M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Surgery William Henry Burmeister, A.B., M.D., Associate Professor of Pathology Joseph C Beck, M.D., Associate Professor of Surgery (Laryngology, Rhin- ology, and Otology) Nelson Mortimer Percy, M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Surgery Charles Mayer Jacobs, M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Surgery (Ortho- pedic) Julius Hayes Hess, M.D., Associate Professor of Pediatrics and Clinical Pediatrics ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Edward Louis Heintz, Ph.G., M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine and Clin- ical Medicine Frank Donald Moore, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery John Michael Lang, M.D., Assistant Professor of Clinical Gynecology John Weatherson, C.E., M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine, Recording Secretary of the Faculty Frederick Gillette Harris, M.D., Assistant Professor of Dermatology and Venereal Diseases Mary Gilruth McEwen, M.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Clinical Gyne- cology Jonathan Brown Loring, M.D., Assistant Professor of Clinical Ophthalmology Ephraim Kirkpatrick Findlay, M.D., Assistant Professor of Clinical Ophthal- mology Cecil V Bachelle, M.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics Emanuel Oliver Benson, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics and Clinical Pediatrics Maurice Lewison, M.D., Assistant Professor of Physical Diagnosis Frederick George Dyas, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery Haim I Davis, M.D., Assistant Professor of Clinical Psychiatry George Farnsworth Thompson, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery Otto Herman Rohrlack, Ph.G, M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics and Clinical Obstetrics William Henry Welker, A.C., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Pliysiological Chemistry Alfred Ogle Shaklee, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Pharmacology Roy G Pearce, M.D., Assistant Professor of Physiology French S Cary, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery Victor Emanuel Emmel, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Anatomy Instructors 37 ASSOCIATES Josiah J Moore, B.S., M.D., Associate in Experimental Medicine Victor Lupu Schrager, M.D., Associate in Surgery Ernest Sisson Moore, Ph.B., M.D., Associate in Clinical Medicine John Ross Harger, B.S., M.D., Associate in Surgery and Minor Surgery Robert Mosser, M.D., Associate in Clinical Medicine John A Cavanaugh, M.D., Associate in Surgery (Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology) Roy Lee Moodie, A.B., Ph.D., Associate in Anatomy Thomas Harris Bough ton, M.S., M.D., Associate in Pathology LECTURERS Elmer DeWitt Brothers, M.S., LL.B., Lecturer on Medical Jurisprudence Matthew Mills, LL.B., Alternate Lecturer on Medical Jurisprudence Bernard John Cigrand, M.S., D.D.S., Lecturer on History of Medicine INSTRUCTORS Robert William Morris, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Medicine Waldemar Eberhaedt, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Medicine Charles Herbert Phifer, M.D., Instructor in Surgery George J Lorch, Ph.G., M.D., Instructor in Medicine Henry Eugene Irish, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics Howard Oscar Shafer, M.D., Instructor in Surgery Egan Walter Fischmaxn, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology Annie E Barron Harrison, M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics Albert John Sckoeneerg. M.D., Instructor in Gynecology William Chester Smith, M.D., Instructor in Surgery (Operative) Harry Jerome Smejkal, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Surgery Wesley John Woolston, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology Arrie Bamberger, M.D.. Instructor in Minor Surgery John William Bisk, M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics Henry Lester Baker, M.D., Instructor in Surgery Richard Charles Steffan, M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics George Luther Davenport, M.D., Instructor in Surgery Isadore Bepnard Diamond, M.D., Instructor in Neurology Charles Clayton Clement, M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology Raymond William McNealy, M.D., Instructor in Surgery Frank Chauvet, M.D., Instructor in Physical Diagnosis Charles Newberger, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics Philip Frank Shaffner, M.D., Instructor in Dermatology Walter Bradford Metcalf, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Medicine Adolph Hartung, M.D., Instructor in Roentgenology Frederick Vreeland, M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology Edward F Fox, M.D., Instructor in Medicine Solomon Strouse, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Clinical Medici Edward Kent Armstrong. M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics Charles M McKenna, M.D., Instructor in Surgery (GenUo-Urinary) William Butler West, M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology Edward Franklin Leonard. M.D., Instructor in Neurology Louis Rudolph, M.D., Instructor in Physical Diagnosis 38 College of Medicine David Alexander, M.D., Instructor in Surgery (Orthopedic) Archie James Graham, M.D., Instructor in Surgery (Operative) Walter Charles Hammond, M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics F Raymond Crooks, M.D., Instructor in Medicine Franklin S Wilson, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Medicine Phillip M Dale, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Medicine Carl J S Rydin, M.D., Instructor in Neurology Joseph S Cohn, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics Maurice L Blatt, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics Jacob Carl Krafft, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics Oscar Eugene Nadeau, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery (Surgical Pathology) Eugene Bermingham, M.D., Instructor in Surgery (Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology) Edward M Heacock, M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics Clayton S Smith, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Instructor in Physiological Chemistry Frederick Howard Falls, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics and Pathology Thomas S Jones, B.F.A., Artist in the Department of Anatomy Carl H Bartling, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Medicine Alexander William Burke, M.D., Instructor in Medicine Helen Carncross, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Ophthalmology Edward Francis Garraghan, M.D., Instructor in Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology Robert Archie Crawford, M.D., Instructor in Medicine Robert Ludwick Furby, M.D., Instructor in Medicine John Charles Matthew Krasa, M.D., Instructor in Medicine Abraham Levinson, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics Robert Wilson Morris, M.D., Instructor in Medicine Paul Brown Welch, M.D., Instructor in Medicine George William Woodnick, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Ophthalmology Henry B Culver, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Experimental Medicine Clement Fischer, M.D., Instructor in Surgery John Hinchman Stokes, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Dermatology Walter H Theobald. B.S., M.D., Instructor in Surgery (Laryngology, Rhin- ology, and Otology) ASSISTANTS George Washington Post, Jr., B.S., A.M., M.D., Assistant in Clinical Surgery Robert Emmett Flannery, M.D., Assistant in Clinical Surgery Elmer W Schnorr, M.D., Assistant in Clinical Surgery (Genito-Urinary) Max Meyerovitz, M.D., Assistant in Clinical Surgery Harrison Willis Maltby, M.D., Assistant in Surgery (Orthopedic) Frank J Jirka. M.D., Assistant in Physical Diagnosis Karl Albert Meyer, M.D., Assistant in Clinical Surgery Frank Lee Stone, M.D., Assistant in Gynecology Mathilda Osborn Lichner, B.S., M.D., Assistant in Gynecology Lawrence Wells Whitmer, M.D., Assistant in Ophthalmology Edward F Slavik, M.D., Assistant in Clinical Ophthalmology Grover Tracy, A.B., Assistant in Physiological Chemistry William Arthur Clark, A.M., M.D., Assistant in Surgery (Orthopedic) Charles C Clark, M.D., Assistant in Clinical Surgery Student Assistants 39 Lyndon Harris, Assistant in Clinical Surgery Gilbert Martin Loewe, M.D., Assistant in Clinical Surgery (Genito -Urinary) Rose Irene Sutter, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Ophthalmology Rachel Watkins, M.D., Assistant in Neurology Howard E Curl, A.B., Assistant in Physiology John P O'Neil, M.D., Assistant in Clinical Surgery (Genito-Urinary) Clifford Cowdell Ellis, M.D., Clinical Assistant in Neurology STUDENT ASSISTANTS J Craig Small, B.S., Student Assistant in Physiological Chemistry Albert C D'Vorak, Student Assistant in Chemistry Ladislaw Stolfa, Student Assistant in Pharmacology and Therapeutics Leon Wade Martin, Student Assistant in Pharmacology and Therapeutics James Edward Featherston, Student Assistant in Pharmacology and Thera- peutics Roy Davis Short, Student Assistant in Pharmacology and Therapeutics THE COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY (Harrison and Honore Streets, Chicago) FACULTY Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President of the University Frederick Brown Moorehead, A.B., D.D.S., M.D., Professor of Oral Surgery. Pathology, and Bacteriology Donald Mackay Gallie, D.D.S., Professor of Operatize D and Opera- tize Technics George Walter Dittmar, D.D.S., Professor of Prosthetic . and Pros- thetic Technics Frederick Bogue Noyes, B.S., D.D.S., Professor of Orthodontia and Histology, and Secretary of the Faculty Edgar David Coolidge, D.D.S., Professor of Materia Medica and There, . Albert Chauncey Eycleshymer, B.S., PhD., M.D., Professor of Anal George Peter Dreyer, A.B., Ph.D., Professor of Physiology Davis John Davis, B.S., M.D., Professor of Pathology William Henry Welker, A.C.. Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry Elmer DeWttt Brothers, LL.IJ.. Lecturer on Denial Jurisprudence Louis Schultz, D.D.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Oral Surgery and Path- ology Louis E Bake, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Operative Technics and Porce- lain Art Solomon Perry Starr, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Prosthetic Technics Frank Joseph Bernard, D.D.S., Instructor in Extracting John C McGuire, D.D.S., Superintendent of the Infirmary and Instructor in Radiography Jacob Hyman Kaplan, D.D.S., Instructor in Operative and Prosthetic Dentistry Roy Lee Moodie, A.B., Ph.D., Instructor in Anatomy Clayton S Smith, B.S., M.S., M.D., Instructor in Chemistry Elmer S Riggs, A.B., A.M., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy W Ira Williams, D.D.S., Instructor in Operative and Prosthetic Dentistry Irwin Woodward Bach, M.S., M.D., Instructor in Bacteriology and Pathology d John Krejci, D.D.S., Instructor ' i I -i William Deist, D.D.S., h • in Operai : Den- tistry Clifford Webb Wells, B.S., M.D.. Instructor in Histology Edwin Paul Swatek, D.D.S., Assistant in Oral Surgery Grover Tracy, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry J Craig Small, Student Assistant in Chemistry Howard E Curl, A.B.. Student Assistant in Physiology 40 THE SCHOOL OF PHARMACY (Michigan Boulevard and Twelfth Street, Chicago) FACULTY Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President of the University William Baker Day, Ph.G., Professor of Materia Medica and Botany, Acting Dean, and Secretary Clyde Mason Snow, Ph.G., Assistant Professor of Pharmacy Bernard Fantus, M.D., Lecturer on Physiology Albert Henry Clark, B.S., Ph.G., Assistant Professor of Chemistry Edmund Norris Gatkercoal, Ph.G., Instructor in Pharmacognosy Henry William Colson, Ph.C, Instructor in Chemistry Ben Lee Eicher, Ph.C, Instructor in Pharmacy A] STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY COMMITTEES OF THE SENATE Committee on Educational Policy — Professor S. A. Forbes (chairman), Professor C. R. Richards, Professor W. C. Bagley, Professor C. G. Hopkins, Professor J. N. Pomeroy, Professor E. C. Schmidt, Professor E. J. Townsend Committee on Library — Professor A. H. Daniels, (chairman), Professor A. P. Carman, Professor J. W. Garner, Professor H. A. Harding, Professor Ken- neth McKenzie, Professor William Trelease, Librarian P. L. Windsor Committee on Athletics — Professor G. A. Goodenough (chairman), Pro- fessor W. C. Coffey, Director G. A. Huff, Professor C. H. Johnston, Professor C. G. Vernier COMMITTEES OF THE COUNCIL Committee on Discipline for Men — Dean T. A. Clark, (chairman ex officio). Professor H. J. Barton, Professor E. H. Decker, Professor G A. Goodenough, Assistant Professor F. H. Rankin, Assistant Professor F. W. Scott Committee on Discipline for Women — Acting Dean M. J. Kyle, (chairman ex officio), Miss F. R. Curtis, Dr. Q. L. Shepherd Committee on Student Organizations and Activities — Assistant Professor R. E. Heilman (chairman), Dean T. A. Clark (ex officio). Acting Dean M. J. Kyle (ex officio), Assistant Professor A. W. Jamison, Assistant Professor W. F. Schulz Committee on Student Publications — Assistant Professor F. W. Scott (chairman), Associate Professor W. L. Burlison, Assistant Professor W. S. Robertson Auditing Committee for Student Organizations and Publications — Professor 0. A. Leutwiler (chairman). Assistant Dean A. R. Warnock, Mr. H. T. Scovill Advisory Committee on Home-Coming—Proiessor S. W. Parr (chairman), Dean O. A. Harker, Director B. W. Benedict Committee on Students' Progress — Dean T. A. Clark (chairman), Acting Dean M. J. Kyle, Assistant Dean H. V. Canter, Assistant Dean H. W. Miller, Assistant Professor F. H. Rankin, Professor W. G Hale Committee on Loan Funds — Dean T. A. Clark (chairman), Assistant Dean H. V. Canter, Assistant Dean H. W. Miller Committee on Students' Hospital Benefit Fund— Dean T. A. Clark Committee on Accredited Schools — Professor E. J. Townsend (chairman), Professor H. A. Hollister, Associate Professor J. B. Shaw, Assistant Professor H. G. Paul, Registrar C. M. McConn Committee on Appointment of Graduates— Professor W. C. Bagley (chair- man^. Professor O. E. Lessing, Professor H. A. Hollister Committee on Catalog— Professor H. B. Ward (chairman), Professor A. P. Carman, Assistant Professor F. W. Scott, Registrar C. M. McConn Committee on Transfer of Credits— Dean K. C. Babcock (chairman), Pro- fessor H. A. Hollister, Professor L. M. Larson, Professor G. A. Goodenough, Dr. W. E. Joseph, Registrar C. M. McConn 42 - PART I GENERAL INFORMATION LOCATION The University of Illinois is situated in Champaign County, about fifty miles northeast of the geographical center of the State. It is 126 miles south of Chicago, 118 miles west of Indianapolis, 164 miles northeast of St. Louis. The campus of the University lies just within the corporate limits of the city of Urbana and is bounded on the west by the city of Champaign. The two municipalities form one community of about twenty-four thousand inhabi- tants. The city halls of the two towns are two miles apart, the campus half way between. The railway, express, telegraph, and telephone services of both cities are available for the University. Mail for the institution itself should be directed to Urbana to insure prompt delivery. The Urbana postoffice main- tains a sub-station at the University, located in the Library Building. Urbana-Champaign The cities of Urbana and Champaign are in the heart of the "Corn Belt" and form the business and social center of a rich farming community. In matters pertaining to health, conditions are good. There is a hospital within three blocks of the campus, in which students may be cared for at moderate expense. The University has no dormitories, but the number of boarding houses is large, and there are sixty-three residence halls erected by fraternities, sororities, and local clubs. There are thirty churches, representing eleven denominations, and a num- ber of students' religious associations, leagues, and guilds, including Young Men's and Young Women's Christian Associations. Under a special State law, the liquor traffic has been barred from all terri- tory within a radius of four miles from the University. Railway Connections The University is connected with neighboring cities in Illinois, including Bloomington, Danville, Decatur, Peoria, and Springfield, and also with St. Louis, by the electric interurban lines of the Illinois Traction System. It may be reached from Chicago and the north and from points in the south by the Illinois Central Railroad, being on the direct line from Chicago to Cairo and New Orleans. It is joined to the east and the west by the Peoria & Eastern Division of the "Big Four" route, as well as by the division of the Wabash Railway which connects Kansas City and St. Louis with Detroit and Buffalo. The station of the Illinois Central Railroad is in Champaign. The Wabash and "Big Four" have stations in both Champaign and Urbana. There are several hotels in Champaign and Urbana within easy reach of the University, the Beardsley and the Inman in Champaign and the Columbian in Urbana being the largest. 45 HISTORY 1862. The Morrill Land Grant By this act the national government donated to each state in the Union public land scrip, in quantity equal to 30,000 acres for each senator and repre- sentative in Congress, "for the endowment, support, and maintenance of at least one college, whose leading object shall be, without excluding other sci- entific and classical studies, and including military tactics, to teach such branches of learning as are related to agriculture and the mechanical arts, ***** in order to promote the liberal and practical education of the industrial classes in the several pursuits and professions of life." On account of this grant the State pays the University, semi-annually, interest at the rate of five per cent on about $610,000 and deferred payments on land contracts amounting approximately to $35,000. Location chosen To secure the location of the University several counties entered into com- petition by proposing to donate to its use specified sums of money or their equivalent. Champaign County offered a large brick building in the suburbs of Urbana, erected for a seminary and nearly completed, about 1,000 acres of land, and $100,000 in county bonds. To this the Illinois Central Railroad added $50,000 in freight. 1867. Incorporation The institution was incorporated February 28, 1867, under the name of the Illinois Industrial University. It was placed under the control of a Board of Trustees, consisting of the Governor, the Superintendent of Public Instruction, and the President of the State Board of Agriculture, ex officio members, and twenty-eight citizens appointed by the Governor. The chief executive officer was called the Regent, and was made an ex officio member of the Board and the presiding officer of both the Board of Trustees and the Faculty. (See also 1873 and 1887 below.) 1867. Dr. Gregory Regent On March 12, 1867, John Milton Gregory, LL.D., was elected Regent of the University. On April 1, 1867, Dr. Gregory accepted the position and entered upon his duties. He served as Regent until September 1, 1880. 1868. The University opened The University opened on March 2, 1868. The number of students enrolled was about fifty; the faculty consisted of the Regent and two professors. Dur- ing the first term another instructor was added, and the number of students increased to 77 — all young men. During the first term instruction was given in algebra, geometry, physics, history, rhetoric, and Latin. Work on the farm and gardens or about the buildings was at first compulsory for all students. In March of the next year, however compulsory labor was discontinued, save when it was to serve as a part of instruction. 46 History 47 1868-9. The first laboratories During the autumn of 1868 a chemical laboratory was fitted up; and labora- tory work in botany was begun the following year. 1870. Pioneer shop instruction In January, 1870, a mechanical shop was fitted up with tools and machinery, and here was begun the first shop instruction given in any American university. In the summer of 1871 the Wood Shops and Testing Laboratory (burned on June 9, 1900) were erected and equipped for students' shop work in both wood and iron. 1870. Women admitted On March 9, 1870, the Trustees voted to admit women as students. In the year 1870-71 twenty-four availed themselves of the privilege. Since that time they have constituted from one-sixth to one-fifth of the total number of students. 1873. First reorganisation of the Board of Trustees At this time the number of members was reduced from thirty-two (see 1867 above) to eleven — the Governor and the President of the State Board of Agriculture, ex officio, and nine others, who were still appointed by the Governor. Beginning at this time also, the President of the Board has been chosen by the members from among their own number for a term of one year. (See also 1887 below.) 1877. Authority to confer degrees received According to the original State law, the usual diplomas and degrees could not be granted by the University; certificates showing the studies pursued and the attainments in each were given instead. The certificates proved unsatis- factory to the holders, and in 1877 the legislature gave the University authority to confer degrees and issue diplomas. 1880-81. Dr. Peabody Regent In June, 1880, Regent Gregory's resignation was accepted to take effect September 1, 1880, and Selim Hobart Peabody, A.B., Ph.D., Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Physics, was made Regent pro tempore. At the next annual meeting, in March, 1881, he was elected Regent. 1885. Change of name In this year the General Assembly changed the name of the institution from the Illinois Industrial University to the University of Illinois. 1885. The State Laboratory of Natural History transferred to the University See page 431. 1887. Second reorganization of the Board of Trustees In 1887 a law was passed making membership in the Board elective, at a general State election, and restoring the Superintendent of Public Instruction as an ex officio member. There are now, therefore, three ex officio and nine elective members. (For the previous organization of the Board see 1867 and 1873 above.) 1887. The Agricultural Experiment Station established at the University See page 425. 48 History 1890. Additional Federal endowment In 1890 the Congress of the United States made further appropriations for the endowment of the institutions founded under the act of 1862. Under this enactment each such college or university received the first year $15,000, the second year $16,000, and in each succeeding year a sum larger by $1,000 than the amount of the preceding year, until the amount reached $25,000; this sum was to be paid yearly thereafter. 1891. Dr. Burrill Acting Regent In June, 1891, Regent Peabody's resignation was accepted, to take effect September 1, and in August Thomas Jonathan Burrill, A.M., Ph.D., Professor of Botany and Horticulture, was appointed Acting Regent. Dr. Burrill served in this capacity until September, 1894. 1892. The Graduate School Beginning with this year, graduate work was undertaken under the name of the Graduate School, but without the organization of a separate faculty. 1894. The Summer Session The first Summer Session of the University was authorized by a vote of the Trustees on March 3, 1894, and was opened in June of that year. 1894. Dr. Draper President On April 13, 1894, Andrew Sloan Draper, LL.D., was elected Regent. He accepted May 10, 1894. On August 1 his title was changed to President. Dr. Draper entered upon his duties on August 1, 1894. He served until June, 1904. 1896. The School of Pharmacy On May 1, 1896, the Chicago College of Pharmacy, founded in 1859, became the School of Pharmacy of the University of Illinois. 1897. The College of Medicine Negotiations looking to the affiliation of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of Chicago with the University, which had been going on for several years, were concluded by the Board of Trustees March 9, 1897. Accordingly, the College of Physicians and Surgeons became, on April 21, 1897, the College of Medicine of the University of Illinois. (The College of Medicine was discontinued on June 30, 1912, but was re-opened on February 12, 1913.) 1897. The School of Music By vote of the Trustees on June 9, 1897, the department of music, which had been reorganized and enlarged in 1895, was erected into the School of Music, with a separate faculty and organization. 1897. The State Water Survey authorized See page 433. 1897. The Library School In 1897 the School of Library Economy, which had been established in 1893 at the Armour Institute of Technology in Chicago, was transferred to the University, the Director of that school was appointed Librarian of the Uni- versity Library, and the Library School was opened. 1897. The College of Law Pursuant to an action of the Board of Trustees, taken December 8, 1896, the School of Law was organized, and was opened September 13, 1897. The History 49 course of study covered two years, in conformity with the then existing require- ments for admission to the bar of Illinois. In the following November, how- ever, the Supreme Court of the State announced rules relating to examinations for admission to the bar which made three years of study necessary, and the course of study in the Law School was immediately rearranged on that basis. On February 9, 1900, the name of the School of Law was changed, by vote of the Board of Trustees, to College of Law. 1899. The State Entomologist's Office permanently established at the University See page 432. 1900. Courses in Business Administration In 1900 the General Assembly made an appropriation for the establishment of courses of training for business life, and, in accordance with that action, the Trustees approved the organization of the Courses in Business Adminis- tration. (See also 1915 below.) 1901. The College of Dentistry In accordance with an action taken by the Board of Trustees on March 12, 1901, a School of Dentistry was organized as a department of the College of Medicine. The School was opened October 3, 1901. The name was changed to College of Dentistry on April 27, 1905. (The College of Dentistry was dis- continued on June 30, 1912, but was re-opened on October 1, 1913.) 1903. The Board of Examiners in Accountancy created See page 436. 1903. The Engineering Experiment Station established See page 429. 1904. Dr. James President On March 9, 1904, President Draper's resignation was accepted, to take effect July 1. On August 23, 1904, Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., was elected President. He accepted on August 26, 1904, and entered upon his duties in the fall of that year. 1905. The School of Education By a vote of April 27, 1905, the Board of Trustees established the School of Education, to provide for the professional training of teachers. 1905. The State Geological Survey established See page 434. 1906. Adams Fund This fund was created by an act of Congress dated March 16, 1906, and provides for an appropriation of $5,000 for the year ending June 30, 1906, and an increase of $2,000 a year for five years. The present appropriation to the University under the Adams Act, is, therefore, $15,000 a year. Its use is limited to the necessary expenses of original research and experimental work in agri- culture. 1907. Nelson Fund This fund was created by an act of Congress dated March 4, 1907, and carried with it an appropriation of $5,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1908. and an annual increase of $5,000 for four years. The present appropri- ation to the University under the Nelson Act is, therefore, $25,000 per year. Its uses are identical with those of the Morrill Fund. 50 History 1906-7. The School of Raihvay Engineering and Administration On January 30, 1906, the Board of Trustees created in the College of Engineering a department of railway engineering; on January 22, 1907, supple- menting that action, it established the School of Railway Engineering and Administration. 1906-7. The Graduate School organised as a separate faculty The General Assembly appropriated $50,000 for the Graduate School, and the Executive Faculty of that school was organized. 19 11. The Mill Tax The General Assembly passed a law providing that in the year 1912, and annually thereafter, the proceeds of a tax of one mill for each dollar of the assessed valuation of the taxable property of the State should be set apart as a fund for the maintenance of the University. 1911. Cooperative Investigation of Illinois Coal Problems See page 437. 1912. The Colleges of Medicine and Dentistry discontinued The Colleges of Medicine and Dentistry were discontinued on June 30, 1912. 1913. The Colleges of Medicine and Dentistry reopened On Februaiy 12, 1913, the Board of Trustees accepted the gift of the capital stock of the College of Physicians and Surgeons, donated to the Uni- versity by the alumni and other friends of medical education in Chicago, and the College of Medicine was reopened. The College of Dentistry was reopened on October 1, 1913. 1913. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences In this year the College of Literature and Arts and the College of Science were united to form the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. 1915- The College of Commerce and Business Administration The Courses in Business Administration, organized in 1900, were erected into a separate College of Commerce and Business Administration. EQUIPMENT BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS The land occupied by the University embraces 235 acres, besides a farm of 865 acres. There are at the present time some forty-five buildings on the campus. Liberal Arts Group University Hall (erected 1873) is the "old main building" of the University. It occupies three sides of a quadrangle, and is five stories in height. It is devoted to class rooms and offices. Lincoln Hall (erected 1911) has a frontage of 230 feet. The exterior is brick, stone, and terra cotta. This building provides for the advanced work of the departments of the classics, English, Romance languages, Germanic lan- guages, history, economics, education, political science, sociology, and philosophy. The first three floors provide, in addition to the ordinary class and consultation rooms, seminar libraries and conference rooms. On the fourth floor are research rooms and two museums, the Museum of Classical Art and Archeology, and the Museum of European Culture. General Science Group Natural History Hall (old part erected 1892; addition 1909) covers a ground area 135 feet by 275 feet. It is occupied by the departments of botany, entomol- ogy, zoology, physiology, geology, and mathematics, together with the offices and equipment of the State Geological Survey, and the State Natural History Sur- vey, and the office of the State Entomologist. A fireproof museum 51 feet by 63 feet in size, equipped with fireproof and dustproof cases, occupies the center of the building. The Laboratory of Physics (erected 1909) is a three-story fire-proof brick building trimmed with Bedford limestone. The length is 178 feet and the depth of the wings is 125 feet. The lecture room has a seating capacity of two hundred sixty-two. A one-story annex, 78 by 28 feet, contains the ventil- ating and heating fans and the machine shop of the department. The total available floor area, exclusive of the basement, is about 60,000 square feet. The large laboratories and the recitation rooms are mostly in the west wing. The east wing contains about thirty smaller laboratories for advanced experimental work. The blue print department of the University occupies rooms on the top floor of the building. Gas, distilled water, compressed air and vacuum, and direct and alternating electric currents of a wide range in amperes and in volts are available in all parts of the building. The Chemistry Laboratory (original structure erected 1901-2; addition 1914- 15) is a brick building. The original structure is of slow burning construction, and the addition, which will have five stories available, fireproof. The total available floor area is about 164,000 square feet. The ground plan is a hollow square, the extreme dimensions of which are 230 feet along the front, and 200 feet along the sides. The center court contains the lecture 51 52 Buildings and Grounds amphitheatre, which seats 390. The side wings of the building contain the general student laboratories, while the center portions of both old and new structures are occupied by offices, class and seminar rooms, library, museums, supply rooms, and graduate research laboratories. The main store room is in the basement under the lecture room. In this building are also located the offices and laboratories of the State Water Survey and the department of bacteriology. The Astronomical Observatory (erected 1896) is a brick building with extreme dimensions of 75 by 55 feet. It has three wings and is surmounted by a dome 25 feet in diameter. An adjacent building with a 15-foot dome was erected in 1914. The Entomology Building (erected 1905 for the use of the State Ento- mologist and his staff) is a two-story building 48 by 20 feet, with basement storerooms, and with two insectary wings of greenhouse construction, each 25 by 20 feet. It contains the office of horticultural inspection, a stenographer's room, rooms for the assistant inspectors and insectary assistants, and a large fire- proof vault. The glass-covered w 7 ings are equipped for experimental entomology and life-history studies. The Ecological Laboratory (remodeled and reconstructed in 1914 from a residence at 1210 Springfield avenue) is equipped for the experimental study of the relations of animals to environment. The Botany Annex (erected 1914) is a greenhouse laboratory covering 5,000 square feet, divided into compartments that are severally provided with devices for controlling humidity and temperature within close limits for exact experi- mentation in the fields of plant physiology and pathology. To this laboratory is attached a reconstructed two-story dwelling, giving working and class rooms for use in connection with the experiments conducted under glass. The Vivarium (erected 1915-16) occupies the block south of the Illinois Traction System tracks, between Wright and Sixth streets, the main facade of the building being toward Healey street. The scheme involves a main building containing eight laboratories, one office, and store rooms, with supplementary greenhouses at each end, and a head house serving two greenhouses, together with two screened houses. The main building is a brick structure, two stories high, connected to the head house by a one story passage from the main corridor. The building is occupied by the departments of zoology and entomology. Commerce and Business Administration The Commerce Building (erected 1912) is a fireproof building three stories high, 153 feet on the front and 60 feet deep, with a one-story annex containing a lecture room 48 feet square. The building has a total floor area of about 29,000 square feet; it provides class rooms, offices, and laboratories for the work in business administration. The exterior first story finish is buff Bedford stone; the second and third stories are of brick with carved stone trimmings and cornice. The roof is of tile, and the interior trim is of dark oak. The Administration Building (see page 56) is a second unit of this building and will eventually be occupied by this College. Engineering Group Engineering Hall (erected 1894) is a four-story building, with a frontage of 200 feet, a depth of 76 feet on the wings and 138 feet on the center, and a Buildings and Grounds 53 floor area of 47,000 square feet. The first and second floors are occupied by the offices and recitation rooms, and the instrument and drafting rooms of the departments of civil engineering and municipal and sanitary engineering. The engineering lecture room, on the second floor, has a seating capacity of two hundred twenty-five. The third floor is occupied by the offices of the Dean of the College of Engineering and Director of the Engineering Experiment Station, and by offices, recitation, and drafting rooms of the department of mechanical engineering. A portion of the third floor and all of the fourth floor are occupied by the department of architecture. The Electrical Engineering Laboratory (erected 1898) is a two-story brick building with floor area of 18,000 square feet. The basement contains the departmental shop, the storage battery room, the electric furnace room, and rooms for electrical research. The first floor contains the undergraduate labor- atory, the instrument room, the high potential laboratory, and the drafting, lecture, and recitation rooms. The second floor contains the photometric labor- atory, the offices, the departmental library, and a room used by the Electrical Engineering Society. The Mechanical Engineering Laboratory (erected 1905) is a brick building with a frontage of 120 feet, a total depth of 182 feet, and a floor area of 24,000 square feet. The front section is two stories high, and contains offices, lecture and computation rooms, and an instrument room. Back of this are three bays. The middle bay is provided with a concrete testing floor and a 10-ton three- motor traveling crane of 38-foot span. The north bay contains a 5-ton traveling- crane and is used for laboratory work in connection with the departments of civil engineering and theoretical and applied mechanics. The Laboratory of Applied Mechanics (erected 1901-2) is a brick building having a floor area of 16,000 square feet. The front part contains the materials testing laboratory, and the rear wing the hydraulics laboratory. The Ceramics Laboratory (erected 1910) is a two-story brick building in which are provided a general laboratory, plaster room, pottery room, machine room, drawing room, library, recitation rooms, chemical laboratory, and office. The Ceramics and Mining Laboratory (erected 1912) is a one-story build- ing forming a wing connected with the Ceramic Engineering Building, and having a floor area of 11,200 square feet. It contains a kiln and furnace room, having an area of 4300 square feet, a mining engineering laboratory of 3600 square feet, and a chemistry laboratory for the department of mining engineer- ing. There are also offices and class rooms for the department of ceramic engineering, and a Mine Rescue Station, equipped and arranged for training men in the methods of mine rescue work. The Ceramic Engineering Building (erected 1915-16) is a three story struc- ture, 188x65 feet, of fireproof construction, built of texture brick and poly- chrome terra cotta. The front of the building is decorated with colored tile panels. The roof is of Spanish tile, and the floor of the halls and corridors of clay tile. The structure is intended to present modern achievement in the use of ceramic structural materials. The third floor is occupied by the State Geo- logical Survey and about one-third of the first floor by the department of applied mechanics. The main portion of the building is utilized by the recita- tion rooms, laboratories, and offices of the department of ceramic engineering. 54 Buildings and Grounds The Locomotive Testing Laboratory (erected 1912) is a fireproof building with brick walls, 117 feet long and 42 feet wide, connected by a spur with the Illinois Traction System tracks. It houses a locomotive testing plant, which consists of supporting wheels on which rest the drivers of the locomotive to be tested, a dynamometer to which the locomotive drawbar is attached, and which measures the tractive force exerted by the locomotive, water brakes for absorbing the power developed by the locomotive, and other auxiliary apparatus. The exhaust gases pass through a "transite" (or asbestos board) duct to a large fan which forces them through a reinforced concrete cinder separator; the separator removes the cinders and discharges the gases into the air through a brick stack eight feet in height. The Transportation Building (erected 1912) is a three-story fire-proof build- ing of brick trimmed with stone. The dimensions of the building are 65x189 feet and the total floor area is 34,225 square feet. The first and second floors of the building are occupied by the departments of railway and mining engi- neering, and the third floor by the department of general engineering drawing. The Metal Shops (erected 1902) occupy a one-story brick building with a floor area of 12,000 square feet, containing four office rooms, a machine shop, and a forge shop. The machine shop is 48 by 140 feet. Power is supplied by a 20-horsepov.er electric motor. A 3-ton traveling crane of 10 foot span covers the center of the floor for the entire length. The Wood Shop (erected 1901-2) and the Foundry (added 1904) occupy a brick building which has a floor area of 16,000 square feet. The part of the building devoted to the wood shop contains a bench room, lathe room, machine room, and various smaller rooms for lectures and exhibition purposes. The part devoted to the foundry has a molding floor 35x80 feet, traversed by a 5-ton traveling crane, and a basement room for the storage of materials. Agricultural Group The Agricultural Building (erected 1900) consists of four separate struc- tures, built around a court and connected by corridors. The court was enclosed in 1912 and divided into five large class rooms. The main building, three stories in height, contains offices, class rooms, and laboratories for the departments of agronomy, animal husbandry, dairy husbandry, and horticulture; the chemical laboratory of the Experiment station; administration rooms; and assembly room (Morrow Hall) with a seating capacity of 500. The other three buildings are two stories high ; one is for dairy manufactures, one for farm crops, and one for class rooms and laboratories. These buildings are of stone and brick, roofed with slate, and contain 113 rooms and a total floor space of about two acres. The Agronomy Building (erected 1904-5) is a brick and slate structure 50 by 100 feet. It contains a field laboratory and storage room for crop work. The Farm Mechanics Building (erected 1906-7) is a three-story brick struc- ture, containing class rooms, offices, lecture rooms, drafting room, library, laboratories, and tool and storage rooms. The third floor, which is reached by an elevator, furnishes storage room for the greater part of $16,000 worth of farm machinery, lent the College by various manufacturing companies and used for laboratory work. The facilities afforded by this building, with its equipment, make possible the assembling, testing, and adjusting of all the im- portant machines used in farm operations. Buildings and Grounds 55 The btock Pavilion (erected 1913) is a fireproof building 54 feet high on the front and 148 feet deep with circular ends 92 feet in diameter and 20 feet high. The total ground area is 30,000 square feet, and the show arena is 216 feet long and 65 feet wide. Seats of concrete provide accomodations for 2000. Arrangements are to be made providing for a division of the arena into three parts, giving three separate judging rooms for instructional purposes. The building also contains class rooms and offices. Stabling will be provided in a separate structure. The exterior is of brick and terra cotta, renaissance in design, the frieze being enriched with medallions of animal heads. The Agronomy Greenhouse (erected 1900, rebuilt 1912) consists of two glass structures covering a total floor space of 6500 square feet, and a service building equipped with research and photographic laboratories. The Agronomy Bam (erected 1915) is a wooden structure 36 by 70 feet, designed as a service and storage building for the field work of the depart- ment of agronomy. The Animal Husbandry Cattle Feeding Plant has a capacity for feeding 150 steers at a time. It consists of open and closed sheds with paved lots adjoining, with a storage barn 44 by 72 feet and an experimental silo. The Beef Cattle Building (erected 1904-5) is a one-story structure of brick and slate, trimmed with stone, 217 feet across the front, with a wing at either end 33 by 49 feet; the central portion rises two stories and is used for the storage of feed. Other portions of the building are used as quarters for the breeding herd, and will accommodate about 100 head of cattle. The Sheep Barn is a wooden structure consisting of a main barn 36 by 90 feet, and a shed, opening to the south, 25 by 100 feet in size. A 6- foot aisle, lined by pens on each side, runs through the center of the barn. This building besides accommodating the University flock is used for experimental work. Its location and construction insures dry footing and ample light and ventilation throughout the year. Other buildings for the accommodation of live stock are the horse barn, the piggery, and two large barns on the South Farm. The Experimental Dairy Barns (erected 1912) comprise a round barn 70 feet in diameter with a reinforced concrete silo in the center, a semi-detached rectangular structure 40 by 70 feet with a Grout silo adjacent, and a small dairy house and shop 26 by 32 feet. The barns are of frame construction on brick walls with solid floors of the mill type of construction, and contain feed rooms, hay lofts, and other accommodations for the experimental dairy herd. The dairy house is of frame construction, two stories in height, and contains office, shop, coal room, dairy room, and four sleeping rooms for employees. The Cattle Feeding Plant (erected 1915-16) is of brick and wood construc- tion, located on the axis of Fourth street, south of the "Farm Lane". The lower part is a fireproof structure, 300 feet long, open to the south. The feeding lots are paved with brick and extend out some 30 feet from the building line. The plant is used as a storage place for feed for the animal husbandry de- partment, and the upper stories are constructed as an elevator with large grain bins, where several tons of grain can be elevated, preparatory to grinding, shipping, or feeding. In connection with the plant is a corn crib of the capacity of 12,000 bushels. The four silos to the north are 16x70 and open into the feed room of the plant. They are of three different materials: tile, concrete, and brick. 56 Buildings and Grounds The Genetics Building (erected 1915-16) is a one-story brick structure (located on Farm Lane and Mathews Avenue) housing the laboratories, offices, and animal rooms of the genetics department of the Agricultural College. The work carried on in this building is done principally by graduate students. The Horticulture Building (erected 1904-5) is a structure of brick and slate trimmed with stone, approximately 50 by 100 feet in size. It is used as a field laboratory for horticultural tests, and contains sorting rooms, storage rooms, and a laboratory for the mixing of spraying materials and other operations in connection with the horticultural work. The Horticulture Greenhouse Group (erected 1912-13) includes (1) a floricultural group and (2) a vegetable and plant breeding group. (1) The Floriculture Greenhouse Group (erected 1912-13) consists of a two-story and basement service building 93 by 37 feet, and the following glass structures : four houses each 105 by 28 feet, three houses each 105 by 35 feet, one corridor house 139 by 10 feet, one storage house 50 by 12 feet, and a palm house 80 by 40 feet. The service building is of hollow tile and cement construction, and contains laboratories, lecture room, herbarium room, offices, and seminar room, as well as potting, storage, and w _ ork rooms. (2) The Vegetable and Plant Breeding Greenhouse Group (erected 1912- 13) consists of a glass house for vegetable growing 105 by 28 feet, two houses for plant breeding each approximately 80 by 30 feet, a wire house 80 by 30 feet, and a two-story and basement service building 82 by 36 feet, containing laboratories, work rooms, class rooms, offices, and storage rooms. The type of construction of this building is the same as that of the floriculture service building. Law Building The Law Building (erected 1878; remodeled 1902 and 1912) is the second oldest building in the University group. It has two stories and a basement. The upper floor contains the Law Library, the students' conference room, the private offices of the members of the law faculty, and the Moot Court Room, a model court room with a seating capacity of four hundred. On the main floor are the recitation rooms, the Dean's offices, and the faculty room. In the basement are the lockers, the students' reading room, and a court room for the Law Clubs. Buildings for General University Use The Administration Building (erected 1914-15) is a three-story and base- ment fireproof building of brick and stone. It is 153 feet long and 66^ feet deep with a one-story annex, 48 feet by 42 feet, with a total floor area of 36,000 square feet; it contains the rooms of the Board of Trustees and the offices of the President, the Registrar, the Comptroller, the Supervising Architect, the Dean of Men, the High School Visitor, the Adviser to Foreign Students, and the Alumni A ssociation, and the Information and Stenographic Bureau. This building is the second unit of the Commerce Building, and will eventually be occupied by that College. The Library Building (erected 1896-7; an addition to the stack room erected 1914) is modern Romanesque in style, is built of Minnesota sandstone, and measures 167 by 141 feet, with a tower 132 feet high. The first floor, or Buildings and Grounds 57 basement, contains the rooms of the catalog and order departments, the bound newspapers, and the University Station Postcffice. The second, or main floor, contains the general reference room, the periodical reading rooms, a small conference room, and the delivery room, which opens into the second story of the stack. The third floor contains the study room, lecture rooms, and office of the Library School, faculty study room, and the office of the librarian and assistant librarian. The five-story book stack is a rear wing to the building, separated from it by a fireproof wall. The delivery room is open to the roof and is lighted by a dome of art glass; the lunettes are decorated with frescoes symbolic of the four older colleges of the University — Literature and Arts, Science, Agriculture, and Engineering. The Auditorium (erected 1907-8) is a brick and stone building for general meeting purposes. It contains an auditorium seating about 2,200, a memorial vestibule, and a four manual organ. All general University exercises and con- vocations are held in this building. The Men's Gymnasium (erected 1901) is a three-story building of stone and pressed brick, 100 by ISO feet. On the first floor there is a swimming pool, 26 feet wide, 75 feet long, and 8 feet deep at the lower end, lined with white enamel bricks. This floor contains also the general locker room, which is fitted up with all-metal lockers, and with shower bath, and steam baths; rooms for the University athletic teams ; a room for visiting teams ; a special dressing room for members of the faculty ; and offices for the physical director and the instructors in athletics. The entire second floor is one room, fitted up with modern appliances for gymnastic exercises. The third floor contains an elevated running track, 15 laps to the mile, banked on the turns to secure speed and comfort in running. The Gymnasium Annex (erected in 1889-90) has a clear floor space of 15,000 square feet in one hall. The Armory (erected 1914-15) comprises a drill room with a clear area of 200x400 feet and a height of 98 feet at the center, the roof being carried by fourteen three-hinged steel arches. The sides are of hollow tile and the ends, supported by columns, are of steel, glass, tile, and concrete, with wood frames and sashes. The drill floor is of sufficient area to permit the man- euvering of an entire battalion of the cadet brigade. Provision has been made for the addition of a balcony around the drill floor with scats for 3,000 and for the addition of three-story facades along the sides flanked by towers at each end. This will provide space for company rooms, locker rooms, shooting tubes, and class rooms. The Woman's Building (erected 1905; addition 1912) is in the new England colonial style of architecture, of reddish brown brick, with white stone trimmings. The central part of the structure is the women's gymnasium. On the lower floor there are swimming tank, lockers, dressing rooms, and baths. The upper floor is devoted to the main gymnasium, which is 92 by 50 feet. The north wing of the building is given to the department of household science, and the south wing provides rooms for the social life of the women students. The addition is a three-story fireproof building with basement. It is 200 feet long on the front and 83 feet on each connecting wing, having 43,000 square feet of floor area. It has a large colonnade with towers on the front and two smaller colon- nades on the north and south of the inner court. The addition is similar to the old building in finish and supplements the working space of the depart- 58 Buildings and Grounds ments using it. It has two halls for literary societies and a modern flat on the upper floor, and an institutional kitchen and large dining room on the second floor. There are also offices for the Dean of Women and the Director of the Courses in Household Science, laboratories, social rooms, and space for the expansion of gymnasium work. The President's House The President's House (erected 1896) is a three-story frame building, in the colonial style. The first story is designed primarily for entertaining; large reception and dining parlors are so arranged as to open together into a central corridor. The second and third stories provide library and living rooms. Service Buildings The Central Heat and Power Plant (erected 1902; addition 1910) is 55 by 120 feet. It contains boilers aggregating 1,800 horsepower. A supplemental boiler and power plant, designed ultimately to carry the load of the present station, is equipped with boilers of 1,000 horsepower. These two stations furnish steam for heating and power to all buildings on the campus. A power plant containing a 250-kilowatt Allis-Chalmers direct connected steam engine and dynamo, a 125-kilowatt direct connected Westinghouse engine and generator, and a 100-kilowatt Curtiss turbo-generator, together with the accessories neces- sary to a complete power station, supplies current for light and power to all parts of the grounds. The pipe lines of the heating system and the circuits for distributing electricity are carried from the central plant to the several buildings through brick and concrete tunnels and clay and concrete conduits. Altogether there are now 6,275 feet of tunnels and 3,800 feet of conduit for the distribution of steam, and 7,000 feet of conduit for the distribution of electricity. The new boiler and power plant provides temporary quarters for the electric test car of the department of railway engineering. The Pumping Station of the University water-works is a brick building, 38 by 73 feet, connected with the central heating station. Four 8-inch wells, 145 feet deep, and one 12-inch well 148 feet deep supply the University with water. A masonry reservoir provides for a fire-reserve supply. The pumps, tanks, and connections are arranged to give opportunities for experimental work, and also to vary the working conditions in the adjacent hydraulics laboratory. In this building is kept the equipment of the University fire de- partment, including an electric automatic hose and chemical wagon. BUILDINGS IN CHICAGO The College of Medicine Building, in which are housed all the departments except that of anatomy, is a brick and stone structure two hundred feet long by one hundred and ten feet deep and five stories high, fronting on four streets. The building contains three lecture rooms with a seating capacity of two hun- dred each; a clinical amphitheater with a seating capacity of over three hun- dred; an assembly hall with a seating capacity of seven hundred; besides recitation rooms. It also contains laboratories for physiology, chemistry, materia medica, therapeutics, and microscopical and chemical diagnosis, each accom- modating from fifty to one hundred students at a time. A three-story annex to the main building contains the laboratories used by the departments of pathology, bacteriology, and chemistry. All of these Laboratories 59 laboratories have outside light and are furnished with work tables, desks, lockers, and the necessary apparatus. There is a supply of microscopes, lenses, and oil immersions, and a projection apparatus for the illustration of lectures by means of steropticon views. The College of Dentistry is housed in a six-story building containing three amphitheaters, recitation rooms and lecture rooms, laboratories, dissecting rooms, a clinical operating room, and an infirmary. A parlor is provided for the use of the women students. This building adjoins that of the College of Medicine. The School of Pharmacy leases the four upper floors of a brick structure five stories in height, having a frontage of fifty feet on Michigan avenue and one hundred and seventy feet on Twelfth street. LABORATORIES The University maintains in the departments at Urbana thirty-one labor- atories. The following list shows the buildings in which these are located : General Science Laboratories Botany — Natural History Hall Chemistry — Chemical Laboratory Entomology — Natural History Hall Geology — Natural History Hall Physics — Laboratory of Physics Physiology — Natural History Hall Psychology — University Hall Zoology — Natural History Hall Engineering Laboratories Cement — Mechanical Engineering Laboratory Ceramics — Ceramics Laboratory Electrical Engineering — Electrical Engineering Laboratory Foundry — Wood Shop Forging — Metal Shops Hydraulics — Laboratory of Applied Mechanics Locomotive — Locomotive Laboratory Machine Construction — Metal Shops Materials Testing — Laboratory of Applied Mechanics Mechanical Engineering — Mechanical Engineering Laboratory Mining — Mining Engineering Laboratory Mine Dust and Gas — Natural History Hall Roads — Mechanical Engineering Laboratory Woodworking — Wood Shop Special Research Laboratories Agricultural Experiment Station— Agricultural Building Bacteriological laboratory Chemical laboratory Physical laboratory 60 Libraries Animal Husbandry — Genetics Laboratory Genetics Building Geology — Natural History Hall Laboratory of economic geology State Entomologist's Office — Entomology Building State Laboratory of Natural History — Natural History Hall State Water Survey — Chemical Laboratory Laboratory for sanitary water analysis Zoology and Entomology — Vivarium Research laboratory LIBRARIES (For the Library Staff see page 33.) The University Library includes all the books belonging to the colleges and schools of the University which are situated in Urbana and also the libraries of the College of Medicine and the School of Pharmacy in Chicago. On December 1, 1915, the contents of the several libraries were as follows : In Urbana : Volumes Pamphlets Maps General library, including departmental collections 321,097 36,200 1,752 State Laboratory of Natural History library 8,238 39,266 82 State Geological Survey library 1,700 4,500 1,017 In Chicago : College of Medicine library 15,472 3,000 Pharmacy library 2,100 600 Total in the University 348,607 S.3,566 2,851 The Library is housed, for the most part, in the Library building, and is for the use of the whole University. The officers of instruction and adminis- tration of the Universit}', the graduate students, and the members of the senior class have direct access to the shelves ; other students may have this privilege upon the recommendation of their instructors. All students have the direct use of 10,700 volumes in the reading rooms, and in addition advanced students have the use of the seminar libraries. Over 3,000 periodicals are currently received. As a part of the Library are included several special collections : The University of Illinois collection, including printed material illustrating the history of the University: about 300 volumes. College Publications collection, comprising the catalogs, announcements, reports, studies, etc., of other educa- tional institutions : about 5,200 volumes. Thesis collection, a complete file of the original copies of the theses presented for graduation from the University of Illinois, bound and filed by years : 2,100 volumes. The Collection of School Reports, a catalogued collection of school reports, courses of study, and other documents published by public school authorities throughout the United States. The Dziatzko collection of Library Economy, bought in 1905, the entire library of Karl Dziatzko, librarian of Gottingen University: 300 volumes, 250 pam- phlets. The Ditlenberger Collection of the Classics, bought in 1907, the entire library of Wilhelm Dittenberger, professor of Classical Philology in the Uni- versity of Halle: 5,600 items. The Heyne collection purchased by the University Libraries 61 in 1909, the philological library of Professor Moritz Heyne of the University of Gottingen : about 5,000 items, principally on German philology and literature. The Karsten collection, principally on French and German philology and literature, the library of the late Professor Gustaf E. Karsten, presented by Mrs. Eleanor G. Karsten. The Grober collection, purchased in 1912, the entire library of the late Professor Gustav Grober, of Strasburg: 6,300 titles, principally on the Romance languages. The V allien collection, purchased in 1913, the entire classical library of the late Professor Johannes Vahlen, of Berlin : 10,000 volumes. The Aron collection, purchased in 1913, the pedagogical library of the late Dr. R. Aron, of Berlin : 20,000 volumes. The Carl Martin James collection, about 1,000 volumes relating to statistics and similar subjects, presented in 1915 by President Edmund J. James. The D. C. Greene collection, presented in 1915 by Professor E. B. Greene: 219 volumes of books and newspapers relating to Japan. A number of seminar and departmental collections are maintained in various buildings on the campus, including the six seminars in Lincoln Hall ; these libraries do not necessarily contain all the books in the respective subjects, but are in most instances reference collections for the use of graduate students and advanced undergraduate students in the departments using the respective build- ings. The principal departmental libraries and reading rooms are the following : Name of Library Location Volumes Philosophy, Psychology, and Education Lincoln Hall 10,800 Classics Lincoln Hall 15,800 Modern languages Lincoln Hall 19,700 English Lincoln Hall 16,500 History and Political Science Lincoln Hall 21,800 Economics and Sociology Lincoln Hall 17,200 Natural History Natural History Building * 19,700 Law Law Building 19,000 Commerce Reading Room Commerce Building 1,300 Architecture Engineering Building 3,600 Agriculture Reading Room Agricultural Building 5,300 Chemistry Chemistry Building 5,000 Physics Physics Building 1,100 Mathematics Natural History Building 3,600 Railway Engineering and Mining Transportation Building 1,000 Mason Library of Western History. The library of western history collected by Edward G. Mason, Esq., long president of the Chicago Historical Society, is in the Public Library of the city of Champaign, and is accessible to students in the University. Library Regulations The General Library is primarily for free reference use; any sludent or citizen of the State may use the books in the general reading rooms. The privilege of drawing books for use outside the building is accorded to all officers of instruction and government, to all registered students, and to other accredited persons. Books not reserved for classes may be borrowed for home use for two weeks and may be renewed for two weeks more if not specially restricted or called for. All books are subject to recall at any time when needed for university work. 'Including the State Laboratory collection. 62 Museums and Collections General reference books, books reserved for classes, all general periodicals, and certain other groups of books are to be consulted in the reading rooms only. They may not be loaned from the Library except when the reading rooms are closed. They must then be returned by the time the Library next opens. Books from the stack which are not returned on time are subject to a fine of two cents a day. Books from the reference, reserve, and periodical shelves, as well as some special collections, are subject to a fine of twenty-five cents for the first hour and five cents for each additional hour if kept overtime. Books recalled for university work must be returned at once upon receipt of the notice. If not returned within two days after notice is mailed a fine of twenty- five cents a day is charged. All books lost or damaged must be replaced or paid for. Books not at the time needed in Urbana, or not subject to special restrictions, may be loaned for a limited period to other libraries in the State, for the use of students. Hours of Opening. The General Library is open week days during the general sessions of the University, from 7 :45 a. m. to 10 p. m., and on Sundays from 2 p. m. to 6 p. m. During the Summer Session, the Library is open from 7:45 a. m. to 10 p. m. on week days, but is not open on Sundays. During the summer vacation the Library is open from 9 a. m. to 12 m. Permits may be given for use at other hours. The Library is regularly closed on New Years', Independence, Labor, Thanksgiving, and Christmas days. The hours of opening of the departmental libraries differ somewhat from those given above. MUSEUMS AND COLLECTIONS College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Liberal Arts Group Art. — A collection of casts, photographs, and engravings presented to the University in 1876 by citizens of the community has, for want of a suitable gallery, been placed in different buildings on the campus. Eight large statues are in the Auditorium foyer. Numerous pieces of this collection are now in the studios of the department of art and design in University Hall, and others are used to decorate the corridors and class rooms of University Hall, Lincoln Hall, Natural History Hall, and the Library. A collection of eighty-one German and Japanese prints purchased by the department of art and design from the St. Louis Exposition in 1905 is displayed in the rooms of the department of art and design. Other collections of value to art students, consisting of a number of casts of Moorish, Spanish, and German ornament and miscellaneous casts, models, prints, and drawings, are placed in the studios and corridors of the depart- ment of art and design. Classical Archeology and Art. — This museum is located in Rooms 402, 404, and 406 Lincoln Hall, and contains casts and photographs of works of Greek and Roman sculpture; miscellaneous originals and models of Babylonian, Greek, and Roman antiquities; and many objects from the finds of the Egypt Explora- tion Fund, received through the generosity of Mr. W. G. Hibbard, Jr., of Chicago ; museum coins ; about 30 Greek papyri ; Babylonian tablets ; and 1020 mounted photographs of historic sites and archeological remains in Greece, Italy, and other parts of the ancient world. Over 1,600 slides belonging to the Museums and Collections 63 department of the classics are also available for illustrative purposes. The museum is open on Sunday, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday afternoons. Education. — In Room 417 University Hall is a collection of illustrative material from the manual training departments of various schools; photographs of school buildings; drawings and constructive work by pupils in the public schools; and the nucleus of a collection of apparatus for the school laboratory. It is planned to gather here particularly materials that are illustrative of the development of public schools in Illinois. European Culture. — The Museum of European Culture is in the north wing of Lincoln Hall. The collection consists of casts of Romanesque, Gothic, and Renaissance sculpture; color reproductions of masterpieces of painting; originals and facsimiles of medieval manuscripts, and early printed books ; early maps of the world ; peasant costumes shown in full size and in small costume manikins; models of ships; theater models and prints of theaters and actors; replicas of seals; reproductions of prehistoric antiquities, of early ivory carving, of runic inscriptions, of early musical instruments, and of arms and armor. The museum is open on Sunday, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday afternoons. Science Group Botany. — The herbarium contains about 85,000 sheets of mounted specimens. It is fairly representative of the higher plants and fungi of Champaign County and of the State, and forms a useful collection for the general flora of the United States. Through acquisition of the herbaria of the late Dr. Frederick Brendel of Peoria, the late Dr. W. Welsch of Mascoutah, and the late Dr. Jacob Schneck of Mount Carmel, incorporated during the past year, and the earlier gift of the large personal herbarium of Mrs. Agnes Chase, its value for students of Illinois flora has been largely increased. Because of the interest of Professor Burrill and his special students, Clinton, Earle, Seymour, and others, in the study of parasitic fungi, the part of the herbarium devoted to the representation of plants of this group is rich in material records of investigation, and the published "exsiccatae" in this group are well represented. The recent gift of her personal set of the Phycotheca Boreali-Americana by Mrs. Mary S. Snyder has increased the reference value of the herbarium for students of algae, of which it represents over 2,000 named species. Entomology. — The entomology collections of the University include a refer- ence series of 6,400 specimens, representing 1,600 common species ; and the Bolter collection, donated to the University by the executors of the estate of the late Andreas Bolter of Chicago, which now contains about 120,000 specimens representing over 16,000 species. The department has access, also, to the insect collections of the State Laboratory of Natural History, which contains 315,000 pinned insects and 23,000 vials and bottles of specimens in alcohol, mainly from Illinois. Geology. — The geology collections are to be found in the Natural History Building. Lithology is represented by type collections of rocks aggregating 9,000 specimens; 2,000 thin sections of rocks and minerals; ornamental build- ing stones; a collection of rock samples to illustrate Illinois geology; a collection of Illinois soils (104), a collection of gems and precious stones, a collection of meteorites, and one of polished marbles, granites, and other ornamental stones. The mineralogy collection contains over 12,000 specimens; 670 crystal models; and a collection of gems and precious stones. The paleontology collection 64 Museums and Collections (60,000 specimens) contains representative fossils from the entire geologic series, but is especially rich in paleozoic forms. It embraces the private collections of A. H. Worthen (including 742 type specimens) ; Tyler McWhorter; Hertzer; the greater part of the collections made by the Geological Survey of the state under Worthen ; detailed stratigraphic collections from various geologi- cal formations in the Mississippi valley ; 200 thin sections of corals and bryozoa ; the Ward collection of casts. In September, 1913, a collection of marine and fresh water shells that had belonged to the late A. H. Worthen was presented to the Museum by Mrs. Thomas A. Worthen. This collection includes about 3,000 specimens. Geography. — The geography collection consists of a complete file of the United States topographic maps ; a collection of U. S. Geological Survey folios ; combined contour maps representing the physiographic provinces of the United States; a collection of foreign topographic maps; rainfall and vegeta- tion maps; relief models of all the continents and of smaller areas; and several thousand lantern slides. The Museum of Natural History includes the zoology collections which have been specially selected and prepared to illustrate the courses of study in zoology and to present a synoptical view of the zoology of the State. Most of them are placed in the museum room in the Natural History Building, and in adjacent corridors. The mounted mammals include a collection of the rumi- nants of the United States and representatives of the other orders of Mam- malia except the Sirenia. The same orders are also represented by mounted skeletons. The collection of mounted birds includes representatives of all the orders and families of North America, together with a number of characteristic trop- ical, Bo mean, and New Zealand forms. The collection is practically complete for Illinois species. The Barnum collection of birds' eggs represents about 300 species and there is a collection of nests and eggs of Illinois birds. The cold-blooded vertebrates are represented by a series of mounted skins of larger species, both terrestrial and marine; mounted skeletons of typical representatives of the principal groups; alcoholic specimens; and casts. The alcoholics include series cf the reptiles, amphibians, and fishes, the latter com- prising about 300 species. The casts represent about seventy-five species, nearly all fishes. The Mollusca are illustrated by alcoholic specimens of all classes and orders, and dissections showing the internal anatomy of typical forms. There are several thousand shells, belonging to more than 2 000 species. The collection of the Illinois aquatic species is nearly complete. The lower invertebrates 2re represented by several hundred dried specimens and alcoholics, and by a series of Blaschka glass models. The embryology of vertebrates and invertebrates is illustrated by several sets of Ziegler wax models and series of sections and other preparations. In addition to the foregoing, the collections of the State Laboratory of Natural History are available for illustrative purposes, as well as for original investigation by advanced students. Museums and Collections 65 College of Commerce and Business Administration Commerce. — For its courses in industrial economics and commerce the University has a collection of the materials of commerce ; lanterns and several hundred slides ; political and industrial maps ; and diagrams and stereoscopic views illustrating phases of commerce and industry. Most of the articles con- stituting the commercial museum are the gifts of the Philadelphia Commercial Museum and of private manufacturing and mercantile establishments. College of Engineering Architecture. — The collections of the department of architecture include plaster casts of architectural detail and ornament ; 9,400 lantern slides of archi- tectural subjects and 900 slides of painting and sculpture; 20,000 classified plates, photographs, and 2,400 stereoscopic views ; a working library of about 4,000 volumes on architecture and the allied arts ; a collection of 300 examples of American woods, shown in three sections each; and collections of architectural drawings and of specimens of building materials, fittings, and appliances. Civil Engineering. — The department of civil engineering has samples of iron, steel, wood, brick, and stone ; materials for roads and pavements ; models of arches and trusses. The department also possesses a collection of photographs and blue-print working drawings of bridges, metal skeleton buildings, masonry structures, and standard railroad construction. Electrical Engineering. — This department has a collection of samples illus- trating standard practise in the industrial applications of electricity. There is also a collection of lantern slides, photographs, blue-prints, drawings, pamphlets, and other engineering data. Mechanical Engineeering. — This department includes in its equipment part of a set of Reuleaux models; models of valve gears; sections of steam pumps; injectors ; valves, skeleton steam and water gauges ; standard packings ; steam- pipe coverings ; and drop forgings. There are also examples of castings ; per- forated metal, defective boiler plates, and set of drills, with samples of oil, iron, and steel. A number of working drawings from leading firms form a valuable addition to these collections. Mining Engineering. — This department has an exhibit of sized coal as pre- pared by typical Illinois washeries, the raw materials and the finished products illustrating the briquetting of coal, models of a metalliferous mine and of timber and steel mine supports, an exhibit of explosive and blasting materials and appliances, breathing apparatus, and appliances necessary for mine rescue and first aid demonstration, a collection of safety-lamps and other mine-lighting and signaling devices, and working drawings and photographs of mine machinery. Municipal and Sanitary Engineering. — The collection of the department of municipal and sanitary engineering includes maps of cities and towns, working plans of waterworks, sewerage systems, water purification and sewage disposal plans, photographs of a variety of municipal engineering works, and models of filters, flushing devices, valves, pipe, tile, and well strainers. Railway Engineering. — The department of railway engineering has an ex- hibit of photographs illustrating the development in transportation; an exhibit showing the progress in the design and manufacture of rails; models of loco- motive valve gears; a full-sized model of the front end of a Richmond com- pound locomotive ; sectioned models of safety valves ; brake beams ; electric car controller; rail bonds; and sets of working drawings of locomotives and cars. 66 Museums and Collections Theoretical and Applied Mechanics. — The department of theoretical and applied mechanics has a collection of materials of construction showing failures by tension, compression, twisting, shearing, and bending, and of lantern slides showing the manufacture, treatment, and tests of engineering materials. There are also models showing sections of water meter, gate valve, pressure reducing valve, and turbine. College of Agriculture The agricultural departments maintain collections illustrative of their work; among which are specimens of standard varities of corn; wax models of fruit and vegetables; a horticulture herbarium; specimens of breeds of live stock; a collection of farm machinery; and exhibits of negatives and samples showing the progress of investigations with fruit, crops, and soils. See further the description of the facilities for instruction and methods of work of the departments of agronomy, animal husbandry, dairy husbandry, and horticulture, under the College of Agriculture, in Part II. Library School The School has made a collection of books and pamphlets on library science; of library reports and catalogs; of mounted samples showing methods of administration in all departments; of labor-saving devices and fittings; and of photographs and lantern slides illustrating the history of books and libraries. ADMINISTRATION GOVERNMENT The government of the University is vested by law primarily in a Board of Trustees, consisting of twelve members. The Governor of the State, the Superintendent of Public Instruction, and the President of the State Board of Agriculture are members ex officio. The other nine members are elected by the people of the State for terms of six } r ears; the terms of three members expire every second year. The administration of the University is vested by the Board of Trustees in the President of the University, the Senate, the Council of Administration, the Faculties of the several colleges, and the Deans of the colleges and Directors of the schools. The President is the administrative head of the University. The Senate is composed of the full professors and those other members of the faculty who are in charge of separate departments of the various colleges and schools. It is charged with the direction of the general educational policy of the University. The Council of Administration is composed of the President, the Dean of the Graduate School, the Deans of Men and Women, and the Deans of the several colleges. It constitutes an advisory board to the President, and has exclusive jurisdiction over all matters of discipline. The Council does not determine educational policy; but when any matter arises which has not been provided for by common usage or by rule of the Senate and cannot be con- veniently laid over until the next meeting of the Senate, the Council may act upon the same according to its discretion. The Faculties of the colleges and schools of the University, composed of the members of the corps of instruction of these colleges and schools, have jurisdiction, subject to higher University authority, over all matters which per- tain exclusively to these organizations. The Dean of the Graduate School, the Deans of the several colleges, and the Directors of the schools are responsible for the carrying out of all University regulations within their respective departments. DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES For the purpose of administration the University is divided into several colleges and schools. These are not educationally separate, but arc interde- pendent and form a single unit. The colleges and schools are as follows : I. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences II. The College of Commerce and Business Administration III. The College of Engineering IV. The College of Agriculture V. The Graduate School VI. The Library School VII. The School of Music 67 68 Departments and Curriculums VIII. The School of Education IX. The School of Railway Engineering and Administration X. The College of Law XI. The College of Medicine XII. The College of Dentistry XIII. The School of Pharmacy The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences offers courses in — 1. Philosophy and arts, including — (a) The ancient classical languages (b) The Romance languages (c) The Germanic languages (d) The English language and literature, including rhetoric (e) Mathematics (f) The political and social sciences — History Economics Political science Sociology (g) Philosophical subjects — Philosophy Psychology Education (h) Art and design 2. General Science, affording opportunity to specialize in — (a) Astronomy (b) Geology, including mineralogy and geography (c) Physics (d) Chemistry (e) Botany, including bacteriology (f) Zoology (g) Entomology (h) Physiology By the grouping of certain subjects students in this College are also offered opportunities for specific vocational and professional training as follows: 1. Teaching and school administration 2. Journalism 3. Chemistry 4. Chemical engineering 5. Household science and household administration 6. Library administration 7. Law (combined course) 8. Medicine (combined course) 9. Engineering (combined course) The College of Commerce and Business Administration offers curriculums in — 1. General business 2. Commercial and civic secretarial service 3. Banking 4. Insurance 5. Accountancy Departments and Curriculums 69 6. General railway administration 7. Railway transportation 8. Commercial teaching 9. Foreign commerce The College of Engineering offers curriculums in — 1. Architecture 2. Architectural engineering 3. Ceramic engineering 4. Civil engineering 5. Electrical engineering 6. Mechanical engineering 7. Mining engineering 8. Municipal and sanitary engineering 9. Railway civil engineering 10. Railway electrical engineering 11. Railway mechanical engineering The College of Agriculture offers curriculums in — 1. Agronomy 2. Horticulture, floriculture, and landscape gardening 3. Animal husbandry 4. Dairy husband ry 5. Household science 6. Agricultural extension 7. The teaching of agriculture Military science and physical training are provided in all the undergraduate colleges in Urbana. The Graduate School offers courses in — Philolog> r , including the classical languages, Romance languages, Ger- manic languages, and English Mathematics Political and social sciences, including history, economics, sociology, and political science Philosophy, including psychology and education Physical sciences, including physics, chemistry, astronomy, and geology Biology, including botany, zoology, entomology, and physiology Engineering, including architecture, architectural engineering, ceramic engineering, civil engineering, electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, mechanics, mining engineering, municipal and sanitary engineering, and railway engineering Agriculture, including agronomy, animal husbandry, dairy husbandry, floriculture, horticulture, and thremmatology Household science The Library School offers a professional curriculum of two years in prepa- ration for the librarianship, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Library Science. The School of Music offers curriculums in vocal and instrumental music, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Music, and provides training in public school methods in music. 70 Departments and Curriculums The School of Education enrolls, at the beginning of the junior year, stu- dents already registered in other colleges of the University who are preparing to leach, and directs their work for the remaining two years. The School of Railway Engineering and Administration offers curriculums leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in railway civil, railway electrical, and railway mechanical engineering; and also curriculums in railway trans- portation and in railway administration, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. The College of Law offers a curriculum of three years leading to the degree of Bachelor of Laws. Students holding the bachelor's degree in arts or science may become can- didates in this College for the degree of Doctor of Law (J.D.) The College of Medicine offers a curriculum of four years leading to the degree of Doctor of Medicine; and, in conjunction with the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, a curriculum of six years, leading at the end of four years to the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science, and at the end of two additional years in the senior college of the College of Medicine, to the degree of Doctor of Medicine. The College of Dentistry offers a three-year curriculum leading to the degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery. The School of Pharmacy offers curriculums lending to the degrees of Graduate in Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Chemist. The Summer Session, of eight weeks, offered in 1915 courses in account- ancy, agriculture, art and design, botany, chemistry, drawing (general engineer- ing), economics, education, English, entomology, French, German, history, household science, Latin, library science, manual training, mathematics, me- chanical engineering, mechanics (theoretical and applied), microscopical technics, music, physical training for men and for women, physics, political science, psychology, rhetoric, sociology, and zoology. All the courses given in the Summer Session are of collegiate grade and may be counted toward the bachelor's degree. Certain advanced courses may be counted toward the master's degree. ADMISSION GENERAL STATEMENT An applicant for admission to any of the colleges or schools of the Uni- versity must be at least sixteen years of age. Candidates for admission to the College of Dentistry (Chicago) must be eighteen, and candidates for admission to the School of Pharmacy (Chicago) must be seventeen years of age. Women are admitted to all departments under the same conditions and on the same terms as men. Students may be admitted at any time, but should enter if possible at the beginning of the fall semester (in 1916, September 19), or at the beginning of the spring semester (in 1917, February 5). Students can seldom enter the College of Engineering to advantage except at the opening of the school year in September. The entrance requirements for the undergraduate departments, including the colleges of Liberal Arts and Sciences, Commerce and Business Administra- tion, Engineering, and Agriculture, and the School of Music, amounting in each case to 15 units of high-school work, are stated in detail immediately below (page 72). The College of Law requires, in addition to 15 units of high-school credit, two years (60 semester hours) of college work in arts, letters, and science in an institution having standards equal to those of the University of Illinois. (See page 214.) The Library School requires a bachelor's degree in arts, letters, and science from an institution having standards equal to those of the University of Illinois. (See page 196.) The College of Medicine (Chicago) requires, in addition to 15 units of high- school credit, two years (60 semester hours) of college work in an institution having standards equal to those of the University of Illinois. (See page 219.) The College of Dentistry (Chicago) requires an applicant for admission to present a certificate of graduation from an accredited high school or the equiva- lent; which equivalent is interpreted to mean 15 units of preparatory work in an accredited high school or academy or a state normal school. (See page 244.) The School of Pharmacy (Chicago), for the year 1915-16, required for admission to its shorter curriculum, leading to the degree of Graduate in Pbar- macy, two years of high-school work or the full educational equivalent ; and for admission to its longer curriculum, leading to the degree of Pharmaceutical Chemist, graduation from an accredited high school or the equivalent. For the year 1916-17 and thereafter, graduation from an accredited high school with 15 acceptable units will be required for admission to both curriculums in this School. (See page 254.) 71 72 Admission ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS OF THE UNDERGRADUATE COLLEGES Under an action taken by the Board of Trustees of the University of Illinois on June 9, 1914, the following new entrance requirements for the curriculums leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, and Bachelor of Music — or, in other words, for the undergraduate departments at Urbana, including the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, the College of Commerce and Business Administration, the College of Engineering, the Col- lege of Agriculture, and the School of Music — went into effect September 1, 1915: High School Graduation A candidate for admission by certificate must be a graduate of an accredited high school or other accredited school. An applicant who has not been graduated from an accredited school must pass entrance examinations in the following subjects, amounting to 5 units* : English composition 1 unit Algebra 1 unit Additional subjects to be designated by the University authorities 3 units Total 5 units The remaining 10 units necessary to make up the 15 units required for admission may also be made in entrance examinations or may be offered by certificate from any accredited school. Number of Units Required Fifteen units of high-school or other secondary-school work, in acceptable subjects (see Lists A, B, and C below), must be offered by every candidate. In 1915-16 students were admitted with conditions of not more than one unit; that is, with a minimum of 14 units. All such conditions must be made up before the student can be permitted to register for his second year in the University. After September i, 1916, no conditions will be permitted. In other words, every student must offer at the time of admission 15 units in acceptable sub- jects, including the 6 units specifically prescribed for the undergraduate col- leges (see List A below). It is provided, however, that a student who offers 15 acceptable units including the 6 units of List A, but is deficient not to exceed 2 units in subjects prescribed only for the college or curriculum which he wishes to enter, may be admitted in that college or curriculum to courses for which he is fully prepared, subject to the requirement that the deficiencies in question shall be removed before he may register for a second year's work. A student with deficiencies is not matriculated and must pay a tuition fee of $7.50 a semester in addition to the regular incidental fee of $12.00 a semester. *A unit is the amount of work represented by the pursuit of one preparatory subject, with the equivalent of five forty-minute recitations a week, through 36 weeks; or, in other words, the work of 180 recitation periods of forty minutes each, or the equivalent in labora- tory or other practise. Admission 73 Prescribed Subjects Summary The 15 units offered for admission must include : I. Certain subjects prescribed alike for all curriculum* (see List A below) . . 6 units II. Certain subjects prescribed in addition for the individual curriculum which the student wishes to enter 1 to 4 units III. Enough electives in academic subjects (see List B below) to make, with the subjects prescribed for all curriculums (List A) and those pre- scribed for the individual curriculum of the student's choice, 12 units in academic subjects 5 to 2 units IV. Three additional units, which may be chosen either from the list of academic electives (List B) or from the list of additional electives (List C) 3 units Total 15 units Detailed Statement /. Units Prescribed for All Curriculums Of the 15 units required, the following 6 units, constituting List A, are prescribed for admission to the freshman class in all the undergraduate curric- ulums of the University, and no substitutes are accepted : LIST A English (composition and literature) 3 units Algebra 1 1 unit Plane geometry 1 unit Physics, or chemistry, or botany, or zoology, or physiology, with laboratory work 1 unit Total 6 units //. Additional Prescriptions for Individual Curriculums Of the 9 units that remain, certain others are prescribed for admission to individual curriculums, and in each case no substitutes are accepted for the curriculum in question. These additional prescriptions are as follows : For the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the curriculums leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Arts (including the General Curriculum in Liberal Arts and Sciences, the curriculums in Journalism, Household Science, and Medicine, and the Curriculum preliminary to Law — Latin, Greek, French, German, or Spanish (both units in the same language) 2 units For the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the curriculum in Gen- eral Science — Science 1 unit For the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the curriculum in Chem- istry — Science 1 unit German or French 2 units 'One and one-half units of high-school algebra arc prerequisite f<>r registration in all university courses in mathematics, and college mathematics is prerequisite for courses in physics and advanced chemistry. It is necessary, therefore, for students who intend to pursue •curriculums involving college mathematics, physics, or advanced chemistry, including the curriculums in household science, medicine, chemistry, and chemical engineering, or curricu- lums in commerce and business administration in which university courses in mathematics are prescribed, to present for admission to the University, or make up after entrance, one- half unit of advanced algebra in addition to the required unit of List A. 74 Admission For College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for llic curriculum in Chemical Engineering — Science 1 unit German 2 units For the College of Commerce and Business Administration — ONE OF THE FOLLOWING OPTION'S (a) Latin, Greek, French, German, or Spanish (both units in the same language) 2 units OR Advanced algebra '/i unit and Solid and spherical geometry l /i unit OR (c) Science 1 unit For the College of Engineering — Advanced algebra y 3 unit Solid and spherical geometry Yt unit For the College of Agriculture — Science 1 unit For the School of Music — Latin, Greek, French, German, or Spanish (both units in the same language) 2 units Music 2 units ///. Academic Elcctives Enough electives must be chosen from List B below to make, with the subjects prescribed for all curriculums (List A) and those prescribed for the individual curriculum of the student's choice, 12 units in academic subjects. It will be seen that the number of such electives from List B required for the several curriculums is as follows : For the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the curriculums leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts (including the General Curriculum in Liberal Arts and Sciences, the curriculums in Journalism, Household Science 1 , and Medicine 1 , and the Curriculum preliminary to Law).... 4 units For the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the curriculum in General Science 1 5 units For the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the curriculums in Chemistry 1 and Chemical Engineering 1 3 units For the College of Commerce and Business Administration 1 — Under option (a) . . . , 4 units Under option (b) 5 units Under option (c) 5 units For the College of Engineering 5 units For the College of Agriculture 5 units For the School of Music 2 units LIST B units Latin 36 to 144 weeks 1-4 Greek 36 to 108 weeks 1-3 French 36 to 144 weeks 1-4 German 36 to 144 weeks 1-4 Spanish 36 to 144 weeks 1-4 Italian .... 36 to 72 weeks 1-2 Norwegian 36 to 72 weeks 1-2 Swedish 36 to 72 weeks 1-2 Polish 36 to 72 weeks 1-2 English (4th unit) 36 weeks 1 'Advanced algebra 18 weeks ]/i Solid geometry 18 weeks J4 Trigonometry 18 weeks l /i History 36 to 108 weeks 1-3 Civics 1 8 or 26 weeks $4-1 Economics and economic history 18 or 36 weeks J4~l ] Spp footnote, page 73. Admission 75 Commercial geography 18 or 36 weeks J4-1 Astronomy 18 weeks J£ Geology 18 or 36 weeks J4-1 Physiography 18 or 36 weeks #-1 Physiology 18 or 36 weeks '/i-l Zoology 18 or 36 weeks y 3 -\ Botany 18 or 36 weeks J4-1 Physics 36 to 72 weeks 1-2 Chemistry 36 to 72 weeks 1-2 IV. Additional Electives The remaining 3 units may be chosen either from List B above or from List C: LIST C 1 Units Agriculture 36 to 72 weeks i-2 Bookkeeping 36 weeks 1 Business law 18 weeks J4 Domestic science 36 to 72 weeks 1-2 Drawing, art and design 18 or 36 weeks '/i—l Drawing, mechanical 18 or 36 weeks yi—l Manual training 2 36 to 72 weeks 1-2 Music 36 to 72 weeks 1-2 Summary by Courses The requirements stated above may be summarized by colleges and curric- ulums as follows : For the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the curriculums leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts (including the General Curriculum in Liberal Arts and Sciences, the curriculums in Journalism, Household Science 3 , and Medicine 3 , and the Curriculum preliminary to Law) : I. List A (prescribed for all curriculums) 6 units II. Special prescription for these curriculums — Latin, Greek, French, German, or Spanish (both units in the same language) 2 units III. Electives from List B 4 units IV. Electives from either List B or List C 3 units Total 15 units For the College of Liberal Arls and Sciences for the curriculum in General Science 3 : I. List A (prescribed for all curriculums) 6 units II. Special prescription for this curriculum — Science 1 unit III. Electives from List B 5 units IV. Electives from either List B or List C 3 units Total IS units For the College of Liberal Arls and Sciences for the curriculum in Chemistry 3 : I. List A (prescribed for all curriculums) 6 units II. Special prescriptions for this curriculum — Science 1 unit German or French 2 units III. Electives from List B 3 units IV. Electives from either List B or List (' 3 units Total 15 units 'The subjects named in List C must be taught in accordance with specifications which are set forth in the High School Manual. Further information may be had on application to the High School Visitor. : In giving credits for manual training the University specifies that the work is to be done by competent teachers, as determined by inspection, and that credit shall not exceed one unit for 360 forty-minute periods of work, including the necessary drawing and shop work. 'See footnote, page 73. 76 Admission For the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the curriculum in Chemical Engineering 1 : I. List A (prescribed for all curriculums) 6 units II. Special prescriptions for this curriculum — Science 1 unit German 2 units III. Electives from List B 3 units IV. Electives from either List B or List (' 3 units Total 15 units For the College of Commerce and Business Administration 1 : OPTION (A) I. List A (prescribed for all curriculums) 6 units II. Special prescription for this College under this option — Latin, Greek, French, German, or Spanish (botli units in the same language) 2 units III. Electives from List B 4 units ] V. Electives from either List B or List C 3 units Total IS units OPTION (B) I. List A (prescribed for all curriculums) 6 units II. Special prescriptions for this College under this option — Advanced algebra }4 unit Solid and spherical geometry '/i unit III. Electives from List B S units IV. Electives from either List B or List C 3 units Total IS unit* OPTION (C) I. List A (prescribed for all curriculums) 6 units II. Special prescriptions for this College under this option — Science 1 unit III. Electives from List B 5 units IV. Electives from either List B or List C 3 units Total IS units For the College of Engineering : I. List A (prescribed for all curriculums) 6 units II. Special prescriptions for this College — Advanced algebra '/< unit Solid and spherical geometry l /i unit III. Electives from List B 5 units IV. Electives from either List B or List C 3 units Total 15 units For the College of Agriculture : I. List A (prescribed for all curriculums) 6 units II. Special prescription for this College — Science 1 unit III. Electives from List B 5 units IV. Electives from either List B or List C 3 units Total 15 unit* l See footnote, page 73. Admission 77 For the School of Music: I. List A (prescribed for all curriculums) 6 units II. Special prescriptions for this School — Latin, Greek, French, German, or Spanish (both units in the same language) 2 units Music 2 units III. Electives from List B 2 units IV. Electives from either List B or List C 3 units Total 15 units METHODS OF ADMISSION The credits required for admission to the undergraduate departments, as detailed above, may be secured : (a) By examination. (b) By certificate from an accredited high school or other secondary school. (c) By transfer from another university or college of recognized stand- ing. (A) ADMISSION BY EXAMINATION I. The University Entrance Examinations The University entrance examinations are given at the University in Urbana (in Room 100 Commerce Building) three times in each year: in September, immediately before the opening of the fall semester; in February, shortly be- fore the opening of the spring semester; and in July, during the Summer Session. These examinations cover all the subjects required or accepted for admis- sion, as outlined in the "Description of Subjects Accepted for Admission" on page 89. For programs of these three sets of examinations for 1916-17, see pages 81-82. II. The Examinations of the College Entrance Examination Board The certificate of the College Entrance Examination Board, showing a grade of 60 per cent, or higher, will be accepted for admission in any subject in the lists on pages 74 and 75 in the amounts there specified as being acceptable. These examinations will be held during the week of June 19-24, 1916. All applications for examination must be addressed to the Secretary of the College Entrance Examination Board, Post Office Sub-Station 84, New York, N. Y., and must be made upon a blank form to be obtained from the Secretary of the Board upon application. Applications for examination at points in the United States east of the Mississippi River, and also at Minneapolis, St. Louis, and other points on the Mississippi River, must be received by the Secretary of the Board at least two weeks in advance of the examinations ; that is, on or before Monday, June 5, 1916; applications for examination elsewhere in the United States or in Canada must be received at least three weeks in advance of the examinations; that is, on or before Monday, May 29, 1916, and applications for examination outside of the United States and Canada must be received at least five weeks in advance of the examinations; that is, on or before Monday, May 15, 1916. 78 Admission Applications received later than the dates named will be accepted when it is possible to arrange for the admission of the candidate concerned, but only upon the payment of $5.00 in addition to the usual fee. The examination fee is $5.00 for all candidates examined at points in the United States and Canada, and $15.00 for all candidates examined outside of the United States and Canada. The fee (which cannot be accepted in advance of the application) should be remitted by postal order, express order, or draft on New York to the order of the College Entrance Examination Board. A list of the places at which examinations are to be held by the Board in June, 1916, will be published about March 1. Requests that the examinations be held at particular points, to receive proper consideration, should be transmitted to the Secretary of the Board not later than February 1. III. The New York Regents' Examinations Credits will be accepted, also, from the examinations conducted by the Regents of the University of the State of New York. (B) ADMISSION BY CERTIFICATE FROM AN ACCREDITED PREPARATORY SCHOOL Blank certificates for students wishing to enter the University by certificate from an accredited high school or academy may be had of the Registrar. They should be obtained early and should be filled out and sent to the Registrar for approval as soon as possible after the close of the high-school year in June. Certificates received at the University after September 14 (in 1916) will be held until the arrival of the student unless such certificates are accom- panied by an addressed envelope with a special delivery stamp. Accredited Schools The High-School Visitor of the University visits and inspects, on request, high schools and other preparatory schools throughout the State. On the basis of his reports, approved by the Committee on Accredited Schools and by the Council of Administration, the University accredits all work which is found to be sufficiently well done. For a list of Accredited Schools, correct to Janu- ary 1, 1916, see page 83. Not all the schools named in this list, however, are accredited for the same amount of work nor all for the same subjects. A student presenting a certificate from any one of these schools will be given en- trance credit for all the subjects named therein for which the school is spe- cifically accredited as shown in the certificate of its accredited relation issued to the school by the University. Entrance credits will also be accepted on certificate from the following sources: 1. From schools accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. 2. From schools accredited to the state universities which are included in the membership of the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. 3. From schools approved by the New England College Entrance Certifi- cate Board. 4. From high schools and academies registered by the Regents of the University of the State of New York. 5. From the state normal schools of Illinois and other state normal schools having equal requirements for graduation. Admission 79 Foreign Students Candidates for admission who come from foreign countries should bring complete official credentials. Certificates from oriental countries should be accompanied by certified translations. Upon arriving at the University foreign students should consult with the Adviser to Foreign Students, Room 153, Ad- ministration Building. Examinations in Rhetoric I Those students who show by examination a proficiency in composition sufficient to qualify them for the second semester's work in rhetoric (Rhetoric 2) may be excused from the first semester's work (Rhetoric 1). An examina- tion to test such proficiency will be given at 7:00 p. m., on the first day of registration (in 1916, September 18). The results of this examination will be announced the following morning. Students who try this examination should defer their registration until they learn whether or not they have passed in the examination. (C) ADMISSION BY TRANSFER OF ENTRANCE CREDITS FROM OTHER COLLEGES OR UNIVERSITIES A person who has been admitted to another college or university of recog- nized standing will be admitted to this University upon presenting a certificate of honorable dismissal from the institution from which he comes and an official statement of the subjects upon which he was admitted to such institution, pro- vided it appears that the subjects are those required here for admission by examination or real equivalents. No substitutes will be accepted for the sub- jects prescribed for all colleges or by individual colleges as indicated above (pages 73 to 77). For admission to advanced standing by transfer of college credits see page 80 below. Students intending to transfer to the University of Illinois should send an official statement of their college credits, accompanied by a summary of their preparatory work and by a letter of honorable dismissal, to the Registrar as early in the summer as possible. ADMISSION AS SPECIAL STUDENTS Persons over twenty-one years of age may be admitted as special students, provided they secure (1) the recommendation of the professor whose work they wish to take, and (2) the approval of the dean of the college concerned. They must give evidence that they possess the requisite information and ability to pursue profitably, as special students, their chosen subjects, and must meet the special requirements of the particular college in which they wish to enroll, as stated below. A special student is not matriculated and must pay a tuition fee of $7.50 a semester in addition to the regular incidental fee of $12.00 a semester. No one may enroll as a special student in any school or college of the Uni- versity for more than two years, except by special permission, application for which must be made through the dean of the college. A person registered as a special student in one college and desiring to take a course in another college of the University must obtain the approval of the dean of the latter college. 80 Admission Special Requirements of the Colleges and Schools The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences requires a written application, accompanied by official certificates, indicating the character and extent of the applicant's preparatory work, and showing honorable dismissal from the school last attended. In order that action may be taken on such applications before registration they should be presented at least one week before the beginning of the semester. The College of Engineering requires that applicants for admission as special students shall satisfy the entrance requirements in mathematics and English (one and one-half years of algebra, one year of plane geometry, one-half year of solid geometry, one year of English composition, and two years of English literature). The College of Agriculture will receive non-matriculants twenty-one years old or over, provided that if deficient in English as measured by the require- ments for matriculation they shall arrange to carry English as one subject until that deficiency is made good ; and provided further, in the case of men, that they shall have had at least two years of experience in practical agriculture. The Library School requires a written application, accompanied by official certificates, indicating the character and extent of the applicant's preparatory and college work and showing honorable dismissal from the institution last attended. In order that action may be taken on such applications before regis- tration day, they should be presented not later September 1. It is the practise of this School to admit as special students only those persons who, tho unable to meet the formal requirements for entrance, are substantially prepared for thoro and advanced work. Such persons must pre- sent evidence of possessing the requisite information and ability to pursue the chosen subjects profitably, and some substitute for the regular requirements for entrance, such as the completion of part of a college curriculum, approved library or teaching experience, or foreign travel. Preference will be given to those already engaged in library work, especially in Illinois libraries. Students thus admitted are expected to take all of the course prescribed for those who are candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Library Science, or failing that, as much of the prescribed work as they are prepared for. ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING After matriculation, an applicant may secure advanced standing either by examination or by transfer of credits. 1. By examination — Advanced standing is granted only by examination unless the applicant is from an approved school. 2. By transfer of credits — Credits may be accepted for advanced stand- ing from another university or college of recognized standing or from a state normal school. An applicant for advanced standing by transfer must present a certified record of work done in the institution from which he comes, accom- panied by a letter of honorable dismissal. Students intending to transfer to the University of Illinois should send their credentials to the Registrar as early in the summer as possible. Admission 81 PROGRAMS OF UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS The University entrance examinations are given at the University in Urbana (in Room 100, Commerce Building) three times in each year: in Septem- ber, immediately before the opening of the fall semester; in February, shortly before the opening of the spring semester; and in July and August, during the Summer Session. The scope of these examinations is indicated in the "Description of Subjects Accepted for Admission," pages 89 to 96. Admission to the examinations is by permit. Permits may be obtained of the Registrar, 156 Administration Building. Entrance Examinations, July, 1916 ♦History, 1, 2, or 3 units Sat., July 8, 8 :00 a.m. Civics, x / 2 unit or 1 unit Sat., July 8, 10 :00 a.m. fPhysiology, y 2 unit or 1 unit Sat., July IS, 8 :00 a.m. Commercial geography, */> unit or 1 unit Sat., July IS, 8 :00 a.m. fPhysical geography, y 2 unit or 1 unit Sat., July 15, 10 :00 a.m. Algebra, 1 unit or \y 2 units Sat, July 22, 8 :00 a.m. Plane geometry, 1 unit Sat., July 22, 8 :00 a.m. Solid and spherical geometry, y 2 unit Sat., July 22, 10 :00 a.m. English literature, 2 units Sat., July 29, 8 :00 a.m. English composition, 1 unit Sat, July 29, 10 :00 a.m. Latin, 1, 2, 3, or 4 units Sat., July 29, 8 :00 a.m. German, 1, 2, 3, or 4 units Sat., July 29, 8 :00 a.m. The time for examinations in agriculture, astronomy, bookkeeping, botanyj, business law, chemistry:}:, domestic science, drawing (freehand or mechanical), economics and economic history, the fourth unit in English, French, geology, Greek, music, physics^. Spanish, trigonometry, and zoology^, will be arranged with candidates. Fall Examinations, September, 1916 IChemistry, 1 unit or 2 units Mon., Sept. 11, 1 :00 p.m. Geology, y 2 unit or 1 unit Mon., Sept. 11, 1 :00 p.m. Astronomy, y 2 unit Mon., Sept. 11, 3 :30 p.m. Trigonometry, y> unit Mon., Sept. 11, 3 :30 p.m. ♦History, 1, 2, or 3 units Tues., Sept. 12, 8 :00 a.m. English literature, 2 units Tues., Sept. 12, 1 :00 p.m. English composition, 1 unit Tues., Sept. 12, 3 :30 p.m. Latin, 1st unit, or 2nd unit, or both Wed., Sept. 13, 8 :00 a.m. tPhysics, 1 unit Wed., Sept. 13, 8 :00 a.m. fPhysical geography, y 2 unit or 1 unit Wed., Sept. 13, 10 :30 a.m. Algebra, 1 unit or \ l / 2 units Wed., Sept. 13, 1 :00 p.m. Civics, y 2 unit or 1 unit Wed., Sept. 13, 3 :30 p.m. Economics and economic history, y 2 unit or 1 unit Wed., Sept. 13, 3:30 p.m. Geometry, plane, 1 unit Thurs., Sept. 14, 8 :00 a.m. Geometry, solid and spherical, z / 2 unit Thurs., Sept. 14, 10 :30 a.m. fPhysiology, l / 2 unit or 1 unit Thurs., Sept. 14, 10 :30 a.m. •Three units may be offered in history, made up from the following: Ancient history to 800 A. D., 1 unit; medieval and modern history, 1 unit; English history, Yt unit or 1 unit; American history, y 2 unit or 1 unit. tNotebook required for 1 unit; not required for Vi unit. ^Notebook required. 82 Admission German, 1st unit, or 2nd unit, or both Thurs., Sept. 14, 1 :00 p.m. German, 3rd unit, or 4th unit, or both Thurs., Sept. 14, 3 :30 p.m. French, 1st unit, or 2nd unit, or both Thurs., Sept. 14, 1:00 p.m. French, 3rd unit, or 4th unit, or both Thurs., Sept. 14, 3 :30 p.m. Spanish, 1st unit, or 2nd unit, or both Thurs., Sept. 14, 1 :00 p.m. Business law, J / 2 unit Thurs., Sept. 14, 1 :00 p.m. Commercial geography, y 2 unit or 1 unit Thurs., Sept. 14, 3 :30 p.m. Latin, 3rd unit, or 4th unit, or both Fri., Sept. IS, 8:00 a.m. Bookkeeping, 1 unit Fri., Sept. 15, 8 :00 a.m. *Botany, T / 2 unit or 1 unit Fri., Sept. IS, 8 :00 a.m. *Zoology, y 2 unit or 1 unit Fri., Sept. 15, 10 :30 a.m. The time for examinations in agriculture, domestic science, manual training, freehand or mechanical drawing, music, Greek, and the fourth unit in English, will be arranged with applicants. Mid-Year Examinations, January, 1917 *Chemistry, 1 unit or 2 units Wed., Geology, y 2 unit or 1 unit Wed., Astronomy, y> unit Wed., Trigonometry, y 2 unit Wed., fHistory, 1, 2, or 3 units Wed., English literature, 2 units Thurs., English composition, 1 unit Thurs., Latin, 1st unit, or 2nd unit, or both Thurs., *Physics, 1 unit Thurs., iPhysical geography, y 2 unit or 1 unit Thurs., Algebra, 1 unit or 1 y 2 units Fri., Civics, y 2 unit or 1 unit Fri., Economics and economic history, y 2 unit or 1 unit Fri., Geometry, plane, 1 unit Fri., Geometry, solid and spherical, y 2 unit Fri., ^Physiology, y 2 unit or 1 unit Fri., German, 1st unit, or 2nd unit, or both Sat., German, 3rd unit, or 4th unit, or both Sat., French, 1st unit, or 2nd unit, or both Sat, French, 3rd unit, or 4th unit, or both Sat., Spanish, 1st unit, or 2nd unit, or both Sat., Business law, y 2 unit Sat., Commercial geography, y 2 unit or 1 unit Sat., Latin, 3rd unit, or 4th unit, or both Sat, Bookkeeping, 1 unit Sat., *Botany, y 2 unit or 1 unit Sat., *Zoology, y 2 unit or 1 unit Sat., The time for examinations in agriculture, domestic science, manual training, freehand or mechanical drawing, music, Greek, and the fourth unit in English, will be arranged with applicants. Jan. 24, 8:00 a.m. Jan. 24, 8:00 a.m. Jan. 24, 10:30 a.m. Jan. 24, 10:30 a.m. Jan. 24, 1 :00 p.m. Jan. 25, 8 :00 a.m. Jan. 25, 10:30 a.m. Jan. 25, 1 :00 p.m. Jan. 25, 1 :00 p.m. Jan. 25, 3 :30 p.m. Jan. 26, 8:00 a.m. Jan. 26, 10:30 a.m. Jan. 26, 10:30 a.m. Jan. 26, 1 :00 p.m. Jan. 26, 3 :30 p.m. Jan. 26, 3 :30 p.m. Jan. 27, 8:00 a.m. Jan. 27, 10:30 a.m. Jan. 27, 8:00 a.m. Jan. 27, 10:30 a.m. Jan. 27, 8 :00 a.m. Jan. 27, 8:00 a.m. 10:30 a.m. 1 :00 p.m. 1 :00 p.m. 1 :00 p.m. 3 :30 p.m. Jan. 27, Jan. 27, Jan. 27, Jan. 27, Jan. 27, •Notebook required. tThree units may be offered in history, made up from the following: Ancient history to 800 A. D., 1 unit; medieval and modern history, 1 unit; English history, y 2 unit or 1 unit; American history, J4 unit or 1 unit. tNotrbook required for 1 unit; not required for Yi unit. Accredited Schools 83 LIST OF ACCREDITED SCHOOLS (Correct to January i, 1916.) The following high schools, having all the prescribed units, and enough others to make up the required total of 15 units, are in the list of fully accred- ited schools. Not all of these schools, however, are accredited for the same amount of work, nor all for the same subjects. A student presenting a certificate from any one of these schools will be given entrance credit for all the subjects named therein for which the said school is specifically accredited, as shown in the certificate of its accredited relation issued by the University. The High School Visitor of the University inspects high schools not pre- viously accredited upon request, if the request is accompanied by a report of the school which shows that it merits such inspection. The University accredits all work which is thus found to be sufficiently well done. For further particulars address The High School Visitor, in care of the University of Illinois. FULLY ACCREDITED SCHOOLS School Superintendent Principal Abingdon A. C. Butler Ira M. Wricley Albion High School Lee V. Matiieny M. E. Steele Southern Collegiate Institute Aledo High School F. N. Taylor O. A. Hostetler Drury Academy G. F. Baumeister Altamont William Harris Gladys Eade Alton High School R. A. Haight B. C Richardson Western Mil. Acad. George D. Eaton Amboy George N. Bradley Myrtle Kenney Anna High School Charles McGinnis C. A. Harper Union Academy W. 0. Shewmaker Arcola Tp. S. R. Allen Arlington Heights O. R. ZOLL Ada R. Kuger Armington (Hittle Tp.) OLGA V. HOFACKER Arthur G. E. Clendenen Albert Walker Ashland Lee M. Blair Hazel Wateriiouse Ashton O. A. Fackler L. D. Wyatt Assumption Tp. J. O. Stanberry Astoria IT. L. Welker C. A. Whiteside Atlanta C. D. Jacobs Gayle Au Atwood Arthur O. Frazier Mary E. Orr Augusta A. E. Decker Mabel Garwood Augustana College Academy {Rock Island) J. Mauritzson Aurora East High School C. M. Bardwell K. D. Waldo West High School S. K. McDowell K. C. Merrick Jennings Seminary Bertha Barber Austin High School (Chicago) J. D. Shoop George H. Rockwcod AVERYVILLE HlGH SCHOOL (Peork 1) Harry E. Iler Hazel Broad Avon A. E. Hubbard Alice Felt Barrington Erman S. Smith Tessie Springstead E. Ruth Tipple Barry Vail Cordell Batavia H. A. Bone A. A. Rea Beardstown H. G. Russell Mrs. H. G. Russell Belleville George H. Busikk H. W. Brua Bellflower Tp. Dean M. Inman Belvidere Lewis A. Reisneb J. E. Almon Lottie B. Cook Bement Otto Weedman Benton Tp. C. W. Houk Biggsville Tp. C. E. Plummer Bismarck Tp. R. A. Williams Blandinsville J. S. Griffin Elza R. Farris Bloomington High School J. K. Stableton William Wallis St. Mary's High School Rev. M. Weldon Bloom Tp. (Chicago Heights) E. L. Boyer Blue Island Tp. J. E. Lemon L. G. McArthur Bowen Albert A. Holmes 84 Admission School Superintendent Principal Bowen High School (Chicago) J. D. Shoop Bradford F. W. Dunlap Bradley Poly. Inst. (Peoria) Bridgeport Tp. Buda T. F. McLamarrah Bushnell T. W. Everitt Byron H. V. Lynn Cairo High School T. C Clendenen Sumner High School Calumet High School (Chicago) J. D. Shoop Cambridge H. M. Hinkle Camp Point J. D. Knight Canton G. W. Gayler Carbondale So. III. Nor. Univ. H. S. Cablinville H. T. White Carl Schurz High School (Chicago) J. D. Shoop Caryle M. N. Todd Carmi Tp. Carrollton E. A. Doolittle Carterville L. A. Shafer Carthage High School D. H. Wells Carthage College Academy Casey W. G. Thompson Central High School (Peoria) G. T. Smith Centralia Tp. Champaign W. W. Earnest Charleston DeWitt Elwood Chatham G. P. Chapman Chatsworth L. C. Smith Chenoa A. R. Hiett Chester S. E. Reecher Chicago: J. D. Shoop Austin Bowen Calumet Carl Schurz Crane, R. T. (Tech.) Englewood Fengen Harrison Technical Hyde Park Lake Lake View Lane Technical Lucy Flower Tech. McKinley Marshall Medill Morgan Park Parker Phillips Senn Tuley Waller Chicago Private Schools Latin School Harvard School F. W. Parker School Kenwood Institute Loyola Academy Morgan Park Preparatory Schools North Park College Academy Starrett School for Girls University High School Chicago Heights Bloom Tp. High School Chillicothe Tp. Chrisman Tp. Cicero J. Sterling Morton Tp. Clayton W. H. Brewster Clinton H. H. Edmunds Colfax P. M. Hoke COLLINSVILLE Tp. Crane, R. T. (Tech.) H. S. (Chicago) J. D. Shoop Crystal Lake H. A. Dean Curtis High School (Chicago) J. D. Shoop Charles I. Parker Mrs. Lillian Deming T. C. Burgess, Dir. O. M. Eastman Edith Baldwin Beulah Harvey Marjorie Hull George A. Peterson J. C. Lewis Grant Beebe A. F. Kirkland Verona Rockwell V. G. Heller F. G. Warren Margaret Hubbard Walter F. Slocum Mima Maxey Joseph Gersbacher David M. Crist R. M. Russell A. M. Wilson H. D. Hoover, Pres. J. G. Pollard A. W. Beasley E. V. Tubbs Lottie Switzer Lester R. McCarty G. P. Chapman Lyddia E. Klamm Maude Fairfield E. R. Sayre George H. Rockwood Charles I. Parker Grant Beebe Walter F. Slocum W. J. Bartholf J. E. Armstrong Thomas G. Hill Frank L. Morse Hiram B. Loomis Edward F. Stearns B. Frank Brown W. J. Bogan Dora Wells George M. Clayberg Louis J. Block Avon S. Hall John H. Heil William B. Owen Spencer R. Smith Benjamin F. Buck Franklin P. Fisk Oliver S. Westcott R. P. Bates J. J. SCHOBINGER Flora J. Cooke Mrs. Stella Dyer-Loring Simon Nicholas, SJ Harry D. Abells C. J. Wilson Mrs. Mary G. White F. W. Johnson E. L. Boyer H. H. Baumgardner P. M. Watson H. V. Church Irene B. Olin E. L. Walters Lida J. Smith A. E. Arendt W. J. Bartholf C. E. Sm ALLEY Thomas G. Hill Accredited Schools 85 School Dallas City Danville Decatur DeKalb Tp. Delavan Des Plaines (Maine Tp.) Divernon Tp. Dixon High School North Dixon High School Downer's Grove Drury Academy (Aledo) Drummer Tp. (Gibson City) Dundee DuQuoin Tp. Dwight Earlville East High School (Aurora) East Moline Tp. East St. Louis Edwardsville Effingham Eldorado Tp. Elgin High School Elgin Academy Elmhurst High School Evangelical Proseminar Elmwood El Paso Union Englewood High School (Chicago)] Equality Tp. Eureka High School College Prep. School Evangelical Proseminar (Elmhurst) Evanston Township High School Evanston Academy Fairbury Tp. Fairfield Farmer City Moore Tp. Ferry Hall (Lake Forest) Fisher Flora Harter-Stanford Tp. Forrest Superintendent Elsie H. Giese G. P. Randle J. O. Englemann M. R. Staker W. R. Snyder H. H. Hagen G. C. Butler J. V. Clark C A. Brothers Lloyd B. Mann C M. Bardwell D. Walter Potts Charles P. Ford O. C. Bailey Robert I. White A. M. Nichelson C. C. Condit Carl B. Moore D. Shoop H. D. WlLLARD F. L. Lowman Dean Parrill Frances Shimer School (Mt. Carroll) Freeport S. E. Raines Fulton H. V. Baldwin Galena Katharine Obye Galesburg W. L. Steele Galva F. U. White Geneseo Tp. Geneva Genoa Georgetown Tp. Gibson City Drummer Tp. Gilman Godfrey Monticello Seminary Grand Prairie Seminary (Onarga) Granite City Grayville Greenfield Greenup Green Valley Greenview Greenville Griggsville Hall Tp. (Spring Valley) Hamilton J. A. Johnston Harlem Consolidated School (Rockford) Harrisburg Tp. Harrison Technical High School (Chicago) J. Harter-Stanford Tp. (Flora) Harvard J. II. M, , COULTRAP (1. E. Taylor J. B. Wallace L. P. Frohardt m Waller E. E. W . C Suft Clyde C. Sims Earl Hiett Jacob P. Scheid A. \V. Niedermeyer T. C Moore D. Shoop H. Light Principal Ray Babcock A. W. Smalley Jesse H. Newlon F. M. Giles H. V. Porter C. M. Himel J. O. Huff C. D. Booker Gladys Gaylord M. Maude Manley G. F. Baumeister H. T. McKinney Lulu Moulton J. G. Stull Ella M. Brown Nellie Smith K. D. Waldo D. B. Hoffman H. J. Alvis R. C. Sayre Charles O. Danneburger O. E. Barr W. L. Goble H. M. Buckley V. C. Plummer Daniel Irion, Dir. Harriet Erlbacher Paul M. Mulliken James E. Armstrong J. B. Boswell F. D. Thomson Houta S. Bredin Daniel Irion, Dir. W. F. Beardsley E. W. Marcellus E. W. Powers K. O. Holland H. D. Eickelberg Marion Coats Lillian Briscoe S. J. Curlee O. T. Marston William P. McKee, Dean L. A. Fulwider Mrs. C. R. Flatt Leslie A. Homrich A. W. Willis Margaret Jacobson F. J. Mabrey C. E. Bates Margaret Spraker O. P. Rees H. T. McKinney Martina C. Erickson Hubert Phillips W. F. Coolidge Edwin N. Wright Isla F. Sutherland Lula K. Smith Henrietta Evans Hazel Alkire Alexanda Long Gertrude Stephens E. L. Bost Philena Clarke Earl M. Pallett Harry Taylor Frank L. Morse S. J. Curlee Floyd E. Dewhirst 86 Admission School Superintendent Harvard School (.Chicago) Harvey Thornton Tp. Havana T.E. Savage Hebron M. S. Hamm Henry W. E. King Herrin Tp. Hyde Park High School (Chicago) J. D. Shoop Hey worth Leonodus Harr Highland C. L. DlETZ Highland Park Township High School Hillsboro H. J. Beckmeyer Hinckley Omar Caswell Hindsboro Union O. V. Schaeffer Hinsdale Tp. C E. Douglass Hittle Tp. (Armington) Homer G. B. Weisiger Hoopeston T. M. Birney Hume Tp. Hutsonville Tp. Illinois Woman's College Academy (Jacksonville) Illiopolis W. P. Sullivan Industry Tp. Jacksonville High School C. E. Collins Illinois Woman's Col. Acad. Routt College Academy Whipple Academy Jennings Seminary (Aurora) Jkrseyville D. R. Henry Johnston City F. D. Harwood John Swaney School (McNabb) Joint Tp. (Tisltilwa) Joliet Tp. J. Sterling Morton Tp. (Cicero) Kankakee F. N. Tracy Kansas R. B. Henley Keithsburg R. C. HlETT Kenilworth New Trier Tp. Kenwood Institute (Chicago) Kewanee W. R. Curtis Kinmundy Laura E. Fisher Knoxville G. G. Lafferty Lacon Union R. W. Scheer LaGrange Lyons Tp. LaHarpe J. A. Stewart Lake High School (Chicago) J. D. Shoop Lake Forest Lake Forest Academy Ferry Hall Lake View High School (Chicago )J. D. Shoop Lanark Charles S. Cobb Lane Technical High School (Chicaeo) J. D. Shoop La Salle-Peru Tp. (La Salle) Latin School (Chicago) Lawrencevili.e Tp. Lena F. P. DONNER LeRoy Bert Reeves Lewistown C. B. Smith Lexington Theodore F. Fieke Libertyville F. L. Holcii Lincoln IT. A. Perrin Litchfield William Hawkes Lockport Tp. Loda P. T. Walters Lovington Tp. Loyola Academy (Chicago) Lucy Flower Technical High School (Chicago) J. D. Shoop Lyons Tp. (LaGrange) McHenry A. E. Nye McKinley High School (Chicago) Ella Flagg Young McLean W. H. Earnhart McLeansboro Louis A. Uhe Principal J. J. SCHOBINGER L. W. Smith Mrs. Sara E. Pierce Maybelle Taylor Emma Ponzer H. G. Spear Hiram B. Loomis Lois White Adelle Grunewald R. L. Sandwick J. M. Avery Emma B. Richardson Margaret Gekkin Olga V. Hofacker H. P. Bangekt W. R. Lowery W. F. Woi.lenhaupt Harry Thrasher Joseph R. Harker, Pres. Louise Gates R. H. Malcomson C. E. Collins Joseph R. Harker, Pres. Rev. John W. Crowe, Pres C. H. Givan Bertha A. Barber C. J. Ramsay E. D. Lawrence K. M. Snapp J. Stanley Brown H. V. Church W. R. Towsley Ruth Linder Ethel Stuart H. E. Brown Mrs. Stella Dyer-Losing I. P. Rinker Gus A. Spitze Pearl Harris F. W. Davis G. H. Wilkinson Jane Robertson Edward F. Stearns John W. Richards Marion Coats B. Frank Brown Ellen Louise Stoy W. J. Bogan T. J. McCORMACK R. P. Bates F. W. Cox Elsie English Bert Reeves G. E. Round Leila Renner F. L. Holch Bert Hudgins J. C. Wiedrich Arvid P. Zetterberg Ethel L. Chapman L. W. Chatham Simon Nicholas, SJ Dora Wells G. H. Wilkinson P. J. Dorr George M. Clayberg Belle Fairfield Helen Hargett Accredited Schools 87 School Superintendent Harvey M. Nickels G. A. Buzzard J. F. Wiley J. D. Shoop G. A. HlLLIER J. H. Browning M. N. McCartney Guy R. French Lewis A. Mahoney T. B. Johnston C. E. Joiner A. W. Gross McNabb John Swaney School Macomb High School A. L. Mangun West. III. Nor. Acad. Madison T. W. Jackson Magnolia Roy L. Davis Maine Tp. {Des Plaines) Mansfield Lloyd Gohn Manteno C. W. Eaton Manual Training High School {Peoria) Marengo E. A. Gardner Marion Tp. Marissa Tp. Maroa L. R. Blohm Marseilles E. A. Collins Marshall High School {Chicago) J. D. Shoop Marshall Tp. Martinsville Mason City Mattoon Maywood Proviso Tp. Mazon Tp. Medill High School {Chicago) Mendon Mendota Metropolis Milfop.d Tp. Minonk Moline Momence Monmouth Monticello Monticello Seminary {Godfrey) Moore Tp. {Farmer City) Morgan Park High School {Chicago) Morgan Park Preparatory Schools {Chicago) Morris Morrison Morrisonville Morton Tp. Mound City Mt. Carmel Mt. Carroll High School Frances Shimer School Mt. Morris College Academy Mt. Pulaski Tp. Mt. Sterling Mt. Vernon Tp. Moweaqua Murphysboro Tp. Naperville High School Northwestern Col. Acad. Nashville Neoga Tp. Newman Tp. Newton New Trier Tp. {Kcnihvorth) Nokomis Normal High School University High School North High School {Dixon) North Park College Academy {Chicago) Northwestern College Academy {Naperville) Oak Park & River Forest Tp. {Oak Park) Oblong Tp. Olney Tp. Onarga High School S. E. LeMarr Grand Prairie Seminary Oregon F. G. Taylor Ottawa Tp. Palatine Tp. Palestine Tp. J. D. Shoop E. D. Martin W. E. Weaver P. A. Tate C. L. McCabe A. S. Anderson G. V. Clum M. L. Test C. W. Yerkes O. A. Waterman W. C. Fairweather C. E. Girhard W. P. Thackpr C. F. Miller H. H. Hagen Principal E. D. Lawrence B. H. Watt W. P. Morgan, Pres. H. H. Janssen Margaret C. Bailey C. M. Himel Ethel A. Ranson Edna Brand William N. Brown Charles O. Haskell Oren Coleman M. L. McManus Erna Reller Elinore E. Bates Louis J. Block Lewis Williams Harry L. Ryan Nettie C. Jencks H. B. Black John E. Witmer E. C. Shields Avon S. Hall Ruth H. Fraser B. J. Dean Mrs. Rose Cutting H. W. McCulloch Gretchen Schiffbauer E. P. Nutting E. E. Wheeler Mary Findley Ruby L. Allen Martina C. Erickson H. D. ElCKEI.BEEG John H. Heil Harry D. Abells L. C. Robey Mary L. Barnes Matilda I. Pinkerton T. L. Cook Mary Roberson J. T. Doreis Zella A. Petty W. P. McKee, Dean J. S. Noffsinger, Pres. L. F. Fulwiler Clara L. Doocy Silas Echols Chester F. Lay G. J. Koons V. Blanche Graham C. J. Attig Walter Krumsiek W. L. Hagan J. H. Trinkle R. A. Deffenbaugh H. E. Brown Bessie Patton R. W. Pringle Gladys Gaylord C. J. Wilson C. J. Attig M. R. McDanif.l V. I. Brown h. w. hostettler Lillian Savage Hubert Phillips Sue L. Wilson Charles H. Kingman Charles E. Lowman D. B. Fager Admission School l J ANA Tp. Paris Parker High School (Chicago) F. W. Parker School (Chicago) Pawnee Tp. Paw Paw Pax ton Pekin Peoria Academy of Our Lady Averyville High School Bradley Polytech. Inst. Central High School Manual Training High Schoi Peotone Petersburg Phillips High School (Chicago) Pittsfield Plano Polo Pontiac Tp. Princeton Tp. Princeville Prophetstowx Proviso Tp. (Mayvjood) Quincy High School St. Mary's Academy Rantoul Raymond Richmond Ridgefarm Tp. Riverside Tp. Robinson Tp. Rochelle Rock Falls Rockford High School Harlem Consolidated School St. Thomas School Rock Island High School Augustana Col. Acad. Villa de Chantal Rollo Consolidated Roodhouse Roseville Tp. Rossville Rushville St. Anne St. Charles St. Elmo St. Mary's Academy (Quincy) St. Mary's High School (Bloomin St. Thomas School (Rockford) Salem Sandwich Savanna Tp. Saybrook Senn High School (Chicago) Sheffield Shelbyville Sheldon Sidell Tp. Southern Collegiate Inst. (Albion Southern Illinois Normal Univ. High School (Carbondale) Sparta Tp. Springfield High School Ursuline Academy Spring Valley Hall Tp. Stanford Staunton Sterling Tp. Stockland Tp. Stockton Stonington Streator Tp. Stronghurst sullivak Superintendent l. < ;. Moore F. D. Shoop Henry E. Cobb O. J. Bainum Robert C. Smith Harry E. Iler G. T. Smith L G. W. Lawrence T. H. Finley J. D. Shoop T. C. Reeder H. L. Tate C. H. Anderson \V. M. Loy V. R. McKnight E. G. Bauman E. H. Miller E. F. Mitchell Oswell G. Tread way Herman Wimmer E. O. Phares R. G. Jones E. C. Fisher Mother Borgia J. F. Pursifull I. A. Smothers C. E. Knapp E. L. Kimball M. F. McAuley Charles E. Kuechler a ton) H. J. Blue W. W. Woodbury George White J. D. Shoop J. H. Martin A. F. Lyle P. F. Grove ) II. S. Magill, Fr. C. W. Moore William E. J. C. Myers G. E. Lowry W. S. Pope B. H. Gault Principal W. E. Andrews T. J. Beecher William B. Owen- Flora J. Cooke W. B. Rose Grace M. Currier S. D. Huddleston F. B. Morgan Sister Marietta Hazel Broad T. C. Burgess, Dir. A. W. Beasley William N. Brown G. W. Lawrence Beulah M. Wood Spencer R. Smith Nellie A. Moore Mr. Coble E. L. Davis Arthur Verner W. R. Spurrier Orpha Johnson Cecelia Whelpley John E. Witmer Zens L. Smith Mother Mary Petra Jessie McHarry O. B. Wright Pearl C. Marsden L. A. Tohill T. H. Ziegler J. O. Marberry R. M. Ladd Miss Cowing C P. Briggs Earl M. Pallett Sister M. Gabriella A. J. Burton J. Mauritzson Sister Mary Agnes Alfred Tate S. T. Wallace M. P. Wilkins 0. H. Worley Laura L. Knowles Ruth C. Becker Mary Langwill Ernest T. Jackson Mother Mary Petra Rev. M. Weldon Sister M. Gabriella E. W. Rodgers Maude Webster W. F. Martin Frances Hanson Benjamin F. Buck T. H. Martin 1. B. Potter T. A. Vankirk V. W. McIntire F. G. Warren St. John W. Wilton I. M. Allen Mother Antonia E. L. Bost Mrs. C. W. Moore Ellen A. Muir E. T. Austin Ottis Hoskinson Emanuel Halbich Nell Blodgett O. A. Rawlins Lucile White Olive E. Martin Subjects Accepted for Admission 89 Superintendent School Sycamore Tavlorville Tp. Thornton Tp. {Harvey) Tiskilwa Joint Tp. Toluca Toulon Tp. Tuley High School {Chicago) Tuscola Union Academy (Anna) University High School {Chicago) Urbana Ursuline Academy {Springfield) Vandalia Vermilion Grove Vermilion Academy Vienna Tp. Villa de Chantal {Rock Island) Villa Grove Virden Virginia Waller High School {Chicago) Walnut Warren Warsaw Washburn Tp. Washington Waterloo Watseka Waukegan Tp. Waverly Tp. Wenona West Chicago West High School {Aurora) Western Illinois State Normal Academy {Macomb) Western Military and Naval Academy {Alton) Westville Tp. Wh eaton High School Wheaton Col. Academy Whipple Academy {Jacksonville) White Hall J. B. Hendricks Wilmington Guy W. Bedell Wood River J. W. Morgan Woodstock R. D. Bardwell Wyoming C. W. Pratt Yorkville F. W. Acker man O. E. Peterson J. H. Glaeser J. D. Shoop W. D. Waldrip A. P. Johnson II. L. Dyar Clyde Slone H. S. Stice J. D. Shoop R. Grigsby R. I. Lewis L. Fairfax P. M. Smith James E. Raibourn L. W. Haviland R. E. Garrett H. H. Kirkpatrick S. K. McDowell J. B. Russell Principal A. G. Umbreit R. G. Beals L. W. Smith K. M. Snapp Margaret O'Beirne E. L. Mendenhall Franklin P. Fisk J. C. Hammond W. O. Shewmaker F. W. Johnson M. L. Flaningam Mother Antonia Frank Gray S. R. Lamb M. T. VanCleve Sister Mary Agnes E. C. Franklin G. G. Scearce Laura Mason Oliver S. Westcott E. A. Lansche Mary Johnston L. Ada Kreider V. G. Catlin Charles F. Steiner Mary J. Laycock W. C. Knoelk L. W. Ragland Irma M. Bumgarner Laura G. Whitmire K. C. Merrick W. P. Morgan, Pres. George D. Eaton Sherman Cass Ella M. Gregg William Rice C. H. Givan Robert G. Smith Paul S. Conklin G. W. Botteron Jessie E. Jewett A. Lauder Elizabeth Hatch East St. Louis PARTIALLY ACCREDITED SCHOOLS Lincoln High School Karmincton E. A. Huff J. W. Hughes Rose Hutchins DESCRIPTION OF SUBJECTS ACCEPTED FOR ADMISSION The amount of work in each of the foregoing subjects which corresponds to the minimum number of credits assigned is shown by the description of sub- jects below. 1. Agriculture. — Courses in agriculture should be arranged for periods of not less than 36 weeks. Such a course may be accepted for one unit of entrance credit, and two such courses may be accepted for two units, provided the work covered by each course is so closely related in its parts as to constitute one of the generally accepted divisions now recognized in agricultural work. At least one-half the time should be devoted to laboratory work, and note-books should be presented. 2. Algebra, One and one-half units. — Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, simple equations, extraction of roots, radicals, quadratic equations and equations reducible to quadratic form, surds, theory of exponents, proportion and variation, logarithms, and the analysis and solution of problems involving these principles. 90 Admission Algebra, One unit. — Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, simple equations, extraction of roots, radicals of second order, fractional exponents, variation and proportion, quadratics, including completing the square and simul- taneous equations having one quadratic and one linear equation and quadratic systems of simple form. See High School Manual for detailed outline of first year of algebra. Students desiring to continue their study of mathematics in the University will need to present one and one-half units of algebra. 3. Astronomy. — In addition to a knowledge of the descriptive matter in a good text-book, there must be some practical familiarity with the geography of the heavens, with the various celestial motions, and with the positions of the conspicuous naked-eye heavenly bodies. 4. Bookkeeping. — The unit of work in bookkeeping for college entrance should consist of a working knowledge of both single and double entry book- keeping for the usual lines of business. The student should be able to change his books from single to double entry and from individual to proprietorship. At least one set of transactions should be kept by single entry and at least two sets by double entry in which the uses of the ordinary bookkeeping books and commercial papers should be involved. The student should be drilled in the making of profit and loss statements and of balance sheets and should be able to explain the meanings of the items involved in both kinds of instruments. The work should be done under the immediate supervision of a teacher and the student should devote at least ten periods of not less than forty minutes full time in class each week for one academic year. 5. Botany. — A familiar acquaintance with the general structure of plants and of the principal organs and their functions, derived to a considerable extent from a study of the objects, is required; also a general knowledge of the main groups of plants ; and the ability to classify and name the more common species. Laboratory note-books and herbarium collections should be presented. 6. Business Law. — The amount of business law which is accepted is indi- cated by the ground covered in any of the ordinary text -books on the subject, such as Spencer's Elements of Commercial Law, Burdick's Business Law, and White's Elements of Commercial Law. 7. Chemistry. — The instruction must include both text-book and laboratory work. The work should be so arranged that as least one-half of the time shall be given to the laboratory. The course as is given in the best high schools in one year will satisfy the requirements of the University for the one unit for admission. The laboratory notes, bearing the teacher's indorsement, must be presented as evidence of the actual laboratory work accomplished. Candidates for admission may be required to demonstrate their ability by laboratory tests. 8. Civics. — Such an amount of study of the American Government, its his- tory and interpretation, as is indicated by any of the usual high-school text- books on civil government, is regarded as sufficient for one term. The work may advantageously be combined with the elements of political economy. 9. Commercial Geography. — The amount and character of the work accepted in this subject is indicated by the scope of such books as Redway's Commercial Geography, Adam's smaller book on the same subject, the text- books of Brigham, or Robinson, or Trotter's work. Subjects Accepted for Admission 91 10. Domestic Science. — (a) An equivalent of 180 hours of prepared work with at least two recitation periods a week in foods, (b) An equivalent of 180 hours of prepared work with at least one recitation period a week in clothing. (c) An equivalent of 180 hours of prepared work with at least two recitation periods a week on the home. (Two periods of laboratory work are considered equivalent to one period of prepared work). Of the foregoing (a) will be accepted as a unit's work; or two half units taken from (a) and (b), or (a) and (c), or (b) and (c) will be accepted as a unit's work. The work is to be done by trained teachers with individual equipement, as determined by inspection. 11. Drawing. — Free-hand or mechanical drawing, or both. Drawing-books or plates must be submitted. The number of credits allowed depends on the quantity and quality of the work submitted. 12. Economics. — The principles of economics, with economic history, as given in any good elementary text-book. 13. English Composition and Rhetoric — Correct spelling, capitalization, punctuation, paragraphing, idiom and definition; the elements of rhetoric. The candidate will be required to write two paragraphs of about one hundred fifty words each to test his ability to use the English language. This work counts for one unit. 14. English Literature. — (a) Each candidate is expected to have read cer- tain assigned literary masterpieces, and will be subjected to such an examination as will determine whether or not he has done so. With a view to a large free- dom of choice, the books provided for reading are arranged in the following groups from which at least ten units are to be selected, two from each group. Each unit is here set off by semicolons. I. The Old Testament, comprising at least the chief narrative episodes in Genesis, Exodus, Joshua, Judges, Samuel, Kings, and Daniel, together with the books of Ruth and Esther; the Iliad, with the omission, if desired, of Books XI, XIII, XIV, XV, XVII, XXI; the Odyssey, with the omission, if desired, of Books I, II, III, IV, V, XV, XVI, XVII; Virgil's Aeneid. The Iliad, the Odyssey, and the Aeneid should be read in English translations of recognized literary excellence. For any unit of this group a unit from any other group may be substituted. II. Shakespeare's Merchant of Venice; Midsummer Night's Dream; As You Like It; Twelfth Night; Henry the Fifth; Julius Caesar. III. Defoe's Robinson Crusoe, Part I ; Goldsmith's Vicar of Wakefield ; Scott's Ivanhoe or Quentin Durward; Hawthorne's House of Seven Gables; Dickens' David Copperfield or Tale of Two Cities ; Thackeray's Henry Esmond ; Mrs. Gaskell's Cranford; George Eliot's Silas Marner; Stevenson's Treasure Island. IV. Bunyan's Pilgrim's Progress, Part I ; The Sir Roger de Coverley Papers in the Spectator; Franklin's Autobiography (condensed) ; Irving' s Sketch Book; Macaulay's Essays on Lord Give and Warren Hastings; Thackeray's English Humorists; selections from Lincoln, including the two Inaugurals, the Speeches in Independence Hall and at Gettysburg, the Last Public Address, and the Letter to Horace Greeley, with a brief memoir or estimate; Parkman's Ore- gon Trail; either Thoreau's Walden or selection from Huxley's Lay Sermons; Stevenson's Inland Voyage and Travels with a Donkey. 92 Admission V. Palgrave's Golden Treasury' (First Series), Books II and III, with especial attention to Dryden, Collins, Gray, Cowper, Burns ; Gray's Elegy in a Country Churchyard and Goldsmith's Deserted Village ; Coleridge's Ancient Mariner and Lowell's Vision of Sir Launfal; Scott's Lady of the Lake; Byron's Childe Harold, Canto IV, and Prisoner of Chillon; Palgrave's Golden Treas- ury (First Series) Book IV, with especial attention to Wordsworth, Keats, and Shelley; Poe's Raven, Longfellow's Courtship of Miles Standish, Whittier's Snow Bound ; Macaulay's Lays of Ancient Rome and Arnold's Sohrab and Rustum ; Tennyson's Gareth and Lynette, Lancelot and Elaine, The Passing of Arthur; Browning's Cavalier Tunes, The Lost Leader, How They Brought the Good News from Ghent to Aix, Home Thoughts from Abroad, Home Thoughts from the Sea, Incident of the French Camp, Herve Riel, Pheidippides, My Last Duchess, Up at a Villa — Down in the City. (b) In addition to the foregoing the candidate will be required to present a careful, systematic study, with supplementary reading, of the history of either English or American literature. (c) The candidate will be examined on the form and substance of certain books in addition to those named under (a). For 1916 the books will be selected from the list below. The examination will be of such a character as to require a minute study of each of the works named in order to pass it suc- cessfully. The list is : Shakespeare's Macbeth; Milton's Comus, L' Allegro, and II Penseroso ; Burke's Speech on Conciliation with America, or Washington's Farewell Address and Webster's First Bunker Hill Oration; Macaulay's Life of Johnson, or Carlyle's Essay on Burns. The work outlined in (a), (b), and (c) counts for two units. (d) The three units in English composition, rhetoric, and literature, as described above, are required for all students. A fourth unit may be obtained for one full year's additional work in the study of English and American authors. 15. French, First year's zvork. — Elementary grammar, with the more common irregular verbs. Careful training in pronunciation. About 100 pages of easy prose should be read. Second year's work. — Advanced grammar, with all the irregular verbs. Ele- mentary composition, and conversation. About 300 pages of modern French should be read. Third year's work. — Intermediate composition, and conversation. About 500 pages of standard authors should be read, including a few classics. Fourth year's zvork. — Advanced composition, and conversation. Standard modern and classical authors should be read and studied to the extent of 700 pages. 16. Geology. — The student must show familiarity with the principles of dynamic and structural geology, and some acquaintance with the facts of his- torical geology as presented in Scott's Introduction to Geology, Brigham's Text-book of Geology, or an equivalent, together with at least an equal amount of time spent in laboratory and field work. The laboratory work should follow one or more of the lines indicated below, and note-books should be presented showing the character and amount of work done, (a) Studies of natural phe- nomena occurring in the neighborhood which illustrate the principles of dynamic geology. Each study should include a careful drawing of the object and a writ- ten description of the way in which it was produced, (b) Studies of well- Subjects Accepted for Admission 93 marked types of crystalline, metamorphic, and sedimentary rocks which will enable the student to recognize each type and state clearly the conditions under which it was formed, (c) Studies of minerals of economic value, including the characteristics of each, its origin, and the uses to which it is put. (d) Studies of the types of soil occurring in the neighborhood, including the origin of each and the cause of differences in appearance and fertility. 17. Geometry. — (a) Plane Geometry. Special emphasis is placed on the ability to use propositions in the solution of original numerical exercises and of supplementary theorems. (b) Solid and Spherical Geometry. Applications to the solution of orig- inal exercises are emphasized. 18. German. — It is recommended that pupils be trained to understand spoken German and to reproduce freely in writing and orally what has been read. Whatever method of teaching is used, however, a thoro knowledge of grammar is expected. No attempt is made in what follows to give more than a general outline for the work of successive years, but the German depart- ment welcomes inquiries from teachers who wish further suggestions in the planning of courses. First Year's Work. — At the end of the year pupils should be able to read intelligently and with accurate pronounciation simple German prose, to translate it into idiomatic English, and to answer in German easy questions on the pas- sage read. A few short poems may well be memorized. Elementary grammar should be mastered up to the subjunctive as arranged in most books for begin- ners. Easy prose composition rather than the writing of forms will be the test of this grammatical work in entrance examinations given by the University. Second Year's Work. — Only modern writers should be read, preference being given to material which has a distinctly German atmosphere and which lends itself readily to conversational treatment in the class room. The regular recita- tions should afford constant oral and written drill on the elementary grammar of the previous year. In addition, the beginner's book should be completed, but more importance is attached to accuracy and facility in simple modes of expres- sion than to a theoretical knowledge of advanced syntax. Third Year's Work. — Most of the time should still be devoted to good mod- ern prose. There should be some work in advanced prose composition — based on German models — and the daily recitations should continue to afford abun- dant oral practise. Pupils ought by this time to understand spoken German fairly well. Fourth Year's Work. — At the end of this year a pupil should be able to read at sight any prose or verse of moderate difficulty. He should also be able to express himself orally or in writing with considerable readiness and a high degree of accuracy. It is recommended that work in composition take the form of free reproduction of portions of the texts studied rather than translation of English selections. The reading should be divided about equally between modern and classical authors. 19. Greek, First Year's Work. — The exercises in any of the beginning books, and one book of the Anabasis or its equivalent. Second Year's Work. — Two additional books of the Anabasis and three of Homer, or their equivalents, together with an amount of Greek prose composi- tion equal to one exercise a week for one year. 94 Admission Third Year's Work. — Three additional books of the Iliad, three of the Odyssey, and Books VI, VII, VIII of Herodotus, or an equivalent from other authors. 20. History. — One, two, or three units may be presented, to be chosen from the following list : Ancient history to 800 A. D., one unit. Medieval and modern history, one unit. English history, one-half or one unit. American history, one-half or one unit. Examinations for entrance will be given in all these subjects. The exam- ination for each unit is intended to cover one full year of high-school work. 21. LatiNj First Year's Work. — Such knowledge of inflections and syntax as is given in any good preparatory Latin book, together with the ability to read simple fables and stories. Second Year's Work. — Four books of Caesar's Gallic War, or its equivalent in Latin of equal difficulty; the ability to write simple Latin based on the text. Third Year's Work. — Six orations of Cicero ; the ability to write simple Latin based on the text; the simpler historical references and the fundamental facts of Latin syntax. Fourth Year's Work. — Six books of Virgil's Aeneid, with history and myth- ology; the scansion of hexameter verse. 22. Manual Training. — The requirement for one unit is the equivalent of 360 forty-minute periods in manual training following the syllabus prepared by the manual-training section of the High School Conference. 23. Music. — At the present time, no high schools are accredited in music, and credit is therefore given only by examination at the University. As fast as possible, schools offering acceptable work in music will be accredited there- for. In the examination for two units in piano, students are required to play the following or the equivalent : Simple scales and arpeggios at fairly rapid tempo ; scales in double octaves at a moderate speed ; Bach, two-part invention ; Czerny, Op. 229; an easy sonata of Haydn, Mozart, or Beethoven. In the examination for two units in voice, students are required to sing the following or the equivalent : Simple scales and arpeggios ; studies selected from Concone, Sieber, Panofka, and Panseron; songs selected from Schubert, Schumann, and Mendelssohn. In the examination for two units in violin, students are required to play the following or the equivalent : Gordon's Fountain Studies ; Her- mann's Scale Studies; Wahlfahrt's Etudes, Book I; Kayser's Etudes; Pleyel, Duet ; selections from Weiss and Blumenstengel ; miscellaneous pieces by Daucla, Papini, Weidig, Sitt, etc. 24. Physics. — One year's high-school work covering the elements of phy- sical science as presented in the best of the current high-school text-books of physics. Laboratory practise in elementary quantitative experiments should accompany the text-book work. The candidate's laboratory note-book will be considered as part of the examination. 25. Physical Geography. — The amount and character of the work required may be seen by referring to the texts of Tarr ; Salisbury, Barrows and Tower; Gilbert and Brigham ; or Davis ; the recitations must be supplemented by at least an equal amount of time devoted to laboratory work. The laboratory Subjects Accepted for Admission 95 exercises should follow one or more lines such as are indicated below. Each student should present a note-book showing what he has done. (a) Studies in mathematical geography in which map and scale only are used. These should embrace such topics as length of a degree in longitude in various latitudes ; length and breadth of continents, etc., in degrees and miles ; relative latitudes of places ; distances between cities, etc., in degrees and miles ; difference in length of parallels and meridians; problems in time; location of time belts, etc. (b) Studies of local topographic features which illustrate the various phases of stream work. Each study should include a drawing or topographic map of the object, and a full, clear description of the way in which it was formed. (c) Studies of glacial deposits as shown in terminal and ground moraines, kames, eskers, etc., distribution of dark and light colored soils ; occurrences of lakes, ponds, gravel beds, clay banks, and waterbearing strips of sand and gravel. (d) Studies of stream work as shown in the topographical sheets which may be obtained from the United States Geological Survey at a nominal cost. (e) Studies of the form, size, direction and rate of movement of high and low barometer areas, and the relation of these to direction of wind, char- acter of cloud, distribution of heat, and amount of moisture in the air, as shown in the daily weather maps. Later these studies should lead to the making of weather maps from the data furnished by the daily papers, and to local predic- tion of weather changes based on the student's own observation. (f) Studies of the climate of various countries compared with our own, the necessary data being derived from such topographic, rainfall, wind, current, and temperature maps as are found in Sydow-Wagner's or Longman's atlases. 26. Physiology. — For one-half unit : The anatomy, histology, and physi- ology of the human body and the essentials of hygiene, taught with the aid of charts and models to the extent shown in Martin's Human Body (Briefer Course). For more than one-half unit, the course must include practical laboratory work. 27. Spanish, First Year's Work. — Elementary grammar, including thor- ough drill in the irregular verbs ; careful training in pronunciation, and transla- tion of simple Spanish when spoken; reading of about 100 pages of easy prose; simple composition and dictation. Second Year's Work. — In addition to the foregoing, about 300 pages of modern prose; elementary syntax; dictation, composition, and translation of spoken Spanish continued. 28. Trigonometry. — The work should cover the field of plane trigonom- etry, as given in standard text-books, including the solution of right and oblique triangles. Special emphasis is placed upon the solution of practical problems, trigonometric identities, and trigonometric equations. 29. Zoology. — The instruction must include laboratory work equivalent to four periods a week for a half-year, besides the time required for text-book and recitation work. Note-books and drawings must be presented to show the char- acter of work done and the types of animals studied. The drawings are to be made from the objects themselves, not copied from illustrations, and the notes are to be a record of the student's own observations of the animals examined. The amount of equipment and the character of the surroundings must, of course, determine the nature of the work done and the kind of animals studied; but in 96 Admission any case the student should have at least a fairly accurate knowledge of the external anatomy of each of eight or ten animals distributed among several larger divisions of the animal kingdom, and should know something of their life histories and of their more obvious adaptations to environment. It is rec- ommended that special attention be given to such facts as can be gained from a careful study of the living animal. The names of the largest divisions of the animal kingdom, with their most important distinguishing characters, and with illustrative examples selected, when practicable, from familiar forms, ought also to be known. , GRADUATION— FIRST DEGREES THE BACHELOR'S DEGREE A bachelor's degree is conferred upon any student who satisfactorily com- pletes the curriculum described under one of the various colleges and schools, doing either the first three years, or the last year, of his work in residence at the University. Residence Requirement If the student is in residence at the University for one year only, that year's work must be taken in the college from which the degree is expected. No person will be recommended for a degree by the faculty of any college in the University unless he has been a regularly registered student in that college for at least one year. Number of Hours Required A candidate for a bachelor's degree must pass in the subjects marked pre- scribed in his chosen curriculum, and must conform to the directions given in connection with that curriculum in regard to electives. In the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, the College of Commerce and Business Administra- tion, and the College of Agriculture, credit for 130 hours is required for grad- uation. In the College of Engineering, in the College of Law, in the Library School, and in the School of Music, the candidate must complete the curriculum as laid down. In order to receive his bachelor's degree a student must have secured grades of not less than 75 in subjects aggregating at least three-fourths of the work, prescribed or elective, required for such degree. Military Science and Physical Training The number of hours required includes, for men, five in military drill and tactics and two in physical training; and for women, three in physical training. Men excused from the military requirements, and women who do not take the course in physical training, must elect instead an equivalent number of hours in other subjects. Thesis In all cases in which a thesis is required*, the subject must be announced not later than the first Monday in November, and the completed thesis must be submitted to the dean of the proper college by June 1. The work must be done under the direction of the professor in whose department the subject belongs, and must be in the line of the curriculum for which a degree is expected. The thesis must be presented upon regulation paper; it is deposited in the library of the University. Second Bachelor's Degree A student who has already received one bachelor's degree may receive a second bachelor's degree, provided that all specified requirements for both degrees be fully met, and provided also that the curriculum offered for the second degree include at least 30 semester hours not counted for the first degree. 'See requirements for graduation in the various colleges. 97 98 Degrees LIST OF FIRST DEGREES 1. The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred on those who complete a curriculum in literature and arts, or certain curriculums in science, in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. 2. The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred on those who complete a curriculum in the College of Engineering, in the College of Com- merce and Business Administration, or in the College of Agriculture. This degree is conferred on a graduate of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences who completes a curriculum in chemistry and may be conferred on graduates from other curriculums in this College on recommendation of the faculty. It may also be conferred upon students who offer two years of accep- table college work for admission to the College of Medicine and complete the two years of scientific work in medical subjects and subjects preparatory to medicine which are offered in the Junior College; on the completion of the two additional years in clinical work offered in the Senior College, such students may receive the degree of Doctor of Medicine. 3. The degree of Bachelor of Laws is conferred on those who complete the curriculum in the College of Law. 4. The degree of Doctor of Law is conferred on those who complete the curriculum in the College of Law, satisfying certain special requirements addi- tional to those for the degree of Bachelor of Laws. 5. The degree of Bachelor of Library Science is conferred on those who complete the curriculum in the Library School. 6. The degree of Bachelor of Music is conferred on those who complete one of the curriculums in the School of Music. 7. The degree of Doctor of Medicine is conferred on those who complete the curriculum in the College of Medicine. 8. The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery is conferred on those who complete the curriculum in the College of Dentistry. 9. 10. The degree of Graduate in Pharmacy, or of Pharmaceutical Chemist, is conferred on those who complete the shorter and the longer curriculums, respectively, in the School of Pharmacy. HONORS AND COMPETITIONS UNIVERSITY HONORS The University gives public official recognition to such students as attain a high grade of scholarship by the following system of honors. Preliminary Honors Preliminary Honors are assigned at the completion of the sophomore year on the basis of the average of the grades received during the freshman and sophomore years in all studies except military and physical training. The num- ber of persons to whom honors are awarded may not exceed one-tenth of the membership of the sophomore class. A failure in any subject disqualifies a student from receiving these honors. Preliminary Honors afford an oppor- tunity for sophomores to secure recognition for high scholarship without wait- ing for graduation. Final and Special Honors (Candidates for the Degrees of B.S., B.Mus., LL.B., and B.L.S.) Final Honors are assigned on graduation on the basis of the average grades received during the junior and senior years. The number of persons to whom final honors are awarded may not exceed one-tenth of the membership of the senior class. A failure in any subject during the junior and senior years dis- qualifies a student from receiving these honors. Final honors are designed especially to favor students whose preparatory education has been so imperfect as to prevent them from receiving preliminary honors. Special Honors are awarded at the close of the senior year. No student may receive such honors who has not completed, before the beginning of his senior year, at least twenty hours' work in the subject, or group of allied subjects, in which the honors are proposed ; he must complete thirty hours' work in the same subject, or group of allied subjects, by the end of his senior year, must do such other work as the professor in charge may assign, and must prepare an acceptable thesis. No student is eligible for special honors who, during the senior year, has received a grade of less than eighty per cent, in any subject. Special honors are planned for especially brilliant students who prefer to concentrate their efforts upon a special course. A student may be a recipient of both final and special honors. The Degree of Bachelor of Arts with Honors The faculty of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences have been authorized to recommend candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Arts with honors in a particular subject. Candidates for the degree with honors will be recom- mended by the faculty under the following conditions : (1) The student must have completed the work offered for his major with an average of not less than 90. (2) He must have completed the work offered for his minor with an average of not less than 85. (3) Each candidate is required to present a thesis in his major subject. 99 100 Honors and Competitions (4) Especially poor or careless work in any other subject may, by vote of the faculty, cause the honor degree to be withheld. The purpose of these honors is not to encourage premature specialization, but to give special recognition to students who have pursued with success correlated courses of study, and to emphasize the importance, for scholarship in any subject, of thoro training in other related subjects. Candidates should announce their intention as early as possible in their college course and consult freely with the head of the department concerned in regard to the selection of their studies. Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences an eligible for final and special honors under the regulations stated on page 99. Freshman Honors (College of Liberal Arts and Sciences) At the close of each year a list is prepared of those members of the fresh- man class in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences who have made an especially good record in scholarship. The names of such students are announced at an assembly of the College ; notice is also sent in each case to the parent or guardian, and to the principal of the high school of which the student is a graduate. List of Honors The names of the students who received honors under the foregoing regula- tions during the academic year 1914-15 are published in Part VI of this Register. DEBATING AND ORATORY The University engages yearly in four intercollegiate debates, the teams for which are chosen in a series of competitive preliminaries to which all stu- dents are eligible. Through the generosity of Hon. William B. McKinley a gold watch-fob is presented to every speaker who represents the University, either in debate or in oratory. The /. M. I. Debating League consists of the Universities of Illinois, Minne- sota, and Iowa. It holds a debate at each university on the first Friday in December. The Midwest Debating League consists of the Universities of Illinois, Michigan, and Wisconsin. It holds a debate at each university on the third Friday in March. The Northern Oratorical League, consisting of Northwestern University, Oberlin College, and the state Universities of Illinois, Iowa, Michigan, Minne- sota, and Wisconsin, holds an annual contest on the first Friday evening in May. The contest for 1916 will be held on May 5, at the University of Illinois. The winner receives the Lowden testimonial of one hundred dollars, and the speaker awarded second place, fifty dollars. The Illinois representative is selected in competitive contests open to all undergraduates. The Intercollegiate Peace Association holds annual state and inter-state oratorical contests to which representatives of this University are eligible. Ora- tions must be upon some phase of the peace question. Cash prizes are offered in both contests. A Freshman-Sophomore Debate and an Inter- Society Declamation Con- test are held yearly. Prises 101 The names of students who represented the University in debate and ora- tory in 1914-15 are given in the list of honors at the end of this volume. The Interscholastic Oratorical Prize A medal of the value of twenty dollars, and two medals of the value of ten dollars each, are offered annually by the University to the high schools of the State for the best orations delivered in a competitive contest between their rep- resentatives. This contest takes place in the spring at the time of the inter- scholastic athletic meet — in 1916, on May 12. THE BRYAN PRIZE In 1908 Mr. William Jennings Bryan gave to the University the sum of two hundred fifty dollars, from the interest on which a prize of twenty-five dollars is offered biennially for the best essay on the science of government. The contest is open to all matriculated undergraduate students. The essays may not be less than three thousand, nor more than six thousand words in length, and must be left at the President's office not later than the second Wednesday in May. The prize was offered for the first time in 1901. It will be offered next in 1917. B'NAI B'RITH PRIZES The Champaign and Urbana lodge of the Independent Order of B'nai B'rith has donated to the University the sum of fifty dollars, to be awarded in prizes to students of the University for essays on Jewish subjects. The sum named is the third of five annual contributions to be given for this purpose. For informa- tion in regard to the conditions governing the awarding of the prizes, address the Registrar, University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois. ARCHITECTURE The Francis J. Plym Fellowship in Architecture By the generosity of Mr. Francis J. Plym, of Niles, Michigan, a graduate of the University of Illinois of the class of 1897, the Trustees have been enabled to establish a fellowship for the advanced study of architecture. The stipend attached to this fellowship is $1,000, awarded annually by competition in Archi- tectural Design. The holder of the fellowship is required to spend a year in study and travel abroad. For further information address the Department of Architecture. The Joseph C. Llewellyn Prize in Architectural Engineering In June, 1913, Mr. Joseph C. Llewellyn, of Chicago, a graduate of the Uni- versity of the class of 1877, established, for a period of four years, a prize of fifty dollars per annum for a problem in design, the competition being limited to students in architectural engineering. The American Institute of Architects Medal Beginning with the class of 1915, the American Institute of Architects offer annually a medal for award to the senior in the department of architecture whose development during the four years' course is the most consistent and best. In making the award the scholarship in all work is considered. The Scarab Medal in Architecture In order to stimulate interest in the work in architecture, the Scarab Society of the department of architecture offers annually a bronze medal to be awarded 102 Prises during the second semester for the best solution of a problem in architectural design, the competition being limited to students in architecture. The Prize in Architecture of the American Academy in Rome is open for competition among qualified undergraduates and graduates of certain Ameri- can architectural schools, including that of the University of Illinois. This prize grants three years of residence and travel abroad for the study of classic and renaissance architecture. MILITARY CONTESTS AND PRIZES The University Bronze Medals Bronze medals typical of the University and its Military Department are awarded by the University to the members of the infantry companies and artil- lery and signal detachments which shall score the greatest number of points at the annual competitive drill, held at some time between May 15 and May 31. The members of the company rifle team making the highest score at gallery target practice are also awarded medals. The medals so awarded become the permanent property of the recipients. A complete roster of the winning organi- zations is published in the Annual Register of the University for the following year. (See Part VI.) The University Gold Medal The Board of Trustees provides annually a gold medal which is to be awarded, at the annual competitive drill held near the close of the year, to the best drilled student, whose property the medal becomes. Each student must have matriculated in the University and must have completed one semester's work in Military 1 with a grade of not less than 85, and three semesters' work in Military 2 with a grade of not less than 90; and he must have an average standing of not less than 80 per cent, in all of his other studies for the preceding semester, which standing shall be determined by the Registrar. The name of the winner is published in the Annual Register of the University for the following year. The reward is made for excellence in the same details as in the Hazelton contest. The Hazelton Prize Medal Captain W. C. Hazelton provided in 1890 a medal, which is awarded, at a competitive drill held at some time between May 15 and May 31, to the best drilled student. Each competitor must have been in attendance at the Univer- sity at least sixteen weeks of the current college year; must have had less than five unexcused absences from drill; and must present himself for competition in full uniform. The award is made for excellence in : 1. Erectness of carriage, military appearance, and neatness 2. Execution of the school of the soldier, without arms 3. Manual of arms, with and without numbers The name of the successful competitor is published in the Annual Register of the University for the following year. He is given a certificate setting forth the fact, and may wear the medal until the fifteenth day of the May following, when he must return it for the next competition. LECTURES AND OTHER GENERAL EXERCISES A part of the instruction afforded by the University to its students is given through the medium of lectures by distinguished men and women from outside the University faculty and by means of exhibitions, recitals, and other exercises distinct from the regular courses of instruction. A partial list of these exercises for the calendar year 1915 follows. Lectures by members of the University faculty are excluded from this list. GENERAL UNIVERSITY EXERCISES Convocations Feb. 22. University Convocation : Address by Professor E. B. Greene and Professor J. W. Garner. Feb. 24. University Convocation : Address by Dr. Graham Taylor. April 15. University Convocation : Fiftieth anniversary of the death of Abraham Lincoln. Address by Professor D. K. Dodge. Sept. 22. Annual Convocation for Freshmen. Dec. 3. University Convocation : Addresses by Dean K. C. Babcock and Professor C. W. Alvord. General University Lectures Feb. 6. Hon. August Schvan, Chamberlain to the King of Sweden : "The Lessons of the European War for All Nations." Feb. 15-19. Professor Luther Anderson, Yale University: "American Trade Interests in the Far East." "The Introduction of Western Methods and Ideals in the Far East," "America's Unsolved Problems in the Phil- ippines," "President Yuan Shih Kai and the Political Reconstruction of China" (Illustrated), "Chinese Architecture" (Illustrated). May 4. Director George Otis Smith : "Practical Idealism" (under the Auspices of Phi Beta Kappa and Sigma Xi). May 7. Dr. Jenkin Lloyd Jones : "Above All Nations is Humanity." May 17. Mr. J. E. MacDougal : "From Ocean to Ocean across the Canadian Rockies" (Illustrated by motion pictures). June 13. Rev. Joseph W. Cochran : Baccalaureate Address. Nov. 12. Mr. Gilbert McClurg: "Panoramic Colorado" (Illustrated). Dec. 4-6. Mr. W. A. Hunsberger : "Racing with Death in Antarctic Bliz- zards," "The Passing of War," "Montessori and her System." The Star Lecture Course Jan. 22. Madame Alma Gluck. Oct. 16. Madame Olive Fremstad. Nov. 17. Ben Greet Players. 103 104 Lectures and Exercises University Orchestral Concerts Jan. 19. The New York Symphony Orchestra. March 23. The Chicago Symphony Orchestra. May 10. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra. Nov. 22. The St. Louis Symphony Orchestra. Exhibitions Jan. 10-26. Art Exhibit. Original paintings by American artists, exhibited by the department of art and design. Jan. 18-22. Architectural Exhibition. Drawings exhibited at Washing- ton, D. C, in connection with the annual convention of the American Insti- tute of Architects. March 2-3. Exhibition of Illinois State Florists' Association. April 18. Exhibition of Floral Arrangements. Held by the class in floral decoration. April 8-10. Fifth Electrical Show. An exhibit of electrical apparatus and appliances under the management of the Electrical Engineering Society. May 11-13. Art Exhibit: Student work in landscape gardening. May 14-15. Public School Art Exhibit. May 12-15. Architectural Exhibition : Winning drawings submitted for the Scarab Medal in architecture. May 24-28. Architectural Exhibition : Winning drawings submitted for the Plym Fellowship in architecture. May 26-28. Architectural Exhibition : Photographs and water color sketches made at the Panama Pacific Exposition. Sept. 27-30. Architectural Exhibition : Photographs and water color sketches made at the Panama Pacific Exposition. Nov. 19-21. Architectural Exhibition: Work done by freshmen in the department of architecture. Nov. 7. Chrysanthemum Show. Dec. 7-21. Art Exhibit : A collection of paintings exhibited by the Chicago Society of Artists. Dec. 15-17. Fruit Exhibit: Held in connection with the sixtieth annual convention of the Illinois Horticultural Society. Entertainments March 2. Choral Society Concert: Hiawatha's Wedding Feast. March 6. University Band Concert. April 12. Chicago Little Theater Company: "The Trojan Women," by Euripides. April 23-24. Illinois Union Opera : "A Maid and a Myth." April 29. Concert, the University Choristers. May 8. Philomathean and Alethenai Societies : "Ralph Roister Doister." May 13. May Day Festival and Girls' Stunt Show. May 14. Interscholastic Oratorical Contest. Glee and Mandolin Club Concert. May 15. Interscholastic Circus. May 24. Mr. C. D. Coburn : "The Modern Drama." June 14. Mask and Bauble : "Milestones." Oct. 9. Dramatic Reading: Miss Mannheimer (under the auspices of the Drama League). Lectures and Exercises 105 Oct 29-30. Mask and Bauble: "Green Stockings." Nov. 8. Dramatic Reading : "Change," by Mme. Harriet Labadie (under the auspices of the Drama League). Nov. 10. Concert, United States Marine Band. Nov. 15. The Kneisel Quartet (under the auspices of the School of Music). Dec. 3. Illinois-Iowa Debate. Dec. 10. Der Deutsche Verein: "Alt Heidelberg." Dec. 14. Annual Concert, Choral and Orchestral Society: "The Cre- ation." Lecture Under the Auspices of the University Christian Associations Jan. 17. Mr. David Caldwell, Louisville, Kentucky : "Can We Still be Christians ?" The Annual Bondurant Bible Lectures Mar. 14-19. Dr. W. M. Forrest, University of Virginia: "What is Doubt?", "What is Faith?", "Is the Bible Inspired?", "Is God Good?", "Did Jesus of Nazareth Live?", "Is Christ Divine?". Woman's League Vocational Conference Feb. 23. Mrs. Caroline Bartlett Crane : "Municipal Work for Women." Feb. 22. Professor Abby S. Marlatt, University of Wisconsin : "Oppor- tunities for Women Trained in Household Science". The School of Religion Mar. 22. Rt. Rev. Peter J. O'Callaghan : "Relation and Revelation of God to Man". Mar. 28. Dr. Gerald B. Smith, University of Chicago: "What is Religion?" April 5. Dean L. B. Fisher, Ryder Divinity School : "Conceptions of the Reality of Heaven and Hell." April 12. Miss Georgia Chamberlain, University of Chicago : "Teaching the Gospels and Epistles to Young Pupils." Dr. Jenkin Lloyd Jones : "The Universality of Religious Experience." April 19. Rev. C. W. Gilkey, Hyde Park: "Firsthand Religion." April 26. Rabbi Leon Harrison, St. Louis, Missouri. THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES College Assemblies Jan. 14. Dr. Ozora S. Davis, President, Chicago Theological Seminary: "The Christian Ministry in the Twentieth Century." Feb. 11. Miss Jane Addams, Head of Hull House Settlement: "Civic and Social Service in its Professional Aspects." March 11. Dr. Charles P. Emerson, Dean, Indiana University School of Medicine : "The Physician of Yesterday and Today." April 22. Dr. Charles H. Judd, Director of the School of Education, Uni- versity of Chicago : "The Modern Educator". Dec. 9. Mr. Lorado Taft, University of Chicago: "Art as a Career of Public Service". Botany Jan. 26-27. Professor Jagadis Chunder Bose, Presidency College, Calcutta, India: "Plant Autographs and their Revelations", "The Curve of Life and Death". 106 Lectures and Exercises Business Administration Feb. 1-6. Short Course in Business Administration. Chemistry Feb. 18. Dr. Arthur L. Day, Director of the Geophysical Laboratory of tht Carnegie Institution, Washington, D. C. : "The Work of the Geophysical Laboratory". April 23-24. F. W. Kressman, United States Forest Products Laboratory, Madison, Wis. : "The Forest Products Laboratory and its Chemical Prob- lems" (under the auspices of the American Chemical Society), "The Manu- facture of Linoleum". May 21. Professor J. W. Nef, University of Chicago : "The Chemistry of Enzyme Action". Dec. 14. Dr. P. H. Bates, U. S. Bureau of Standards, Pittsburg, Pa.: "The Constitution of Portland Cement" (under the auspices of the American Chemical Society). Jan. 15. Dr. David Klein, State Analyst of Illinois, Chicago, 111. : "Science and Food Legislation" (under the auspices of Phi Lambda Upsilon). Education March 24. Dr. T. W. Galloway: "Constructive Use of the Facts of Sex in the Education of Youth" (under the auspices of Kappa Delta Pi). Oct. 27. Mr. T. J. McCormack, Principal, LaSalle-Peru Township High School : "Education for the Appreciation of Art", "The Public School and Community Welfare Work". English March IS. Mr. F. W. C. Hersey, Harvard University: "The Art of the Theater". March 30. Dr. Frank Wadleigh Chandler, Dean of the College of Liberal Arts, University of Cincinnati : "Sensibility and Sentimentalism". Nov. 3-5. Mr. Nicholas Vachel Lindsay, Springfield, Illinois : "The Gospel of Beauty", "Poetry and Democracy". German Jan. 14. Mr. Martin Drescher, German-American Poet, Chicago: "Ibsen's Volksfeind" (under the auspices of the Deutscher Verein). Zoology Feb. 23. Dr. Charles W. Stiles, Professor of Zoology, U. S. Public Health and Marine Hospital Service: "Hookworm". THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING College Assemblies Dec. 7. Mr. Willard Beahan, First Assistant Engineer, Lake Shore & Michigan Southern Railway, Cleveland, Ohio: "The Engineering of Men". Jan. 8. Mr. Wharton Clay, Representative, United States Gypsum Com- pany, Chicago, Illinois: "The Gypsum Industry". Jan. 12. Mr. Edward Orton, Dean of the College of Engineering, Ohio State University. Columbus, Ohio : "The Engineer as a Social Force". Lectures and Exercises • 107 Jan. 18. President Henry S. Drinker, Lehigh University, South Bethle- hem, Pennsylvania : "Proper Conservation and Development of Our Natural Resources". Jan. 20. Mr. C. J. Hicks, Welfare Department, International Harvester Company, Chicago, Illinois : "Industrial Betterment and Good Business". Jan. 21. Mr. A. D. Bailey, Commonwealth Edison Company, Chicago, Illi- nois : "The Increasing Importance of Coal in the Manufacture of Elec- trical Energy". Jan. 24. Mr. W. K. Hatt, Professor of Civil Engineering, Purdue Univer- sity, Lafayette, Indiana : "Flood Protection in Indiana". Feb. 27. Mr. Carl Wendell, Illinois Steel Company, Joliet, Illinois : "Coal Washing". March 1. Mr. Seth Temple, Davenport, Iowa: "The Architect as a Busi- ness Man". March 3. Mr. E. C. Lof, General Electric Company, Schenectady, New York : "The Panama Canal and its Electrical Equipment" (illustrated with motion pictures). March 17. Mr. Daniel W. Mead, Professor of Hydraulic and Sanitary Engineering, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin : "Past and Present Engineering in China". March 22. Mr. Franklin H. Wentworth, Secretary, National Fire Pro- tection Association, Boston, Massachusetts : "Economic Significance of the Fire Waste". March 24. Mr. F. H. Newell, Consulting Engineer, U. S. Reclamation Ser- vice, Washington, D. C. : "Engineering and Economic Results of Reclama- tion Work". March 26. Mr. Walter Measday, United Shoe Machinery, Boston, Massa- chusetts : "Evolution of Footwear" (illustrated with motion pictures), April 8-10, Electrical Show. April 15. Mr. H. A. Wheeler, Vice-President, Union Trust Company: "Relation of the Engineer to Business". April 21-23. Mr. F. H. Newell. Consulting Engineer, U. S. Reclamation Service, Washington, D. C. : "Reconnaissance and Selection of Engineer- ing Projects", "Organization of the Work", "Methods and Results". May 17. Mr. J. E. MacDougall, Canadian Pacific Railway Company: "Ocean to Ocean Across the Canadian Rockies" (illustrated with motion pictures). May 20. Mr. R. C. Lanphier, Sangamon Electric Company, Springfield, Illinois : "Electrical Recording Meters". May 29. Mr. E. P. Merrill, Sales Department, Cadillac Motor Car Com- pany, Detroit, Michigan: "Automobile Design and Construction". Nov. 16. Professor Alfred Still, Purdue University: "The Present Day Industrial Criterions in England". Dec. IS. Mr. H. A. Wheeler, Vice-President, Union Trust Company : "The Engineer's Profession Viewed from the Banker's Standpoint". Addresses Before the Freshmen Class Nov. 18. Major J. B. Caughey, Elgin National Watch Company, Chicago, Illinois: "Processes of Manufacture of the Elgin Watch" (illustrated with motion pictures). 108 Lectures and Exercises Nov. 25. Mr. R. Y. Williams, Director of the Miners' and Mechanics' Institutes : "Alaskan Coal Inspection Trip". Feb. 17. Mr. R. Y. Williams, Director of the Miners' and Mechanics' Institutes : "Safe and Unsafe Methods of Bituminous Coal Mining". March 3. Mr. E. A. Lof, General Electric Company, Schenectady, New York : "Construction and Operation of the Panama Canal". Architecture Feb. 25. Mr. Seth J. Temple, Architect, Davenport, Iowa: "The Architect and the Business Man" (under the auspices of the Architectural Club). Oct. 14-15. Building Association League of Illinois. Ceramic Engineering Jan. 11-23. Industrial Course in Ceramics. Civil Engineering Nov. 20. Mr. E. K. Burton, Resident Engineer of the Trussed Concrete Steel Company, San Juan, Porto Rico: "Engineering Construction in Porto Rico" (under the auspices of the Civil Engineering Society). Electrical Engineering Jan. 21. Mr. A. D. Bailey, Commonwealth Edison Company, Chicago: "The Increasing Importance of Coal in the Manufacture of Electrical Energy". March 3. Mr. E. C. Lof, General Electric Company, Schenectady, New York : "The Panama Canal and its Electrical Equipment". Highway Engineering Jan. 11-22. Short Course in Highway Engineering. Mechanical Engineering March 25. Mr. Frank Rasmussen, Link-Belt Company, Chicago: "Modern Conveyor Machinery". Mining Engineering Feb. 26. Mr. Carl Wendell, Special Engineer, Illinois Steel Company, Joliet, Illinois : "Coal Washing". THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE Agricultural Extension April 16. Mr. W. H. Leavitt: "Student Life in the Latin Quarter". April 23. Mr. J. V. Stevenson : "The Farm of the Future". Oct. 30. Mr. B. F. Harris, Champaign, Illinois : "Business and Money for Students". Sept. 29. Mr. Carl Vrooman, Assistant Secretary of Agriculture: "Work of the Department of Agriculture". Nov. 17. Mr. J. C. Thorpe, President, Illinois Motor Company, Urbana, Illinois : "Safety First in Handling Automobiles". Lectures and Exercises 109 Agronomy Jan. 19-23. Mr. J. C. Thorpe, B.S., President, Illinois Motor Company, Urbana, Illinois : "A Factor in American Industry", "The Construction of the Modern Automobile", "Care and Operation of the Automobile", "Electric Equipment in the Modern Automobile". Aug. 3. Mr. Frank J. Mann, Gilman, Illinois : "Plowing and Tillage from the Farmer's Standpoint". Aug. 4. Mr. Raymond Olney, Tractor Expert for the Thresherman's Re- view : "Tractor Operation". Aug. 5. Mr. F. M. White, University of Wisconsin : "Traction Economics". Nov. 12. Mr. Lee Cline, District Sales Manager, Lawson Engine Company, New Holstein, Wisconsin : "Farm Lighting Plants". Dec. 7. Dean H. G. Knight, A.M., College of Agriculture, Laramie, Wyom- ing: "Influence of Altitude on Crop Production". Animal Husbandry April 20-21 and May 5. Mr. Louis E. Dallenbach, Champaign, Illinois: "Poultry Management". April 28. Mr. David M. Fyffe, Superintendent of Live Stock at Ohio State University : "Draft Horses". May 5. Mr. Wayne Dinsmore, Secretary of the Percheron Society of America : "The Future of Pure-bred Draft Horse Breeding". May 14. Mr. A. J. Lovejoy, Roscoe, Illinois : "Starting in Pure-bred Swine". Household Science Jan. 18-30. Short Course in Household Science. Addresses Before the School for Housekeepers Jan. 20-21. Mrs. John C. Hessler, Decatur: "Making a Home Beautiful", "The Dress Question Illustrated". Jan. 22. Mrs. H. W. Dunlap, Savoy: "Difficulties to Overcome in Build- ing a Country Home". Jan. 25-26. Mr. W. H. Harrison, State Pure Food Commission, Chicago: "What a Man Learned", "The Life of the Fly". Jan. 27-29. Mrs. C. F. Baker, Chicago: "Draping and Design", "Selec- tion of Furniture for the Complete Home". Jan. 27-29. Mrs. F. L. Stevens, Urbana: "Breads", "Tasteful Interiors". Jan. 27. Mrs. H. A. McKeene, Springfield : "Report of the Household Science Department of the Farmers' Institute". Jan. 28. Mrs. H. A. McKeene, Springfield; Mrs. George Spates, Willey; Mrs. V. Vanniman, Virden ; Mrs. J. P. Stout, Chatham : Symposium — "Improving the Farm Home". Jan. 29. Mr. D. M. Compton, Chicago : "Heating and Ventilating the Farm Home". Jan. 29. Mr. R. D. Heller, Chicago: "Processes in Textile Manufacture". March 23-7. Miss Anna Barrows, Boston : Series of three lectures and four demonstrations on foods. April 27-30. Mr. Fred E. Rice, Professional Baker, Chicago: Series of four baking demonstrations. Sept. 27-30. Mrs. Harriet L. B. Darling, New York: Series of four dem- onstrations in foods. 110 Lectures and Exercises Nov. 5. Miss Helen Louise John" son, Chairman Home Economics Section of the National Federation of Woman's Clubs : "Home Economics Stud- ents and the Woman's Club". Landscape Gardening Nov. 18. Mr. O. G. S. Schaffer: "Practical Landscape Gardening". Dec. 16-17. Professor F. A. Waugh, Head of the Department of Land- scape Gardening, Massachusetts Agricultural College : "Scope and Pur- poses of Landscape Art", "The Native Landscape", "Technical Design in Naturalistic Landscape", "The Musical versus the Architectural Spirit in Landscape Art", "Scope, Motives, and Criteria in Rural Improvement". "Road Problems", "Public Reservations", "Organization, Methods, and Finance", "Art, Order, and the Landscape in Daily Life", "Civic Art" (illustrated). THE LIBRARY SCHOOL March 11-12. Miss Ione Armstrong: "What Training for Librarianship Means", "A Day's Work in the Council Bluffs Public Library". April 22-23. Miss Margaret Mann, Carnegie Library, Pittsburgh : "Library Printing", "The Catalog Department of a Large Public Library". May 12. Mr. Adam Strohn, Detroit Public Library: "Good Library Ser- vice". Nov. 3-5. Meeting of the Illinois Library Association. Nov. 10-12. Exhibit: The Voynich Collection of MSS. and Rare Books. Dec. 2-3. Mr. Geo. B. Utley, Secretary, American Library Association : "The Work of the American Library Association", "Recent Tendencies in Library Work". Dec. 10. Miss Alice L. Tyler, Director, Western Reserve Library School : "The Library and Social Welfare". THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC Feb. 17. The Kneisel Quartet. March 18. Mrs. E. A. McDowell : Lecture-recital. THE SUMMER SESSION, 19 15 Lectures and Demonstrations June 24. Summer School Convocation. July 1. Dr. L. T. Jones : "Liquid Air". July 1-2. Mr. Henry Oldys : "Bird Notes", "The Music of Man and Bird", "The Songs of Birds". July 6-9. Mr. W. T. Bawden, Specialist in Industrial Education, Bureau of Education, Washington, D. C. : "The Relation of the Hand to the Expres- sion of Ideas", "Vocational Guidance and the Public Schools", "The Indus- trial Education Survey of Richmond, Virginia", "Recent Progress in Voca- tional Education". July 6 to Aug. 5, Tues., Wed., and Thurs. evenings during the Summer Session. Dr. George A. L. Sarton, University of Ghent : "The History of Science". Lectures and Exercises 111 July 15. Mr. O. A. Randolph: "X-Rays". July 23-24. Professor Vaughan McCaughey : Hawaiian Trails and Moun- tains", "The Lore of the Ancient Hawaiians", "The Schools of the Tropics". Entertainments July 17. Ben Greet Players: "Twelfth Night", "The Tempest". Aug. 6. Summer Session Play : "Much Ado About Nothing". ASSOCIATIONS, SOCIETIES, AND CLUBS GENERAL ORGANIZATIONS The Alumni Association The Alumni Association is the general organization of the alumni of the University. The Association maintains an office at the University and publishes a periodical, the Alumni Quarterly and Fortnightly Notes. The alumni of the College of Medicine, the College of Dentistry, the School of Pharmacy, and the Library School have formed departmental organizations. Forty-one local alumni associations have been organized : thirteen in Illinois, two each in Cali- fornia, Missouri, New York, Ohio, and Wisconsin, one each in Colorado, the District of Columbia, Idaho, Indiana, Iowa, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minne- sota, North Dakota, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Washing- ton, Brazil, India, and Japan. Regular University of Illinois alumni luncheons are held in fifteen cities. (See the Directory of Alumni Associations at the end of this volume.) University of Illinois Union The University of Illinois Union is an association of the men of the University, having for its general object the promotion of college spirit and good fellowship. All male students are eligible to active membership in the Union ; alumni and members of the faculty may become associate members. The Student Council The Student Council, consisting of eight seniors and seven juniors, elected annually, has charge of certain undergraduate student activities. The Woman's League The Woman's League was organized to further the spirit of unity among the women of the University and to be a medium for the maintenance of high social standards. The administrative power is vested in an Advisory Board and an Executive Committee composed of representatives from the various women's organizations. Every woman in the University is, by virtue of her registration, a member of the League. The League manages a loan fund, supports a room in the Burnham Hospital, and provides the magazines for the Woman's Building. Hospital Organization 1. The Students' Mutual Benefit Hospital Fund is a fund made up of contributions from students (persons connected with the University in any other way than as students are not eligible for membership). 2. The amount of contribution from each student is $1.00 a semester. 3. The payment of $1.00 is due at the opening of each semester, and mem- bers are not received later than three weeks after the first day of registration in any semester. Payment confers benefits to the end of the semester in which payment is made. 4. By consent of each member, which consent is acknowledged by the payment of a semester contribution, the fund is paid to the Dean of Men as 112 Associations, Societies, and Clubs 113 trustee. This trustee is liable to the members for the proper disbursement of the fund for the purpose for which it is collected, and only to the amount collected. 5. The purpose of the fund is to provide ward hospital care at the rate of $2.00 a day for members who become ill and need such care for a period of time not to exceed four weeks during any semester. No payment is made for the expense of a special nurse, or for a physician's bill. The obligation of the trustee is to the contributors to the fund, and not to the hospital. Payment is made only if the beneficiary is in good health when he makes his contribution, and persons paying within the period of the incubation of an infectious disease are not entitled to the benefits of the fund. 6. The trustee has custody of the fund and makes all payments. 7. The trustee reports annually on the operation of the fund, and renders an accounting to the Council of Administration at the first regular meeting of that body in September of each year. The Council of Administration receives this report and asks the Comptroller of the University to audit the accounts for presentation at its first meeting in September, spreads the report on its records so that the proceedings of the trustee may be permanently preserved, and publishes the essential facts of the annual report in the Daily Illini. Literary Societies The Adelphic, Ionian, and Philomathean societies for men, and the Alethenai, Athenian, Illiola, and Gregorian societies for women, meet weekly, on Fridays, and the Jamesonian Society (for women) on Tuesdays, throughout term time. The Christian Associations The present membership of the Young Men's Christian Association is 1,114. The Association building furnishes free, for the use of all students, lounging room and library, game rooms, parlors, organization rooms for committee meetings, correspondence tables, and check room. The building also con- tains dormitories to accommodate ninety men. A cafeteria, whose manager is on the pay roll of the Association, serves 450 to 500 persons daily. Religious meetings for men are held occasionally on Sunday afternoon. Thurs- day evening meetings are addressed by prominent faculty members on ethical topics. Student-led classes in Bible Study are promoted, the teachers receiving training in normal groups. In 1914-15 there were 1,030 men enrolled in volun- tary Bible Study. An employment bureau managed by a special secretary, who maintains office hours every afternoon in the Association building, endeavors to help students to find work. The Y. W. C. A. is housed in the Hannah McKinley building. Dormitory space is provided for fifty young women. There are parlors on the first floor for use of the women rooming in the house, a large assembly room, pianos, organization rooms, and correspondence tables. A bowlimg alley and modern dining room are in the basement. There are 446 members of the Y. W. C. A. In 1914-15 there were 446 young women enrolled in voluntary Bible Study. An employment bureau is maintained at the Y. W. C. A. to help University women to find employment. At the opening of the college year the Associations endeavor to help new students to find desirable rooming and boarding places. A copy of the Students' Handbook, giving information about Urbana and Champaign, the University, 114 Associations, Societies, and Clubs and the various college organizations and activities will be sent free to pros- pective students. For this handbook or for further information address the general secretary of either Association. The Cosmopolitan Club The Cosmopolitan Club is an organization devoted to the promotion of social and intellectual intercourse among persons of different nationalities at the University. Public meetings are held in University buildings, to afford the University community information about the customs peculiar to the various countries of the world. The clubhouse on Daniel street affords a home to many foreign students and to a limited number of native students. Ma-Wan-Da Ma-Wan-Da is a senior society formed by the consolidation of two former senior societies, Shield and Trident, and Phenix. HONORARY SOCIETIES The honorary societies or fraternities named below are private intercolle- giate organizations of students and graduates, having for their primary purpose the recognition and encouragement of excellence in scholarship in various de- partments of study. Election is in all cases made by the societies themselves in accordance with their own rules. The University assumes no responsibility for their elections. Phi Beta Kappa Each year a certain number of the ranking students of the senior class in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences are elected to membership in the Phi Beta Kappa Society. The number is ordinarily limited to one-fifth of the total membership of the graduating class. The Phi Beta Kappa Prize Gamma of Illinois chapter of Phi Beta Kappa offers annually a prize of $25.00 to that member of Gamma Chapter who at his graduation from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences gives evidence of greatest promise as a scholar in the domain of liberal arts. The award is based on the following considerations: (a) Class room records; (b) other literary and scholarly ac- tivities in the University; (c) an essay, which may be a senior thesis or a term paper. At the discretion of the committee in charge, the award may be withheld if none of the essays appears worthy of the prize. Essays submitted in com- petition and all correspondence with reference to this prize should be addressed to the Secretary of the Phi Beta Kappa Society, University of Illinois. The committee will not be limited in its award to those who have submitted papers specifically for this purpose or have otherwise given formal notice of candidacy. Special consideration will be given to theses deposited in the College Office by candidates for honors in the various departments. Sigma Xi Members of the senior class who give "promise of marked ability" in scientific investigations are eligible to membership in the Sigma Xi Society, which was founded to encourage research in pure and applied science. Other Honorary Societies Alpha Chi Sigma (Chemical) ; Alpha Delta Sigma (Advertising) ; Alpha Gamma Rho (Agricultural) ; Alpha Rho Chi (Architectural) ; Alpha Zeta Associations, Societies, and Clubs 115 (Agricultural) ; Beta Gamma Sigma (Commercial) ; Delta Sigma Rho (Ora- torical) ; Eta Kappa Nu (Electrical Engineering) ; Gamma Alpha (Scientific) ; Kappa Delta Pi (Educational); Order of the Coif (Law); Phi Alpha Delta (Law) ; Phi Delta Phi (Law) ; Phi Lambda Upsilon (Chemical) ; Pi Tau Sigma (Mechanical Engineering) ; Psi Mu (Architectural) ; Scabbard and Blade (Military) ; Scarab (Architectural) ; Sigma Delta Chi (Journalistic) ; Sigma Mu Rho (Medical) ; Sigma Tau (Engineering) ; Tau Beta Pi (Engineer- ing) ; Triangle (Civil Engineering); U. L. A. S. (Landscape Architecture). CLUBS AUXILIARY TO COURSES OF STUDY In addition to the associations and societies of a general character described above, there are in each college a number of societies and clubs devoted to out- side work of a literary, scientific, or technical nature auxiliary to the work of various departments of that college. Among these are the following : In the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences: The Botanical Club, the Ceramic Club, le Cercle Francois, el Circulo Espanol, the Chemical Club, the University of Illinois Section of the American Chemical Society, the Classical Club, der Deutsche Verein, the English Journal Club, the Geological Journal Club, Graphomen (journalistic), the History Club, the Mathematical Club, Medui (pre-medical), the Oratorical Association, the Pen and Brush Club, the Philological Club, the Political Science Club, the Romance Journal Club, the Scandinavian Club, the Zoological Club. In the College of Commerce and Business Administration: The Com- mercial Club. In the College of Engineering : The Architectural Club, the Ceramic Club, the Civil Engineering Society, the Electrical Engineering Society, the Urbana Section of the American Institute of Electrical Engineers, the Student Branch of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, the Student Branch of the American Institute of Mining Engineers, the Physics Colloquium, the Railway Club. In the College of Agriculture: The Agricultural Club, the Horticultural Club, the Household Science Club, the Landscape Gardeners' Club. In the School of Music: The University Choral and Orchestral Society, the University Glee and Mandolin Club, the University Military Band. In the Library School : The Library Club. In the Law School: Inns of Court. FRATERNITIES, SOCIETIES, AND CLUBS National Fraternities. — Acacia (Masonic); Alpha Delta Phi; Alpha Kappa Psi; Alpha Sigma Phi; Alpha Tau Omega; Beta Theta Pi; Chi Phi; Chi Psi; Delta Kappa Epsilon; Delta Tau Delta; Delta Upsilon; Kappa Sigma; Lambda Chi Alpha; Phi Delta Theta; Phi Eta; Phi Gamma Delta; Phi Kappa; Phi Kappa Psi ; Phi Kappa Sigma ; Phi Sigma Kappa ; Psi Upsilon ; Sigma Alpha Epsilon ; Sigma Chi ; Sigma Nu ; Sigma Pi ; Tau Kappa Epsilon ; Theta Delta Chi ; Zeta Beta Tau ; Zeta Psi. Sororities. — Achoth (Eastern Star); Alpha Chi Omega; Alpha Delta Pi; Alpha Omicron Pi; Alpha Xi Delta; Chi Omega; Delta Gamma; Gamma Phi Beta; Kappa Alpha Theta; Kappa Kappa Gamma; Pi Beta Phi; Sigma Kappa. Local Clubs. — Chi Beta; Chi Delta; Ilus; Iris; Pi Omicron; Psi Delta. Interfraternity Organisations. — Men's Pan Hellenic Council ; Girls' Pan Hellenic Association; Helmet; Yo Ma; Phi Delta Psi; Ku Klux Klan. 116 Associations, Societies, and Clubs OTHER ORGANIZATIONS Other students' societies include the following: Arkansas Club; Bushnell Guild ; Chinese Students' Club ; Beta Upsilon (Congregational guild) ; Culver Club; Dixie Club; Easteners' Club; Egyptian Club; H. H. Club; Hindusthani Association ; Illinois Drama Federation ; Inter-Collegiate Prohibition Associa- tion ; Ivrim ; Japanese Students' Club ; Kansas Club ; Komenian Society ; Lambda Epsilon Phi (Republican club) ; Lambkins' Club (inter fraternity dra- matic club); Lincoln League; Mask and Bauble (dramatic); Motorcycle Club; Scribblers' Club ; Sewanee Circle ; Shomeez (inter fraternity Missouri club) ; Sigma Delta Theta (M. E.) ; Student Council UNDERGRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS (For circulars giving more detailed information concerning scholarships, apply to the Registrar of the University.) COUNTY SCHOLARSHIPS A law passed by the General Assembly of the State of Illinois at the session of 1905 and embodied in the General School Law of 1909 provides that one scholarship may be awarded annually to each county of the State. The holder thereof must be at least sixteen years of age, and a resident of the county to which he is accredited. No student who has attended the University of Illinois is eligible for a scholarship. The holder of a scholarship is relieved of payment of the matriculation fee ($10.00, payable once, on entrance) and the incidental fee ($24.00 a year) for four years in any department of the University other than the professional schools. The term "professional schools," as here used, includes the College of Law, the Library School, the College of Medicine, the College of Dentistry, and the School of Pharmacy. A competitive examination, under the direction of the President of the University, and upon such branches of study as the President may select, is held upon the first Saturday in June of each year, at the county court house in each county by the County Superintendent of Schools. Questions for the exam- inations are furnished in advance to the County Superintendents. The successful candidates in the examinations must then meet in full, either by certificate from an accredited high school or by passing entrance examina- tions at the University, the requirements for admission to the freshman class, and must register the following September. In case the scholarship in any county is not claimed by a resident of that county, the President of the University may fill the same by assigning to that county from some other county the student found to possess the next highest qualifications. A student holding a scholarship who shall make it appear to the satisfac- tion of the President of the University that he requires leave of absence for the purpose of earning funds to defray his expenses while in attendance, may, in the discretion of the President, be granted such leave of absence, and may be allowed an extension of his scholarship for not more than two years (making not more than six years in all from the beginning of the scholarship). Such extension will not be granted unless the student has been in attendance at the University for at least one full semester, nor unless the student's average grade during the period of his attendance has been at least 80 per cent, exclusive of grades in military science and physical training. GENERAL ASSEMBLY SCHOLARSHIPS The same act by which the county scholarships described above were estab- lished also provides that each member of the General Assembly may nominate annually one eligible person from his district for a scholarship in the University, granting the same privileges as the county scholarships. 117 118 Undergraduate Scholarships A member of the General Assembly who wishes to nominate a candidate for a scholarship should file the name and address of his nominee as early in the spring as practicable and not later than June 1, with the President of the University and also with the County Superintendent of the county in which the nominee resides. The nominee is then required, under the statute, (1) to pass the scholar- ship examination — the same that is given to competitors for the county scholar- ships on the first Saturday in June, under the County Superintendent; (2) to meet in full, either by certificate from an accredited high school or by pass- ing entrance examinations at the University, the requirements for admission to the freshman class ; and (3) to register in the University the following September. If a nominee fails to make a passing grade (70) in the scholarship exam- ination he may not receive the scholarship. In this case notice will be sent to the member of the General Assembly who made the nomination, who is then entitled to nominate a second candidate. This second candidate is subject to all the requirements stated above; the scholarship examination will be given him at the University on the Wednesday preceding the fall registration days (in 1916, September 13). A General Assembly scholarship may be extended under the same condi- tions as a county scholarship. SCHOLARSHIPS IN CERAMIC ENGINEERING The University offers annually to each county in the State one scholarship, awarded on the nomination of the Illinois Clay Workers' Association, to appli- cants who intend to follow the curriculum in Ceramic Engineering. These scholarships are good for four years and relieve the student from the payment of the matriculation fee ($10.00, payable once, on entrance) and the incidental fee ($24.00 a year). The candidate must be at least sixteen years of age, must be a resident of the county for which he is nominated, and must meet in full, before entering, by certificate from an accredited high school or by passing entrance examina- tions at the University, the requirements for admission to the freshman class. SCHOLARSHIPS IN AGRICULTURE AND HOUSEHOLD SCIENCE The University offers every year to each county in the State, except Cook and Lake, and to each of the first ten congressional districts, one scholarship for prospective students of agriculture in the College of Agriculture and one for prospective students of household science in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences or the College of Agriculture. Appointments to scholarships in agriculture are made by the Trustees of the University upon the recommendation of the Executive Committee of the Illinois Farmers' Institute; and to scholarships in household science upon the recommendation of the County Domestic Science Associations, or, for counties and districts in which there are no domestic science associations, on the recom- mendation of the Illinois Farmers' Institute. Persons who have already attended the University are not eligible. Candidates who are able to meet in full the requirements for admission to the freshman class are eligible to appointment at 16 years of age. Candidates who cannot meet these entrance requirements are eligible to appointment as special students (in the College of Agriculture) at 21 years of age. Undergraduate Scholarships 119 Acceptable candidates, residents of counties or districts for which appoint- ments have been made, not exceeding five in number from any one county or district, may be assigned to counties or districts for which no recommendations are made. The first nominee from each county or district, if duly qualified, is awarded the scholarship at the time of registration. Other nominees must pay the regular fees on registration. Assignments to counties and districts for which there are no nominees registered are made on October 15, at which time the nominees so assigned to counties or districts other than their own receive rebates of the full amount of the matriculation and incidental fees paid. The scholarships are good for two years and relieve the holders from the payment of the matriculation fee ($10.00, payable once, on matriculation), the incidental fee ($24.00 a year), and (in the case of special students) the tuition fee ($15.00 a year). If, before a scholarship expires, the holder satisfies in full the requirements for admission to the freshman class of the college in which he or she is enrolled the term of the scholarship may be extended to four years from the date of the student's matriculation. MILITARY SCHOLARSHIPS Students who have had three semesters of class instruction in military science and four semesters of drill practise are eligible for appointment as commissioned officers of the University Corps of Cadets. To those attaining this rank, special military scholarships, good for one year, and equal in value to the university incidental fees for the year, are open. The amount of these scholarships is paid the holders at the close of the academic year. Appoint- ments in the Corps of Cadets are made on the recommendation of the Com- mandant of Cadets, confirmed by the Council of Administration. OTHER SCHOLARSHIPS For scholarships in the College of Law, see page 218. For scholarships in the Summer Session, see page 212. For fellowships and graduate scholarships, see under Graduate School page 194. BENEFICIARY AID EDWARD SNYDER DEPARTMENT OF STUDENTS' AID In 1899 Edward Snyder, Professor of the German Language and Litera- ture, Emeritus, gave the University the sum of $12,000, to be lent to worthy students to enable them to finish their courses in the University. This fund is available for junior, senior, and graduate students who need aid to remain and complete their work. The minimum loan made is fifty dollars ($50) ; the maximum loan is one hundred and fifty dollars ($150) to a junior, and two hundred dollars ($200) to a senior or graduate student. Notes of hand are taken for the amount of the loans, with 5 per cent interest. The maximum time limit is for juniors three years and for seniors and graduates two years from the ensuing thirtieth of June. Loans are made only to matriculated students who have attained at least the full rank of junior, who have been in residence at the University at least one year, who are at the time students in residence at the University, and who have declared their intention to graduate. In recommending loans, preference is given to those students who are most advanced in their university work, who have shown themselves most assiduous and successful in their studies, and have shown habitual economy in living. No distinction is made on account of sex or course of study. A loan will not be recommended for any student who is believed to have been financially or morally delinquent in any respect. Applications for loans must be made in writing and addressed to the Chair- man of the Loan Fund Committee. CLASS OF 1895 LOAN FUND A fund of $100.00 was established by the class of 1905, to be lent to needy and deserving students. According to the conditions of the gift, the sum of fifty dollars is to be lent annually, and the benefit of the fund is open only to students who, at the time of application, are members of the freshman class. The loan bears interest from the time the recipient leaves the University, and is due one-half in five years and one-half in six years after matriculation. The fund is in charge of the Loan Fund Committee of the Council of Adminis- tration. Applications should be made in writing and should be addressed to the Chairman of the Committee. GRADUATE CLUB LOAN FUND A fund of $75 was established by the members of the Graduate Club in 1907-1908, for the benefit of graduate students. Its administration is in the hands of the Loan Fund Committee of the Council of Administration. Appli- cations should be made in writing and should be addressed to the Chairman of the Committee. 120 Beneficiary Aid 121 WOMAN'S LEAGUE LOAN FUND In December, 1910, the Woman's League of the University gave to the University the sum of $409.44 to be known as the Woman's League Loan Fund. This fund is available for any woman matriculated in the University and is administered in the same way as the Snyder Loan Fund. WILLIAM B. M'KINLEY LOAN FUND In September, 1912, the Hon. William B. McKinley of Champaign, Illinois, turned over to the University notes aggregating something more than $12,000, this amount as it is collected to be used as a loan fund for undergraduate men. In making the donation, Mr. McKinley stipulated that loans should be made to students upon their own personal notes, and that a preference should be shown in making these loans to upperclassmen. The notes draw interest at 5 per cent and become due two years after the student's graduation. Appli- cations for loans should be made in writing and should be addressed to the Chairman of the Loan Fund Committee. HENRY STRONG LOAN FUND Mr. Gordon Strong, of Chicago, trustee of the Henry Strong Educational Fund, has for 1915-16 offered the University $500 to be loaned to self-sup- porting students of high scholastic attainments. The loan bears interest at 4 per cent and is payable within one year after graduation. The fund has been loaned to four students, each of whom received $125. MARGARET LANGE JAMES LOAN FUND In 1915 President Edmund J. James established the Margaret Lange James Loan Fund in memory of his wife. The original fund ($5000) given by Presi- dent James has been supplemented by gifts from other persons, and the fund now amounts to about $5650. Loans from this fund may be made to matriculated students, preferably women, who have been in residence at the University at least one year, who have attained at least junior standing, and who are at the time of application students in residence, who have declared their intention to graduate. In recom- mending loans, only students of promise and good scholastic standing are considered, and, other things being equal, preference is given to those who are the farthest along in their University work. A loan is not recommended for any student who is believed to be financially or morally delinquent in any respect Applicants for loans are required to offer security other than their owb signatures, and no member of the faculty or other person directly connected with the University is accepted as security for any student loan. Loans bear interest until maturity at 5 per cent, payable semi-annually. The maximum time for which notes may be drawn is two years from the thirtieth day of June next following the student's regular time of graduation. Bank discount is charged for the time until the thirtieth day of June next following the date of the note. Interest at 7 per cent is charged on all notes not paid at maturity. Applications for loans must be made in writing and addressed to the Chair- man of the Loan Fund Committee. FEES AND EXPENSES GENERAL FEES All University fees are payable each semester in advance. Colleges of Liberal Arts and Sciences, Commerce and Business Adminis- tration, Engineering, and Agriculture, and Library School Matriculation Fee. Each student not holding a scholarship, upon satis- fying the requirements for admission to the University, pays the ma- triculation fee of $10.00 Incidental Fee. All students, excepting those holding scholarships, pay each semester, an incidental fee of 12.00 Tuition Fee. Students conditioned on entrance requirements, and special students, except special students (in agriculture or household science) holding scholarships, pay each semester, a tuition fee of 7.50 Laboratory Fees. Each student working in laboratories, or in the draft- ing or engineering classes, is required to pay a fee varying from $0.50 to $10.00, to cover materials and apparatus used and breakages or damages. (For a list of Laboratory Fees, see page 124.) Deposit for Military Uniform. Male students, citizens of the United States, under 25 years of age, entering the University as freshmen or sophomores, make a deposit to cover the cost of the required mili- tary uniform* of 14.20 Listener's Fee. Persons not connected with the University who attend classes as listeners, pay for each course, each semester 7.50 Late Registration Fee. A former student who enters after the Registra- tion Days in either semester must pay a late registration fee of 1.00 Change Fee. For every change of study-list made later than the tenth day of instruction of either semester a fee of $1.00 is charged, except that the total charge for the rearrangement authorized on any one change- slip shall not exceed $2.00 1.00 Special Examination Fee. For any special examination, except examina- tions for advanced standing taken within sixty days after matricu- lation, the fee is 5.00 Diploma Fee 5.00 School of Music College Courses Matriculated students, residents of Illinois, pay, each semester, the incidental fee $12.00 Non-matriculated students, residents of Illinois, registered for the course in Public School Methods, as outlined on page 200, pay, each semester : (1) The incidental fee $12.00 (2) The tuition fee 7.50 'Additional equipment costing $6.75 must be purchased. 122 Fees and Expenses 123 All other students (including matriculated students not residents of Illinois and all conditioned and special students), pay, each semester: If they take music only, special music fees, as follows: For two lessons a week $32.50 For one lesson a week 19.50 For harmony, counterpoint, fugue, etc 9.00 If they take, in addition to music, subjects in other departments : (1) The incidental fee $12.00 (2) Unless matriculated, the tuition fee 7.50 (3) Special music fees, as follows: For two lessons a week $25.00 For one lesson a week 15.00 (4) For harmony, counterpoint, fugue, etc 9.00 Preparatory Courses Students taking music only pay, each semester, special music fees as fol- lows : For two lessons a week $19.50 For one lesson a week 11.00 Students taking, in addition to music, subjects in other departments pay, each semester: (1) The incidental fee $12.00 (2) Unless matriculated, the tuition fee 7.50 (3) Special music fees, as follows: For two lessons a week $15.00 For one lesson a week 8.50 Additional Use of a piano for practise one hour a day, each semester $ 3.00 Additional hours at the same rate. Special students, taking music only, may enter classes in physical training on paying, each semester 7.50 Diploma fee 5.00 College of Law Matriculation fee, payable upon satisfying the entrance requiremens. . . .$ 10.00 Tuition fee, each semester 25.00 Students conditioned on entrance requirements pay, each semester, an additional fee of 7.50 Students not enrolled in the College of Law, pay, each semester, for each law course 5.00 Diploma fee 5.00 College of Medicine Freshman Year Matriculation $ 5.00 Laboratory 30.00 General Tuition 120.00 Total $155.00 124 Fees and Expenses Sophomore Year Registration $ 5.00 Laboratory 35.00 General Tuition 120.00 Total 160.00 Junior Year Registration $ 5.00 Laboratory 5.00 General Tuition 140.00 Total $150.00 Senior Year Registration $ 5.00 General Tuition 155.00 Diploma fee 5.00 Total $165.00 College of Dentistry Matriculation fee, paid but once, first year $ 5.00 Registration fee, second and third years 5.00 Tuition, each year (including laboratory and dissection fees) 150.00 Diploma fee 5.00 School of Pharmacy Matriculation fee, paid but once $ 5.00 Tuition fee, shorter course, each year 75.00 Tuition fee, longer course, each year 125.00 Laboratory deposit, shorter course, each year 10.00 Laboratory deposit, longer course, each year 15.00 Diploma fee 5.00 LABORATORY FEES (FOR MATERIALS) 1915-16 (The fees given below are in each case for one semester only ; where a course runs through both semesters, the fee named is to be paid each semester.) Animal Husbandry 30 $ 1.00 Bacteriology 103 3.00 Architecture 13 1.00 Bacteriology 105 3.00 Architecture 14 1.00 Botany 1 2.00 Architecture IS 1.00 Botany 2a 1.50 Architecture 16 1.00 Botany 2b 1.00 Architecture 31 1.00 Botany 3a 3.00 Architecture 32 1.00 Botany 3b 2.00 Architecture 43 1.00 Botany 4 1.00 Architecture 44 1.00 Botany 4a 1.00 Architecture 45 1.50 Botany 4b 1.00 Architecture 46 1.50 Botany 6 (See Bact.) Architecture 68 1.50 Botany 7a 5.00 Architectural Engineering 43 1.00 Botany 7b 5.00 Architectural Engineering 44 1.00 Botany 8 (See Bact.) Architectural Engineering 45 1.50 Botany 9a (per hr.) 50 Architectural Engineering 46 1.50 Botany 9b (per hr.) 50 Architectural Engineering 47 1.50 Botany 16a 1.00 Architectural Engineering 48 1.50 Botany 16b 1.00 Architectural Engineering 68 1.50 Botany 17a 1.00 Bacteriology 5 7.50 Botany 17b 1.00 Bacteriology 5a 7.50 Botany 19 (See Bact.) Bacteriology 6 4.00 Botany 20 1.00 Bacteriology 8 6.00 Botany 22a (per hr.) 50 Bacteriology 19 7.50 Botany 22b (per hr.) 50 Bacteriology 26 7.50 Botany 26 (See Bact.) Fees and Expenses 125 Botany 101 Botany 102 Botany 103 (See Botany 104 Botany 105 (See Botany 106 Ceramics 1 Ceramics 5 Ceramics 6 Ceramics 11 Ceramics 12 Ceramics 13 Ceramics 14 Ceramics 15 Ceramics 16 Chem: Chem: Chem: Chem Chem Chem Chem: Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem: Chem Chemistry Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem: Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry (3 hrs.). stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry 1 la lb 2a 3a 2a (M sem.). 4 5a 5b 5c 5c 5d 8 9a 9b , 9c , 10a , 10b (V 2 sem.) lib, (per hr.). 13a 13b 15 16 21 22 27 33 35 61 65 66 68a 68b 69 70 71 72 78 80 stry 102c stry 103 stry 103a stry 104 stry 104a stry 105a (per hr.) stry 106 stry 107 (per hr.) stry 108 stry 110 stry 111 (per hr., maximum $10) Civil Engineering 13a Civil Engineering 13b Civil Engineering 27 Civil Engineering 28 Civil Engineering 31 Civil Engineering 32 Civil Engineering 33 Civil Engineering 34 Civil Engineering 51 Civil Engineering 53 Civil Engineering 58 Civil Engineering 60 Cjvil Engineering 62 Civil Engineering 76 Civil Engineering 79 Civil Engineering 82 Civil Engineering 83 Civil Engineering 85 Civil Engineering 88 . 3.00 Civil Engineering 91 75 . 3.00 Civil Engineering 92 75 Bact.) Civil Engineering 93 50 . 3.00 Civil Engineering 96 1.00 Bact.) Electrical Engineering 16 3.00 . 6.00 Electrical Engineering 24 4.00 . 2.00 Electrical Engineering 27 4.00 . 5.00 Electrical Engineering 61 3.00 5.00 Electrical Engineering 62 3.00 5.00 Electrical Engineering 64 3.00 2.00 Electrical Engineering 68 3.00 , 4.00 Electrical Engineering 75 4.00 4.00 Electrical Engineering 76 4.00 4.00 Entomology la 1.00 4.00 Entomology lb 1.00 8.00 Entomology 2 1.50 6.00 Entomology 3 1.50 6.00 Entomology 4a 1.50 8.00 Entomology 4b 1.50 8.00 Entomology 5 1.50 5.00 Entomology 6a 2.00 8.00 Entomology 6b 2.00 10.00 Entomology 7 1.50 10.00 Entomology 8a 1.50 10.00 Entomology 8b 1.50 8.00 Entomology 9 1.50 10.00 Entomology 10 1.00 8.00 Entomology 11 1.50 10.00 Entomology 13 1.50 10.00 Entomology 14 1.50 10.00 Entomology 102 1.50 5.00 Entomology 103 1.50 5.00 Entomology 108 1.50 2.00 Entomology 109 1.50 10.00 General Engineering Drawing 2 . ... 1.00 10.00 General Engineering Drawing 12 1.00 8.00 Geology 1 2.25 5.00 Geology la 1.00 8.00 Geology 2 1.00 10.00 Geology 3 2.25 8.00 Geology 4 3.00 8.00 Geology 5 2.75 8.00 Geology 5a 2.75 5.00 Geology 6 1.00 5.00 Geology 7 1.00 3.00 Geology 8 1.00 8.00 Geology 9 1.00 8.00 Geology 10 1.00 5.00 Geology 11 1.00 3.00 Geology 12 2.25 3.00 Geology 13a 2.25 3.00 Geology 13b 2.25 5.00 Geology 14 1.00 3.00 Geology 15 1.00 5.00 Geology 16 1.00 10.00 Geology 17 1.00 10.00 Geology 18 1.00 5.00 Geology 23 1.00 5.00 Household Science 1 3.00 2.00 Household Science 4 5.00 10.00 Household Science 5a 2.00 2.00 Household Science 5b 2.00 5.00 Household Science 6 3.00 10.00 Household Science 10 2.00 2.00 Household Science 14a 5.00 .50 Household Science 14b 5.00 .50 Household Science 17 2.00 .75 Household Science 18a 5.00 .75 Household Science 18b 5.00 •75 Mechanical Engineering 23 3.00 • 75 Mechanical Engineering 25 1.00 • 75 Mechanical Engineering 26 1.50 • 75 Mechanical Engineering 54 1.00 1.00 Mechanical Engineering 61 2.00 • 75 Mechanical Engineering 62 3.00 • 50 Mechanical Engineering 64 3.00 • 50 Mechanical Engineering 65 3.00 • 75 Mechanical Engineering 66 3.00 • 50 Mining 9 2.00 1.00 Mining 19 2.00 .75 Mining 62 1.00 .75 Mining 64 3.00 1.00 Mining 66 3.00 .75 Municipal and Sanitary Engineering 2 1.00 126 Fees and Expenses Municipal and Sanitary Engineering 3 1.00 Physiology 5b i. 50 Municipal and Sanitary Engineering 6a 1.00 Physiology 103 3.50 Photography 1 8.00 Psychology 3 2.00 Physics 3a 2.00 Psychology 4 2.00 Physics 3b 2.00 Railway Engineering 63 3.00 Physics 4a 2.00 Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 10 1.00 Physics 4b 2.00 Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 15 1.00 Physics 8a 2.00 Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 16 1.00 Physics 8b 2.00 Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 25 2.00 Physics 10a 2.00 Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 26 1.00 Physics 10b 2.00 Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 29 2.00 Physics 15 2.00 Zoology 1 2.50 Physics 16 2.00 Zoology 2 3.50 Physics 17 2.00 Zoology 3 3.00 Physics 18 2.00 Zoology 4 2.50 Physics 22 2.00 Zoology 6 3.00 Phvsics 24 2.00 Zoology 7 1.00 Physics 25 2.00 Zoology 9 2.00 Physics 31a 2.00 Zoology 11 3.00 Physics 31b 2.00 Zoology 14a (per hr.) 1.00 Physics 32 2.00 Zoology 14b (per hr.) 1.00 Physiology 1 3.50 Zoology, 15a (per hr.) 1.00 Physiology 2 3.50 Zoology 15b (per hr.) 1.00 Physiology 3 3.50 Zoology 17 1.00 Physiology 4a 3.50 Zoology 18 1.00 Physiology 4b 3.50 Zoology 22 2.00 Physiology 5a 3.50 Zoology 23 2.00 AVERAGE ANNUAL EXPENSES The following are estimated average annual expenses for undergraduate students attending at Urbana, exclusive of books, clothing, railroad fare, labor- atory fees, if any, and small miscellaneous needs: ♦Semester fees $ 24.00 to $ 24.00 Room rent for each student (two in room) 72.00 to 80.00 Table board in boarding houses and clubs 162.00 to 200.00 Washing 20.00 to 30.00 Total $272.00 to $334.00 Board and room in private house, a week $ 5.50 to $ 6.50 In addition to the foregoing, freshmen pay a matriculation fee of $10.00, and the men are required to buy a cadet uniform and equipment, which costs $20.95. Freshmen engineering students will need to buy a set of drawing in- struments at a cost of about $18.00. Other necessary expenses will need to be taken into consideration. For all the necessary expenses of the year the average student is likely to need not less than $375.00 to $500.00. Most students spend more than this amount. For information in regard to scholarships which cover the matriculation and incidental fee, see page 117. Board and Rooms The University does not provide dormitories nor furnish board, but the numerous rooming and boarding houses near the campus are to a certain extent under the supervision of the University. The Young Men's and Young Women's Christian Associations of the University will aid new students in securing rooms and board. Prospective women students and their parents are invited to correspond with the Dean of Women in regard to suitable places. •Students of law and music, special students, and conditioned students must make needed changes in the amount given for "semester fees." PART II THE COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES For a description of the buildings used by this College, see page 51 ; for museums and collections belonging to it (classical art and archeology, education, European culture, botany, entomology, geology, and zoology), see pages 62-64; for a summary of its courses, see page 68; for clubs and societies auxiliary to its curriculums, see page 115; for fees, see page 122. ORGANIZATION The organization of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, in which are merged the former College of Literature and Arts and College of Science, became fully effective on July 1, 1913, following an action of the Board of Trustees taken on July 5, 1912. During the period of transition from the old order of two Colleges to the new single College, various temporary adjustments are necessary; procedure according to the regulations of the former Colleges, especially in matters like requirements for graduation, elective subjects, honors, and combined courses, must continue for certain groups of students already registered. Beginning in September, 1916, a new schedule of requirements for admission to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences will go into full opera- tion. Changes in the requirements for graduation with the degree of Bachelor of Arts have been worked out by the Faculty and approved by the Board of Trustees. These are described as the "New Requirements" and are effective for classes entering in 1913 and later. Students in other classes may proceed under the old or the new requirements. The requirements of the former Colleges are printed in separate paragraphs wherever necessary. PURPOSE The purpose of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences is, first, to secure to its students a liberal education including both the humanities and the sciences ; second, to furnish especially arranged curriculums preparatory to later pro- fessional and technical studies by which good students may ordinarily obtain in six years both the degree in arts and a professional degree in law or medi- cine, or a technical degree in engineering; and, third, to provide certain highly specialized curriculums in applied science (particularly chemistry) i journalism, and household science. The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred upon the completion of all these curriculums, except those in applied science, for which the degree of Bachelor of Science is given. Under the modified elective system a student who desires to prepare for teaching may specialize to a considerable extent in the subject which he wishes to teach and may also find time for courses in education and related subjects of interest to teachers. Such students should, as a rule, continue their prepa- ration in the Graduate School. Students who desire to devote a considerable part of their undergraduate study to specific preparation for some calling other than teaching may select courses in (1) journalism; or (2) applied chemistry; or (3) household admin- istration. 129 130 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences ADMISSION See the statement of the entrance requirements of the University, pages 71-96. SPECIAL STUDENTS For a statement of the regulations of the University in regard to special students, see page 79. It is the policy of this College to admit as special students only a select group of mature and serious persons who, though unable to meet the formal requirements for entrance, are substantially prepared for work of college grade, and have a specific and clearly defined purpose in their study. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION Since the merger of the College of Literature and Arts and the College of Science in July, 1913, the faculty of the new College of Liberal Arts and Sciences has adopted a unified curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. The present seniors, however, will as a rule conform their courses to the old requirements, while the juniors, sophomores, and freshmen must follow the new requirements. These are printed separately for convenience of refer- ence. I. Old Requirements for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts The following general requirements apply to all candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Arts who were admitted before 1913. A. University Requirements. — Each candidate must meet the general Uni- versity requirements as to residence and registration. He must also secure credit in approved courses (see pages 130-135 below) amounting to 130 hours. An hour is one class period a week for one semester, each class period pre- supposing two hours' preparation by the student, or the equivalent in laboratory or drawing room. B. Prescribed Studies. — Subjects specifically prescribed for all students : Rhetoric 1-2* (6 hours) ; Physical Training, 1-2 and ia for men; ja-jo and g for women; Military Science I and 2 for men. In addition, students who pur- pose to make a science their major subject, are required to have Chemistry I, and Physics ?a, yb (or ia, lb) unless they have had one-year courses in these subjects in an accredited high school or acceptable equivalent courses elsewhere. C. (1) Group Requirements for the degree according to the schedule of the former College of Literature and Arts. — Every candidate must offer a minimum of 8 hours in each of the following groups: I. English, including literature and rhetoric. II. Ancient and modern languages other than English, including Greek, Latin, the Germanic languages, and the Romance languages. Only courses which require the use of a foreign language may be counted in this group, and the 8 hours offered must be in one language. III. The social sciences, including history, economics, political science, and sociology. IV. Mathematics and philosophy, including mathematics, education, phi- losophy, and psychology. A candidate who elects mathematics must take at least five hours. If a student does not elect mathematics, his elections in this •Those students who show by examination a proficiency in composition sufficient to qualify them for Rhetoric 2 may be excused from Rhetoric 1. See page 79. Requirements for Graduation 131 group must include work in at least two of the other departments of the group. That is, if he does not take mathematics, he must take either philosophy and psychology, or philosophy and education, or education and psychology. With the exception of mathematics, no subject of this group is open to fresh- men. V. The natural sciences, including astronomy, botany, chemistry, entomol- ogy, geology, physiology, physics, and zoology. Zoology 16 may not be counted toward this group requirement. C. (2) Group Requirements for the degree according to the schedule of the former College of Science. — Each candidate must offer 8 hours in each of the following groups : 1, 2, 3, and 5. In group 4, 16 hours must be offered, provided that students who have had three years of work in foreign language in an accredited high school, or an equivalent course elsewhere, will be relieved from the requirement of Group 4, and similarly, those who have had one year or two years of foreign language may be relieved from 4 hours or 8 hours respectively of this requirement. The physics and chemistry of the prescribed list may be applied on the requirements of groups 1 and 2. Group I. — Mathematics, physics, astronomy, logic (Philosophy 1), mineral- ogy (Geology 5). Group 2. — Chemistry, geology, household science, bacteriology. Group 3. — Botany, zoology, physiology, psychology, entomology. Group 4. — Foreign language. Group 5. — English literature, history, political science, economics, philoso- phy, education. D. (1) Major Subjects according to the former College of Literature and Arts. — Each candidate must select some one subject to be designated as his major, and secure credit in that subject to the amount of 24 hours. The courses selected for the last two years should include some distinctly advanced work. The subjects which are recognized as majors at present are as follows : Classics 1 ; economics; education; English 2 (including English literature and rhetoric); French*; German*; Greek 8 ; history; household science; Latin 8 ; mathematics; philosophy; political science; psychology; sociology. Suggestions for students in household science are indicated below, on page 138. Students holding scholarships in household science must make that sub- ject their major, and take one of the courses outlined on pages 139 and 140 below. D. (2) Major Subjects according to the former College of Science. — A total credit of at least 20 hours must be secured in some one of the divisions of the following major elective list. Not more than 40 hours' work (exclusive of thesis) in any one of these divisions may be applied toward graduation. In arranging the subjects to be counted toward the major requirement the student is advised to consult with the head of the department in which the major is taken. Major electives are : Astronomy, botany, chemistry, education, entomology, geology (including mineralogy and physical geography), household science, library science, mathematics, physics, physiology, psychology, and zoology. *For the definition of the major in this subject, see below, page 303. a For the definition of the major in English, see below, page 324. *A major in French must include 24 hours in addition to French la-lb. 4 A major in German must include 24 hours in addition to German 1 and 3. B For the definition of the major in this subject, see page 302. 132 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences E. Elective Subjects. — The remainder of the course is made up of electives chosen under defined conditions. 1. Credit is regularly given for courses properly announced in the follow- ing subjects: Art and design (the total credit in this department is limited to 20 hours), astronomy, bacteriology, botany, business organization and operation, chemistry, the classics, comparative literature, comparative philology, economics (including accountancy and commercial law), education, English (including rhetoric and public speaking), entomology, geology (including geography and mineralogy), Germanic languages, history, household science, library science, mathematics, philosophy, physical training, physics, physiology, political science, psychology, Romance languages, sociology, zoology. 2. Not more than 40 hours in any one subject may be counted for gradu- ation, except when the student is writing a thesis. In this case he may count, in addition to the 40 hours, the hours of the seminar course in which he does his thesis work. In the department of English a student may take 40 hours in addition to Rhetoric 1 and 2. 3. No credit is granted in any subject unless the student pursues it for the full time required in the shortest course offered in that subject. For example, if the student elects a course which yields two hours of credit for one semester, he must stay in the class during the semester in order to get any credit at all. In order to secure any credit in a beginning course in a foreign language, a full year's work must be completed. 4. Seniors graduating under the schedule of the former College of Liter- ature and Arts who register in courses open to freshmen may receive only one- half of the credit regularly assigned to such courses. For the year 1915-1916 the following courses are included in this list : Art and Design 1 and 2 ; Botany 1, 4d; Chemistry 1; English 10-11, 20; Entomology la-lb, 4, 15, 16; French la-lb; Geology 3, 14; German 1, 3; Greek la-lb; History la-lb, 2a-2b; House- hold Science 2, 7a-7b; Latin la-lb, 6; Library Science 12; Mathematics 2, 4; Rhetoric 1-2; Spanish la-lb; Zoology 1, 16. 5. A limited amount of credit toward the degree of Bachelor of Arts is ordinarily given for courses offered in other colleges and schools of this Uni- versity. Students who continue under the schedule of the former College of Science may select, with the approval of the Dean, approximately one-third of the work to be counted toward a degree, from subjects given in other colleges of the University. Students who continue under the schedule of the former College of Literature and Arts will ordinarily confine their elections of work in other colleges and schools to the following courses : Physical Training. — Not to exceed 5 semester hours. Military Science and Tactics. — Military Science 1 and 2. Law. — See page 138. Engineering. — General Engineering Drawing 1 and 2 (Mechanical Draw- ing and Descriptive Geometry) ; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20 and 21 (Analytical Mechanics) ; Mechanical Engineering 12 or 11 (Thermodynamics) ; Civil Engineering 96 or 27 (Surveying) ; Architecture 31, 32 (Architectural Drawing) ; Architecture 13, 14, 15, 16 (History of Architecture) ; Electrical Engineering 4 and 64, or 8 and 68. Requirements for Graduation 133 Agriculture. — Agricultural Extension (Elementary Agriculture for teach- ers) ; Agronomy 25 ( Seeds) ; Agronomy 9 ( Soil Physics) ; Agronomy 22 (Plant Breeding) ; Animal Husbandry 7 (Principles of Animal Nutrition) ; Animal Husbandry 30 (Genetics) ; Farm Management 1 ; Horticulture 9 (For- estry) ; Horticulture 10a (Landscape Gardening) ; Horticulture 12 (Evolution of Horticultural Plants) ; Horticulture 19 (Amateur Floriculture), for house- hold science students only. The total credit allowed in these agricultural courses will not ordinarily exceed 14 hours. Library Science. — Library 3a-3b (Selection of Books) ; 7 (History of Libra- ries) ; 9 (History of Books and Printing) ; 2a-2b or 12 (General Reference) ; 13a-13b (Public Documents). The total credit allowed in Library Science will not ordinarily exceed 14 hours. The course in General Reference (Library 12) is of special value to underclassmen in the courses in Literature and Arts. Music. — 1-2, 3-4, 5-6, 7-8, 9-10, and 12-13 (courses in history and theory of music). Courses not listed under paragraphs 1 to 5 above may not be counted for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, except by special permission of the Dean of the College. F. Bachelors' Theses. — A bachelor's thesis is not generally required in this College. Students of high standing are, however, encouraged to write theses in connection with their major studies. Credit toward the degree is given for thesis work only as a part of the work in some course for which the student is registered. Students desiring to take a thesis course in geology or mineral- ogy may add to their credits in those subjects the credits received for chem- istry; and students in physiology may add to their credits in that subject those in zoology and bacteriology. Only students graduating with a thesis will, as a rule, be selected for fellowships, scholarships, and other similar university honors. Candidates for honors or the honor degree are required by the gen- eral regulations of the University to write a thesis. See above, page 99. II. New Requirements for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts Students who were admitted in 1913 and later will conform to the follow- ing requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts. A. University Requirements. — Each candidate must meet the general uni- versity requirements with respect to registration and residence. He must also secure credit in approved courses amounting to one hundred thirty hours, an hour being one class period a week for one semester. Each class period pre- supposes two hours preparation by the student, or the equivalent in the labora- tory or drawing room. B. Prescribed Subjects. — Rhetoric 1-2; Physical Training 1-2 and la for men ; Physical Training 7a-7b and 9 for women ; Military Science 1 and 2 for men. C. Group Requirements. — Every candidate must offer the minimum of work specified in each of the following groups : I. English. — The offering in this group must include at least a one- semester course in literature. 134 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences II. Foreign Languages and Literatures (exclusive of courses in transla- tion). If a student has offered but two units of a foreign language for entrance to the University, he must pursue the study of foreign language through two year-courses or the equivalent. If he has offered for entrance three or more units of foreign language, he must continue the study of foreign language through one year of his college course. Note: Candidates for the degree who have not offered Greek or Latin or French or German for entrance must offer one of these lan- guages for graduation. III. History, Political and Social Science. — History, economics, political science, sociology : 8 hours. IV. Mathematics and Physical Science. — Mathematics, astronomy (courses with college mathematics as prerequisites), physics, chemistry: 8 hours. V. Botany, entomology, geology, physiology, zoology: 8 hours. VI. Education, philosophy, psychology : 6 hours, of which 3 shall be in philosophy or psychology. D. Major Subjects. — Each candidate must select some subject as his major. A major consists of courses amounting to 20 hours chosen from among those designated by a department and approved by the faculty of the college. Such courses are to be exclusive of those elementary or beginning courses which are open to freshmen, and inclusive of some distinctly advanced work. See the statements regarding majors under departmental announcements in Part III. The subjects at present recognized as majors in this college are: Astron- omy, bacteriology, botany, chemistry, classics, education, economics, English, entomology, French, geology, German, Germanic languages, Greek, history, household science, Latin, mathematics, philosophy, physiology, physics, political science, psychology, Romance languages, sociology, zoology. E. Minor Subjects. — Each candidate must offer, in addition to his major, a minor of 20 hours in one or more allied subjects designated by the major department and approved by the faculty of the college. At least 8 hours must be offered in one subject. See the statements regarding minors under depart- mental announcements in Part III. F. Elective Subjects. — , 1. Not more than 40 hours in any one subject may be counted for graduation, except: (a) in special curriculums approved by the faculty of the college; (b) when a student is writing a thesis, he may count, in addition to the 40 hours, the hours of the course in which he does his thesis work; (c) in the department of English a student may take 40 hours in addi- tion to Rhetoric 1-2. Note: The total credit in art and design is limited to 20 hours. Requirements for Graduation 135 2. No credit is granted in any subject unless the student pursues it for the full time required in the shortest course offered in that subject. For example, if the student elects a course which yields two hours for one semester, he must stay in the class during one semester in order to get any credit at all. In order to secure any credit in a beginning course in a foreign language, a full year's work must be completed. 3. A limited amount of credit toward the degree of Bachelor of Arts is ordinarily given for courses offered in other colleges and schools of this University, as follows : Physical Training: Not to exceed 5 semester hours. Military Science and Tactics: Military Science 1 and 2. Law: See page 138. Engineering: General Engineering Drawing 1 and 2 (Mechanical Draw- ing and Descriptive Geometry) ; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20 and 21 (Analytical Mechanics) ; Mechanical Engineering 12 and 11 (Thermodynamics) ; Civil Engineering 96 or 27 (Surveying) ; Architecture 31, 32 (Architectural Drawing) ; Architecture 13, 14, 15, 16 (History of Architecture) ; Electrical Engineering 4 and 64, or 8 and 68. The total credit allowed in these engineer- ing courses will not ordinarily exceed 24 hours. Agriculture: Agricultural Extension 1 (Elementary Agriculture for Teach- ers) ; Agronomy 12 (Soil Fertility), Agronomy 25 (Seeds), Agronomy 9 (Soil Physics) ; Farm Management 1; Agronomy 22 (Plant Breeding) ; Animal Hus- bandry 7 (Principles of Animal Nutrition) ; Animal Husbandry 30 (Genetics) ; Horticulture 9 (Forestry) ; Horticulture 10a (Landscape Gardening) ; Horti- culture 12 (Evolution of Horticultural Plants) ; Horticulture 19 (Amateur Flor- iculture), for household science students only. The total credit allowed in these agricultural courses will not ordinarily exceed 14 hours. Library Science: Library 7 (History of Libraries) ; 9 (History of Books and Printing) ; 2a-2b or 12 (General Reference) ; 13a-13b (Public Documents). The course in General Reference (Library 12) is of special value to students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Music: Music 1-2, 3-4, 5-6, 7-8, 9-10, and 12-13 (courses in the history and theory of music). Courses not listed under paragraphs 1 to 5 above may not be counted for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, except bj' special permission of the Dean of the College. G. Bachelors' Theses: A bachelor's thesis is not generally required in this College. Students of high standing are, however, encouraged to write theses in connection with their major studies. Credit toward the degree is given for thesis work only as part of the work in some course for which the student is registered. The presentation of a thesis is specifically required of all candi- dates for the honor degree. Requirements for the Degree of Bachelor of Science Pending further action by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and by the Senate, students admitted to work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in the General Science Curriculum [see under "The Old Requirements," especially paragraphs C(2) and D(2) ], who have completed that curriculum 136 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences including a major in Groups 4 or 5, together with two year-courses or their equivalent in foreign language, will be graduated with the degree of Bachelor of Science. ARRANGEMENT OF COURSES First Year Subjects Prescribed for Freshmen The following subjects must be taken during the freshman year: Rhetoric 1-2*, three hours each semester; Military 2, one hour each semester, and Military 1, one hour second semester (for men) ; Physical Training (Physical Training 1-2 and la for men; 7a-7b and 9 for women). Students who enter for the General Science Curriculum should take Chemistry 1, unless chemistry has been accepted for admission. Freshman Electives The following subjects are open to freshmen. The total amount taken in any semester is limited to eighteen hours, and should not be less than fifteen. First Semester I. English 10 1 (3)'; Rhetoric 1 (3). II. French la (4) or 2a (4) ; German 1 (4) or 2 (4) or 4 (4) or 5 (4) ; Greek la (4) or 7 (3) ; Latin 6 (4), la (4) or 2a (4) ; Spanish la (4) or 2a (3) or 3a (2) ; Italian la (3). III. Mathematics 2 (3) and 4 (2). IV. Economics 7 (3) and 26 (3) ; History la (4) or 2a (3). V. Botany 1» (5), 4d (3) ; Chemistry 1* (5) or la 4 (3) ; Entomology la (2), 4 (3), IS (3) ; Geology 3 4 (5), 14 (3) ; Physics 7a 5 and 8a 5 (5); Zoology l 4 (5). Household Science 2 (2) or 7a (2). Library Science 12 (2). Art and Design 1 (3). Second Semester I. English ir (3) 3 ; Rhetoric 2 (3). II. French lb (4) or 2b (4) ; German 3 (4) or 4 (4) or 5 (4) or 6 (4) or 7 (4) or 12 (4) ; Greek lb (4), 4 (4), or 6 (3) ; Latin lb (4), or 2b (4) ; Spanish lb (4) or 2b (3) or 3b (2) ; Italian lb (3). III. Mathematics 6 (5). IV. Economics 22 (3) and 27 (3) ; History lb (4) or 2b (3). V. Astronomy 4 (5); Botany I s (5), 2b (5), 3b (5), 4 (3), 4a (5), 4b (S), 4c (5) ; Chemistry l 4 (5) or la 4 (3) or 2a (5) ; Ento- mology lb (2), 4 (3), 16 (2); Geology 3 4 (5) 12 (5), 23 (5); Physics 7b 8 and 8b 5 (5) ; Physiology 4 (5) ; Zoology 2 (5), l 4 (5), or 16 (2). Household Science 1 (3)°. Art and Design 1 (3). •See special examination in Rhetoric 1, page 79. 1 English 10-11 is open only to freshmen who have presented the minimum amount of English required for admission. See the description of this course, page 324. *The figure immediately following the subject is the number of the course (see_ page 257; the figure in parenthesis indicates the number of credit hours to be secured in the course each semester. •Either semester. •May be taken in either semester, but not in both. •Prerequisite: Mathematics 4 (Trigonometry) which may be taken at the same time. •Prerequisite: Entrance credit in Physics, and Chemistry 1 or la. Curriculum in Journalism 137 Second Year Male students must continue Military 2 throughout the year. Students who have failed to secure credit for any of the prescribed subjects of the freshman year must make up such deficiencies at this time. Election Aside from the subjects prescribed for the first two years, each student selects, with the advice of the Dean or other college advisers, such courses as will enable him to meet the requirements for graduation as stated above. CURRICULUM IN JOURNALISM Students who are preparing for reportorial, literary, or editorial work in journalism should take their major work in English, and make up their study schedules from the following suggested curriculum. With the consent of the adviser, other studies may, for purposes of specialization, be substituted for those suggested. A program which satisfies the group and major require- ments may, for instance, be so modified in the third and fourth years as to lay emphasis on any one of the social sciences. Students in journalism with major in English are subject to the require- ments of the General Curriculum in Liberal Arts and Sciences. Suggested Curriculum in Journalism (Major in English) FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Prescribed Subjects Hours 1 Prescribed Subjects Hours 1 Military 2a — Military Drill 1 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Phys. TV. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Mil. 2b — Military Drill 1 Hygiene 1 Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 5 Total 5 Suggested Elective* Suggested Electives Eng. 10 — Introduction to Literature — Eng. 11 — Introduction to Literature — or science 3 or 5 or science 3 Foreign language 4 Foreign language 4 Hist, la — Continental European History. 4 Hist, lb — Continental European History. .4 Lib. 12 — General Reference 2 SECOND YEAR Prescribed Subjects Prescribed Subjects Mil. 2c — Military Drill 1 Mil. 1— Drill Regulations 1 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Suggested Electives Eng. 1— Survey of English Literature— or Suggested Electives science 3 or 4 or 5 Eng. 1 — Survey of English Literature — or Eng. 12 — American Literature 2 Pol. Sc. 3 — State and Local Government Foreign language continued 4 or Econ. 3 — Money and Banking 3 Hist. 3a — History of United States 3 Eng. 23 — Shakespeare, or English 13, Pol. Sc. 1 — American National Govern- American Literature^ 3 or 2 ment or Econ.l — Principles of Economics 5 Foreign language continued 4 Rhet. 12 — News Writing 3 Hist. 3b — History of United States 3 Rhet. 13 — The Newspaper 3 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 259. 138 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS Study lists for these years should be selected from the following list with regard to proper sequence. Econ. 5, or 10, or 12a — Public Finance, Econ. 11, or 13, or 21 — Industrial Consoli- or Corporation Management, or Labor dation, or Econ. Hist, of Europe, or Problems 3 Socialism and Social Reform 3 or 2 English 27 and 21, or 33 or 45 — History English 28 and 24 or 3 or S — Hist, of of Journalism ; The Bible; or Literature Tournalism, Victorian Period, Milton, from 17S9 to 1837; or Modern Shakespeare 2 or 3 Drama 2 or 3 History 17, 27, 29— Hist, of Illinois, Latin History 21— U. S. since 1877, 26— The America, The Far East 3 or 2 Latin American Colonies 3 Language 4 Language 4 Philosophy 2— Introd. to Phil 3 Philosophy 1— Logic, and Phil. 9— Political Pol. Sci. 18, or 28 — Contemporary Poli- Ethics, or Pol. Sci. 5 — Const. Law tics 3 or 2 3 or 2 or 4 Psychology 1 — Introd. to Psychology. ... 3 Pol Sci. 14— Political Parties — or Pol. Sci. Rhet. 16, 17, 27, 29— Editorials and Special 4 — Municipal Gov't 3 Articles, Advanced Composition, Editor- Psychology 1 — Introd. to Psychology 3 ial Practise, Making a Country News- Rhet. 6, 15, 26, 28 — Short Story, Editorials paper 2 or 3 and Special Articles, Editorial Practise, Sociology 9 — Criminology 3 Newspaper Problems 3 Sociology 1 — Principles of Sociology 3 CURRICULUM PRELIMINARY TO LAW In accordance with the principle, that professional studies in law should be preceded by a thoro course in the humanities and the sciences, the College of Law requires for admission the completion of two years of work in the liberal arts and sciences with special emphasis upon work in English, public speaking, Latin, French, logic, and studies in the social science group. On page 215 will be found suggestions for a combination of these subjects to make up a schedule covering two years of a curriculum preparatory to the study of law. This College offers, in addition to the two years of preparatory work, a curriculum in liberal arts and law by which a student may take both the degree of Bachelor of Arts and the degree of Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) or of Doctor of Law (J.D.) in six years. A student who has senior standing in this College may take and count the first full year of law work for thirty hours of credit toward the degree of Bachelor of Arts, but if he takes, or successfully carries, less than full work in law it shall be counted only hour for hour toward the degree of Bachelor of Arts. Students in this College are not permitted to take any work in law until their senior year. Students who take this combined curriculum should file their study lists during the fourth year with the adviser for seniors in this College in addition to their registration in the College of Law. This College will not recommend for the degree of Bachelor of Arts any student who has not completed in residence at least thirty hours' work in subjects offered by this College. Courses in law may not be counted as a major in this college but may be offered as a minor by a student whose major is in political science or history, according to regulations stated in the departmental announcements. The former requirement that candidates for the degree of Doctor of Law (J.D.) must take certain work in history, economics, political science, or soci- ology in this College during the fourth year of the curriculum, has been ab- rogated. HOUSEHOLD SCIENCE The courses of instruction given in this department are planned to meet the needs of four classes of students : (a) those students who desire a knowl- edge of the general principles and facts of household science; (b) those students who wish to make a specialty of household science for the purpose of teaching Household Science 139 the subject in secondary schools and colleges; (c) those students who wish some knowledge of the principles underlying household administration and institutional management; (d) those students who are interested in the work of dietitians. The suggested curriculums for teachers and for institutional workers are outlined below. The first three years of the curriculum as outlined for teach- ers give a scientific basis for the work of the dietitian. Students who hold scholarships in household science must make this sub- ject their major along one of the lines indicated above and take each semester at least four hours in household science or in subjects required for admission to courses in household science. Students who major in household science must also satisfy the require- ments of the General Curriculum in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences in so far as these are not covered in the curriculums given below. Suggested Curriculum for Teachers of Household Science FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER TT . SECOND SEMESTER xr , Hours 1 Hours 1 Chem. 1 — Inorganic Chemistry or 5 Chem. 2a — Inorg. Chem. and Qual. Anal.. 5 2 Chem. la — Inorganic Chemistry 3 Foreign language 4 Foreign language 4 8 H. Sci. 1 — Principles of the Selection and H. Sci. 2 — Home Arch, and Sanitation.. 2 Preparation of Food 3 Phys. Tr. 7— Physical Training 1 Phys. Tr. 7 — Physical Training 1 Phys. Tr. 9— Hygiene 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 14 or 16 Total 16 SECOND YEAR A. & D. 1— Free Hand Drawing 3 A. & D. 12— Applied Design 2 Chem. 13a — Agricultural Analysis 5 Bot. 1 — General Botany or Zool. 1 — Gen- Eng. 1 — Survey of English Literature 4 eral Zoology 5 H. Sci. 6 — Economic Uses of Food 3 Chem. 9 — Organic Chemistry 3 Lib. Sci. 12 — General Reference 2 Chem. 9c — Organic Synthesis 2 Eng. 2 — Survey of English Literature.... 4 H. Sci. 7— Textiles 2 Total 17 Total 18 THIRD YEAR Econ. 2 — Principles of Economics 3 Bact. 5 — Bacteriology 5 Hist, la — Continental European Hist, or Hist, lb — Continental European Hist, or Hist. 3a — History of the U. S 4 or 3 Hist. 3b — History of the U. S 4 or 3 H. Sci. 19 — Dress Design 2 H. Sci. 3 — Home Decoration 2 Physiol. 4 — General Physiology 5 H. Sci. 5 — Dietetics 3 H. Sci. 12— Clothing 3 Total 13 Total 16 Electives Electives Philos. 1— Logic 3 H. Sci. 14— Problems in the Preparation Psychol. 1 — Introduction to Psychology.. 3 and Service of Food 3 Philos. 2 — Introduction to Philosophy.... 3 Psychol. 2 — General Psychology 3 FOURTH YEAR Edu. 1 — Introduction to Education 4 Educ. 10— Technique of Teaching 3 H. Sci. 4 — Food and Nutrition 5 H. Sci. 11 — Teachers' Course 3 H. Sci. 13 — Hist, of Home Economics... 2 Total 11 Total ~6 Electives Electives Edu. 16 — Social Education 3 English, Advanced English, Advanced H. Sci. 10 — Home Management 2 H. Sci. 18 — Lunch Room Management.. 5 H. Sci. 17 — Problems in Textiles 3 Public Speaking 1 — Oral Expression 2 Public Speaking 2 — Oral Expression 2 Sociol. 1 — Principles of Sociology 3 Sociol. 7 — Social Problems of the Rural Community 2 1 Semester hours. For definition see page 259. . Hi Chemistry la is taken, a 2-hour elective must be added, with the approval of the adviser. m s Attention is called to the fact that high school physics is a prerequisite for Household Science 1. 140 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Suggested Curriculum in Household Administration FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Hours 1 Chem. 1 — Inorganic Chemistry or 5 Chem. 2a — Inorg. Chem. and Qual. Anal 5 *Chem. la — Inorganic Chemistry 3 Foreign language 4 Foreign language 4 3 H. Sci. 1 — Principles of the Selection and H. Sci. 2 — Home Arch, and Sanitation.. 2 Preparation of Food 3 Phys. Tr. 7— Physical Training 1 Phys. Tr. 7— Physical Training 1 Phys. Tr. 9 — Hygiene 1 Rhet. 2— Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 14 or 16 Total 16 SECOND YEAR A. & D. 1— Free Hand Drawing 3 A. & D. 12— Applied Design 2 Foreign language or English 1 4 Bot. 1 — General Botany or H. Sci. 6 — Economic Uses of Food 3 Zool. 1 — General Zoology 5 H. Sci. 7 — Textiles 2 Foreign language or English 2 4 Total 12 Total 11 Electivcs Elcctives A. & D. 19— History of the Fine Arts... 2 A. & D. 19— History of the Fine Arts... 2 4 Chem. 13a — Agricultural Analysis or 4 Chem. 9 — Organic Chemistry and 3 *Econ. 26 — Economic Resources 5 or 3 Chem. 9c — Organic Synthesis or Hist, la — Continental European Hist, or 4 Econ. 22 — Econ. Hist, of U. S 2 or 3 Hist. 3a — History of the U. S 3 or 4 Hist, lb — Continental European Hist, or Lib. Sci. 12 — General Reference 2 Hist. 3b — History of the U. S 3 or 4 THIRD YEAR Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics 5 H. Sci. 3 — Home Decoration 2 H. Sci. 19 — Dress Design 2 H. Sci. 5 — Dietetics 3 Physiol. 4 — General Physiology 5 H. Sci. 12 — Clothing 3 Psychol. 1 — Introduction to Psychology. 3 Psychol. 2 — General Psychology or Edu. 1 — Introd. to Education 3 or 4 Total IS Total 11 or 12 Elcctives Elcctives English . Bact. 5 — Introduction to Bacteriology. ... 5 H. Sci. 14— Problems in the Preparation H Sd- 10 _ Home Management 2 and Service of Food 3 p h il s. 2— Introduction to Philosophy 3 Sociol. 1— Principles of Sociology 3 Pol g ci 3 _s ta te and Local Government. 3 Pol. Sci. 16 — Government of Illinois 2 FOURTH YEAR Suggested Electives Suggested Electivcs Edu. 1 — Introduction to Education 4 Edu. 10 — Observation and Technic 3 English, Advanced English, Advanced H. Sci. 4 — Food and Nutrition 5 H. Sci. 9 — Seminar 3 H. Sci. 13 — History of Home Economics. 2 H. Sci. 11 — Teachers' Course 3 H. Sci. IS — Economics of the Family H. Sci. 17 — Problems in the Study of tex- Group 3 tiles 3 H. Sci. 18 — Lunch Room Management... 5 SIX-YEAR AND SEVEN-YEAR MEDICAL CURRICULUMS The requirement for admission to the four-year medical curriculum (whether the first year of the curriculum is taken at Urbana or in the College of Medicine in Chicago) is as follows: 60 semester hours of college work, includ- ing 8 in chemistry, 8 in physics, 8 in biology, 6 in French or German, and 30 elective. The University offers a six-year and a seven-year medical curriculum. The six-year curriculum includes three years given at Urbana and three years in the College of Medicine in Chicago. The third of the three years given at Urbana is technically described as a one-year medical college curriculum. The 'Semester hours. For definition see page 259. 3 If Chemistry la is taken, a 2-hour elective must be added, with the approval of the adviser. ^Attention is called to the fact that high school physics is a prerequisite for Household Science 1. ♦Choice depends upon whether the student wishes to emphasize the sciences or economics ai a minor. Curriculums in Medicine 141 seven-year curriculum includes four years of collegiate work at Urbana and three years in the College of Medicine in Chicago. One of the four years at Urbana is devoted to the work of the one-year medical college curriculum. The work given at Urbana includes substantially in both curriculums the work of the first year of a standard curriculum in medicine, together with two years or three years in liberal arts and sciences. Students who have completed the work of the first two years and are taking the work of the third year are regis- tered in both the one-year medical college curriculum and the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. A student who has completed the curriculum outlined below, covering two years of premedical work and the one-year medical college curriculum at Ur- bana, may receive credit by transfer for one year of work in the College of Medicine of the University of Illinois or other standard colleges of medicine, and upon the completion of the second year's work in such a college of medi- cine may receive the degree of Bachelor of Science on the recommendation of the faculty of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences in the University of Illinois. Under this plan the student may receive the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Medicine with six years of work. Students who wish to take the fourth year in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, including the one-year medical college curriculum, are not held to the group requirements prescribed for students taking the regular degree of Bachelor of Arts. The curriculum must be made up with the approval of the adviser for seniors and of the Dean of the College. It is recommended that selection be made from the following courses : Bacteriology ; Chemistry 5b, Sc, 9a, 9b, 14a-14b, 21, 22, 31, 105, and 106; Entomology 2, 3; Physiology 5; Zoology 4, 5, 8a-8b, 21a-21b, 22, 23, 25-26; modern languages; and studies included in Group 5 of the general curriculum in science, page 131. On the completion of this fourth year, the student takes the degree of Bachelor of Arts before going to the College of Medicine. FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Hours 1 Chem. 1 — General Chemistry 5 Chem. 2a — Inorganic_ Chemistry 5 Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Mil. 2a— Military 1 Mil. 2b— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hy- Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium 1 giene 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Zool. 2 — Vertebrate Zoology 5 Zool. 1 — General Zoology 5 Total 17 Total 16 SECOND YEAR Chem. Sa — Quantative Analysis 5 Chem. 9, 9c — Organic Chemistry 5 German 1 or 4 3 , or Latin 4 German 3 or 5 or 6 2 , or Latin 4 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Physics 7a — General Physics 254 Physics 7b — General Physics 2Yt Physics 8a — Laboratory 2 l /i Physics, 8b — Laboratory 2% Zool. 3 — Microscopal Technics 3 Zool. 6 — Vertebrate Organogeny 3 Total 18 Total 18 THIRD YEAR (One-Year Medical College Curriculum) FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours Hours Chem. IS — Physiological Chemistry 7 Bact. 5a — Introductory Bacteriology 6 Physiol. 1 — Histology 3 Physiol. 2 — Experimental Physiology 5 Physiol. 4 — General Physiology S Physiol. 8 — Histology 5 Zool. 7a — Human Anatomy 3 Zool. 7b — Introduction to Human Anatomy 3 Total 18 Total 19 1 Semester hours. For definition see page 2S9. 142 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences CURRICULUM IN CHEMISTRY Students who follow the General Curriculum in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences with chemistry as a major subject are eligible for the degree of Bachelor of Arts. For the more specialized training of the chemist the following curriculum, largely prescribed, has been arranged. It requires a maximum total of 136 hours, and leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in chemistry. Preliminary preparation in German or French equivalent to two years of high school work or one year of university work is prescribed. The total lan- guage requirement for graduation in the curriculum in chemistry, including courses offered for entrance, must be equivalent to two years of university German and one year of university French. In the following schedule of courses, effective in 1915-16, after the second year there are offered certain prescribed subjects required of all students and in addition five group options, the last four of which are outlined for the pur- pose of affording systematic training along certain important lines of applied chemistry. The first option, A, is intended for those students who wish to place chief emphasis upon the fundamental branches of chemistry as a science and for those students who desire a combination of subjects not outlined in the other four groups. Students in option A must submit to their adviser at the beginning of the junior year an outline of their proposed program for the junior and senior years. Approval of such an outline must be secured from the adviser before registering. At least 12 hours of the electives under option A must be in chemistry and it is recommended that they be selected as far as possible from more advanced courses in inorganic, analytical, organic, and physical chemistry. In all groups, except B, 10 hours of the electives must be taken outside of the department and must include a course in economics. The groups provided for, with the letter used to designate each group, are as follows: A. General B. Electrochemical C. Industrial D. Food and sanitation E. Physiological Curriculum in Chemistry FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Hours 1 Chem. 1 or la — Inorganic Chemistry. .5 or 3 Chem. 3a — Inorganic Chemistry and Quali- German or French 4 tati ve Analysis 6 Math. 2 — College Algebra 3 German or French 4 Math. 4 — Plane Trigonometry 2 Math. 6 — Analytical Geometry S Mil. 2a— Military Drill 1 Mil. 1— Drill Regulations 1 Phys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hy- Mil. 2b — Military Drill 1 giene 1 Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 19 or 17 Total 18 SECOND YEAR Chem. Sa — Quantitative Analysis S Chem. 5b — Advanced Analytical Chemistry 5 French or German 4 French or German 4 Mil. 2c — Military Drill 1 History 2 or 3 or English 20 3 Phys. la — General Physics 3 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Phys. 3a — Physical Measurements 2 Phys. lb — General Physics 2 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phys. 3b — Physical Measurements 2 Total 18 Total 17 1 Semester hours. For definition see page 259 Curriculum in Chemistry 143 THIRD YEAR Prescribed for all Groups Chem. 9a — Organic Synthesis and Ulti- mate Analysis 2 Chem. 14a — Organic Chemistry 4 Chem. 92a — Journal Meeting 1 •Math. 3 — Differential and Integral Cal- culus 5 Total 12 Group Options A. — General Electives 5 *B. — Electrochemical Economics 1 ; or Economics 2 with 3 additional hours other than Chem- istry _ 5 C. — Industrial Chem. 65 — Technical Gas and Fuel Analysis 2 Elective 2-4 D. and E. — Food and Physiological Bot. 5 — Introductory Bacteriology. . . S Prescribed for all Groups Chem. 9b — Organic Synthesis and Qualita- tive Analysis 2 Chem. 14b — Principles of Organic Chem- istry 2 Chem. 31 — Principles of Physical Chem- istry 4 Chem. 33 — Physical Chemistry Laboratory 2 Chem. 92b — Journal Meeting 1 Total 11 Group Options A. — General Electives 5 B. — Electrochemical E. E. 8 — Electric Currents and Ap- paratus 3 E. E. 68 — Electrical Engineering Lab- oratory 1-7 Math. 9 3 C. — Industrial Elective .••••••. 2-6 One inspection trip E. E. 8 — Electric Currents and Ap- paratus 3 E. E. 68 — Electrical Engineering Lab- oratory 1 D. and E. — Food and Physiological Chem. IS — Physiological Chemistry. . 5 Elective 2-7 FOURTH YEAR Prescribed fo>- all Groups Prescribed for all Groups Chem. 11 — Research 3 Chem. 6 — Chemical Technology 3 Chem. 93a — Journal Meeting 1 Chem. 11 — Research 7 Chem. 95 — History of Chemistry 2 Chem. 93b — Journal Meeting 1 B Total 6 Group Options A. — General Electives 11 Electrochemical Chem. 35 — Electrochemistry 3 Chem. 37 — Experimental Problems in Physical and Electrochemistry 4 Electives 2-11 Phys. 4a — Electrical and Magnetic Measurements 2 C. — Industrial Chem. 7 — Metallurgy . 3 Chem. 35 — Electrochemistry 3 Chem. 69 — Metallurgical Laboratory and Assaying 2 Electives 3-11 D. — Food and Sanitation Chem. 5c — Food Analysis 5 Chem. 21 — Qualitative Organic An- alysis 2 Electives 3-10 E. — Physiological Chem. 15a or Chem. 22 5 Electives 5-10 Total 11 Group Options A. — General Electives 5 B. — Electrochemical Electives 2-5 Philos. _ 1 — Logic 3 C. — Industrial Chem. 61 — Industrial Laboratory 3 Electives 3-6 One inspection trip D. and E. — Food and Physiological Electives 5 Curriculum in Chemical Engineering FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER Hours 1 Chem. 1 or la — Inorganic Chemistry.. 5 or 3 German 4 — Prose Reading 4 Math. 2— College Algebra 3 Math. 4. — Plane Trigonometry 2 Mil. 2a— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hy- giene 1 Total 16 or 14 SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Chem. 3a — Inorganic Chemistry and Quali- tative Analysis 6 German 6 — Scientific German 4 Math. 6 — Analytical Geometry 5 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Mil. 2b— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Total 18 1 Semester hours. For definition see page 259. •Students electing Option B must register in Math. 7. 144 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences SECOND YEAR Chem. Sa — Quantitative Analysis 5 Chem. 5b — Advanced Analytical Chemistry S Math. 8 — Differential and Integral Calculus 5 Mil. 2d — Military Drill 1 Mil. 2c — Military Drill 1 Phys. lb — General Physics 2 Phys. la — General Physics 3 Phys. 2b — Physical Measurements 2 Phys. 3a — Physical Measurements 2 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 T. and A. M. 20— Analytical Mechanics... 3 Total 19 Total 16 THIRD YEAR Chem. 9a — Organic Synthesis and Ultimate Chem. 9b — Organic Synthesis and Quali- Analysis 2 tative Organic Analysis 2 Chem. 14a — Organic Chemistry 4 Chem. 14b — Organic Chemistry 2 Chem. 92a — Journal Meeting 1 Chem. 31 — Physical Chemistry 4 M. E. 75 — Forge Work 1 Chem. 33 — Physical Chemistry Labora- M. E. 77— Foundry Work 2 tory 2 T. and A. M. 21 — Analytical Mechanics.. 2 Chem. 92b — Journal Meeting 1 T. and A. M. 25 — Resistance of Materials 4 Electives outside of the department 3 E. E. 8 — Electric Currents and Apparatus 3 E. E. 68 — Electrical Engineering Labora- tory 1 One inspection trip Total 16 Total 18 FOURTH YEAR Chem. 7 — General Metallurgy and Iron and Chem. 6 — Chemical Technology 3 Steel 3 Chem. lib — Research 6 Chem. 11a — Research 3 Chem. 61 — Industrial Chemical Laboratory 3 Chem. 35 — Electrochemistry 3 Chem. 93b — Journal Meeting 1 Chem. 65 — Technical Gas and Fuel An- M. E. 64 — Mechanical Engineering Labora- alysis 2 tory 3 Chem. 69 — Assaying 2 One inspection trip Chem. 93a — Journal Meeting 1 M. E. 1 — Steam and Air Machinery 3 Total 17 Total 16 THE COLLEGE OF COMMERCE AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION For a description of the. building used by this College, see page 52, for museum and collections belonging to it, see page 64; for societies and clubs auxiliary to its curriculums, see page 115; for fees, see page 122. ORGANIZATION The College of Commerce and Business Administration was established oy the Board of Trustees in April, 1915, and opened the following September. The new college was given control of all the work formerly conducted by the department of economics, including the courses in business administration. The work of the college is divided into three separate departments as follows : economics, including finance and statistics; business organization and operation, including accountancy and business law; and transportation. PURPOSE The purpose of the College of Commerce and Business Administration is to give its students a knowledge of the principles underlying all lines of business with special training for particular business callings. The College does not attempt to prepare students for clerical and similar occupations as employees, but does endeavor to lay a broad foundation on which successful careers in managerial and administrative positions and as proprietors may be built. To this end courses in economics, accountancy, business organization and operation, banking, commerce, railway administration, and industry are offered in combina- tion with courses in language and literature, the social sciences, law, mathe- matics, and the natural sciences. ADMISSION See the statement of the entrance requirements of the University, pages 71 to 96. SPECIAL STUDENTS See the statement of the general regulations of the University in regard to special students, page 79. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION 1. The New Requirements — Degree of Bachelor of Science Students who entered the College of Commerce and Business Administra- tion with the class of 1919 and subsequent classes will be given the degree of Bachelor of Science. 145 146 The College of Commerce and Business Administration The requirements for this degree are as follows: 1. A candidate must comply with the University requirements as to residence and registration and secure credit amounting to 130 hours including the general University requirements of Rhetoric I and 2, 6 hours; and Physical Training, i, ia, and 2, 2 hours, for men, and ja-jb and g, 3 hours, for women ; and Military Science 1, 2a-2b, and 2c-2d, 5 hours, for men. 2. A candidate must secure credit in the subjects listed as prescribed in his chosen curriculum. 3. Of the electives allowed, 8 hours must be in either English literature or foreign language in all curriculums except the Curriculum in Foreign Commerce and the Curriculum for Commercial Teachers, in which foreign language is prescribed. 4. In the General Business Curriculum, the Curriculum in Banking, the Curriculum in Insurance, the Curriculum in Accountancy, the Cur- riculum in Railway Administration, and the Curriculum for Com- mercial and Civic Secretaries, 12 hours must be elected in the following group of subjects : history, political science, philosophy, psychology, and sociology, provided that not less than six hours in any one subject may be counted in fulfilling the requirement. 5. In all curriculums in which less than 10 hours of mathematics is pre- scribed in the first year, 10 hours must be elected in the following group of subjects: chemistry, geology, mathematics, and physics, provided that not less than 5 hours in any one subject may be counted in fulfilling the requirement. Students are advised to take the subjects required in paragraphs 3, 4, and 5 as early as possible in their course in order to leave more opportunity for free electives in the last years. In choosing free electives students must secure the advice and approval of the Dean of the College or of the official adviser for the curriculums they are pursuing. II. The Old Requirements — Degree of Bachelor of Arts The graduation requirements for former students in the Courses in Busi- ness Administration enrolled in the College of Commerce and Business Admin- istration will remain as they have been in the past and such students will be given the degree of Bachelor of Arts. The requirements are as follows : 1. Credit amounting to 130 hours, including the prescribed rhetoric, physical training, and military. 2. At least 8 hours in each of the following groups of subjects : I. English language and literature, including rhetoric. II. Latin, Greek, French, German, Italian, Spanish. III. History, economics, sociology, political science. IV. Mathematics, education, philosophy, psychology. V. Astronomy, botany, chemistry, entomology, geology, physi- ology, physics, zoology. Curriculum in General Business 147 3. Credit in the following subjects : I. Six hours of freshman economics (Economics 7, 22, 26, and 27). In case of students transferring from other colleges with advanced standing this requirement may be modified to suit individual needs. II. Principles of Economics (Economics 1). III. Business Writing (Rhetoric 10), Senior Conference on Written Work (Rhetoric 25-26). IV. Principles of Accounting (Accountancy la-lb). V. Commercial Law (Business Law la-lb). 4. A Major of 24 hours in economics, but not more than six hours of freshman economics (Economics 7, 22, 26, and 27) may be counted towards the major. Courses in accountancy and business law may not be counted towards the major. This statement of requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts is an abbreviation of the "old requirements" for graduation from the College of Lib- eral Arts and Sciences. For the details of these requirements, see pages 130-133. The outlines of curriculums on the following pages for the second, third and fourth years must also be used in connection with the above statement of requirements and attention must be given to the additional subjects prescribed in different curriculums. THE CURRICULUMS The curriculums offered in the College and outlined in the following pages furnish training for (1) general business, (2) commercial and civic secre- taries, (3) banking, (4) insurance, (5) accountancy, (6) general railway ad- ministration, (7) railway transportation, (8) commercial teachers, (9) foreign commerce. The curriculums are now in process of transition owing to the recent reorganization of the work in commerce and business administration and the adoption of new requirements for graduation. The outlines which follow are, therefore, arranged to show the work of each year as the curriculums are taught in 1915-16. General Business Curriculum as Taught in 1915-16 The subjects listed for the first year are prescribed for students of the class of 1919. An option is allowed between Economics 26 and 7 the first semester, and between Economics 22 and 27 the second semester. In addition to prescribed subjects students must take sufficient electives to make a minimum of 15 hours, but not to exceed a maximum of 18 hours, of work each semester. FIRST YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1919 FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Hours 1 Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting 3 Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 26 — Economic Resources or Econ. 22 — Economic History of United Econ. 7 — English Economic History. . . 3 States or Electives 4 to 7 Econ. 27 — Modern Industries 3 Mil. 2a— Military Drill 1 Electives 3 to 6 Phys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Hygiene 1 Mil. 2b— Military Drill 1 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total IS to 18 Total IS to 18 1 Semester hours. For definition see page 259. 148 The College of Commerce and Business Administration SECOND YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1918 Prescribed Subjects Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics 5 Hist. 3a — History of United States or Hist. 2a — English History or Hist, la — European History 3 or 4 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Pol. Sci. 1 — American Government 3 Total 12 or 13 Suggested Electives Foreign language continued Mathematics Phil. 1— Logic 3 Science THIRD YEAR FOR Prescribed Subjects Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 10 — Corporation Management 3 Econ. 28 — Domestic Commerce 3 Total 9 Suggested Electives Bus. Org. and Op. 1 — Business Organiza- tion and Operation 3 Econ. 5 — Public Finance 3 History Psych. 1 — Psychology 3 Rhet. 22 — Summarizing and Abstracting 2 Trans. 1 — Transportation System 3 FOURTH YEAR FOR Prescribed Subjects Bus. Law la — Commercial Law 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 7 — Salesmanship 3 Rhet. 25 — Conference on Written Work. 1 Total 7 Suggested Electives Acc'y 2a — Advanced Accounting and Aud- iting 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 3 — Business Procedure 2 Econ. 4 — Financial History of U. S 3 Econ. 12a — Labor Problems 3 Phil. 9— Political Ethics 2 Prescribed Subjects Econ. 3 — Money and Banking 3 Hist. 3b — History of United States or Hist. 2b — English History or Hist, lb — European History 4 or 3 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Pol. Sci. 3 — State and Local Government 3 Rhet. 10 — Business Writing 2 Total 13 or 12 Suggested Electives Foreign language continued Mathematics Phil. 1— Logic 3 Science THE CLASS OF 1917 Prescribed Subjects Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 2 — Organization and Control of Mercantile Distribution.... 3 Econ. 29 — Foreign Commerce or Econ. 31 — Organization of Foreign Com- merce 3 Trans. 12 — Freight Shipment 2 Total 11 Suggested Electives Econ. 11 — Industrial Consolidations 3 History Psych. 2 — Psychology 3 Trans. 2 — Transportation Policy 3 THE CLASS OF 1916 Prescribed Subjects Bus. Law lb — Commercial Law 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 8— Advertising 3 Rhet. 26— Conference on Written Work. . 1 Total 7 Suggested Electives Acc'y 2b — Advanced Accounting and Aud- iting 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 4 — Industrial Organi- zation and Management 2 Bus. Org. and Op. 9 — Commercial and Civic Organization 1 Econ. 12b — Labor Problems 3 Econ. 13 — Economic Development of Europe 3 Curriculum for Commercial and Civic Secretaries as Taught in 1915-16 The subjects listed for the first year are prescribed for students of the class of 1919. An option is allowed between Economics 26 and 7 the first semester, and between Economics 22 and 27 the second semester. In addition to prescribed subjects students must take sufficient electives to make a minimum of 15 hours, but not to exceed a maximum of 18 hours, of work each semester. FIRST YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1919 FIRST SEMF.STER Hours 1 Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 26 — Economic Resources or Econ. 7 — English Economic History.... 3 Electives 4 to 7 Mil. 2a— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hy- giene 1 Rhet. 1— Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 15 to 18 SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 22 — Economic History of United States or Econ. 27 — Modern Industries 3 Electives 3 to 6 Mil. 2b— Military Drill 1 Mil. 1— Drill Regulations 1 Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 2— Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 15 to 18 1 Semester hours. For definition see page 259. Curriculum in Banking 149 SECOND YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1918 Prescribed Subjects Hours 1 Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics 5 Hist. 3a — History of United States or Hist. 2a — English History or Hist, la — European History 3 or 4 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Pol. Sci. 1 — American Government 3 Total 12 or 13 Suggested Electives Foreign language continued Mathematics Phil. 1— Logic 3 Science Prescribed Subjects Hours 1 Econ. 3 — Money and Banking 3 Hist. 3b — History of United States or Hist. 2b — English History or Hist, lb — European History 3 or 4 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Pol. Sci. 3 — State and Local Government 3 Rhet. 10— Business Writing 2 Total 12 or 13 Suggested Electives Foreign language continued Mathematics Phil. 1— Logic 3 Science THIRD YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1917 Prescribed Subjects Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 10 — Corporation Management 3 Econ. 28 — Domestic Commerce 3 Pol. Sci. 4 — Municipal Government 3 Total 12 Suggested Electives Bus. Org. and Op. 1 — Business Organiza- tion and Operation 3 Phil. 9— Political Ethics. 2 Pol. Sci. 13— State Administration 3 Rhet. 22 — Summarizing and Abstracting. . 2 Sociology 1 — Principles of Sociology.... 3 Prescribed Subjects Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 2 — Organization and Control of Mercantile Distribution 3 Econ. 31 — Organization of Foreign Com- merce or Econ. 29 — Foreign _ Commerce 3 Sociology 8 — Charities 3 Total 12 Suggested Electives Econ. 11 — Industrial Consolidation 3 Econ. 34 — Property Insurance 2 Pol. Sci. 12 — National Administration.... 3 Pol. Sci 16 — Government of Illinois 2 FOURTH YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1916 Prescribed Subjects Bus. Law la — Commercial Law 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 3 — Business Procedure 2 Bus. Org. and Op. 7 — Salesmanship. ... 3 Rhet. 25 — Conference on Written Work. . 1 Total 9 Suggested Electives Econ. 12a — Labor Problems 3 Econ. 51 — Public Utilities 3 Sociology 10 — Population 3 Trans. 1 — Transportation System 3 Prescribed Subjects Bus. Law lb — Commercial Law 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 4 — Industrial Organiza- tion and Management 2 Bus. Org. and Op. 9 — Commercial and Civic Organizations 1 Bus. Org. and Op. 8 — Advertising 3 Rhet. 26 — Conference on Written Work. 1 Trans. 12 — Freight Shipment 2 Total 12 Suggested Electives Econ. 21 — Socialism and Economic Reform 2 Econ. 12b — Labor Problems 3 Sociology 9 — Criminology 3 Curriculum in Banking as Taught in 1915-16 The subjects listed for the first year are prescribed for students of the class of 1919. An option is allowed between Economics 26 and 7 the first semester, and between Economics 22 and 27 the second semester. In addition to prescribed subjects, students must take sufficient electives to make a mini- semester hours. For definition see page 259. 150 The College of Commerce and Business Administration mum of 15 hours, but not to exceed a maximum of 18 hours, of work each semester. Banking students must elect advanced algebra (Math. 2) in either the first or the second year as a prerequisite for the mathematics of investment (Math. 23) in the third year. FIRST YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1919 FIRST SEMESTER Hours 1 Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 26 — Economic Resources or Econ. 7 — English Economic History.... 3 Electives 4 to 7 Mil. 2a— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hy- giene 1 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total IS to 18 SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 22 — Economic History of United States or Econ. 27 — Modern Industries 3 Electives 3 to 6 Mil. 2b— Military Drill 1 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 15 to 18 SECOND YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1918 Prescribed Subjects Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics 5 Hist. 3a — History of United States or Hist. 2a — English History or Hist, la — European History 3 or 4 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Pol. Sci. 1 — American Government 3 Total 12 or 13 Siiggested Electives Foreign language continued Phil. 1— Logic 3 Science Prescribed Subjects Econ. 3 — Money and Banking 3 Hist. 3b — History of United States or Hist. 2b — English History or Hist, lb — European History 3 or 4 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Pol. Sci. 3 — State and Local Government 3 Rhet. 10 — Business Writing 2 Total 12 or 13 Suggested Electives Foreign language continued Phil. 1— Logic 3 Science THIRD YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1917 Prescribed Subjects Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 5 — Public Finance 3 Econ. 10 — Corporation Management 3 Total 9 Suggested Electives Bus. Org. and Op. 1 — Business Organiza- tion and Operation 3 Econ. 28 — Domestic Commerce 3 History Prescribed Subjects Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 2 — Organization and Control of Mercantile Distribution 2 Math. 23 — Mathematics of Investment.... 3 Total 8 Suggested Electives Econ. 11 — Industrial Consolidations or Econ. 29 — Foreign Commerce 3 Econ. 31 — Organization of Foreign Com- merce 3 History FOURTH YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1916 Bus. Law la — Commercial Law 3 Econ. 4 — Financial History of United States 3 Econ. 9 — Practical Banking 2 Rhet. 25 — Conference on Written Work.. 1 Total 9 Suggested Electives Acc'y 2a — Advanced Accounting and Aud- iting 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 3 — Business Procedure 2 Econ. 12a — Labor Problems 3 Econ. 33 — Economics of Insurance 2 Phil. 9— Political Ethics 2 Bus. Law lb — Commercial Law 3 Econ. 8 — The Money Market 2 Rhet. 26 — Conference on Written Work.. 1 Total 6 Suggested Electives Acc'y 2b — Advanced Accounting and Aud- iting 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 4 — Industrial Organiza- tion and Management 2 Econ. 12b — Labor Problems 3 Econ. 34 — Property Insurance 2 'Semester hours. For definition see page 259. Curriculum in Accountancy 151 Curriculum in Insurance as Taught in 1915-16 The subjects listed for the first year are prescribed for the class of 1919. An option is allowed between Economics 26 and 7 the first semester, and between Economics 22 and 27 the second semester. FIRST YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1919 FIRST SEMESTER Hours 1 Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 26 — Economic Resources or Econ. 7 — English Economic History.... 3 Math. 2 — Advanced Algebra 3 Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 Mil. 2a— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hy- giene 1 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 16 SECOND SEMESTER Hours* Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 22 — Economic History of United States or Econ. 27 — Modern Industries 3 Math. 6 — Analytical Geometry S Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Mil. 2b — Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 16 SECOND YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1918 Prescribed Subjects Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics 5 Math. 8 — Calculus 5 Mil. 2c — Military Drill 1 Pol. Sci. 1 — American Government 3 Science — 5 Total 19 Prescribed Subjects Econ. 3 — Money and Banking 3 Math. 23 — Mathematics of Investment. .. .3 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Pol. Sci. 3 — State and Local Government 3 Rhet. 10 — Business Writing 2 Science — 5 Total 17 THIRD YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1917 Prescribed Subjects Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 10 — Corporation Management 3 Math. 31 — Actuarial Theory 3 Total 9 Suggested Electives Bus. Org. and Op. 1 — Business Organiza- tion and Operation 3 Econ. 5 — Public Finance 3 Foreign language continued Hist, la — European History 4 Hist. 3a — History of United States 3 Rhet. 22 — Summarizing and Abstracting. . 2 Prescribed Subjects Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 2 — Organization and Control of Mercantile Distribution 3 Total 6 Suggested Electives Foreign language continued Hist. 3b — History of United States 3 Hist, lb — European History 4 Phil. 1— Logic 3 FOURTH YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1916 Prescribed Subjects Bus. Law la — Commercial Law 3 Econ. 33 — Economics of Insurance 2 Rhet. 25— Conference on Written Work.. 1 Total 6 Suggested Electives Bus. Org. and Op. 3 — Business Procedure 2 Bus. Org. and 0_p. 7 — Salesmanship 3 Econ. 4 — Financial History of United States 3 Econ. 9 — Practical Banking 2 Econ. 12a — Labor Problems 3 Phil. 9— Political Ethics 2 Prescribed Subjects Bus. Law lb — Commercial Law 3 Econ. 34 — Property Insurance 2 Rhet. 26— Conference on Written Work.. 1 Total 6 Suggested Electives Bus. Org. and Op. 4 — Industrial Organi- zation and Management 2 Bus. Org. and Op. 8 — Advertising 3 Econ. 8b — Money Market 2 Econ. 12b — Labor Problems 3 Curriculum in Accountancy as Taught in 1915-16 The subjects listed for the first year are prescribed for the students of the class of 1919. An option is allowed between Economics 26 and 7 the first semester and between Economics 22 and 27 the second semester. In addition 1 Semester hours. For definition see page 259. 152 The College of Commerce and Business Administration to prescribed subjects students must take sufficient electives to make a minimum of 15 hours, but not to exceed a maximum of 18 hours, of work each semester. Accountancy students must elect advanced algebra (Math. 2) in either the first or the second year as a prerequisite for mathematics of investment (Math. 23) in the third year. FIRST YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1919 FIRST SEMESTER Hours 1 Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 26 — Economic Resources or Econ. 7 — English Economic History.... 3 Electives 4 to 7 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hy- giene 1 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total IS to 18 SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 22 — Economic History of United States or Econ. 27 — Modern Industries 3 Electives 3 to 6 Mil. 1— Drill Regulations 1 Mil. 2b— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 15 to 18 SECOND YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1918 Prescribed Subjects Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 1 — Phinciples of Economics 5 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Science 5 Total 14 Suggested Electives Foreign language continued Hist, la — European History 4 Hist. 3a — History of United States 3 Phil. 1— Logic 3 Pol. Sci. 1 — American Government 3 Prescribed Subjects Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 3 — Money and Banking 3 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Rhet. 10 — Business Writing 2 Science 5 Total 14 Suggested Electives Foreign language continued Hist, lb — European History 4 Hist. 3b— History of United States 3 Pol. Sci. 3 — State and Local Government 3 THIRD YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1917 Prescribed Subjects Prescribed Subjects Acc'y 2a — Advanced Accounting and Aud- iting 3 Econ. 5 — Public Finance 3 Econ. 10 — Corporation Management 3 Total 9 Suggested Electives Acc'y 4a — Cost Accounting 3 Bus. Org. and Op ; 1 — Business Organiza- tion and Operation 3 Econ. 28 — Domestic Commerce 3 Rhet. 22 — Summarizing and Abstracting. 2 Acc'y 2b — Advanced Accounting and Aud- iting 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 2 — Organization and Control of Mercantile Distribution 3 Math. 23 — Mathematics of Investment... 3 Total 9 Suggested Electives Acc'y 4b — Cost Accounting 3 Econ. 29 — Foreign Commerce or Econ. 31 — Organization of Foreign Com- merce .■ • • ; 3 Econ. 1 1 — Industrial Consolidation 3 FOURTH YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1916 Prescribed Subjects Prescribed Subjects Acc'y 3a — Accounting Problems and Aud- Acc'y 3b — Accounting Problems and Aud- iting 3 iting 3 Bus. Law la — Commercial Law 3 Bus. Law lb — Commercial Law 3 Rhet. 25 — Conference on Written Work. . 1 Rhet. 26 — Conference on Written Work. . 1 Total 7 Suggested Electives Bus. Org. and Op. 3 — Business Procedure 2 Econ. 9 — Practical Banking 2 Econ. 12a — Labor Problems 3 Econ. 51 — Public Utilities 3 PhiL 9— Political Ethics 2 Total 7 Suggested Electives Bus. Org. and Op. 4 — Industrial Organiza- tion and Management 2 Econ. 8 — Money Market 2 Econ. 12b — Labor Problems 3 1 Semester hours. For definition see page 259. Curriculum in Railway Administration 153 Curriculum in Railway Administration as Taught in 1915-16 All junior and senior students in railway administration are required to take part in the annual inspection trip of four days' duration, commencing on the morning of the Tuesday before the Easter recess. The expenses of each member of the party need not exceed $12 to $15. Curriculum in Railway Administration (Hitherto called Course in Railway Traffic and Accounting) The subjects listed for the first year are prescribed for students of the class of 1919. FIRST YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1919 FIRST SEMESTER Hours 1 Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 26 — Economic Resources 3 Math. 2 — Advanced Algebra 3 Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 Mil. 2a— Military Drill 1 Phj;s. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hy- giene 1 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 16 SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 22 — Economic History of the United States 3 Math. 6 — Analytic Geometry S Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Mil. 2b— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 17 SECOND YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1918 Prescribed Subjects Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics 5 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Phys. la and 3a — Physics S Pol. Sci. 1 — American Government 3 Trans. 7 — Railway Organization 2 Total 19 Prescribed Subjects Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 3 — Money and Banking 3 Mil. 2d— Military Drill.. 1 Phys. lb and 3b — Physics 4 Rhet. 10 — Business Writing 2 Trans. 12 — Freight Shipment 2 Total IS THIRD YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1917 Prescribed Subjects Acc'y 2a — Advanced Accounting and Aud- iting 3 Econ. 10 — Corporation Management 3 Electives _. 3 to 6 Trans. 1 — Transportation System 3 Trans. 17 — Railway Terminal Management or Trans. 13 — Railway Traffic Administration 3 Total 15 to 18 Prescribed Subjects Acc'y 2b — Advanced Accounting and Aud- iting 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 2 — Organization and Control of Mercantile Distribution.... 3 Math. 23 — Mathematics of Investment... 3 Trans. 26 — Economics of Railway Loca- tion and Maintenance or Trans. 22 — Railway Train Service 3 Trans. 2 — Transportation Policy in Europe and United States 3 Total IS FOURTH YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1916 Prescribed Subjects Acc'y 3a — Accounting Problems and Aud- iting 3 Bus. Law la — Commercial Law 3 Electives 3 to 6 Rhet. 25 — Conference on Written Work. . 1 Trans. 13 — Railway Traffic Administration or Trans. 17 — Railway Terminal Manage- ment 3 Trans. 35a — Thesis 2 Total 15 to 18 Prescribed Subjects Acc'y 3b — Accounting Problems and Aud- iting 3 Bus. Law lb — Commercial Law 3 Electives 3 to 6 Rhet. 26 — Conference on Written Work. . 1 Trans. 26 — Economics of Railway Loca- tion and Maintenance^ or Trans. 22 — Railway Train Service 3 Trans. 35b— Thesis 2 Total IS to 18 •Semester hours. For definition see page 259. 154 The College of Commerce and Business Administration Curriculum in Railway Transportation The subjects listed for the first year are prescribed for students of the class of 1919. In choosing additional courses in the second, third, and fourth years as described below, in order to make up the 130 hours of credit, six hours must be taken in history, political science, advanced language, or phil- osophy. FIRST YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1919 FIRST SEMESTER Hours 1 Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting 3 G. E. D. 1 — Elements of Drafting 4 Math. 2 — Advanced Algebra 3 Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 Mil. 2a— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hy- giene 1 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 17 SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting 3 G. E. D. 12 — Descriptive Geometry 4 Math. 6 — Analytic Geometry 5 Mil. 1— Drill Regulations 1 Mil. 2b— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 18 SECOND YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1918 Prescribed Subjects Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics S Math. 8 — Calculus 5 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Phys. la and _ 3a — Physics. 5 Trans. 7 — Railway Organization 2 Total 18 Prescribed Subjects Econ. 3 — Money and Banking 3 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Phys. lb and 3b — Physics 4 Rhet. 10 — Business Writing 2 T. & A. M. 20— Analytical Mechanics... 3 Trans. 12— Freight Shipment 2 Total IS THIRD YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1917 Prescribed Subjects Prescribed Subjects T. &. A. M. 21 — Analytical Mechanics... 2 M. E. 2 — Steam Engineering 3 T. &-. A. M. 29 — Resistance of Materials. 5 Trans. 2. — Transportation Policy in Trans. 1 — Transportation System 3 Europe and the United States 3 Trans. 13 — Railway Administration or Trans. 22 — Railway Train Service or Trans. 17 — Railway Terminal Management 3 Trans. 26 — Economics of Railway Loca- tion and Maintenance 3 Total 13 Total 9 FOURTH YEAR FOR Prescribed Subjects Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 12a — Labor Problems 3 E. E. 11 and 61 — Direct Current 4 M. E. 62 — Mechanical Engineering 3 Rhet. 25 — Conference on Written Work. . 1 Trans. 17 — Railway Terminal Management or Trans. 13 — Railway Traffic Administration 3 Trans. 35a — Thesis 2 Total 19 THE CLASS OF 1916 Prescribed Subjects Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting 3 C. E. 76 — Surveying 2 Econ. 12b — Labor Problems 3 E. E. 12 and 62 — Alternating Current.... 4 Rhet. 26 — Conference on Written Work. . 1 Trans. 26 — Economics of Railway Loca- tion and Maintenance or Trans. 22 — Railway Train Service 3 Trans. 35b — Thesis 2 Total 18 I Semester hours. For definition see page 259. Curriculum for Commercial Teachers 155 Curriculum for Commercial Teachers as Taught in 1915-16 The subjects listed for the first year are prescribed for students of the class of 1919. An option is allowed between Economics 26 and 7 the first semester, and between Economics 22 and 27 the second semester. In addition to prescribed subjects students must take sufficient electives to make a minimum of 15 hours, but not to exceed a maximum of 18 hours, of work each semester. FIRST YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1919 SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 22 — Economic History of United States or Econ. 27 — Modern Industries 3 Electives 2 Foreign language 4 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Mil. 2b— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 FIRST SEMESTER Hours 1 Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 26 — Economic Resources or Econ. 7 — English Economic History.... 3 Electives 3 Foreign language 4 Mil. 2a— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hy- giene 1 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 18 Total 18 SECOND YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1918 Prescribed Subjects Econ. 1 — Principles of Economics 5 Hist. 3a — History of United States or Hist, la — European History 3 or 4 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Pol. ScL 1 — American Government 3 Psychology 1 — Intro. Psychology 3 Total IS or 16 Suggested Electives English literature . Foreign language continued Mathematics Science Prescribed Subjects Econ. 3 — Money and Banking 3 Hist. 3b — History of United States or Hist, lb — European History 3 or 4 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Pol. Sci. 3 — State and Local Government 3 Psychology 2 — Intro. Psychology 3 Rhet. 10 — Business Writing 2 Total 15 or 16 Suggested Electives English literature Foreign language continued Mathematics Science THIRD YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1917 Prescribed Subjects Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting 3 Econ. 10 — Corporation Management 3 Econ. 28 — Domestic Commerce 3 Educ. 1 — Principles of Education 4 Total 13 Suggested Electives Bus. Org. and Op. 1 — Business Organiza- tion and Operation 3 Econ. 5 — Public Finance 3 Foreign language continued History Phil. 1— Logic 3 Pol. Sci. 4 — Municipal Government 3 Rhet. 22 — Summarizing and Abstracting. . 2 FOURTH YEAR FOR Prescribed Subjects Bus. Law la — Commercial Law 3 Econ. 12a — Labor Problems 3 Educ. 10 — Observation and Technics of Teaching 3 Rhet. 25 — Conference on Written Work... 1 Total 10 Suggested Electives Acc'y 2a — Advanced Accounting and Aud- iting 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 3 — Business Procedure 2 Econ. 4 — Financial History of United States 3 Econ. 9 — Practical Banking 2 Phil. 9— Political Ethics 2 Prescribed Subjects Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 2 — Organization and Control of Mercantile Distribution.... 3 Econ. 29 — Foreign Commerce or Econ. 31 — Organization of Foreign Com- merce 3 Educ. 2 — History of Education 5 Total 14 Suggested Electives Educ. 6 — Principles of Secondary School Education 3 Foreign language continued History Phil. 2 — Introduction to Philosophy 3 THE CLASS OF 1916 Prescribed Subjects Bus. Law lb — Commercial Law 3 Econ. 12b — Labor Problems 3 Educ. 16 — Social Education or Educ. 15 — School Hygiene 2 or 3 Rhet. 26 — Conference on Written Work. . 1 Total 9 or 10 Suggested Electives Acc'y 2b — Advanced Accounting and Aud- iting 3 Bus. Org. and Op. 4 — Industrial Organi- zation and Management 2 Econ. 8 — The Money Market 2 Econ. 21 — Socialism and Economic Re- form 2 Trans. 12 — Freight Shipment 2 1 Semester hours. For definition see page 259. 156 The College of Commerce and Business Administration Curriculum in Foreign Commerce The subjects listed for the first year are prescribed for students of the class of 1919. An option is allowed between Economics 26 and 7 the first semester and between Economics 22 and 27 the second semester. In addition to prescribed subjects, students must take sufficient electives to make a mini- mum of 15 hours, but not to exceed a maximum of 18 hours, of work each semester. NOTE. — This is a new curriculum and is introduced because of the growing demand for trained service in foreign trade and more particularly in Latin-American trade. In the remaining years of the curriculum emphasis will be laid on instruction in foreign language and correspondence, business organization and operation, history, international relations, foreign commerce, and international exchange and finance. FIRST YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1919 FIRST SEMESTER Hours 1 SECOND SEMESTER HoUrS 1 Acc'y la — Principles of Accounting 3 Acc'y lb — Principles of Accounting...... 3 Econ. 26 — Economic Resources or Econ. 22 — Economic History of United Econ. 7 — English Economic History.... 3 States or Electives 3 Econ. 27 — Modern Industries 3 Foreign language 4 Electives 2 Mil. 2a — Military Drill 1 Foreign language 4 Phys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hy- Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 giene 1 Mil. 2b — Military Drill 1 Rhet. 1— Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phys. Tr. 2 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 18 Total 18 1 Semester hours. For definition see page 259. THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING For a description of the buildings used by this College, see page 52, for collections belonging to it (architecture, ceramic engineering, civil engineering, electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, and railway engineering), see page 65; for clubs and societies auxiliary to its curriculums, see page 115; for fees, see page 122; for honors, see page 99; for honorary societies, see page 114. GENERAL STATEMENT The purpose of the College is to train men for the profession of engineer- ing. In arranging its curriculums, cultural subjects are interwoven with the theoretical subjects of the several departments. The instruction of the class- room and the practise afforded by the library, the drafting-room, and the labor- atory are correlated. Throughout his course the student works upon prob- lems and proceeds by methods similar to those which arise in the experience of the practising engineer. ADMISSION See the statement of the entrance requirements of the University, pages 71 to 96. SPECIAL STUDENTS See the statement of the regulations of the University in regard to special students, page 79. DESCRIPTION OF DEPARTMENTS The College of Engineering comprises the following departments : Department of Architecture, with curriculums in — Architecture Architectural Engineering Department of Ceramic Engineering Department of Civil Engineering Department of Electrical Engineering Department of Mechanical Engineering Department of Mining Engineering Department of Municipal and Sanitary Engineering Department of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Department of Physics Department of Railway Engineering^ with curriculums in — Railway Civil Engineering Railway Electrical Engineering Railway Mechanical Engineering tThe School of Railway Engineering and Administration (page 205) offers, in addition to the three curriculums named here, curriculums in railway transportation and railway ad- ministration under the direction of the College of Commerce and Business Administration. See pages 152-154 above. 157 158 The College of Engineering ARCHITECTURE The department of architecture offers two curriculums leading to the first degree, the curriculum in architecture and the curriculum in architectural engineering. The aim of these curriculums is to give preparation for the practise of architecture. The curriculum in architecture aims primarily to train the student to produce correct, thoughtful, and beautiful works of architecture. The schedule includes liberal and scientific subjects to supply the background for creative work and to give a knowledge of the principles involved in the processes of safe and economical construction; also freehand drawing for the purpose of training the eye to recognize correct proportion and training the hand to skilful and rapid drawing. The curriculum, however, consists mainly of the study of architec- tural forms and principles and their application in architectural design. The curriculum in architectural engineering gives a groundwork in mathe- matics and applied mechanics, and includes such studies as strength of materials, bridge, mill, and tall building construction, reinforced concrete, etc. The prin- ciples of these subjects are applied to all forms of building construction in a course given in the senior year, known as architectural engineering. While specializing in construction, this curriculum includes also the study of the forms and principles of architecture through such subjects as free-hand drawing, architectural history, architectural drawing, and architectural design. Both curriculums in architecture prepare the student for the examinations of the Illinois State Board of Examiners of Architects, and graduates are exempt from examinations required for entrance into the American Institute of Architects, and from the preliminary examination for the prize in Archi- tecture of the American Academy at Rome. The Plym Fellowship in Architecture is awarded annually to a graduate of the department. This prize, which is awarded by competition, amounts to $1,000 and provides for one year of travel abroad for the study of architecture. The American Institute of Architects offers annually a medal to be awarded to the graduate of the department whose work throughout the four years has been adjudged the best. In making the award the scholarship in all work for the entire curriculum is considered. The J. C. Llewellyn prize of fifty dollars is offered to the seniors in architectural engineering for the best solution of a given engineering problem. The Scarab Medal in Architecture is awarded annually to a student of the Department. This prize is a bronze medal which is awarded by competition. Students intending to take up the study of architecture should take free- hand and mechanical drawing and general history in high school. Equipment The collections of rendered and working drawing, lantern slides, plates, photographs, casts, specimens of American woods, building materials, and appli- ances are noted under "Collections" on page 65. A Zeiss epidiascope is used for direct projection of photographs and colored plates, and a double electric lantern for projecting two pictures on the screen at once for comparative study. Geometrical and architectural models are lighted by a light properly adjusted for demonstration of the subjects of shades and shadows and con- ventional rendering. Wall space in the corridors of the department and in all drafting rooms has been prepared for exhibition purposes, and collections Civil Engineering 159 of drawings are constantly displayed. The department occupies the fourth floor of Engineering Hall, and part of the third; its quarters include drafting rooms for undergraduate and graduate work, library, lecture rooms, and studios for free-hand drawing. CERAMIC ENGINEERING This department offers courses in instruction relating to the fabrication of clay products, cement, and glass from the crude clays and rocks. In addition to the fundamental engineering courses, work is offered in the physical and chemical principles of the production of silicate products, the winning and preparation of raw materials, their shaping, drying, and burning, or fusion, the compositions and application of the various glazes, enamels, and colors, the construction of the various machines, apparatus, kilns, and furnaces used in these industries. Industrial cooperation and research are prosecuted, and a series of bulle- tins on ceramic subjects is being published. Equipment The ceramic laboratories contain apparatus for the testing of clays and the preparation of cements and glasses ; machinery for grinding the raw materials, for shaping bricks, tiles, saggers, pottery and refractories ; nine kilns and fur- naces for calcining and fusing; pyrometers, potentiometers, electric furnaces, recording instruments, and all other accessories for exact scientific and tech- nical work. A library pertaining to the silicate industries is available; also sets of working drawings representing the construction of important plants. CIVIL ENGINEERING The purpose of this department is to furnish a curriculum accompanied and illustrated by practise in the survey, design, and construction of public and other engineering works. While the instruction aims to be practical by giving the student information and practise applicable in his future professional work, the prime object is the development of the mental faculties. The power to acquire information and the ability to use it are held to be of greater value than so-called practical knowledge. Equipment This department has an equipment of compasses, engineers' transits, solar transits, levels (ordinary and precise), plane tables and sextants, as well as a collection of illustrations of structural materials. The cement laboratory occupies a room in the Mechanical Engineering Laboratory, and is provided with slate tables, testing machines, molding machines, sieves, and sample barrels of hydraulic cement, varieties of sand, and other necessary materials. The road laboratory occupies a room in the Mechanical Engineering Labo- ratory, and is provided with machines for testing the resistance of macadam material to impact and abrasion and for making the cementation test. The laboratory is also supplied with rattlers and other devices for testing paving material ; and with equipment for testing oils, tars, and asphalts. 160 The College of Engineering ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING This department provides a curriculum in the theory and application of electricity. The first two years of work are substantially the same as in the other engineering curriculums, including work in drafting room and shop, and instruction in the principles of mathematics and physics. In the third year a course in dynamo machinery is followed by the theory of alternating currents, while laboratory and design courses emphasize principles. Technical courses cover the generation, transmission, and distribution of electric power, and its various applications. In the laboratory a study of dynamos is followed in the fourth year by experiments in the operation of electrical machinery. Investi- gation of problems of power distribution is made in advanced laboratory and thesis work. Equipment The 500-kilowatt power plant of the University supplies the electrical engi- neering laboratory with current for its operation. The power equipment in the electrical engineering laboratory includes seventy-five direct current machines with a total capacity of 425 kilowatts, thirty alternating current machines with a total capacity of 325 kilowatts, and sixty transformers with a total capacity of 375 kilowatts. A 17-panel experi- mental switchboard affords distribution and control. The instrument room contains standards for the calibration of commercial instruments of all types, two hundred and fifty portable instruments for experi- mental work, and a 240 ampere-hour storage battery. The graduate laboratory contains apparatus for research, including four oscillographs, one 2,000-cycle alternator, one 200,000-volt transformer, one 1,000-ampere direct current gener- ator, and apparatus for high voltage direct current investigations. The photo- meter room contains apparatus for tests of the various light sources. Two special 100-line switchboards are connected with cables and apparatus for experi- ment in telephony. The equipment for electrometallurgical work includes one 30-kilowatt induction furnace, one 25-kilowatt arc furnace, two 30-kilowatt resistance furnaces, one 15-kilowatt vacuum furnace for melting, one 3-kilowatt vacuum furnace for annealing, and one 1.5-kilowatt muffle furnace. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The courses in mechanical engineering are planned to present the theory and practise of the generation and transmission of power, and of the design, construction, operation, and testing of machinery of all kinds. In the labo- ratories emphasis is given to the engineering and economic principles of machine construction and to the problems of scientific shop management. Equipment The Designing Rooms are supplied with drawing tables, and with reference books, files of trade catalogs, gear charts, and collections of blue-prints. A collection of kinematic models, sectional steam specialties, lantern slides, and photographs is also available. The Mechanical Engineering Laboratory is equipped with machines and testing instruments for instruction in steam engineering, gas power engineering, refrigeration, heating, and ventilation, including a 210-horsepower experimental boiler, equipped with chain-grate stoker, fuel economizer, and induced draft; a separately fired steam superheater; types of throttling, high speed automatic, Mining Engineering 161 and Corliss steam engines ; steam condensers ; a compound two-stage air com- pressor ; a large compound duplex steam pump ; a Kerr steam turbine ; a DeLival turbo-pump ; a 200,000-pound Lea water-flow ; a 10-ton ammonia compression refrigerating machine ; typical gas, gasoline, and oil engines ; a 50-horsepower suction gas producer, house-heating boilers and furnaces ; and apparatus for instruction in heating and ventilation and the mechanical equipment of buildiags. The central heating and power plant contains types of boilers, stokers, pumps, and engines in commercial service. The Shop Laboratories are provided with machinery and apparatus to illustrate the processes of the manufacture of machinery. The laboratories include the Wood Shop with an equipment of benches, lathes, machinery, aid small tools needed in pattern construction ; the Foundry equipped with cupola, brass furnaces, core ovens, molding machines, and facilities for bench and floor molding; the Forge Shop equipped with forges, anvils and small tools, a steam hammer, a power-driven punch and shear, and with gas and electric furnaces; and the Machine Shop with an equipment of lathes, planers, shapers, milliag machines, grinders, boring mills, drill presses, and with typical small tools atd fixtures used in manufacturing. MECHANICS, THEORETICAL AND APPLIED The courses in theoretical and applied mechanics are designed to meet the needs of students of engineering. The Laboratory of Applied Mechanics comprises the materials testing labo- ratory and the hydraulics laboratory. The equipment of the materials testinj laboratory includes testing machines and apparatus for making physical tests of materials of construction, such as tension, compression, flexure, shearing torsion, hardness, and impact tests, and tests under repeated load. The labo- ratory contains machines of capacity for testing full size structural and machine members. Among these is a universal machine of six hundred thousand pounds capacity. The hydraulics laboratory has facilities for furnishing water under a range of pressures and volumes. There is an equipment of devices for meas- uring and recording the flow of water, including measuring pits, water meters, weir channels, nozzles, pitometer, and Venturi meters. In the equipment are pumps, a standpipe, water motors, and a turbine water wheel for testing pur- poses. A supply of pressure gauges, weighing scales, and other auxiliary apparatus is provided. MINING ENGINEERING The department of mining engineering offers courses of instruction in mining and metallurgy to train men for the various phases of the mineral industry. The work of the department adds to the preliminary courses in mathe- matics, languages, chemistry, physics, geology, and general engineering, specialized work in mine surveying, mining methods, prospecting, mine exam- ination and valuation, ventilation, mining machinery, coal washing and ore concentration, metallurgy, utilization of fuels, administration and organization of mines, mining law, and the design of mining and metallurgical structures. In addition to its work of instruction, the department concerns itself with the development and dissemination of scientific facts of service in improving the practise of mining, with reference to efficiency in operation, the security •f life in the mines, and the conservation of the mineral resources of the State. 162 The College of Engineering Equipment The drawing rooms contain the catalogs of the manufacturers of mining machinery with a complete card index, the standard reference books on mine drafting, models of mine structures, and a collection of blue-prints and draw- ings of mine structures. The mine-gas and safety-lamp laboratory contains safety lamps of different types, electric and magnetic locking appliances, a photometer, a dark room for photometric work, Ryan, Oldham, and Hailwood safety-lamp testing appa- ratus, appliances for gas and dust analysis and explosibility tests, and a Bach- arach ltydro volume and pressure recorder. The coal washing and ore dressing laboratory contains for crushing, rolls, gyratory and jaw crushers, and a 500-pound 3-stamp battery; for screening and sizing, trommels, shaking and vibrating screens, and classifiers ; for concentrating and cleaning, pan, piston and pulsating jigs, bumping table, vanner, concen- trating table, and slimer. These machines can handle from 3 to 5 tons of coal and one ton of ore an hour. There are also a complete sampling and drying equipment, a cyanide testing plant, a Huff electrostatic machine, a flotation unit, and other appliances used for preliminary testing. Adjoining this laboratory is a chemical assay laboratory equipped for the analytical work required in connection with coal washing and ore concentration. The explosives and drilling laboratory contains types of rock and coal drills, an air meter, a diamond drill, chain and puncher, coal cutters, and a complete outfit for demonstrating the use of explosives. MINE RESCUE STATION AND LABORATORIES Cooperating with the department of mining engineering and with the State Geological Survey, the Federal Government in 1909 established at the Univer- sity a mine rescue station in charge of a resident mining engineer. The pur- pose of the station was to interest all connected with the mining industry in modern appliances and breathing and resuscitation apparatus as part of the normal equipment of mines. At the station mine bosses and others were trained in the use of such apparatus, this service being rendered freely to all who desired the benefits thereof. A direct outcome of the cooperative rescue station has been the estab- lishment of a comprehensive mine rescue service by the State of Illinois. This state service has rendered unnecessary the maintenance of the cooperative rescue station in Urbana. The station is now maintained by the University for the training of students, but the Bureau of Alines keeps certain apparatus on exhibition. The Cooperative Investigation of Illinois mining conditions is another outgrowth of the mine rescue station. This cooperation between the Univer- sity of Illinois, the Illinois State Geological Survey, and the United States Bureau of Mines has for the past four years carried on an investigation of the coal resources and the mining practise in the state. A laboratory has been maintained for the study of mine dusts and mine gases which is also available for the use of mining classes in the University. The Bureau of Mines has stationed in Urbana two resident mining engineers, and a chemist. Railway Engineering 163 MUNICIPAL AND SANITARY ENGINEERING This curriculum is designed to train students for the duties of the engineer employed on the design, construction, and operation of public works and public utilities, and for general engineering work. The methods of training are intended to develop power to take up and solve new problems connected with municipal public works, as well as to design and to superintend the ordinary constructions. Surveying, structural materials, and structural design are taught as in the civil engineering curriculum. Chem- istry and bacteriology of water supply and sewage disposal are given ; and instruction in mechanical and electrical engineering in the generation and transmission of power. PHYSICS The department of physics occupies the Laboratory of Physics. This build- ing supplies facilities and equipment for instruction and investigation in physics. Gas, distilled water, compressed air and vacuum, and direct and alternating electric currents are available in all parts of the building. There is a collection of over 4,000 pieces of apparatus, and only a small part of the equipment is antiquated. New investigations can usually be started with the apparatus on hand. There are two workshops, one for advanced students and instructors, and one for the mechanicians of the department. The students' shop is equipped with lathes, drill press, and bench tools. The mechanicians' shop contains lathes, milling machines, drill press, and other facilities for fine machine work. The University library contains sets of journals of physics and the related sciences in English, French, and German. The recent volumes of the physical journals, together with a collection of text-books, encyclopedias, dictionaries, and other reference books, are in the special library of the Laboratory. RAILWAY ENGINEERING* The department of railway engineering is organized to train students for service in the technical departments of railways. It offers curriculums in railway civil engineering, railway electrical engineering, and railway mechanical engineering, all three of which are substantially the same as the corresponding civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering curriculums to the middle of the third year, after which is given in each course a group of subjects relating to the technical problems of steam or electric railways. The curriculums in railway civil and railway mechanical engineering are designed for those who wish to enter steam railway service in the engineering and motive power departments respectively, while the curriculum in railway electrical engineering is intended for those who will serve on electric railways or in the electrical departments of steam roads. The special subjects of the curriculum in railway civil engineering concern the location, design, construction, and maintenance of railway track and equipment, and the design of railway structures. The courses in railway electrical engineering deal with the design and construc- tion of electric railway equipment, the operation and performance of electric cars and locomotives, and with the problems which arise in the electrification of steam lines. The curriculum in railway mechanical engineering adds to the fundamentals of the general mechanical engineering curriculum special railway courses on the design of locomotives and cars, the resistance of trains, the performance and tests of locomotives, and tests of railway equipment. *Seo also School of Railway Engineering and Administration, page 205. 164 The College of Engineering Equipment A locomotive testing plant, equipped from the original designs of the department, occupies a building forty by one hundred fifteen feet. The plant is devoted exclusively to making tests to determine the performance of locomo- tives. The locomotives tested are furnished by certain western railroad systems under an arrangement which insures the maintenance in the plant of a locomo- tive of latest design. The department owns and operates, jointly with the Illinois Central Rail- road, a railway test car designed for experimental work on steam roads. It is equipped for making train resistance and locomotive performance tests, and during the last fifteen years has been in frequent operation in carrying on resistance and tonnage rating tests on the Illinois Central Railroad and on several eastern roads. For work on electric roads the department owns also an electric test car, of the interurban type, designed and built for the University. It is equipped with four 50-horse-power direct current motors and with the Westinghouse multiple control system, and is provided with instruments for recording power, speed, acceleration, and the other data needed in road tests. Through the courtesy of the Illinois Traction System this car is operated on its lines, which enter the campus of the University. The department laboratory equipment includes a drop-testing machine and a brake-shoe testing machine, both constructed in accordance with the standards of the Master Car Builders Association. The drop-testing machine is designed for use in testing the strength of railroad rails, car axles, car couplers, and draft gears ; and may be used in studies of the physical properties of struc- tural materials of any sort. The brake-shoe testing machine supplies means for determining the wearing properties and frictional qualities of brake-shoes, such as are employed in regular service on railroad trains. Much of the work in the railway courses is given in the departments of civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering, and the shop and laboratory equipment of these departments is available for students of the railway department. Three steam roads — the Illinois Central, the Cleveland, Cincinnai, Chicago & St. Louis, and the Wabash railroads — and two electric interurban roads — the Illinois Traction System and the Kankakee and Urbana railway — enter Champaign and Urbana. The department is afforded opportunities for practical road tests and field work. The division shops of the C, C, C. & St. L. railroad, located at Urbana, provide opportunity for similar work. APPROVED NON-TECHNICAL ELECTIVES The following is a list of approved non-technical electives for students in the College of Engineering. In general, prerequisites must be observed. Accountancy 10 ; Astronomy 3, 7, 8, 14, IS ; Chemistry 16, 5a or 13a, 10b, 6, 7, 8, 31, 35, 65, 66, 69, 77, 78 ; Economics 1, 2, 3, 10, 12a-12b, 21, 25a-25b, 41 ; Education 1, 2, 16, 25, 41 ; English, any intermediate or advanced courses; French, any advanced courses; Geology 2, 5a, 13a, 13b. 14, 24; (for students in mining any course in geology for which the student has prerequisite) ; German, any third or fourth year courses ; History 3a-3b ; Italian 2a-2b ; Mathematics 10, 16-17, 19, 21, 23, 27-28 ; Philosophy 1, 17 ; Physics 15, 16, 17, 20, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30, 31a-31b; Political Science 1, 3, 4; Psychology 1, 2, 3, 4; Rhetoric 17; Sociology 1,3; Spanish 3a-3b ; 4a-4b. Curriculums and Degrees 165 SUMMER READING All engineering students not graduates of a literary college are required to complete prescribed courses of reading of a non-professional character dur- ing the summer vacations following the freshman and sophomore years. The purpose of the summer reading is to increase the acquaintance of the student with literature, history, and general science, to develop in him a taste for such reading, and to impress him with the importance of such knowledge not only as a source of individual enjoyment, but as an aid in social and business relations. A circular on summer reading is issued, containing a list of books from which the student may choose. The books have been selected for their value in general training, but an attempt has been made to include only readable and attractive works. A statement of the books read during the summer is required at the beginning of the next college year. GENERAL ENGINEERING LECTURES FOR FRESHMEN One general lecture, sufficiently popular in character to interest and inspire young students, will be given each week. All freshman engineering students are required to attend this lecture. TRIPS OF INSPECTION Students in the College of Engineering are required to make a trip of inspection during their senior year. Such trips supply an opportunity to inspect the work of industrial establishments and of engineering enterprises. They usually occupy from three to four days, and are taken during term time, under the supervision of University authorities. They involve an expense from $15 to $25 to each student. For the year 1916-17, the trips will occur on November 27-29, 1916. CURRICULUMS AND DEGREES The curriculums leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in the College of Engineering, as scheduled for the year 1915-16, are given herewith in full. Each of the eleven curriculums given may ordinarily be completed in a period of four years. A graduate of the University of Illinois in architectural, ceramic, civil, electrical, mechanical, mining, municipal and sanitary, or railway engineering may receive the degree of an allied curriculum upon the completion of from thirty to thirty-six semester hours work approved by the faculty. This work may ordinarily be done in one academic year. A graduate of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences of the University of Illinois, or of any college of equal standing, whose mathematical training includes the calculus, who has had an acceptable course in physics, and sufficient training in mechanics to enable him to begin the mechanics of the junior year, may receive the degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering upon the com- pletion of sixty-eight credit hours of work in engineering under the direction of the faculty. This work may ordinarily be done in two academic years. Candidates for the degree in the department of architecture are not required to be prepared in calculus or mechanics, but should have special preparation in drawing. 166 The College of Engineering RHETORIC PREREQUISITE FOR JUNIOR STANDING The University Senate has approved the following requirements in the subject of rhetoric : 1. Rhetoric 1 and 2 shall hereafter be a prerequisite for junior standing in the College of Engineering, and no student in this College shall be permitted to register in more than eight hours of prescribed junior work without having passed or being registered in Rhetoric 1 or 2. 2. Any student in this College whose written work shows that he is unable to use good English shall be reported by his instructor to a standing committee of the College, which committee shall have authority to direct the student to take as a prerequisite for grad- uation such additional work in rhetoric as may be prescribed by the department of English. CURRICULUMS IN ENGINEERING The several engineering curriculums are in process of transition between a former schedule followed by the classes entering prior to the year 1914-15, and a new schedule, effective for the freshman class of that year and subsequent classes. The outlines which follow show the work of each year in the several curriculums as taught during 1915-16. They do not show either the old or the new curriculum as a zvhole. The "First Year" as here scheduled is for fresh- men ; and the "Second Year," ''Third Year," and "Fourth Year," respectively, for regular sophomores, juniors, and seniors ; but these schedules must not be used for checking up on a student's previous work in his course or in planning the work of subsequent years. For such check or planning consult with the Assistant Dean of the College. Curriculum in Architecture FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Hours 1 Arch. 31* — Arch, and Freehand Drawing. . 4 Arch. 32 — Arch, and Freehand Drawing. . 4 Engineering lecture. . . Chem. la 3 or lb — Inorganic Chemistry 3 or 4 G. E. D. 2 — Descriptive Geometry 4 Engineering lecture Math. 2 — Advanced Algebra 3 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 Mil. 2b — Military Drill 1 Mil. 2a — Military Drill 1 Pbys. Tr. 2— Gymnasium 1 Phys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hy- Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 giene 1 T. & A. M. 14 — Elem. Mechanics 4 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 18 Total 17 or 18 Summer Reading, SO points SECOND YEAR Arch. 13 — History of Architecture 2 Arch. 14 — History of Architecture 2 Arch. 23 — Freehand Drawing 2 Arch. 24 — Freehand Drawing 2 Arch. 33 — Design 3 Arch. 34 — Design 3 Arch. 43 — Working Drawings 3 Arch. 44 — Working Drawings 3 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Phys. 9a — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 9b — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 10a — Physics Laboratory 2 Phvs. 10b — Physics Laboratory 2 T. & A. M. IS— Strength of Materials... 3 T. & A. M. 16— Strength of Materials... 3 Total 18 Total 18 Summer Reading, 50 points ^Semester hours. For definition see page 259. s The numbers refer to courses in the Description of Courses, page 257. 'Students who have had chemistry in the high school equivalent to Chemistry lb will register in Chemistry la. Curriculum in Architectural Engineering 167 THIRD YEAR Arch. 15 — History of Architecture 2 Arch. 16 — History of Architecture 2 Arch. 25 — Freehand Drawing 2 Arch. 26 — Freehand Drawing 2 Arch. 35 — Design 5 Arch. 36 — Design 5 Arch. 45 — Graphic Statics.. 3 Arch. 46 — Graphic Statics 3 Arch. 55 — Building Sanitation 1 Arch. 66 — Theory of Architecture 1 Arch. 65 — Theory of Architecture 1 E. E. 90 — Building Illumination 1 French or German 4 French or German 4 Total 18 Total 18 FOURTH YEAR Arch. 27 — Freehand Drawing 2 Arch. 28 — Freehand Drawing 2 Arch. 37 — Design 7 Arch. 38 — Advanced Design or Thesis.... 7 Arch. 67 — Theory of Proportion 2 Arch. 60 — Special lectures 1 Elective 2 Arch. 68 — Specifications 3 Inspection trip * Non-technical elective 3 M. E. 25 — Heating and Ventilation 2 •Non-technical elective 3 * Total 18 Total 16 Curriculum in Architectural Engineering as Taught in 1915-16 FIRST YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1919 FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Hours 1 Chem. la 2 or lb — Inorganic Chemistry 3 or 4 Chem. 4 — Qualitative Analysis 4 Engineering lecture Engineering lecture G. E. D. 1 — Elements of Drafting 4 G. E. D. 2 — Descriptive Geometry 4 Math. 2 — Advanced Algebra , 3 Math. 6 — Analytical Geometry 5 Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 Mil. 1 — Theoretical Instruction 1 Mil. 2a — Practical Instruction 1 Mil. 2b — Practical Instruction 1 Phys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hy- Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium 1 giene 1 Rhet. 2— Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 17 or 18 Total 19 Summer Reading, 50 points SECOND YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1918 Arch. 13 — History of Architecture 2 Arch. 14 — History of Architecture 2 A. E. 33 — Arch, and Freehand Drawing.. 3 A. E. 34 — Design 3 A. E. 43 — Working Drawings 2 A. E. 44 — Working Drawings 2 Math. 7 — Differential Calculus 5 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Phys. la — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. lb — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3a — Physics Laboratory 2 Phys. 3b — Physics Laboratory 2 T. & A. M. 20— Analytical Mechanics 3 Total 18 Total 18 Summer Reading, 50 points THIRD YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1917 Arch. 15 — History of Architecture 2 Arch. 16 — History of Architecture 2 A. E. 45 — Graphic Statics 3 A. E. 46 — Graphic Statics 3 Chem. la or lb — Inorganic Chem 4 Chem. 4 — Qualitative Analysis 4 Non-technical elective 2 Non-technical elective 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 T. & A. M. 25 — Resistance of Materials.. 4 T. & A. M. 26 — Analytic Mechanics and Hydraulics 4 Total 18 Total 18 FOURTH YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1916 A. E. 47 — Architectural Engineering 5 A. E. 48 — Architectural Engineering 5 A. E. 57 — Fireproof Construction 2 A. E. 58 — Fireproof Construction. . ._ 2 Inspection Trip A. E. 68 — Estimates and Specifications.. 4 M. E. 23— Mech. Equipment of Buildings. 5 E. E. 92 — Lighting and Wiring 2 Non-technical elective 3 Non-technical elective 3 Total 15 Total 16 1 Semester hours. For definition see page 259. 2 The numbers refer to courses in the Description of Courses, page 257. •Any approved non-technical course requiring sophomore standing. See printed list of approved non-technical electives, page 164. 168 The College of Engineering Revised Curriculum in Ceramic Engineering FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Hours 1 Chcm. la 2 or lb — Inorganic Chemistry 3 or 4 Chem. 4— Qualitative Analysis 4 Engineering lecture Engineering lecture G. E. D. 1 — Elements of Drafting 4 G. E. D. 2 — Descriptive Geometry 4 Math. 2 — College Algebra 3 Math. 6 — Analytic Geometry S Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Mil. 2a— Military Drill 1 Mil. 2b— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hy- Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium 1 giene 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 17 or 18 Total 19 Summer Reading, 50 points SECOND YEAR Chem. 5a — Quantative Analysis *..... 5 Cer. 1 — Ceramic Materials 3 Math. 7 — Differential Calculus 5 Chem. 5b — Quantative Analysis 5 Min. 3 — Mining Principles 2 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Phys. la — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. lb — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3a — Physics Laboratory 2 Phys. 3b — Physics Laboratory 2 T. & A. M. 20 — Analytical Mechanics.... 3 Total 18 Total 19 Summer Reading, 50 points THIRD YEAR Cer. 2 — Winning and Preparation of Clays 3 Cer. 5 — Ceramic Bodies 5 Cer. 3 — Industrial Calculations 3 Cer. 10 — Cements 3 Chem. 65 — Gas and Fuel Analysis 2 Cer. 12 — Designing and Shaping 3 Language 4 C. E. 76 — Surveying 2 T. &. A. M. 21 — Analytical Mechanics... 2 Language 4 T. &. A. M. 25 — Resistance of Materials. 4 Total 18 Total 17 FOURTH YEAR Cer. 4 — Drying and Burning 4 Cer. 8 — Glass 2 Cer. 6 — Glazes 5 Cer. 9 — Ceramic Construction 4 Cer. 17 — Silicates 3 Ceramic thesis or technical elective 3 Geol. 13a — Engineering Geology 3 Geol. 13b — Engineering Geology 3 Non-technical elective 3 M. E. 62 — Mech. Eng. Laboratory 3 Total 18 Total IS Curriculum in Civil Engineering as Taught in 1915-16 FIRST YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1919 FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Hours 1 Chem. la 2 or lb — Inorganic Chemistry 3 or 4 Chem. 4 — Inorganic Chemistry 4 Engineering lecture Engineering lecture G. E. D. 1 — Elements of Drafting 4 G. E. D. 2 — Descriptive Geometry 4 Math. 2 — Advanced Algebra 3 Math. 6 — Analytical Geometry S Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Mil. 2a— Military Drill 1 Mil. 2b— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hy- Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium 1 giene 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 17 or 18 Total 19 Summer Reading, 50 points SECOND YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1918 C. E. 27— Plane Surveying 3 C. E. 28— Higher Surveying 3 Elective 2 Elective 2 Math. 7 — Differential Calculus 5 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Phys. la — Physics Lecture 3 Phys. lb — Physics Lecture 2 Phys. 3a — Physics Laboratory 2 Phys. 3b — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 T. & A. M. 20— Analytical Mechanics.... 3 Total 19 Total 19 Summer Reading, 50 points 1 Semester hours. For definition see page 259. 2 The numbers refer to courses in the Description of Courses, page 257. Curriculum in Electrical Engineering 169 THIRD YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1917 C. E. 51 — Railroad Surveying S C. E. 52 — Roads and Pavements 3 M. E. 1 — Steam Engines and Boilers... 3 C. E. 60 — Structural Stresses 4 Non-technical elective 3 C. E. 62 — Structural Details 2 T. & A. M. 21— Analytical Mechanics... 2 C. E. 70— Seminar 1 T. & A. M. 29 — Resistance of Materials 5 Non-technical elective 3 T. & A. M. 10— Hydraulics 3 Total 18 Total 16 FOURTH YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1916 I. General Civil Engineering Option C. E. 77 — Masonry Construction 4 C. E. 80 — Contracts and Specifications... 2 C. E. 79 — Cement Laboratory 1 E. E. 4 — Elementary Electrical Engineer- C. E. 81 — Theory of Reinforced Concrete 2 ing 2 C. E. 83 — Steel Bridge Design 3 E. E. 64 — Electrical Engineering Labor- Inspection trip atory 1 M. & S. E. 2 — Water Supply Engineering 4 M. & S. E. 3 — Sewerage 3 Technical elective 4 Non-technical elective 3 Technical elective 5 Total 18 Total 16 II. Structural Engineering Option C. E. 77 — Masonry Construction 4 C. E. 80 — Contracts and Specifications... 2 C. E. 79 — Cement Laboratory 1 C. E. 82 — Reinforced Concrete Design.... 4 C. E. 81— Theory of Reinforced Concrete 2 C. E. 88— Steel Building Design 3 C. E. 85— Steel Bridge Design 5 M. & S. E. 3— Sewerage 3 C. E. 87 — Advanced Bridge Analysis.... 2 Non-technical elective 3 Inspection trip Technical elective 2 M. & S. E. 2 — Water Supply Engineering 4 Total 18 Total 16 777. Highway Engineering Option C. E. 77 — Masonry Construction 4 C. E. 80 — Contracts and Specifications.. 2 C. E. 79 — Cement Laboratory 1 C. E. 92 — Concrete Bridges and Culverts. 2 C. E. 81 — Theory of Reinforced Concrete 2 C. E. 94 — Highway Administration 3 C. E. 91— Highway Bridge Design 4 C. E. 96 — Road Laboratory 2 C. E. 93 — Road Construction 3 Chem. 73 — Asphalt, Tar, etc 2 Inspection trip : . . Non-technical elective 3 M. & S. E. 2 — Water Supply Engineering 4 Technical elective 2 Total 18 Total 16 Technical Electives C. E. 83 — Steel Bridge Design 3 C. E. 76 — General Surveying 2 C. E. 85 — Steel Bridge Design 5 C. E. 82 — Reinforced Concrete Design... 4 C. E. 87 — Advanced Bridge Analysis 2 C. E. 84 — Concrete Buildings 4 C. E. 89— Hydro-Economics 2 C. E. 88 — Steel Building Design 3 C. E. 91 — Highway Bridge Design 4 C. E. 90 — Hydro-Economics 2 C. E 93 — Road Construction 3 C. E. 92 — Concrete Bridges and Culverts. 2 C. E. 97 — Thesis* 1 C. E. 94 — Highway Administration 3 Min. 6a — Mechanical Engineering of Mines 3 C. E. 96 — Road Laboratory 2 R. E. 33 — Economy of Railway Location. 4 C. E. 98 — Thesis* 2 or 3 Chem. 73 — Asphalts, Tar, etc 2 E. E. 4 — Electrical Engineering 2 E. E. 64 — Electrical Engineering Labor- atory i Min. 1 — Earth and Rock Excavation 3 M. & S. E. 3— Sewerage 3 M. & S. E. 9— Hydraulic Design and Con- struction 2 R. E. 31— Railway Yards and Terminals. 3 Curriculum in Electrical Engineering as Taught in 1915-16 FIRST YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1919 FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Hours 1 Chem. la 2 or lb — Inorganic Chemistry 3 or 4 Chem. 4— Qualitative Analysis... 4 Engineering lecture ••••"•: Engineering lecture " >V Jr o • a, F enlents of Draftln £ 4 G. E. D. 2— Descriptive Geometry 4 ^ a !u- 2— Algebra 3 Math. 6— Analytic Geometry 5 Mf h - 4— Trigonometry 2 Mil. 1— Drill Regulations 1 M,1 ~ 2a— Military Drill.. 1 Mil. 2b— Military Drill 1 £\. T * i a ?, d la— Gymnasium and Hygiene 1 P. T. 2— Gymnasium Rhet. 1— Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 2— Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 17 or 18 Total 19 Summer Reading, 50 points ^Semester hours. For definition see page 259. 2 J£ e , numbers reier t0 courses in the Description of Courses, page 257. •Only students having high grades may elect a thesii. 170 The College of Engineering SECOND YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1918 Language 4 Chem. la — Inorganic Chemistry 4 Math. 7 — Differential Calculus 5 Language 4 M. E. 81 — Machine Work 3 Math. 9— Integral Calculus 3 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Phys. la — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. lb — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3a — Physics Laboratory 2 Phys. 3b — Physics Laboratory 2 T. A. M. 20 — Analytical Mechanics 3 Total 18 Total 19 Summer Reading, 50 points THIRD YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1917 Chem. 4 — Qualitative Analysis 4 E. E. 26 — Alternating Currents 4 E. E. 25 — Direct Current Apparatus 4 E. E. 76 — Electrical Engineering Labo- E. E. 75 — Electrical Engineering Labo- ratory 2 ratory 2 M. E. 2 — Steam Engineering 3 Math. 9a — Integral Calculus 2 Non-technical elective 3 Phys. 4a — Electrical and Magnetic Meas- Phys. 4b — Electrical and Magnetic Meas- urement 2 urement 2 T. A. M. 25 — Resistance of Materials 4 T. & A. M. 26 — Analytical Mechanics and Hydraulics 4 Total 18 Total 18 FOURTH YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1916 E. E. 35 — Alternating Current Apparatus 4 E. E. 36 — Alternating Current Apparatus 4 E. E. 55 — Electrical Design 2 E. E. 56 — Electrical Design 4 E. E. 85 — Electrical Engineering Labo- E. E. 86 — Electrical Engineering Labo- ratory 2 ratory 2 E. E. 95 — Seminar 1 E. E. 96 — Seminar 1 M. E. 11 — Thermodynamics 3 E. E. 98 — Thesis* or elective 3 M. E. 61 — Power Measurement 2 Non-technical elective 3 Non-technical elective 3 Inspection trip Total 17 Total 17 Curriculum in Mechanical Engineering as Taught in 1915-16 FIRST YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1919 FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Hours 1 Chem. la 2 or lb — Inorganic Chemistry 3 or 4 Chem. 4 — Qualitative Analysis 4 Engineering lecture Engineering lecture G. E. D. 1 — Elements of Drafting 4 G. E. D. 2 — Descriptive Geometry 4 Math. 2 — Algebra 3 Math. 6 — Analytical Geometry 5 Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Mil. 2a— Military Drill 1 Mil. 2b— Military Drill 1 P. T. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hygiene 1 P. T. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rliet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 17 or 18 Total 19 Summer Reading, 50 points SECOND YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1918 Math. 7 — Differential Calculus 5 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 M. E. 75 & 77 — Forge and Foundry, or M. E. 75 & 77 — Forge and Foundry or M. E. 79— Pattern Work 3 M. E. 79— Pattern work 3 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Phys. la — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. lb — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3a — Physics Laboratory 2 Phys. 3b — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 T. & A. M. 20 — Analytical Mechanics 3 Total 17 Total 17 Summer Reading, 50 points THIRD YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1917 Chem. la or lb — Inorganic Chemistry 3 or 4 Chem. 16 — Engineering Chemistry 3 Math. 9a — Integral Mechanics 2 M. E. 12 — Thermodynamics 5 Non-technical elective 3 M. E. 30 — Mechanics of Machinery 5 T. & A. M. 27 — Analytical Mechanics.... 3 M. E. 64 — Power Measurement 3 T. & A. M. 29— Resistance of Materials. . 5 Total 16 or 17 Total 16 'Semester hours. For definition see page 259. The numbers refer to courses in the Description of Courses, page 257. •Only students having high grades may elect a thesis. Curriculum in Mining Engineering 171 FOURTH YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1916 E. E. 11 — Direct Current Apparatus 3 E. E. 61 — Direct Current Laboratory.... 1 Inspection trip ._ M. E. 15 — Gas Power Engineering or M. E. 37 — Principles of Management.... 3 M. E. 43 — Engineering Design 5 M. E. 65 — Power Laboratory 3 Non-technical elective 3 Total 18 E. E. 12— Alternating Current Apparatus 3 E. E. 62 — Alternating Current Laboratory 1 M. E. 26 — Heating and Ventilation 3 M. E. 32 — Power Transmission 3 M. E. 44 — Engineering Design or M. E. 66 — Power Laboratory 2 M. E. 52 — Power Plant Design or M. E. 54 — Industrial Plant Design 3 Total 15 Curriculum in Mining Engineering as Taught in 1915-16 FIRST YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1919 FIRST SEMESTER Hours 1 Chem. la* or lb — Inorganic Chemistry 3 or 4 Engineering lecture G. E. D. 1— Elements of Drafting 4 Math. 2 — College Algebra 3 Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 Mil. 2a— Military Drill.. 1 P. T. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hygiene 1 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Chem. 4 — Qualitative Analysis 4 Engineering lecture G. E. D. 2 — Descriptive Geometry 4 Math. 6 — Analytical Geometry 5 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Mil. 2b— Military Drill 1 P. T. 2— Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 17 or 18 Total Summer Reading, 50 points .19 SECOND YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1918 Geol. 13a — Engineering Geology 3 Language 4 Math. 7 — Differential Calculus 5 Mil. # 2c— Military Drill 1 Physics la — Physics Lectures 3 Physics 3a — Phyics Laboratory 2 Geol. 13b — Engineering Geology 3 Language 4 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Physics lb — Physics Lectures 2 Physics 3b — Physics Laboratory 2 T. & A. M. 20— Analytical Mechanics... 3 Total 18 Total . . . Summer Reading, 50 points .18 THIRD YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1917 Chem. 5b — Quantitative Analysis 4 C. E. 27 — Surveying^ 3 Geol. 13a — Engineering Geology 3 M. E. 1 — Steam Engineering 3 T. & A. M. — Resistance of Materials.... 4 C. E. 58 — Graphic Statics 2 E. E. 4 — Elementary Electrical Engineer- ing 2 E. E. 64 — Electrical Engineering Labora- tory 1 Geol. 13b — Engineering Geology 3 Mining 4 — Mining Methods 2 Mining 6 — Mechanical Engineering of Mines 2 T. & A. M. 26 — Analytical Mechanics and Hydraulics 4 Total 17 Total ^ FOURTH YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1916 /. Coal Mining Option Chem. 7 — Metallurgy 3 Chem. 65 — Technical Gas and Fuel An- alysis_ 2 Inspection trip Min. 5 — Mine Ventilation 3 Min. 9 — Coal and Ore Preparation 3 Min. 41 — Principles of Coal Plant Design 3 Non-technical elective 3 Total 17 Min. 8 — Mine Law, Administration, and Accounts 3 Min. 13— Utilization of Coal '.','.'. 2 Min. 42— Coal Plant Design 2 Min. 62 — Mine Surveying 3 Min. 64 — Coal Mine Laboratory 3 Min. 68 — Mine Topography 1 Min. 90 — Journal Meeting 1 Non-technical elective 3 Total is, ^Semester hours. For definition see page 259. 2 The numbers refer to courses in the Description of Courses, page 257. 172 The College of Engineering II. Ore Mining Option Chem. 7 — Metallurgy 3 Chem. 69 — Metallurgical Laboratory and Assaying 2 Inspection trip Min. IS — Principles of Mine Ventilation.. 1 Min. 19 — Ore and Coal Preparation 3 Min. 21 — Mine Examination and Valua- tion 2 Min. 43 — Principles of Ore Plant Design 3 Non-technical elective 3 Total 17 Geol. 2 — Economic Geology J Min. 8 — Mine Law, Administration, and Accounts 3 Min. 44 — Ore Plant Design 2 Min. 62 — Mine Surveying 3 Min. 66 — Ore Concentration Laboratory. . 3 Min. 90 — Journal Meeting 1 Non-technical elective 3 Total 18 ///. Metallurgical Option Chem. 7 — Metallurgy 3 Chem. 65 — Technical Gas and Fuel An- alysis 2 Chem. 69 — Metallurgical Laboratory and Assaying 2 Inspection trip Min. 1 7 — Problems 1 Min. 19 — Ore and Coal Preparation 3 Min. 45 — Mill and Smelter Design 3 Non-technical elective 3 Total 17 Chem. 7a — Non-ferrous Metallurgy 3 Chem. 70 — Metallurgical Laboratory 3 Min. 8 — Mine Law, Administration, and Accounts 3 Min. 46 — Mill and Smelter Design 2 Min. 66 — Ore Concentration Laboratory. . 3 Min. 90 — Journal Meeting 1 Non-technical elective 3 Total 18 Curriculum in Municipal and Sanitary Engineering as Taught in 1915-16 FIRST YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1919 FIRST SEMESTER Hours 1 Chem. la : or lb — Inorganic Chemistry 3 or 4 Engineering lecture G. E. D. 1 — Elements of Drafting 4 Math. 2 — Advanced Algebra 3 Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 Mil. 2a— Military Drill 1 P. T. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hygiene 1 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Chem. 4 — Qualitative Analysis 4 Engineering lecture G. E. D. 2 — Descriptive Geometry 4 Math. 6 — Analytic Geometry 5 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Mil. 2b— Military Drill 1 P. T. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 17 or 18 Total Summer Reading, 50 points ,19 SECOND YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1918 C. E. 27 — Plane Surveying 3 Math. 7 — Differential Calculus 5 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Phys. la — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. 3a — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 C. E. 28 — Higher Surveying 3 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Phys. lb — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3b — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 2— Rhetoric and Themes 3 T. & A. M. 20 — Analytical Mechanics 3 Total 17 Total 17 Summer Reading, 50 points THIRD YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1917 Botany 6 — Bacteriology 2 Chem. la or lb — Inorganic Chemistry 3 or 4 C. E. 53 — Railroad Surveying 3 Non-technical elective 2 T. & A. M. 21 — Analytical Mechanics.... 2 T. & A. M. 29 — Resistance of Materials.. 5 Total 17 or 18 Chem. 2a, 10b — Qualitative and Water Analysis 5 C. E. 60 — Structural Stresses 4 C. E. 52 — Roads and Pavements 3 M. E. 2 — Steam Engineering 3 T. & A. M. 10— Hydraulics 3 Total 18 1 Semester hours. For definition see page 259. The numbers refer to courses in the Description of Courses, page 257. Curriculum in Railway Civil Engineering 173 FOURTH YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1916 C. E. 77 — Masonry Construction 4 C. E. 79 — Cement Laboratory 1 C. E. 81 — Reinforced Concrete 2 Inspection trip M. E. 61 — Steam Laboratory 2 M. & S. E. 2 — Water Supply Engineering 4 M. & S. E. 6a — Water Purification and Sewage Disposal 3 Total 16 C. E. 62 — Structural Details 2 C. E. 80 — Contracts and Specifications. . . 2 E. E. 4 — Elementary Electrical Engineer- ing 2 E. E. 64 — Electrical Engineering Labo- ratory 1 M. & S. E. 3— Sewerage 3 M. & S. E. 6b — Water Purification and Sewage Disposal 2 M. & S. E. 9 — Hydraulic Design and Con- struction 2 M. & S. E. 99 — Thesis or approved elec- tive 3 Total 17 Curriculum in Railway Civil Engineering as Taught in 1915-16 FIRST YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1919 FIRST SEMESTER Hours 1 Chem. la^ or lb — Inorganic Chemistry 3 or 4 Engineering lecture G. E. D. 1 — Elements of Drafting 4 Math. 2 — College Algebra 3 Math. 4 — Plane Trigonometry 2 Mil. 2a— Military Drill. ._ 1 P. T. 1 and la— Gymnasium and Hygiene 1 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Chem. 4-^-Qualitative Analysis 4 Engineering lecture G. E. D. 2 — Descriptive Geometry 4 Math. 6 — Analytical Geometry 5 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Mil. 2b— Military Drill 1 P. T. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 17 or 18 Total ... Summer Reading, SO points .19 SECOND YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1918 C. E. 27— Plane Surveying 3 Language 4 Math. 7 — Differential Calculus 5 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Phys. la — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. 3a — Physics Laboratory 2 C. E. 28 — Higher Surveying 3 Language 4 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Phys. lb — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3b — Physics Laboratory 2 T. & A. M. 20 — Analytical Mechanics. ... 3 Total 18 Total .... Summer Reading, SO points .18 THIRD YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1917 C. E. SI — Railroad Surveying S R. E. 25 — Railway Development 3 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 T. & A. M. 21 — Analytical Mechanics 2 T. & A. M. 29 — Resistance of Materials. 5 Total 18 C. E. 60 — Structural Stresses 4 R. E. 31 — Railway Yards and Terminals. 3 R. E. 34 — Railway Maintenance 4 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 T. & A. M. 10— Hydraulics 3 Total 17 FOURTH YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1916 C. E. 77 — Masonry Construction 4 C. E. 79 — Cement Laboratory 1 C. E. 81— Theory of Reinforced Concrete. 2 C. E. 83— Bridge Design 3 [nspection trip M. E. 1 — Steam and Air Machinery 3 R. E. 32 — Railway Construction 3 R. E. 35 — Railway Signaling 1 R. E. 50 — Seminar 1 Total 18 C. E. 80 — Engineering Contracts and Specifications 2 E. E. 4 — Elementary Electrical Engineer- ing 2 E. E. 64 — Electrical Engineering Labo- ratory . 1 Non-technical elective 3 R. E. 30— Thesis* or elective 3 R. E. 33 — Railway Location 4 R. E. 5 1 — Seminar 1 Total 16 1 Semester hours. For definition see page 259. 2 The numbers refer to courses in the Description of Courses, page 257. •Only students having high grades may elect a thesis. 174 The College of Engineering Curriculum in Railway Electrical Engineering as Taught in 1915-16 FIRST YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1919 FIRST SEMESTER Hours 1 Chem. la 1 or lb — Inorganic Chemistry 3 or 4 Engineering lecture G. E. D. 1 — Elements of Drafting 4 Math. 2— College Algebra 3 Math. 4 — Plane Trigonometry 2 Mil. 2a— Military Drill 1 P. T. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hygiene 1 Rhet.l — Rhetoric and Themes 3 SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Chem. 4-y-Qualitative Analysis 4 Engineering lecture G. E. D. 2 — Descriptive Geometry 4 M?.th. 6 — Analytical Geometry 5 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Mil. 2b— Military Drill 1 P. T. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 17 or 18 Total 19 Summer Reading, 50 points SECOND YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1918 Language 4 Math. 7 — Differential Calculus 5 M. E. 75— Forge Work 1 M. E. 77— Foundry Work 2 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Phys. la — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. 3a — Physics Laboratory 2 Language 4 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 M. E. 79— Pattern Work 3 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Phys. lb — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3b — Physics Laboratory 2 T. & A. M. 20 — Analytical Mechanics 3 Total 18 Total Summer Reading, 50 points .18 THIRD YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1917 Chem. 4 — Qualitative Analysis 4 E. E. 25 — Direct Current Apparatus 4 E. E. 75 — Electrical Engineering Labora- tory 2 Phys. 4a — Electrical and Magnetic Meas- urements 2 R. E. 25 — Railway Development 3 T. & A. M. 25 — Resistance of Materials. . 4 Total 19 E. E. 26 — Alternating Currents 4 E. E. 76 — Electrical Engineering Labora- tory 2 M. E. 2 — Steam Engineering 3 Non-technical elective 3 Phys. 4b — Electrical and Magnetic Meas- urements 2 R. E. 60 — Electric Railway Principles.... 2 T. & A. M 36 — Analytical Mechanics 2 Total 18 FOURTH YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1916 Elective 3 Inspection trip M. E. 1 1 — Thermodynamics 3 M. E. 61 — Power Measurement 2 R. E. 62 — Electric Railway Laboratory.. 2 R. E. 64 — Electric Railway Practise 3 R. E. 66 — Electric Railway Machinery... 3 R. E. 67 — Seminar 1 Total 17 E. E. 56— Electrical Design 4 Non-technical elective 3 R. E. 63 — Electric Railway Laboratory... 2 R. E. 65 — Electric Railway Economics . . 4 R. E. 30 — Thesis or elective 3 Total 16 Curriculum in Railway Mechanical Engineering as Taught in 1915-16 FIRST YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1919 FIRST SEMESTER Hours 1 Chem. la ; or lb — Inorganic Chemistry 3 or 4 Engineering lecture G. E. D. 1— Elements of Drafting 4 Math. 2 — College Algebra 3 Math. 4 — Plane Trigonometry 2 Mil. 2a— Military Drill 1 P. T. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hygiene 1 Rhet. 1— Rhetoric and Themes 3 SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Chem. 4 — Qualitative Analysis 4 Engineering lecture G. E. D. 2 — Descriptive Geometry 4 Math. 6 — Analytic Geometry 5 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Mil. 2b— Military Drill 1 P. T. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 17 or 18 Total Summer Reading, 50 points .19 a Semester hours. For definition see page 259. 2 The numbers refer to courses in the Description of Courses, page 257. Curriculum in Railway Mechanical Engineering 175 SECOND YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1918 Language 4 Language 4 Math. 7 — Differential Calculus 5 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 M. E. 79— Pattern Work 3 M. E. 75 — Forge Work 1 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 M. E. 77— Foundry Work 2 Phys. la — Physics Lectures 3 Mil. 2d — Military Drill 1 Phys. 3a — Physics Laboratory 2 Phys. lb — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3b — Physics Laboratory 2 T. & A. M. 20— Analytical Mechanics.... 3 Total 18 Total 18 Summer Reading, SO points THIRD YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1917 Chem. la or lb — Inorganic Chemistry 3 or 4 Chem. 16 — Engineering Chemistry 3 Math. 9a — Integral Calculus 2 M. E. 12 — Thermodynamics 5 Non-technical elective 3 M. E. 64 — Power Measurement 3 R. E. 25 — Railway Development 3 Non-technical elective 3 T. &. A. M. 25 — Resistance of Materials .4 R. E. 6 — Locomotives 4 T. &. A. M. 27 — Analytical Mechanics. . . 3 Total 18 or 19 Total 18 FOURTH YEAR FOR THE CLASS OF 1916 E. E. 11 — Direct Current Apparatus 3 E. E. 12 — Alternating Current Apparatus 3 E. E. 61 — Direct Current Laboratory.... 1 E. E. 62— Alternating Current Laboratory 1 Inspection trip Non-technical elective 2 M. E. 37 — Principles of Management.... 3 R. E. 7 — Advanced Design 3 Non-technical elective 3 R. E. 8 — Railway Laboratory 2 R E. 2 — Locomotive Design 3 R. E. 30 — Thesis or Elective 3 R. E. 5 — Railway Laboratory 3 R. E. 61 — Electric Traction 3 R. E. 9— Seminar 1 Total 17 Total 17 a b> :a< e < >oi ;s c he < o sel .nee < Credit ! if tV For tb ic ral sta HE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE FA- the buildings used by this College, see page 54; for a list of its currumlums, page 69; for clubs auxiliary to its curriculums, page 115; for honrm-, page 99; for honorary societies, page 114; for fees and expenses, pag 122. GENERAL STATEMENT is College offers curriculums to both men and women. The curricu- ffered are designed for four distinct purposes: st, and mainly, to train for the profession of farming, ond, to train for the teaching of agriculture in the public schools, rd, to train for the profession of landscape gardening, trth, to train for the profession of floriculture. : curriculums offered by the department of household science have two 3 in view : t, and mainly, to train young women in the science and art of house- airs. md, to prepare teachers for giving instruction in domestic science in ools, and, in connection with the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, r college and university positions. le case of both men and women the great purpose is to prepare for the affairs of life. In order that technical knowledge and skill may be devel- ng with, and not at the expense of, those things which tend to the >n of cultured and versatile men and women, the technical work is ssociated with the related sciences, and students are required to sir time fairly with those subjects that develop general knowledge 1th of view. College offers over ninety courses of instruction in technical subjects, >portunity to elect from the scientific and literary offerings of the other if the University. elective system prevails, and with a few exceptions the student is left ect those subjects which meet his needs, always under the advice and ~>i the faculty, is given for all work accomplished ; this credit counts toward gradu- ie student desires a degree. ADMISSION e requirements for admission to the College of Agriculture, see the tement of the entrance requirements of the University, pages 71-96. 1ISSION TO GRADUATE WORK IN AGRICULTURE in general it will be expected that applicants for admission to the :hool shall have had an undergraduate course in scientific and tech- lture equivalent to that of the University of Illinois, yet students 176 Agronomy 177 who are otherwise eligible for admission to the Graduate School may be admit- ted to graduate standing in agriculture if they have had a thoro training in the fundamental sciences, even tho their undergraduate curriculum may have lacked to some extent the amount and kind of technical work included in our course. SCHOLARSHIPS IN AGRICULTURE AND HOUSEHOLD SCIENCE For detailed information concerning scholarships in agriculture and house- hold science, see page 118. FACILITIES FOR INSTRUCTION AND METHODS OF WORK The affiliation of the College with the Agricultural Experiment Station enables the University to support a larger faculty than would otherwise be possible, and permits a higher degree of specialization. For the most part, those who teach in the College conduct experiments in the same subjects in the Station. The methods of instruction vary with the nature of the courses. In gen- eral the laboratory method prevails. Text-books are used whenever good ones are available. Laboratory and text are supplemented by lectures and reference readings. AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION Agricultural extension work serves as the intermediary between the College of Agriculture and the Agricultural Experiment Station and the local com- munity and the farm. Each department does extension work, and so far as possible provides special men for such work. The responsibility for the work of these men lies with their own department. For this reason not all of the extension effort issues from one office. For administrative purposes and for the coordination of these activities through a regular channel, agricultural extension is administered as a separate department, conducting all extension enterprises which do not deal with technical subjects and cooperating with other departments in diffusing the results of their work in the State. Some of the general extension enterprises are : agricultural extension schools and demonstrations in different localities; the two weeks course given annually at the College in January ; helping at farmers' institutes and similar gatherings, with special railway lecture trains, at the boys' state fair school, and in educa- tional exhibits at fairs and elsewhere ; welfare work in rural communities ; and excursions to the College. (See also under University Extension, Part IV.) Courses of study are offered to assist in determining what phases of agri- culture are suitable for secondary school purposes and how they should be taught, and for the discussion of methods of organizing extension activities. AGRONOMY The department of agronomy gives instruction in those subjects which relate to the field, as drainage, farm machinery, field crops ; the chemistry, physics, and bacteriology of the soil ; manures and rotation in their relation to fertility; plant breeding. The department possesses equipment and facilities for instruction in these subjects, and, in addition, affords opportunities for contact with the research work of the Agricultural Experiment Station, especially in crop production, soil fertility, and plant breeding, in the analytical 173 The College of Agriculture and pot-culture laboratories and on the experiment fields at the University and in other parts of the State. Attention is called to the fact that, if circumstances prohibit a regular four-year curriculum, it is possible for a student who has had sufficient prepara- tory training to arrange his studies so as to obtain the necessary prerequisites and complete the general courses in soil physics and soil fertility in two years. (See Agronomy 9 and 12.) ANIMAL HUSBANDRY The department of animal husbandry offers courses covering the study of sheep, swine, poultry, and beef cattle and their products; heavy and light horses with their care and training; the management of herds, flocks and studs; the principles and practise of feeding, breeding, and marketing; and the chemical and physiological phases of animal nutrition. The University herds, flocks, and studs contain about six hundred pure bred cattle, swine, sheep, and horses, and several hundred fowls, ducks, and turkeys, which are available for class purposes. These animals are also used for investi- gations in feeding and breeding, and for illustration of breed types and charac- teristics. The breeds represented are Shorthorn, Hereford, and Aberdeen Angus cattle ; Poland-China, Berkshire, Duroc Jersey, Chester White, Tamworth, Large Yorkshire, and Hampshire swine ; Shropshire, Oxford, Southdown, Hampshire, Rambouillet, and Dorset sheep ; and Percheron, Standard-bred, Shire, Belgian, and American Saddle horses. In addition to this pure-bred live stock, a large number of grade animals of the various classes of live stock furnish material for judging practise. In this practise, standard market classes and grades of live stock are illustrated, and instruction is given in the selection of animals according to feed-lot and market requirements. The new stock pavilion offers opportunity for show and judging work. (For detailed description see page 55). The lectures of the various courses are supplemented by 1,000 or more lantern slides, charts, diagrams, models, and photographs. Pedigree and breed work is facilitated by 75 sets of the different herd, stud, and flock registers, and complete files of the leading American and British journals. The equipment for instruction and investigation in the feeding, breeding, and management of live stock consists of modern buildings for the housing of beef cattle, swine, sheep, horses, and poultry, with the appliances necessary for individual and collective feeding tests; brick-paved feed lots and open sheds, in which steers may be fed in carload lots; a feed storage barn, with various forms of grinding mills and other machinery for the preparation of feed ; and various kinds of harness, vehicles, and other appliances for the training of horses. The department also maintains a cold-storage room and other equipment for demonstrations in the cutting and handling of meats ; a collection of wool samples, and microscopes for the study of wool. The chemistry and physiology laboratories of the department afford facilities for advanced work in animal nutrition. DAIRY HUSBANDRY The department of dairy husbandry furnishes instruction in the produc- tion and care of milk and in the manufacture of dairy products. The various courses cover the application of science to dairy problems, approved methods in dairy operations, and the economic significance of these operations. Horticulture 179 In addition to laboratories and lecture rooms, its equipment includes a farm of 160 acres with buildings; about 100 milch cows, bulls, and young stock, including typical representatives of the Ayrshire, Guernsey, Jersey, and Holstein-Friesian breeds; a manufactory with modern equipment for handling city milk and making butter, cheese, ice cream, and bulk condensed milk; and facilities for the distribution of milk on the University milk route. HORTICULTURE The department of horticulture offers fifty-four courses, in the five divisions of horticulture (pomology, olericulture, floriculture, landscape gardening, and forestry), and also in subjects dealing with all the divisions, such as plant propagation, spraying, the evolution of horticultural plants, and experimental horticulture. For instruction in pomology, use is made of the various fruit plantations maintained by the department. The orchards of different ages afford oppor- tunities for practise in pruning and studies of tree types, while the products furnish materials for practise in the grading and packing of fruits and the study of systematic pomology. A collection of fruit packages illustrates the types used in commercial packing. There is also a collection of wax models of fruits representing the principal varieties grown in Illinois. For olericulture, or vegetable gardening, certain areas of ground are reserved on which garden operations are illustrated and various crops are grown. The equipment also includes a greenhouse 105x28 feet, hotbed frames and sash, and an assortment of seed drills and wheel hoes, hand tools, markers, planters, and other appliances for the growing and handling of vegetables. The equipment in floriculture includes ten glass houses covering an area of 28,000 square feet, and a service building. Six of the houses, including the palm house with an area of 3200 square feet, are used for instructional work exclusively, and the other four, while intended primarily for experimental pur- poses, add to the facilities for instruction in floriculture as conducted on a com- mercial basis. Besides roses, carnations, and chrysanthemums, the houses con- tain a selection of plants representing all the forms used in commercial and decorative or conservatory work. The service building contains laboratories, class rooms, offices, and potting, storage, and work rooms. An assortment of florists' supplies is maintained. Floricultural periodicals, reference books, and a series of over five hundred slides add to the equipment. The ornamental gardens maintained by the department furnish illustrative materials for students in floriculture and landscape gardening. The equipment in landscape gardening includes four drafting rooms with desks for individuals, modern filing devices for office practise, seminar rooms, lecture rooms, offices, and a library. The library contains a complete collection of books, periodicals, pamphlets, photographs of examples of foreign and Ameri- can landscape gardening, and works on civic design, all carefully indexed. There is also a collection of representative drawings and blue-prints from the offices of practising landscape architects. The collection of trees and shrubs growing on the campus and about cer- tain residences near the University furnishes material for plant studies in the courses in planting design. The herbarium of the division is also available for reference. A series of 1,500 lantern slides is used in lectures. 180 The College of Agriculture Instruction in forestry is facilitated by a collection of native woods and a forest tree plantation of about twenty acres, containing Scotch pine, white pine, Norway spruce, European larch, green ash, black walnut, hickory, bur oak, white elm, and other species. HOUSEHOLD SCIENCE The courses given in this department are planned to meet the needs of two classes of students, viz: (a) those specializing in other lines of work, but desiring a knowledge of the general principles and facts of household science; (b) those who wish to specialize in household science. The department is housed in the north wing of the Woman's Building. The kitchen for extension work, with dining room adjoining, is in the base- ment. The first floor contains two class rooms, a seminar room, an exhibition room for illustrative material for work in house construction and textile fab- rics, offices, and cloak rooms. On the second floor are individual, diet, institu- tional, and class kitchens, small and large dining rooms, chemical laboratory, two large sewing rooms, offices, and store rooms. On this floor provision is made for the study of the preparation and service of food in large quantities in the institutional kitchen and large dining room adjoining. The equipment on this floor provides practise for those interested in the problems of lunch- room management and for dietitians. The third floor contains additional sew- ing rooms, offices, equipment for teaching home care of the sick, and an apart- ment in which the problems of house construction and furnishing and household administration are studied. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION Students who have satisfied all matriculation requirements and have main- tained throughout their course a satisfactory record of scholarship and moral character will be graduated with the degree of Bachelor of Science, upon hav- ing completed the studies of the prescribed list and sufficient electives to make a total of 130 semester hours. A thesis is not required for graduation, but any student who has com- pleted not less than 90 hours before the senior year may then elect a thesis course in any department in which he has done not less than 20 hours' work, subject to the approval of the head of the department in question. Graduates of approved colleges may expect to secure a degree in agricul- ture from the University of Illinois upon completion of the technical and scientific requirements. This will ordinarily require two years of residence work; a minimum of one year will be exacted. GENERAL CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURE All students except those in the special curriculums in household science, floriculture, and landscape gardening are required to take the same work during the freshman year and part of the sophomore year. This work gives the stu- dent a correct conception of the fundamental farm practises and an insight into the technical branches of agriculture, such as animal and dairy husbandry, hor- ticulture, farm crops, soils, farm mechanics, and buildings, and leaves the junior and senior years open for elective studies. General Curriculum in Agriculture 181 One hundred thirty hours are required for graduation, as follows : Agriculture prescribed first two years 19 hours Agriculture prescribed as electives 40 hours Total agriculture required 59 hours Non-agriculture prescribed 42 hours Non-agriculture prescribed as electives 15 hours Total non-agriculture required. Open electives 57 hours 14 hours 130 hours Prescribed Subjects Required for the Degree of Bachelor of Science in the General Curriculum in Agriculture FIRST FIRST SEMESTER Hours 1 Ag. Ext. 4 — Country Life Problems 1 Agron. 25 — Farm Crops 4 Chem. 1 or la — Inorganic Chem- istry 5 or 3 Hort. la — Elements of Horticulture 2 Mil. 2a— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hygiene 1 Rhet. 1* — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 17 or 15 YEAR SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 A. H. 5 — Live Stock Judging 3 Chem. 2a — Inorganic Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis 5 D. H. 3 — Elements of Dairy Hus- bandry 1 Hort. lb — Elements of Horticulture. 2 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 17 SECOND YEAR A. H. 8 and 21 — Principles of Breed- ing and Feeding 3 and Botany 1 — General Botany 5 or Agronomy 26 — Elementary Farm Mechanics 3 and Chemistry 13a — Elementary Quanti- tative Analysis 5 Electives Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 A. H. 8 and 21 — Principles of Breed- ing and Feeding 3 and Botany 1 — General Botany 5 or Agronomy 26 — Elementary Farm Mechanics 3 and Chemistry 13a — Elementary Quanti- tative Analysis 5 Elective Military 2d— Military Drill 1 Total 9 Total In addition to the above, students will take the following: Agriculture, electives 40 hours Non-agriculture, electives 15 hours English 20 4 hours Science, elective 5 hours Open electives 14 hours 'Semester hours. For definition see page 259. •Those students who show by examination a proficiency in composition sufficient to qualify them for Rhetoric 2 may be excused from Rhetoric 1. See page 79. 182 The College of Agriculture CURRICULUM IN FARM ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTEB SECOND SEMESTER Prescribed Subjects Prescribed Subjects Hours 1 Hours 1 Agron. 25 — Farm Crops 4 A. H. 5 — Live Stock Judging 3 Ag. Ext. 4 — Country Life Problems 1 Chem. 2a — Inorganic Chemistry and Quali- Chem. 1 or la — Inorganic Chemistry.. 5 or 3 tative Analysis 5 Hort, la — Elements of Horticulture 2 D. H. 3 — Elements of Dairy Husbandry... 1 Mil. 2a — Military Drill 1 Hort. — Elements of Horticulture 2 Pbys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hy- Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 giene 1 Mil. 2b — Military Drill 1 Rhet. 1* — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 SECOND YEAR Prescribed Subjects Prescribed Subjects A. H. 8 and 21 — Principles of Breeding Agron. 26 — Elementary Farm Mechanics.. 3 and Feeding 3 Mil. 2d — Military Drill 1 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 In addition to the above courses the following are also prescribed: Accountancy 11 3 hours Economics 2 or 1 3 or 5 hours Economics 16c 3 hours Economics 22 3 hours Economics 23 3 hours Business Law 2 3 hours Elective economics, minimum of 6 hours Farm Management 1 3 hours English 20 4 hours Philosophy _ 1 3 hours Elective science, minimum of 15 hours Elective agriculture, minimum of 28 hours Open electives 1 1 or 9 hours Total prescribed 130 hours To avoid conflicts with other prescribed work it is suggested that the courses in economics, accountancy, and farm management be taken in the following SECOND YEAR Business Law 2 3 Economics 2 3 Economics 22 3 THIRD YEAR Accountancy 11 3 Economics 14 2 Economics 16c 3 Farm Management 1 3 FOURTH YEAR Economics 15 2 Business Law 2 3 Economics 17 2 CURRICULUM IN FLORICULTURE The object of this curriculum is to fit men and women for the profession of floriculture. The laboratory exercises in the technical subjects consist of practical work in the greenhouses and gardens and give the students a working knowledge of the best methods now in use. FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Prescribed Subjects Prescribed Subjects Hours 1 Hours 1 Chem. 1 or la — Inorganic Chemistry.. 5 or 3 Chem. 2a — Inorganic Chemistry and Quali- Ent. 4 — Economic Entomology 3 tative Analysis 5 Hort. 4 — Plant Houses 4 Hort. 5 — Plant Propagation 5 Mil. 2a— Military Drill 1 Mil. 1— Drill Regulations 1 Phys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hy- Mil. 2b — Military Drill 1 giene 1 Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 15 or 17 Total 16 1 Semester hours. For definition see page 259. _ •Those students who show by examination a proficiency in composition sufficient to qualify them for Rhetoric 2 may be excused from Rhetoric 1. See page 79. Curriculum in Household Science 183 SECOND YEAR Bot. 1 — General Botany S Agron. 9 — Soil Physics 5 Eng. 20 — Chief English Writers 4 Hort. 15a — Principles of Plant Growing 5 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Mil. 1— Drill Regulations 1 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Total 10 Total 12 THIRD YEAR Bot. 7a— Plant Pathology 5 Bot. 3b— Plant Physiology 5 Econ. 2 — Principles of Economics 3 Hort. 7 — Spraying 3 Hort. 15b — Commercial Crops 5 Hort. 24a — Trees and Shrubs 3 Total 13 Total 11 FOURTH YEAR Hort. 31 — Garden Flowers 3 Hort. 30 — Decorative Plants 5 Hort. 24b — Trees and Shrubs 3 Hort. 42 — Landscape Design 3 Hort. 32 — Floral Decoration 4 Total 6 Total 12 Suggested Electives Suggested Electives Accountancy Agron. 12 — Soil Fertility 5 Chem. 13a — Elementary Qualitative Analy- A. H. 30 — Genetics 5 sis 5 Bot. 3a — Plant Anatomy 5 Economics Bot. 4a — Taxonomy of Cormophy tes 5 Hort. 28 — Exotics 1 Botany 7b — Methods of Study of Fungi. . . 5 CURRICULUM IN HOUSEHOLD SCIENCE Of the 130 hours required for graduation, 91 are provided for in the pre- scribed list and the restricted electives of List A. The other 39 hours of credit necessary for graduation may be taken, subject to the approval of the Dean of the College, from any courses offered in the University. Holders of scholar- ships in household science in this College take the course as laid out here. Variations from it can be made only by special permission of the Council of Administration on recommendation of the faculty of the College. Prescribed Subjects Required for the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Household Science Art and Design 1, 12, 19, 20 9 hours Bacteriology 5 5 hours Botany 1 5 hours Chemistry, 1, 2a 10 hours English, 1, 2 8 hours Household Science 1, 2, 3, S, 6, 7, 10, 12 20 hours History la-lb, or 3a-3b 6 or 8 hours Physiology 4a or 4b 5 hours Physical Training 7a-7b, 9 3 hours Rhetoric 1, 2 6 hours Zoology 5 hours English or Rhetoric 5 hours *List A, a minimum of 4 hours Total required subjects 91 to 93 hours Electives 39 to 37 hours Total 130 hours •If physics has not been offered for entrance, it» equivalent should be elected. 184 The College of Agriculture Electives List A— English 21, 22, 23, 24 Horticulture la, lb, 2, 3, 5, 19, 28, 10a Household Science 11, 13, 14, 17, 18, 19 Economics 2, 22, 26 Sociology 1 Physics 7a, 8a Education 1, 6, 10 Agronomy 7, 9, 12, 25, 26 Animal Husbandry 10, 5 Dairy Husbandry 1, 3, 19, 11, 4 Agricultural Extension 1, 3, 4, 5 Suggested Curriculum FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Hours 1 A. & D. 1 — Freehand Drawing 3 Chem. 2a — Inorg. Chem. and Qual. Anal.. 5 s Chem. 1 or la — Inorganic Chemistry.. 5 or 3 S H. Sci. 1 — Sel. and Prep, of Food 3 H. Sci. 2 — Home Arch, and Sanitation... 2 H. Sci. 7 — Textiles 2 P. T. 7 — Gymnasium Practise 1 Lib'y 12 — General Reference 2 P. T. 9— Hygiene 1 P. T. 7— Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 13 Total 16 SECOND YEAR Bot. or Zool. 1 5 A. & D. 12— Applied Design 2 Econ. 26 — Economic Resources 3 Econ. 22 — Econ. Hist, of U. S 3 Eng. 1 — Survey of Eng. Lit 5 Electives H. Sci. 6 — Econ. Uses of Food 3 Eng. 2 — Survey of Eng. Lit 4 Hort. 19 — Amateur Floriculture 3 Physiol. 4 — Minor Course 5 Total 19 Total 14 THIRD YEAR A. &.D. 19— History of Fine Arts 2 A. & D. 20— History of Fine Arts 2 Electives Bact. 5 — Intro. Bacteriology S Eng. 23 — Intro, to Shakespeare 3 Econ. 2 — Principles of Econ 3 Hist, la or Hist 3a 4 or 3 Electives H. Sci. 5 — Dietetics 3 H. Sci. 3 — Home Decoration 2 H. Sci. 19— Dress Design 2 H. Sci. 12— Clothing 2 Pub. Sp. 1 — Oral Expression 2 Total 14 or 13 Total 14 FOURTH YEAR Edu. 1 — Intro, to Education 4 Edu. 10 — Technics of Teaching 3 Electives Electives H. Sci. 13 — Hist, of Home Economics.... 2 H. Sci. 10 — Home Management 2 Sociol. 1 — Principles of Soc 3 H. Sci. 11 — Teachers' Course 3 H. Sci. 17— Study of Textiles 3 Total 9 Total 11 1 Semester hours. For definition see page 259. 2 If Chemistry la is taken, a 2-hour elective must be added, with the approval of the adviser. 8 Attention is called to the fact that high school physics is a prerequisite for Household Science 1. Curriculum in Landscape Gardening 185 CURRICULUM IN LANDSCAPE GARDENING FIRST PIRST SEMESTER Prescribed Subjects Hours 1 Arch. 31 — Drawing 4 Bot. 1 — Introductory Course 5 Hort. 10a — Rural Improvement 2 Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 Mil. 2a— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hygiene 1 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 18 YEAR SECOND SEMESTER Prescribed Subjects Hours 1 Arch. 32- — Architectural Drawing 4 Hort. 5— Plant Propagation 5 Hort. 10b — Town Improvement 2 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Mil. 2b— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium 1 Rhet. 2— Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total 17 SECOND YEAR Prescribed Subjects Bot. 4d — Taxonomy 3 C. E, 31 — Surveying . 3 Hort. 21a — Landscape Design 4 Hort. 31 — Garden Flowers 3 Mil. 2c— Military Drill 1 Total 14 Electives A. and D. 12 — Theory and Practise 2 Arch. 13 — History of Architecture 2 Prescribed Subjects C. E. 32— Surveying 3 Hort. 21b — Landscape Design 4 Hort. 24a — Trees and Shrubs 3 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Total II Electives Arch. 14 — History of Architecture.. 2 Ent. 4b — Introductory Economic Entomol- ogy 3 Geol. 12— Geology of Soils 5 Hort. 2— Small Fruits 2 Zool. 16 — Field Ornithology 2 THIRD YEAR Prescribed Subjects Hort. 23a — Landscape Design 4 Hort. 24b — Trees and Shrubs... 3 Hort. 27a — Landscape Construction 3 Total .10 Electives Arch. IS — History of Architecture 2 A. and D. 13 — History and Practise 2 Econ. 2 — Principles of Economics 2 Hort. 8 — Fruit Culture 5 Hort. 29a — Garden Design.. 3 Sociol. 1 — Principles of Sociology 3 Prescribed Subjects Hort. 23b — Landscape Design 4 Hort. 26a — Planting Design 3 Hort. 27b — Landscape Construction.. 3 Hort. 36 — Landscape Reading 2 Hort. 41 — Civic Design (Elementary Course) 1 Total 13 Electives Arch. 16 — History of Architecture 2 A. and D. 8 — Modeling 2 Bot. 20 — Plant Diseases 3 Hort. 7 — Spraying 3 Hort. 9— Forestry 2 Hort. 29b — Garden Design 3 Rhet. 17 — Advanced Composition 3 Sociol. 7 — The Rural Community 2 FOURTH YEAR Prescribed Subjects C. E. 55 — Roads and Pavements 2 Hort. 25a — Landscape Design 5 Hort. 26b — Planting Design 3 Hort. 37a — Civic Design 3 Prescribed Subjects Hort. 25b — Landscape Design 5 Hort. 28 — Exotics 1 Hort. 37b — Civic Design 3 Hort. 38— Office Practise 2 Total 15 Electives A. and D. 4 — Water Color 2 Hort. 25a — Extra hours Hort. 40a — Trees and Shrubs (Advanced Course) 3 Pol. Sci. 4 — Municipal Government 3 Sociol. 10 — Population 3 General Electives Hort. 19 — Amateur Floriculture 3 Chem. 1 or la— Inorganic Chemistry.. 5 or 3 •Hort. 39 — Special Lectures 1-8 Modern Language 8 Zool. 1 — General Zoology 2 Physics 10 Total U Electives Hort. 15 — Plant Growing 5 Hort. 40b — Trees and Shrubs (Adv. Course) 3 Hort. 25b — Extra hours 1 Semester hours. For definition see page 259. •Students taking the professional course are required to register in Horticulture 39 each semester. 186 The College of Agriculture CURRICULUM FOR PROSPECTIVE TEACHERS OF AGRICULTURE A curriculum is offered for prospective teachers of agriculture. Among the subjects recommended are the following: Agronomy 2, 9, 12, 25, 26; Animal Husbandry la, 2a, 4a, 5, 6, 11a, lib, 30*; Dairy Husbandry 2, 3; Horticulture la, lb, 3, 5, 10a, 19; Agricultural Exten- sion 1, 4-5 ; Botany 1, 3b ; Chemistry 1, 2, 3, 13a ; Entomology 4a-4b ; Zoology 1 ; English 20; Rhetoric 1-2, 19; Public Speaking 5-6; Economics 2; Education 1, 6; Library Science 12; Military 1, 2; Physical Training 1, 2, la; foreign lan- guage. For further information concerning this curriculum, address the Dean of the College of Agriculture. TWO WEEKS' COURSE IN AGRICULTURE The Corn Growers' and Stockmen's Convention is held usually at the College of Agriculture (not held in 1915 and 1916 on account of the foot and mouth disease). At the time of this meeting, the College gives instruction for two weeks in subjects of special interest to young men on the farm, such as corn and stock judging, milk and seed testing, soils, etc. A morning session of two hours each day is devoted to the discussion of questions of importance to the farmer. In the afternoon an hour is given to lectures upon topics of general interest. The rest of the day is filled with class work in the subjects mentioned above. Each year about a thousand men who are unable to spend a longer time away from home avail themselves of this opportunity to come in touch with the work of the College. THE SCHOOL FOR HOUSEKEEPERS A two-weeks' course in household science consisting of lectures and recita- tion work is given in the rooms of the department of household science in the Woman's Building. (See University Extension, Home Economics, Part IV.) Admission to Short Courses No entrance examinations are required and any farmer or farmer's son or daughter may enter these courses. It is important that everyone should be here at the opening of the session. Upon arrival at Champaign or Urbana, application should be made at the University Young Men's Christian Associa- tion, where information concerning board and room may be obtained. •Students taking the Curriculum for Teachers may take Animal Husbandry 30 for one-half semester and receive 2J4 credits therefor. THE GRADUATE SCHOOL THE EXECUTIVE FACULTY Edmunb Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President of the University David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., Dean, Professor of Economics Boyd Henry Bode, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy Albert Pruden Carman, A.M., D.Sc, Professor of Physics Julius Goebel, Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Languages George Alfred Goodenough, M.E., Professor of Thermodynamics Harry Alexis Harding, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Bacteriology Laurence Marcellus Larson, Ph.D., Professor of History Herbert Windsor Mumford, B.S., Professor of Animal Husbandry William Abbott Oldfather, Ph.D., Professor of the Classics, Secretary Stuart Pratt Sherman, Ph.D., Professor of English Arthur Newell Talbot, C.E., Professor of Municipal and Sanitary Engineering Edgar Jerome Townsend, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics Henry Baldwin Ward, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology Edward Wight Washburn, Ph.D., Professor of Physical Chemistry HISTORY AND ORGANIZATION Altho for many years the University of Illinois had offered advanced students facilities for study and research in various lines, graduate work was undertaken under the name of the Graduate School for the first time in 1892. In 1894 the administration of the school was vested in the Council of Admin- istration, and the Vice-President of the University became Dean of the School. In 1906 the Graduate School was organized as a separate faculty, consisting of a dean and members of the University faculty assigned to this duty by the President. By act of the Trustees the teaching faculty of the Graduate School includes all members of the University faculty who give instruction in approved grad- uate courses. The affairs of the School, however, are in charge of the executive faculty appointed each year by the President. ADMISSION Admission to the Graduate School may be granted to graduates of insti- tutions whose requirements for the bachelor's degree are substantially equiva- lent to those of the University of Illinois, and to applicants from other insti- tutions approved by the executive faculty, as hereinafter provided. Admission to the Graduate School does not, however, imply admission to candidacy for an advanced degree. A graduate of an institution meeting the requirements of a standard college, as described below, may be admitted to the Graduate School, provided he sat- isfies the Dean and the departments concerned that he will be able to proceed to the master's degree in a period not exceeding two years. 187 188 The Graduate School For purposes of admission to the Graduate School a standard college is one which meets the following requirements : a. The college shall require four years' work of collegiate grade for gradu- ation, based on an entrance requirement of at least fourteen standard high- school units. b. If conditioned students are admitted, they shall not be allowed to proceed beyond the sophomore year without removing their conditions. c. The college shall maintain at least six departments in liberal arts and sciences, each having at least one professor in each department giving his entire time to the college work of his department. d. The minimum educational attainment of college professors shall be equivalent to graduation from a college of high grade and graduate work equivalent at least to that required for a master's degree from the University of Illinois. e. The college shall have a productive endowment sufficient to yield a net annual income of at least $10,000 available for instructional purposes in the college. If the institution offers courses in addition to the usual liberal arts course, it shall have a correspondingly larger annual income. f. The college shall have library and laboratory equipment sufficient to meet fully the needs of the courses announced. g. In addition to the foregoing specific requirements, so far as possible the general standing of the college shall be considered, including: the character of its curriculum, the efficiency of its instruction, the number of hours of instruction required of the members of its faculty, the size of the classes, the general standards for graduation, its conservatism in granting degrees based on work done in absentia, the success of its graduates in the Graduate School of this University and elsewhere. Unless otherwise specially permitted, a student enrolled in the Graduate School must take each semester at least one course accepted by the executive faculty for credit in his major subject. Admission to particular graduate courses or departments may be granted only to those who have had the requisite undergraduate work in those courses or departments. But a student of mature age who satisfies the Dean and the department concerned of his ability to pursue graduate work in a given line may be enrolled in particular graduate courses, and permitted to carry on such study or investigation under the direction of a department of the University as the department shall recommend and the executive faculty approve. Application blanks may be secured from the Dean of the Graduate School or from the Registrar of the University. REGISTRATION AND PROGRAM OF STUDY After the students' application for admission has been approved, he receives at the Dean's office a permit to register and also a study blank. This study blank must be filled out with the advice of the professors in charge of the selected work. Advisers The person in charge of the major work of the student becomes his adviser, and, together with those with whom the student is taking first and second Program of Study 189 minor courses, forms a committee with general supervision over the student's general course of study. The committee is expected to follow the student's work and see that he is helped to lay out an intelligently planned course, and to give him such advice as may be necessary concerning his scholastic career. Amount of Work Each student is required to attend a minimum of four class, lecture, or laboratory exercises a week, in the first year of his graduate study; and in no case is he permitted during his course to attend more than twelve a week. Each first year student doing full work must take at least four unit courses. A unit course is one which requires ten hours of time a week through one semester, irrespective of the mode of distribution of that time in class work, laboratory work, and private study. Four such courses or their equivalent constitute a full minimum program for one semester, and eight such courses, or their equivalent of graduate grade, constitute the minimum year's work required for a master's degree. Therefore, registration for full work for the master's degree ordinarily provides for three unit courses, or their equivalent, a semester, in addition to a thesis, the time devoted to the thesis being ordinarily reckoned as equivalent to that for one unit course, or ten hours of time a week. If a student is excused from writing a thesis he must take four unit courses or their equivalent a semester. Unless otherwise specified by the department concerned, a course for gradu- ates and advanced undergraduates, not open to students below senior grade and counting four or five hours of undergraduate credit, if taken by graduate students, will be treated as a unit course ; when counting less than four hours of undergraduate credit, such a course, if taken by graduate students, will be treated as a half-unit course. Unless otherwise specified by the department, a course the prerequisites of which are such as to make it possible for juniors or sophomores to be admitted, if taken by a graduate student, is counted as a half-unit course, or a quarter- unit course, according to the number of hours of undergraduate credit for which the course is given. Miscellaneous and Listener's Courses Graduate students are permitted under proper circumstances to attend classes as visitors, or listeners, and to elect miscellaneous subjects, that is, courses which do not count towards an advanced degree. Under the authority conferred by the faculty on the Dean no student will be permitted by the Dean to visit more than one class or to take more than one miscellaneous subject, nor is any subject open as a listener's or miscellaneous course unless it has a specific educational bearing on the student's major or minor subjects of study. The above regulations concerning the program of studies are laid out primarily for first year students. Second and third year graduate students fill out their programs irrespective of unit value of courses, according to their needs, under the advice of their instructors. Students on the Staff Assistants and others on the University staff who undertake to do gradu- ate work are permitted to take an amount of work determined by the terms of their employment. Such a student, applicant for a master's degree, must 190 The Graduate School ordinarily stay through at least two years. In no case will the doctor's degree be conferred upon an applicant otherwise fit in less than four years if he is on the staff in any capacity. Residence and Transfer of Credit Continuous residence and study are required of all members of the Graduate School, unless they are granted leave of absence by the Dean, on recommendation of the professors in charge of their work, for the purpose of carrying on elsewhere studies or investigation in the line of work for their degrees. Students should note, moreover, that all the work for the master's degree must be done in residence at the University, excepting in the case of members of the staff who have spent half of their time in study through a year at some other institution, and then do the rest of the work required during a year's residence here. Credit for work done elsewhere is not "transferred." The candidate is examined here on all the work required for the degree. CHARACTER OF GRADUATE WORK The principal aim of graduate study is the development of the power of independent work and the promotion of the spirit of research. Each candidate for a degree is expected to have a wide knowledge of his subject and of related fields of work; for the graduate student is not expected to get from lecture and laboratory courses all the knowledge and training necessary to meet the requirements for his degree. Students, especially candidates for the doctor's degree, are warned against restricting themselves to the courses prescribed or suggested by the departments in which they are studying. Each student is expected to do a wide range of private reading and study, and in many cases will find it advisable to take one or more courses of lectures quite outside the field of his chosen subject. THE MASTERS' DEGREES Candidates for the degree of Master of Arts or Master of Science are required to do at least one year's work in residence and to write a thesis. Majors and Minors A candidate for a master's degree may do all his work in one subject, or he may select a major and one minor, or a major and two minors. A major or minor denotes the field of knowledge of a department, or such part thereof as constitutes a separate and independent division of that field. The candidate must do at least half his work in his major subject. Master's Thesis Each candidate for a master's degree is also required to present a thesis on some subject approved by the professor in charge of his major work and the faculty of the School. The requirement of a thesis may be waived, how- ever, upon the recommendation of the head of the department in which the student is doing his major work, and the approval of the Dean, provided appli- cation to waive the thesis is made at the beginning of the year. In no case will permission to take the degree without the thesis be given by the Dean if applied for later than the latest date for the approval of thesis subjects, as shown by the calendar. Advanced Degrees in Engineering 191 The thesis required from a candidate for a master's degree ordinarily will demand about one-fourth of the student's time. The thesis must be typewritten, on "thesis paper," and the title-page must be printed. The thesis in its final form, together with a certificate of approval by the proper officer, must be left by the professor in charge at the Dean's office at the time set in the calendar. Advanced Degrees in Engineering Two classes of second degrees are open to graduates of the College of Engineering, namely, academic and professional. The academic second degree in engineering is Master of Science, following Bachelor of Science, in Architecture, Architectural Engineering, Civil Engi- neering, Electrical Engineering, etc. This degree is conferred in accordance with the regulations described above for academic work in residence only. The professional second degrees in engineering are as follows : Master of Architecture after B.S. in Architecture. Architectural Engineer after B.S. in Architectural Engineering. Civil Engineer after B.S. in Civil Engineering or B.S. in Municipal and Sanitary Engineering. Electrical Engineer after B.S. in Electrical Engineering. Mechanical Engineer after B.S. in Mechanical Engineering. Mining Engineer after B.S. in mining engineering. Civil Engineer, Electrical Engineer, or Mechanical Engineer after B.S. in Railway Engineering, according to the course. Professional degrees are conferred upon two classes of candidates: (1) graduates of the College of Engineering of the University of Illinois who have been engaged in acceptable professional work away from the University for a period of not less than three years after receiving the degree of Bachelor of Science; (2) graduates of the University of Illinois, or of institutions of equal standing, who have been engaged in acceptable professional work in residence at the University for a period of not less than three years after receiving the degree of Bachelor of Science. In "acceptable professional work" may be included contributions to technical literature, activity in professional societies, investigation of engineering prob- lems, and the teaching of engineering subjects. A candidate must declare his candidacy and file with the Dean of the College of Engineering, as chairman of the committee in charge, a detailed statement covering his professional study and experience, not later than the first Monday in November preceding the commencement at which he proposes to qualify. Prior to December 31 next succeeding, he must submit for approval an outline of his proposed thesis and he must file his completed thesis not later than April 1. If the statement of professional experience and study and the thesis are accepted, the candidate must present himself at commencement in order to receive the degree. Candidates for professional degrees in engineering who already hold the degree of Master of Science may qualify for the professional degree after two years of professional work. A candidate for a professional degree in engineering must pay the inci- dental fee of twenty-four dollars on being notified that his professional study and experience are accepted as qualifying him to enter as a candidate for the degree. No one will be enrolled as a candidate for the degree at the following commencement who does not pay his fee at this time. When a candidate for 192 The Graduate School a professional degree in engineering has once been accepted and paid his fee, he is eligible to receive the degree at any time within five years, without additional fee, on completion of the requirements; provided, however, that unless he completes the requirements within two years his name will be dropped from the list of candidates and in order to receive the degree within the five- year period he must register once more. THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY General Statement of Requirements. — The requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy are a thorough mastery of a selected field of study, evidence of the power of independent investigation in this field, a broad knowl- edge of the wider field of study of which this major subject is a part, a general acquaintance with related fields of knowledge and a mastery of all branches of study which are necessary to a full knowledge of the main subject. Each student who is seeking this degree is expected to choose for study and final examination a major subject, or field of study, and a first and second minor. The major subject is the field in which the student expects to become expert and an authority. The first minor should ordinarily be a subject closely related to the major, and under certain conditions and with proper approval, may be a subdivision of the major field of study. The second minor should be chosen outside of the major field of study. When a candidate chooses any subject as his major, and a division of that subject as his minor, he is not permitted to choose as a second minor any divi- sion of work in that same department, excepting by vote of the executive faculty of the School. The candidate's list of subjects must receive the approval of the head of the department in which he chooses his major work and of the Dean of the School. Period of Study. — The minimum period of study required for securing the degree of Doctor of Philosophy is three years. The degree is conferred, how- ever, not for residence during a certain period, but for scholarly attainments and power of investigation, as proved by thesis and examinations. Credit for work done in other universities is not "transferred." The can- didate is examined here on the subjects offered by him for the advanced degree. However, his period of residence at another institution of proper grade may be accepted as fulfillment of the residence requirement of the University of Illinois so far as it goes. At least the first two or the last one of the three years required must be spent at this University. Examination. — Towards the end of his second year of study, or, by special permission, at the beginning of his third year, the candidate for the degree must submit to a preliminary examination conducted by the members of the faculty with whom he is doing his principal work, in order to determine whether he will be accepted as a candidate for the degree in the following year. This examination is intended to test the student's knowledge of the fields of his major and minor subjects of study. It is partly oral, and may be wholly so. At this time, or before, the candidate will be required to demonstrate his ability to read French and German, and any other language needed for the prosecution of his work. On or before the last Monday in May of the year in which the candidate expects to come up for his degree, he must submit to a final examination. Besides the written examination set by the departments of the major and minor The Degree of Doctor of Philosophy 193 studies, the candidate must also take an oral examination, given by a committee appointed by the Dean. The oral examination is primarily on the research work of the student, as embodied in his thesis, but it is not confined to this. It extends to the whole field of the study of the candidate. It will not be confined to the courses which the candidate has attended in the University of Illinois only, if he has done part of the work elsewhere; nor even to the field covered by the courses specifically taken in this or other universities ; but will be so conducted as to determine whether the candidate has a satisfactory grasp of his major subject as a whole, and a general acquaintance with the fields of knowledge represented by his course of study. Before the candidate is admitted to the final examination and the defense of his thesis, he may be required to take any other examination, oral or written, that is thought proper by the various departments in which he has studied. If after having passed his preliminary examination, he fails in the third year of his study to meet the expectations of the professors in charge of his work, or in any way fails to maintain the standard of scholarship and power of research expected of him, he may be refused admission to the final examination. The final examination in the major and minor subjects may not be divided. The examination must be taken all at one time even tho it requires several sessions. Thesis. — The power of independent research must be shown by the produc- tion of a thesis on some topic connected with the major subject of study. The candidate is expected to defend his thesis or dissertation before the members of the faculty, or as many of them as may wish to question him about it, in connection with his final examination. The subject of the thesis should be chosen not later than the end of the second year of study and must be submitted for formal approval by the faculty not later than the first Monday of November of the year when the degree is expected. Unless previously printed with proper authority, a typewritten copy of the complete thesis, on thesis paper*, must be in the hands of the Dean not later than noon of the Saturday nearest the middle of May, for submission to the examining committee. The doctor's thesis must be printed and one hundred copies deposited in the Library of the University not later than the first of June preceding the conferring of the degree. If it is not printed by the first of June, the student must deposit seventy-five dollars ($75) or a bond for that amount satisfactory to the Comptroller of the University and the Dean of the Graduate School. If a bond is accepted, it must be replaced at the end of one year with a cash deposit. At the end of two years, if the thesis has not then been printed by the student, the University will print such part of it as it deems best. The cash deposit made by the student who does not print his thesis by the end of the second year after his degree is conferred becomes the property of the University, to be used for the general purpose of printing theses. The title page of each thesis, whether typewritten or printed, must bear the words, "Submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in — (here put the major subject) — in the Graduate School of the University of Illinois." The title page must also contain the full name of the author, his previous degrees, the full title of the thesis, the year of imprint, and, if a reprint, the title, volume and statement of the •No other will be accepted by the Dean. 194 The Graduate School pagination of the volume from which it is reprinted. Each thesis must have an appendix giving a short biography of the candidate, including the institutions he has attended, his degrees and honors, the titles of his publications, and such other matters as are pertinent. Doctor's Degree in Engineering. — The degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Engineering is offered in certain lines of academic graduate work of a high scholastic type in engineering science that will attract students who wish to prepare themselves as teachers, investigators, and experts. The general requirements for this degree, as to preliminary education, linguistic attainments, etc., are the same as in other lines. The following lines of engineering science are open as majors for the present : Engineering mechanics Hydraulic and sanitary engineering Steam engineering Electrical engineering Heating and ventilation engineering Railway engineering Masonry construction and structural engineering Coal mining engineering The first minor may be any of the above or one of the following fundamental sciences or an authorized combination of two of them : Theoretical mechanics Mathematics Thermodynamics Chemistry Geology Physics (Experimental or mathematical) Zoology Botany The second minor should be in other than engineering subjects. SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS A number of fellowships and scholarships have been established by the Trustees of the University. To first year graduate students of ability and promise there are open a number of scholarships with a stipend of $250 each and freedom from tuition, incidental, and laboratory fees. To second and third year graduate students, that is, those who have had one or two years of gradu- ate study, there are open fellowships with a stipend varying from $300 to $500, with freedom from fees. The larger stipends are given only to students who are expected to take their degrees within the year. Each holder of a fellowship or scholarship must pay the matriculation fee of ten dollars, unless he holds a first degree from the University of Illinois, and also the diploma fee of five dollars on receiving his diploma. Candidates for these scholarships and fellowships must be graduates of the University of Illinois, or of colleges or universities having equivalent require- ments for bachelors' degrees. Application must be made upon blanks to be obtained from the Dean of the Graduate School. These application forms should be addressed to the Dean of the Graduate School as early as possible in February and not later than the first of March of the academic year preceding that for which the fellowship The Illinois Historical Survey 195 is desired. No application will be considered if received later than March first, until after April fifteenth, the date when appointees from the first list of applicants must accept or refuse their appointments. Persons appointed are notified on April first and must send the Secretary of the Board of Trustees notice of their acceptance or refusal by April fifteenth; and must agree that, if accepted, the appointment will not be resigned in favor of a similar one in any other institution during the year for which it is awarded. Nominations to fellowships are made on the grounds of worthiness of character, scholastic attainments, and promise of success in the principal line of study or research to which the candidate proposes to devote himself. Scholarships and fellowships are good for one year, but may be renewed for a second or third year in special cases. An appointment as honorary fellow, without stipend, may be made as specified for paid fellowships in the case of any one who has shown distinguished merit in his work. Research Fellowships in the Engineering Experiment Station The Engineering Experiment Station is devoted entirely to research. Its purposes are the elevation of engineering education, and the study of problems of special importance to engineers and to manufacturing, railway, mining, and industrial interests. Fourteen research fellowships have been established in the Engineering Experiment Station. These fellowships are open to graduates of approved technical schools and universities, both American and foreign. There is a stipend of $500 a year for each fellowship. Applicants to whom these fellow- ships are awarded are required to agree to hold them for two years, devoting a part of their time to the work of the Engineering Experiment Station. At the expiration of this period, if all requirements have been met, the degree of Master of Science will be conferred. Application for these fellowships should be made to the Director of the Engineering Experiment Station not later than February first. Candidates must present with their applications full information concerning themselves, including any written or published papers or results of investigation. THE GRADUATE CLUB The Graduate Club is an unofficial organization of the graduate students and graduate faculty. Its purpose is to furnish an opportunity for those working in different departments to become acquainted with one another and thus counteract the tendency toward narrowness which intense specialization may sometimes induce. THE ILLINOIS HISTORICAL SURVEY The Illinois Historical Survey is a department of the Graduate School established in 1910 to conduct research in the history of the State of Illinois. The members of the staff, assisted by graduate students, are engaged in the pro- duction of scientific studies in Illinois history, and it is expected that the results of these labors will lay a solid basis for the interpretation of the State's past. The following persons constitute the staff of the Survey for the year 1915-16: Clarence W. Alvord, Ph.D., Professor of History, Director; Ernest L. Bogart, Ph.D., Professor of Economics; John M. Mathews, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Political Science; Theodore C. Pease, Ph.D., Associate in History; Arthur C. Cole, Ph.D., Associate in History; Jessie J. Kile, A.M., Research Assistant. THE LIBRARY SCHOOL For a description of the Library Building, see page 56; for an account of the libraries themselves, see pages 60-62; for the collection in library economy, see page 66; for fees, see page 122. GENERAL STATEMENT The Library School offers a two-year curriculum to students who wish to enter library work as a profession, and certain library courses to students in other schools and colleges of the University of Illinois who may wish to elect them as a part of their course of training. The instruction in the first or junior year covers the generally accepted methods and practises in library work; students who complete this year's work are prepared to accept positions in library service. In the second or senior year emphasis is placed on historical and comparative methods of treatment; new subjects are introduced to give the student the necessary outlook and equipment for responsible positions. One or two years' training will not take the place of years of experience, but they will make the student more adaptable and his general library service more intelligent. The time spent in actual practise, under supervision, amounts to about three and a half months, counting seven hours to a working day. Altho stress is laid on simplicity and economy, methods are taught to enable students to work in large libraries where bibliographic exactness is required. Emphasis is laid on the extension of the activities of the public library, and on the importance of cooperation between the library and the schools and other educational and social agencies. A member of the senior class in any other school or college of the Uni- versity may, with the approval of the Director of the Library School, elect any course for which he is prepared. The school also offers to freshmen and sophomores a course on the use of the library and the ordinary reference books, which will help in general reading or study. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS Admission to the Library School is conditioned on the presentation of cre- dentials showing that the applicant holds a bachelor's degree in arts or science from the University of Illinois or has had other equivalent training. Application blanks for admission may be secured from the Director of the School, and these, filled out, should be filed, together with such documentary material as the candidate may offer, showing qualifications for admission, not later than the registration days in September. It is to the candidate's interest to present the application and certificates early, in order that the question of admission may be settled before he comes to the University. PROPOSED PRELIMINARY CURRICULUM Undergraduates who intend, on the completion of their college work, to apply for admission to the Library School, are requested to select their courses so as to conform in general to the following recommended program of studies preparatory to library work. 196 Library Visits and Field Work 197 Proposed Preliminary Curriculum English literature, 5* ; rhetoric, 2 Latin, 4, in addition to four years of high school Latin German, 6, in addition to two years of high school German French, 4, in addition to two years of high school French Languages begun in college instead of in the high school should be continued for a longer period. Medieval and modern European history, 3 ; history of England, 3 ; history of the United States, 3 Economics, 3 ; political science, 2 ; sociology, 3 Philosophy, 2 ; general psychology, 2 Zoology, 3 ; botany, 2 ; chemistry or physics, 3 The total of this work is 100 semester hours, leaving the equivalent of one year of a four-year course free for work in other subjects or for more work in the subjects named. ADVANCED STANDING College graduates who have had approved library experience or who have attended other library schools may be accorded advanced standing by securing credit for some of the courses required for graduation. After satisfying all entrance requirements and after matriculation, the applicant for advanced stand- ing may secure such credit either by examination or by transfer of credits from another institution offering courses in library economy. SPECIAL STUDENTS It is the practise of this School to admit as special students only those mature persons, who, tho unable to meet the formal requirements for entrance, are prepared for thoro and advanced work. Such persons must present evidence of possessing the information and ability to pursue profitably, as special students, the chosen subjects, and some substitute for the regular require- ment for entrance, such as the completion of part of a college course, approved library or teaching experience, or foreign travel. Preference will be given to those already engaged in library work, especially in Illinois libraries. Students thus admitted are expected to take all of the curriculum prescribed for those who are candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Library Science, or failing that, as much of the prescribed work as they are prepared for. LIBRARY VISITS AND FIELD WORK Each year all the students in the School visit the libraries and certain of the book binderies, book stores, and printing establishments of either Chicago and vicinity or St. Louis and vicinity. During this visit, which occupies one week, the students are accompanied by a member of the faculty. The estimated expense of this visit is about $20 for each trip. Students are required to present a written report of the week's visit upon their return to the University, as the work forms part of Library 22 and Library 26. In order to assure a varied library experience, each student in the senior year is required to spend one month in an assigned library, usually a public library, working, as far as practicable, under the same conditions as a member of the staff of that library. Written and oral reports of the month of field work are required, as the work forms part of Library 26. The estimated expense for the month of field work is $40. •The figures after each subject indicate the minimum number of lecture or recitation hours a week which the student should devote to that subject throughout one college year. 198 The Library School CURRICULUM The curriculum is two years in length. For graduation a student must receive credit for all courses except those marked with an asterisk (*), which are elective. The degree of Bachelor of Library Science is conferred on a student who has completed the required work in the two years' curriculum, and has received credit in courses amounting to 65 hours. JUNIOR YEAR FIRST SEMESTER Lib. Sc. Lib Sc. Lib. Sc. Lib. Sc. Lib. Sc. Lib. Sc. Lib. Sc. Hours 1 2a — Reference Work 3 3a — Selection of Books . - 4a — Practise Work. 2 16 — Order and Accession 2 17 — Classification 3 18 — Cataloging 3 23a — Library Administration ... 1 Total 16 SENIOR Lib. Sc. 6a — Subject Bibliography 2 •Lib. Sc. 8 — Advanced Reference Work. 2 Lib. Sc. 10a— Practise Work 4 Lib. Sc. 13a — Public Documents 2 Lib. Sc. 15a — Seminar 2 Lib. Sc. 24a — Selection of Books 2 Lib. Sc. 26a — Library Administration 3 Lib. Sc. 27 — Bibliographical Institutions.. 1 Total 18 SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Lib. Sc. 2b — Reference Work 3 Lib. Sc. 3a — Selection of Books 2 Lib. Sc. 4b — Practise Work 2 Lib. Sc. 7 — History of Libraries 2 Lib. Sc. 19— Trade Bibliography 1 Lib. Sc. 20 — Loan Department 1 Lib. Sc. 21 — Printing, Binding, Indexing. 2 Lib. Sc. 22 — Library Extension... 3 Lib. Sc. 23a — Library Administration 1 Total 17 YEAR Lib. 6b — Subject Bibliography 2 Lib. Sc. 9 — Bookmaking 2 Lib. Sc. 10b— Practise Work 4 ♦Lib. Sc. 13b — Public Documents 2 Lib. Sc. 15b — Seminar 2 Lib. Sc. 24b — Selection of Books 2 Lib. Sc. 25 — Advanced Classification 1 Lib. Sc. 26b — Library Administration 3 ♦Lib. Sc. 28— Practise Work 1 to 4 Total 19 to 22 LIBRARY CLUB Any member of the Library School faculty or of the staff of the University Library and any student in the Library School may become a member. Six meetings are held each year. 1 Semester hours. For definition see page 259. THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC For admission to the School of Music, see the general statement of entrance requirements of the University, pages 71 to 96. For fees, see page 122. For the faculty of the School of Music and description of the courses in Music, see under "Music" in the "Description of Courses," Part III. , GENERAL STATEMENT The School of Music offers regular courses leading to the degree of Bache- lor of Music, and a teacher's certificate in public school music. Students who are not working for the degree in music may receive a statement from their instructors upon completing not less than one year of college work. Classes in ear training meet twice each week. The fundamental principles of music notation are studied thoroly, and the ear is trained to recognize intervals, chords, etc., so that the student may eventually think music. Music students are required to attend these classes. The sight-singing classes meet twice each week. This work is required of music students. Choral or orchestral work is required of all students who are taking courses in piano, voice, violin, or organ. All students majoring in a practical subject are required to take Music 94 (Recital). A series of lectures and recitals is given each year. Only artists of the best reputation appear. Music students are required to attend. The instructors in the School of Music give recitals and lectures on musical subjects during the year. The courses in the history of music and musical theory, as well as the work in the University Orchestra and the University Choral Society, may be taken by students in other departments without fee. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Music must offer credit for 130 semester hours, including the prescribed subjects named below, together with an acceptable thesis on a topic related to music. CURRICULUM IN MUSIC FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Hours 1 Foreign language, French, German, or Foreign language, French, German, or Italian 4 Italian 4 Mil. 2a— Military Drill (men) 1 Mil. 1— Drill Regulations (men) 1 Mus. 3 — Harmony 2 Mil. 2b— Military Drill (men) 1 Mus. 21a — Ear Training Mus. 4 — Harmony 2 Mus. 42a, 52a, or 62a — Piano, Voice, or Mus. 21b — Ear Training Violin 4 Mus. 42b, 52b, or 62b — Piano, Voice, or Mus. 46a, 56a, or 66a — Minor subject 2 Violin 4 Phys. Tr. 7a — Gymnasium (women) 1 Mus. 46b, 56b, or 66b — Minor subject 2 Phys. Tr. 1 and la — Gymnasium and Hy- Phys. Tr. 7b — Gymnasium (women) 1 giene (men) 1 Phys. Tr. 2 — Gymnasium (men) 1 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Rhet. 2 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Total, Men 17 Total, Men 18 Total, Women 17 Total, Women 17 'Semester hours. For definition, see page 259. 199 200 The School of Music SECOND YEAR Foreign language, French, German, or Foreign language, French, German, or Italian 4 Italian 4 Mil. 2c— Military Drill (men) 1 Mil. 2d— Military Drill 1 Mus. 1 — History of Music 2 Mus. 2 — History of Music 2 Mus. 5 — Advanced Harmony 3 Mus. 6 — Advanced Harmony 3 Mus. 22a — Ear Training 1 Mus. 22b — Ear Training 1 Mus. 23a — Sight Singing Mus. 23b — Sight Singing Mus. 43a, 53a, or 63a — Piano, Voice, or Mus. 43b, 53b, or 63b — Piano, Voice, or Violin 4 Violin 4 Mus. 46c, 56c, or 66c — Minor subject 2 Mus. 46d, 56d, or 66d — Minor subject 2 Total, Men 17 Total, Men 17 Total, Women 16 Total, Women 16 THIRD YEAR Edu. 1 — Introduction to Education 4 Edu. 10 — Technics of Teaching 3 Eng. 1 — Survey of English Literature.... 4 Eng. 2 — Survey of English Literature... 4 Mus. 7 — Counterpoint, Canon, and Fugue 3 Mus. 8 — Counterpoint, Canon, and Fugue 3 Mus. 24a — Sight Singing 1 Mus. 24b — Sight Singing ' 1 Mus. 44a, 54a, or 64a — Piano, Voice, or Mus. 45b, 55b, or 65b — Piano, Voice, or Violin 4 Violin 4 Mus. 46e, 56e, or 66e — Minor subject 2 Mus. 46f, 56f, or 66f — Minor subject 2 Total 18 Total 37 FOURTH YEAR Eng. 35 — The English Drama 3 Mus. 10 — General Theory 2 Mus. 9 — General Theory 2 Mus. 12 — Acoustics 1 Mus. 11 — Acoustics 1 Mus. 27b — Ensemble 1 Mus. 27a — Ensemble 1 Mus. 45b, 55b, or 65b — Piano, Voice, or Mus. 45a, 55a, or 65a, Piano, Voice, or Violin 4 Violin 4 Mus. 46h, 56h, or 66h — Minor subject.... 2 Mus. 46g, 56g, or 66g — Minor subject.... 2 Mus. 94b — Recital 1 Mus. 94a — Recital 1 Total 14 Total 11 In addition, to make up the prescribed total of 130 hours: Elective, for men, 1 hour; for women, 4 hours. This extra credit may be taken at any time; the election must be approved by the student's adviser. Practical courses include regular attendance in orchestra and choral society, unless a student is excused by the Director of the School of Music. CURRICULUM IN PUBLIC SCHOOL MUSIC The aim of the curriculum in Public School Music is to prepare competent teachers and supervisors of music for the public schools. Students completing the curriculum are granted teacher's certificates. An opportunity for practise teaching is offered. The curriculum comprises the following prescribed sub- jects : FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Hours 1 Mus. 1 — History of Music 2 Mus. 2 — History of Music 2 Mus. 3 — Harmony 2 Mus. 4 — Harmony 2 Mus. 21a — Ear Training 1 Mus. 21b — Ear Training 1 Mus. 23a — Sight Singing 1 Mus. 23b— Sight Singing 1 Mus. 25 — Methods of Teaching 4 Mus. 25b — Methods 01 Teaching 4 Practical Music, major, Piano, or Voice. . 6 Practical Music, major, Piano, or Voice. 6 Practical Music 2 Practical Music, minor, Voice, or Piano. 2 Total 18 Total 18 SECOND YEAR Edu. 1 — Principles of Education 4 Edu. 10 — Technics of Teaching 3 Enp. 1 — Survey of English Literature 4 Eng. 2 — Survey of English Literature.... 4 Mus. 24a — Sight Singing 2 Mus. 24b — Sight Singing 2 Practical Music, major, Piano, or Voice. . 6 Practical Music, major, Piano, or Voice. . 6 Practical Music, minor, Voice, or Piano. 2 Practical Music, minor, Voice, or Piano.. 2 Total 18 Total 17 'Semester hours. For definition see page 259. •Those students who show by examination a proficiency in composition sufficient to qualify them for Rhetoric 2 may be excused from Rhetoric 1. See page 79. Musical Organisations 201 Advanced students may satisfy a part of the foregoing requirements by examination; in no case, however, is a student permitted to take less than 30 hours of work. MUSICAL ORGANIZATIONS The University Choral and Orchestral Society is conducted by the Director of the School of Music, with the assistance of the instructor of violin, and gives a series of concerts throughout the year. The orchestra meets for two hours' rehearsal once a week; it is open to all students who qualify for membership. The chorus meets once a week for rehearsal of choral works. Singers not connected with the University are admitted by examination. The Military Band is conducted by the instructor in band instruments. Besides giving several concerts during the year, it furnishes music for regi- mental formations and ceremonies and other occasions as required by the Presi- dent of the University. Membership is decided by competitive examinations. A second band is also conducted, in order that all students who play band instru- ments ordinarily well may have an opportunity to play in a band. Each full term of service in the band counts for one term of the required work in mili- tary science. After obtaining credit for four semesters' work those who are continued in the band for not less than one year are paid an amount equal to the incidenttal fees for the year. There is also a reserve band and a trumpet and drum corps. THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION GENERAL STATEMENT The School of Education was established in 1905 as an organization of the various activities of the University which are concerned with the professional preparation of teachers and supervisors for the public schools. The nucleus of the School is the department of education in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. The faculty of the School is made up of the members of this depart- ment and of other departments who offer courses intended for the preparation of high-school teachers. The Board of Trustees has approved plans for a build- ing to be used as a laboratory for the School of Education and to include quar- ters for a training school of secondary grade, and has purchased a site upon which the first wing of this building will be erected. THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION The Department of Education includes four full professors, a principal of the training school, and several assistants. It offers courses in educational history, theory, and practise — see under Education in the General Description of Courses, Part III. Two of the courses (Education 1 and 10) are required of all students who wish to secure the official recommendation of the University for teaching positions in secondary schools — see "Committee on Appointment of Teachers," page 203. Credits earned in these courses are usually accepted by the State Examining Board in lieu of examinations in pedagogy for county teachers' certificates; and these and other courses serve to prepare candidates for the examinations in professional subjects required for the State supervisory and high-school certificates — see "Certification of High School Teachers in Illinois," page 203. GRADUATE WORK IN EDUCATION Graduate work in education is offered to qualified students in the following fields: general educational theory (Professor Bagley) ; educational admin- istration and supervision and elementary education (Professor Bagley and Mr. Brown) ; secondary, vocational, and higher education (Professor Johnston and Professor Hollister) ; educational psychology, including mental tests and clinical psychology, health administration, and school hygiene (Professor Whipple). The equipment of the department for graduate work comprises: (a) A library of some 20,000 volumes (besides pamphlets), including the Aron Library of 8,000 titles relating largely to European education in the sixteenth, seven- teenth, and eighteenth centuries ; a collection of documents representing edu- cational development in the United States, including school reports and courses of study and of state and city systems; and a text-book library representing the development of elementary and secondary school texts used in American schools from the beginning of the nineteenth century; (b) an educational museum, containing exhibits of school furniture, apparatus, illustrative material, and representative work of pupils; (c) a laboratory of educational and clinical psychology equipped for mental and physical tests. 202 Certification of High School Teachers 203 PUBLICATIONS OF THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION The School of Education publishes a series of bulletins comprising (a) re- ports of the annual High School Conference, the Conferences on Teachers' Institutes, and other meetings and conferences regarding public education held at the University, and (b) reports of investigations and studies by members of the instructional staff and students in the department. The department of education is unofficially related through the editorial work of its members to the following journals : The Journal of Educational Psychology (Baltimore), edited by J. C. Bell, W. C. Bagley, C. E. Seashore, and G. M. Whipple; and Educational Administration and Supervision (Balti- more), edited by C. H. Johnston, L. D. Coffman, J. H. Van Sickle, and David Snedden. COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENT OF TEACHERS The Committee on Appointment of Teachers recommends qualified gradu- ates of the University for positions as teachers or supervisors in public schools, colleges, and technical schools in response to requests from the school authori- ties. The Director of the School of Education is chairman of the Committee, and the Secretary of the School is its chief executive officer. The recommendations of the Committee are made under the following regu- lations of the University Senate. 1. The University Committee on Appointments is authorized to issue its recommenda- tion, signed by the committee as the agent of the University, in all cases in which it is satisfied with the student's scholarship and ability to teach. The Committee shall regard the scholarship requirements as met if, in addition to carrying the professional courses mentioned in the next paragraph, the student has passed with an average grade of 85 in the courses necessary to constitute a major in the principal subject which he wishes to teach, and in courses aggregating a minimum varying from six to twelve semester hours (according to subject, and at the discretion of the Committee) in each of the other subjects for which he wishes to be recommended. The Committee shall, however, in each case secure the written opinion of the departments concerned in regard to the scholarship of _ the. applicant, and shall view the evidence of scholarship as shown by the records in the light of this opinion ; and if there appear to the Committee to be reasons which from their nature- cannot be shown by mere records for questioning the scholastic ability of the student, the Committee may in its discretion withhold the recommendation. 2. A candidate must have successfully completed the following courses in the depart- ment of education : a. An introductory course which shall aim (1) to acquaint the prospective teacher with the public-school system as it exists today in the United States, and (2) to present a brief outline of the principles of education. (A four-hour course.) b. A course in the technics of teaching, accompanied by observation of class-room work in secondary schools, and including a discussion of class-management (routine and dis- cipline), the elements of school hygiene, and the types of school exercises. (A three-hour course.) 3. The Director of the School of Education may, in his discretion, excuse a candidate from the professional courses outlined above, (1) if the candidate is a normal-school gradu- ate or has taken equivalent courses in a normal school or in another college or university ; or (2) if the candidate has had at least one year of successful teaching experience. If, at the time of registration with the Committee on Appointments, the candidate has not completed one of the required courses, but is enrolled at that time in the course, a Committee recommendation may be given with the approval of the instructor in charge of the course. The courses mentioned in Section 2 are (a) Education 1, Introduction to Education (4 hours), and (b) Education 10, Observation and Technics of Teaching (3 hours). Either course may be taken in either semester. CERTIFICATION OF HIGH-SCHOOL TEACHERS IN ILLINOIS A student who expects to teach in the Illinois high schools should bear in mind that all teachers must be duly certificated. County high-school certificates are granted upon examination by county superintendents, and State high-school certificates upon examination by the State Superintendent. For county high- 204 The School of Education school certificates issued without an examination the new certificating law makes the following provision : "At the option of the county superintendent, a high school certificate may be issued without examination to graduates of a recognized normal school, college, or university, who present within three years after graduation, certified credits in English, pedagogy and six high school subjects (chosen from a list published by the Examining Board) and accom- panied by faculty recommendations of ability to teach in the high school." (Section 6.) The educational courses required for the official recommendation of the University, Education 1 and 10, are commonly accepted as meeting the require- ment in pedagogy. State high-school certificates are granted under the following conditions : "A four-year high school certificate valid in any high school in the State,_ for_ which the requirements shall be: (1) Graduation from a recognized college or university, or the completion of an equivalent preparation. (2) three years' successful teaching, two of which shall have been in the State on a first grade, a high school, or a supervisory county certificate: (3) a successful examination in English, educational psychology, and the principles and methods of teaching, and (4) the preparation of a thesis on one or more secondary school problems, the subject or subjects of which shall be selected from a list prescribed by the Superintendent of Public Instruction. "[Note — Candidates who have had three years_ of successful experience in teaching, two of which were in Illinois under a first grade certificate and have exchanged the same for a county high school certificate under the new law, meet the requirements of No. 2]" (Circular 72, State Department of Public Instruction.) Education 1, 10, and 25 embody the materials usually coveted by the State examinations in educational psychology and in methods of teaching. CERTIFICATION OF SUPERINTENDENTS AND PRINCIPALS The following are the requirements for certification in supervisory work: "A four-year supervisory certificate valid for supervisory work and for teaching in any district in the State. The requirements for this certificate shall be: (1) Graduation from a recognized high school and from a recognized normal school, or an equivalent preparation ; (2) three years' successful supervision, two of which shall have been in this State on a county supervisory certificate; (3) a successful examination in English, educational psychol- ogy, sociology, the history of education, and school organization, administration, and supervision, and (4) the preparation of a thesis on one or more problems of school admin- istration, the subject or subjects of which shall be selected from a list prescribed by the Superintendent of Public Instruction. "[Note — Candidates _ who have had three years of successful experience in teaching, two of which were in Illinois, under a first grade certificate, and have exchanged the same for a county supervisory certificate under the new law, meet the requirements of No. 2.] Life Certificates "At the time of its expiration upon evidence of_ successful teaching or supervision satisfactory to the Superintendent of Public Instruction, any four-year State certificate enumerated in this Act shall become valid and be endorsed for life. The validity of State certificates now in force and those issued in accordance with this Act, shall be conditioned upon the good behavior of the holder." (Circular 72, State Department of Public Instruction.) Education 1, 2, 4, 16, 20, and 25 embody the material usually covered by the examination (except in English) for the State supervisory certificate. REQUIREMENTS OF THE NORTH CENTRAL ASSOCIATION Students who anticipate teaching in high schools accredited to the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools should complete courses in education aggregating at least eleven semester hours. This requirement of the Association is effective for new teachers after 1915, but is not retroactive. Certain work offered outside the department of education, especially "teachers' courses," may be counted as part of the eleven-hour minimum. THE SCHOOL OF RAILWAY ENGINEER- ING AND ADMINISTRATION GENERAL STATEMENT The School of Railway Engineering and Administration has been established to prepare men for the technical and administrative departments of railroads. The work offered is arranged in five different curriculums, any one of which is designed to occupy four years' time. The curriculums are: Railway Civil Engineering Railway Electrical Engineering Railway Mechanical Engineering Railway Administration Railway Transportation The first three of these curriculums are administered by the College of Engi- neering, and a description of them appears with that of other curriculums offered by this College. Students are admitted to them under the same con- ditions as to other curriculums of the College of Engineering, and they have available for their use all of the library, drafting-room, and laboratory facilities which constitute the equipment of this College. The last two curriculums are administered by the College of Commerce and Business Administration; they are described in detail in connection with the other curriculums of this College. Students are admitted to them under the same conditions as to other curriculums of the College of Commerce and Business Administration. It is the purpose of each of these curriculums to add to a foundation of general discipline and training specialized training for those who look forward to careers in railway service. 205 MILITARY SCIENCE The military instruction is under the charge of an officer of the United States Army. The course has special reference to the duties of officers of the line. A supply of arms and ammunition is furnished by the War Department, including 1852 U. S. magazine rifles (model 1898 and 1903), accouterments for infantry, and two pieces of field artillery. Every male student under twenty-five years of age, able to perform military duty, and not excused for sufficient cause, is required to drill twice each week until he has gained credit for four semester hours. He is also required to study drill regulations for infantry, and to recite upon the text once a week until he gains credit for one semester hour. The standings in study and drill are placed on record with other class credits ; one semester of recitations and drill counts two hours, and the three remaining semesters of drill three hours. This work is required for graduation in all the undergraduate colleges of the University. Two hours' credit in Military is given to men who complete the course of instruc- tion at the student Military Instruction Camps, and obtain a certificate from the commanding officer to that effect. The Cadet Brigade consists of two regiments of infantry (24 companies), a foot battery of field artillery, signal company, engineer company, and hospital company. There are 2140 cadets enrolled in the military department, including the band of 165 men, and 114 commissioned officers. The artillery, signal, engineer, and hospital companies are organized mainly from those students of the second year or sophomore class who have made more than an average standing in the work of the previous year. A special military scholarship, good for one year, is open to each student who attains the grade of commissioned officer; its value is paid to the holder at the close of the year. Appointments in the regiment are made on the nomi- nation of the commandant of cadets confirmed by the Council of Administration. Towards the close of the year a committee appointed by the President of the University examines candidates for nomination to the Governor of the State to receive commissions as brevet captains in the State militia. Candidates must be members of the senior class in full standing at the time of this examina- tion; must have completed the course of military studies; must have served two semesters as commissioned officers ; and must be approved by the Council of Administration as having good reputations as scholars, officers, and gentlemen. The uniform of the sophomore companies is cadet gray; that of the fresh- man companies the olive drab, woolen service, like that used by the United States Army. A deposit ($14.20) covering the price of the uniform is required from each student upon registration. Additional equipment costing $6.75 must be purchased at the same time. The University military band is composed of students, and every full term of service therein is counted as one term of drill. Those who play in the band after having earned their five military credits necessary for graduation have their incidental fees remitted at the end of each year. Besides giving several 206 Military Science 207 concerts during the year, the band furnishes music for regimental formations and ceremonies and other occasions as required by the President of the Univer- sity. Membership is decided by competitive examination. Division of Military Information A division of military information has been established to compile and disseminate military information. The division has on file copies of the regu- lations for the various branches of the army; general orders, circulars, and bulletins of the war department; army regulations, and rosters of the officers of the army and the navy. It also has data concerning the military schools and land grant colleges of the country. Information on any of these subjects is given freely to ail who may apply. PHYSICAL TRAINING FOR MEN The object of the work in this department is to preserve and improve the bodily health of the students by rational exercises and to teach proper inter- collegiate sports. Physical training is compulsory for all freshmen. Regular classes are formed in swimming and fencing and for drill on the various gym- nasium appliances. Lectures are given on personal hygiene. All competitive athletic games are under the direct supervision of the Director of Physical Training, and an examination is required to show that membership on any team will not cause injury, but will tend to improve the physical condition. No student whose class work is unsatisfactory is allowed to play on a University team. For a description of the Men's Gymnasium, see page 57. FOR WOMEN The object of the work of this department is to preserve and improve the general health, carriage, and coordination of the young women of the Univer- sity. Each student is given a physical examination ; suitable exercise is pre- scribed and advice given. The class work embraces corrective, hygienic, and recreative exercise, including free and light gymnastics, marching, simple steps, games, and May- pole. Tennis, hockey, basket-ball, volley-ball, German-ball, and quoits are played in season. The gymnasium is open at certain hours and under suitable restrictions to all women of the University. The uniform consist of black serge bloomers, white cotton blouse, black tie, and gymnasium shoes. The swimming pool is open daily, except Saturday, from 10 to 12 a. m., and from 2 to 5 :30 p. m. The regulation swimming suit of one piece must be made of cotton jersey or other cotton material. For a description of the Woman's Gymnasium, see under Woman's Build- ing, page 57. 203 THE SUMMER SESSION Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President of the University William Chandler Bagley, Ph.D., Director of the School of Education, and Director of the Summer Session STAFF OF INSTRUCTION—1915 William Chandler Bagley, Ph.D., Professor of Education Clarence William Balke, Ph.D., Professor of Inorganic Chemistry Daniel Otis Barto, B.S., Associate in Poultry Husbandry Philip Stephan Barto, Ph.D., Instructor in German Paul LeVern Bayley, A.M., Assistant in Physics George Denton Beal, Ph.D., instructor in Chemistry Ernest Ludlow Bogart, Ph.D., Professor of Economics Simeon James Bole, A.M., Associate in Pomology Clarence Valentine Boyer, Ph.D., Associate in English Howard Vernon Canter, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Classics David Hobart Carnahan, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Romance Languages Charles Seraphin Carry, Assistant in Romance Languages Clarence E. Carter, Ph.D., Professor of History, Miami University Lotus Delta Coffman, Ph.D., Professor of Education William Truman Crandall, M.S., Associate in Milk Production Rufus Crane, A.B., B.S., Instructor in General Engineering Drawing Mervin James Curl, A.M., Instructor in English Clarence George Derick, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry Daniel Ktlham Dodge, Ph.D., Professor of the English Language and Literature James Merion Duncan, Assistant in Pattern Making Karl John Theodore Ekblaw, M.S., Associate in Farm Mechanics Newton Edward Ensign, A.B., B.S., Instructor in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Justus Watson Folsom, D.Sc, Assistant Professor of Entomology Thomas Walton Galloway, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology, James Millikin University Harry Lovering Gill, Instructor in Track Athletics Olaf Harold Glimsted, Assistant in Physical Training for Men Lewis J. Haas, Instructor in Art Metal Work Edward Carey Hayes, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology Felix Emil Held, Ph.D., Associate Professor of German, Miami University William F. Henderson, A.B., Assistant in Zoology, James Millikin University Mary Hill, Assistant in Art and Design David Preston Hollis, Assistant in Chemistry Horace Adelbert Hollister, A.M., Professor of Education and High School Visitor Leona Hope, Assistant in Household Science B. Smith Hopkins, Ph.D., Associate in Chemistry 209 210 The Summer Session Oreen Chalmer Hormell, A.M., Professor of History, Bowdoin College Charles Frederick Hottes, Ph.D., Professor of Botany George A. Huff, Director of Physical Training for Men Charles Hughes Johnston, Ph.D., Professor of Education Harry Stuart Vedder Jones, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English Lloyd Theodore Jones, Ph.D., Instructor in Physics Ralph R. Jones, Basket Ball Coach Oliver Kamm, Ph.D., Assistant in Chemistry Aubrey J. Kempner, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics Charles Tobias Knipp, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics Arman Hajman Koller, Ph.D., Instructor in German Jacob Kunz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics Ernest Michael Rudolf Lamkey, A.M., Assistant in Botany Grace Linder, Assistant in Household Science Albert Howe Lybyer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History Charles George MacArthur, A.M., Instructor in Chemistry Harrison McJohnston, A.M., Instructor in Business English and Salesmanship Wilford Stanton Miller, A.M., Assistant in Education and Secretary of the School of Education Gertrude Evelyn Moulton, A.B., Director of Physical Training for Women Jonas Bernard Nathanson, A.M., Assistant in Physics William Abbott Oldfather, Ph.D., Associate Professor of the Classics Joseph C. Park, Director of Industrial Education, State Normal School, Oswego, New York William Alvah Peterson, B.S., A.M., Assistant in Entomology Charles Marshall Poor, Ph.D., Instructor in German Oscar Alan Randolph, M.S., Assistant in Physics Harold Ordway Rugg, C.E., Ph.D., Assistant in Education Hiram Thompson Scovill, A.B., Instructor in Accountancy George Wallace Sears, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry Fred B. Seely, B.S., Instructor in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics James Byrnie Shaw, D.Sc, Assistant Professor of Mathematics Stuart Pratt Sherman, Ph.D., Professor of English and Chairman of the Committee of the Department of English Constance Barlow Smith, Assistant Professor of Sight Singing, Ear Train- ing, and Public School Music Louie Henri Smith, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Breeding in the College of Agriculture, and Chief in Plant Breeding in the Agricultural Experiment Station William Herschel Smith, M.S., Instructor in Animal Husbandry Rafael Arcangel Soto, B.S., Assistant in Romance Languages Margaret Beaumont Stanton, B.S., A.M., Instructor in Household Science Russell McCulloch Story, A.M., Instructor in Political Science Grace Swan, Assistant in Music Charles Manfred Thompson, Ph.D , Associate in Economics Alex Vallance, M.E., Instructor in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Gustaf Eric Wahlin, Ph.D., Associate in Mathematics , Henry Charles Paul Weber, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry Guy Montrose Whipple, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education William Harold Wilson, A.M., Assistant in Mathematics Fees 211 Charles Henry Woolbert, A.M., Associate in English Henry Charles Zeis, A.B., Assistant in Mathematics Adolf Eduard Zucker, A.M.,Assistant in German Robert Carl Zuppke, Ph.B., Instructor in Physical Training GENERAL STATEMENT The Summer Session of the University of Illinois for 1915 opened on June 21 and closed on August 13, making a term of eight weeks. The Summer Session of 1916 will open on June 19 and close on August 11. All the courses extend through the eight weeks. Students who wish to remain for only six weeks may obtain from the Director of the Session a certificate of such attendance, but university credit will not be given for six- weeks courses. Students may register for courses aggregating eight credit hours or less. PURPOSE The primary purpose of the Summer Session is to meet the needs of teachers in the public schools who wish to spend a part of the summer in study or investigation. The greater number of courses offered are designed for high- school teachers, supervising officers, and teachers of special subjects (art, music, manual training, domestic science, agriculture), and for college instructors, school supervisors, and principals who are working for advanced degrees. At the same time, students who may not fall within these groups are welcomed at the Session, and several courses of a more general nature are provided to meet their needs. ADMISSION Admission in regular status to courses in the Summer Session for which university credit is granted is limited to students who could be regularly admitted to the college of the University (Liberal Arts and Sciences, Commerce and Business Administration, Engineering, or Agriculture) in which they would be registered in the regular session. In order to meet in full the entrance requirements for any one of these colleges, a student must obtain credit, either by passing entrance examinations, or by presenting certificates of work completed in accredited secondary schools or other recognized schools, for 15 units of high-school work, or the equivalent, in subjects accepted for admission to the University, including in the case of each college certain subjects especially prescribed for admission to that college. (See pages 71-96.) Admission to courses which give university credit, as special students, not candidates for a degree, may be granted to persons 21 years of age, or over, subject to the general regulations of the University relating to special students. REGISTRATION Students will present themselves for registration on Monday, June 19, 1916. FEES A tuition fee of twelve dollars ($12) is required of all students in regular attendance at the Session. This entitles one to admission to regular courses and to all special lectures. An extra laboratory fee is charged in some courses 212 The Summer Session for materials used. Any single course may be taken for a fee of six dollars ($6) and the laboratory fee, if there be one. A single course is understood to mean not more than two and one-half credit hours. SCHOLARSHIPS By ruling of the Board of Trustees of the University, all high school teachers in Illinois, and all ether teachers in the State who are qualified to matriculate in the University as regular students, are entitled to Summer Session scholarships, exempting them from payment of the tuition fee. To matriculate regularly in the University, one must either pass the entrance examinations, or present a certificate from an accredited high school or other evidence of having completed the requisite amount of preparatory work. The Board of Trustees has extended the scholarship privilege also to persons graduated from the Illinois State Normal Schools during the academic year preceding the session in which the scholarship is desired, and to persons (other- wise qualified) who have not been teachers, but who are under contract to teach in the State during the coming year. Application blanks for scholarships may be obtained by addressing the Director. GRADUATE WORK IN THE SUMMER SESSION The Summer Session places emphasis on graduate courses leading to the master's degree. The department related to high school teaching and to educa- tional administration have been selected as the centers of this emphasis. An attempt is made to vary the graduate offerings from year to year so that advanced students each year may find acceptable work in their chosen fields. The normal requirement for the master's degree is full work of graduate grade, satisfactorily completed, through one year of residence. This means a residence of thirty-six weeks at the University. Qualified graduate students may fulfill this residence requirement in four summer sessions of eight weeks each and an additional four weeks' study at the University under the direction of the person in charge of the major work. Thus a student, by working at the University for one week before or after each session under the direction of the professor in charge of his major subject, may earn the master's degree in four summers. In certain cases it will be possible for the graduate student to complete the last fourth of his residence requirement under a leave of absence. This privilege may be granted in the event that the student is able to take advantage of opportunities for research and investigation that are not afforded in the Uni- versity community. Superintendents, principals, and class-room teachers fre- quently find it possible to carry on investigations in connection with their school work. There are, for example, numerous problems of school administration and of teaching for which the public school itself forms the only available "laboratory." Where the investigation of such problems is prosecuted with the cooperation of a department of the University, it may be possible to count the work toward the master's degree. SUMMER COURSES IN LIBRARY TRAINING Beginning in the summer of 1911, the Library School has conducted each year a summer session continuing for six weeks, to which were admitted only those actually employed as librarians, or library assistants, or teacher- Playground Work and Coaching 213 librarians, or under definite appointment to serve in such positions. In 1915 the requirement of graduation from a high school was added. The curriculum was planned to meet especially the needs of workers in public libraries and in high school libraries of Illinois and no tuition fee was charged students entering from this State; students entering from libraries in other states paid a tuition fee of $12. The work was under the general direction of the faculty of the Library School, and the instruction was given by members of the faculty, supple- mented by lectures by neighboring librarians. No university credit was given for the work as offered in 1915. The work occupied the whole time of the student. The number of lectures in each subject was approximately as follows: Cataloging, 20; classification and book numbers, 13; book selection, 12; administration of small libraries, 10; reference work, 10; work with children, 10; loan systems, order, accession and shelf work, binding and repairing, 14. The Library courses are not offered in connection with the Summer Session, but as an independent undertaking of the Library School. PLAYGROUND WORK AND COACHING In addition to the regular gymnasium work, special courses in coaching high school athletes were offered under the general direction of George A. Huff, Director of Physical Training for Men. This work was added because of the increasing demand for trained men to direct high school athletics. A course in plays and games designed for teachers who coach high-school girls or super- vise grammar school games, was offered by Miss Gertrude Moulton, Director of Physical Training for Women. Courses were offered in baseball coaching (Mr. Huff), football coaching (Mr. Zuppke), basketball coaching (Mr. Jones), and track coaching (Mr. Gill). These courses were particularly adapted to high school teachers and principals who are engaged for part of their time in coaching athletic teams. The courses were so arranged that a student might, if he desired, devote his entire program to this work. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES For a description of the courses offered in the Summer Session, see the General Description of Courses, beginning on page 257. THE COLLEGE OF LAW For the faculty of the College of Law, see page 357; for the courses in law, page 357; for fees and expenses, page 122. GENERAL STATEMENT It is the aim of the College to furnish its students with such a training as will fit them for the practise of the law. A mere knowledge of what the law is will not suffice. The student must learn the reasons which have made it what it is. These can be mastered only by studying the law in the light of its historical development. No special course is offered on the history of the law; but it is sought to present each subject so that the principles peculiar to it may be historically understood. It is also the aim of the College that the courses shall be so presented as to familiarize the student with legal methods of reasoning and to equip him with legal habits of thought. It is believed that the case method of instruction, properly understood and applied, is best adapted to accomplish these objects. ADMISSION For admission as a regular student and candidate for the degree of Bach- elor of Laws, an applicant must be matriculated and have 60 hours of credit in a college of this University; or have completed two full years of work as given at another college or university of recognized standing; or have received by transfer 60 hours of university credit here. The faculty of the College of Law may, in its discretion, prescribe from time to time subjects which shall be required as part of the preliminary college work, subject to approval by the University Senate. A student who is 21 years of age and is entitled to admission as a regular student to another college of this University, will be admitted as a special student in the College of Law. If he attains in the courses of the first year an average grade of 80 or over, he will be admitted to regular standing, and he may receive the degree of Bachelor of Laws if in all the courses he presents for the degree his average grade is 80 or more. Note: The above is not intended to abrogate the present rule in regard to the admission of special students. SPECIAL STUDENTS Students twenty-one years of age, or over, who are not able to satisfy the regular requirements for admission, but who have had a preliminary education which would entitle them to take the Illinois State Bar Examination, may, by permission of the faculty, be admitted without examination as special students, but no such student may be a candidate for a degree. In exceptional cases, other persons may, by permission of the faculty, be admitted as special students. No one may continue as a special student for more than two years except by special permission of the faculty, application for which should be made through the Dean. 214 Method of Instruction 215 ADVANCED STANDING After matriculating, an applicant may obtain advanced standing (1) by transfer of credits from another accredited law school upon presentation of a certificate of honorable dismissal and a certified record of work done; or (2) by examination taken at the time of entrance to the College of Law in first year subjects only. SUGGESTED PREPARATORY CURRICULUM The following schedule of studies is recommended by the faculty of the College of Law for students taking two years in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences to meet the requirement for admission to the College of Law : FIRST YEAR FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Hours 1 Hours 1 Foreign language 4 Foreign language 4 History 2a 3 History 2b 3 Military, 2a 1 Mathematics 2 3 Phys. Training 1 and la 1 Military 1 and 2b 2 Rhetoric 1 3 Physical Training 2 1 Science 5 Rhetoric 2 3 Total 17 Total 16 SECOND YEAR Economics 1 5 Economics 3 3 History 3a 3 English 20 4 Military 2c 1 History 3b 3 Political Science 1 3 Military 2d 1 Science or foreign language 5 or 4 Political Science 3 3 Philosophy 1 3 Total 17 or 16 Total 17 The courses in military and physical training, Rhetoric 1-2, and eight hours in foreign language are required of freshmen in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Latin is strongly urged for all students intending to study law ; but those who have not had the necessary preparation for college courses in Latin should substitute a modern language, preferably French or German. COMBINED CURRICULUM IN LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES AND LAW By the proper selection of his studies it is possible for a prospective law student to take both the degree in arts and the degree in law in six years. (See page 138.) METHOD OF INSTRUCTION Courses in substantive law are taught by analyzing and comparing cases in case books. References, however, are constantly made to leading text books, and they are recommended and in certain courses required for collateral reading. Courses in the law of procedure are taught from text books, supplemented by the examination of statutes and adjudged cases, and students are brought into close touch with actual practise, both by the method of instruction in these courses and by means of the Moot Court. The instruction gives a training in the common law, which constitutes a proper foundation for the practise of law in any state. The faculty of the College is impressed with the idea that a state university should teach the law of the state which supports the school, and to that end, 1 Semester hours. For definition see page 259. 210 The College of Law without neglecting the general principles that lie at the foundation of the common law, attention is given in all courses to grounding the student in the law as determined by the courts of Illinois. Throughout the curriculum the students are required to consult Illinois decisions and statutes, which are made the basis of discussion in class by students and instructor. In the Moot Court and through the course in Illinois procedure, attention is paid to the rules of pleading and practise that obtain in the State of Illinois. MOOT COURT The sessions of the Moot Court are held every Monday afternoon of the first semester for the third year class; every Tuesday afternoon of the first semester for the second year class; and every Monday afternoon of the second semester for the second and third year classes together. The Court is presided over by the Dean, who has had an experience of twenty-five years as a judge of the Circuit and Appellate Courts of Illinois. It is the purpose to have the workings of the Moot Court parallel proceedings in the various courts of the State. Students are trained in the preparation of legal documents and in the trial of cases, both civil and criminal. The Moot Court Bulletin is published every other week of the college year, and in this are printed the statements of cases, the briefs of opposing counsel, and the opinions of the presiding judge. THE LAW LIBRARY The Law Library contains 18,500 volumes, including all the reports of the courts of last resort of all the states; the United States Supreme, Circuit, and District Court reports ; the English reports ; the Irish reports ; the Scotch Appeal Cases; the Current Canadian and Australian reports, together with complete reports of several of the Canadian provinces ; the statutes of the various states ; digests of the state reports ; several sets of special reports, such as the American Reports, American State Reports, American Decisions, Lawyers' Reports Annotated, and American Cases Annotated ; complete National Reporter System ; all the great Encyclopedias and Digests ; and a collection of text books and legal periodicals. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION AND DEGREES The degree of Bachelor of Laws will be granted to all regularly matriculated students who complete all the courses in the first year list; course 12a-12b (second year) ; and enough of the other courses offered to make 84 hours of credit. Degree of Doctor of Law The degree of Doctor of Law (J.D.) will be granted to students who comply with the following conditions: 1. Complete the work required for the degree of Bachelor of Laws. 2. Secure a bachelor's degree in arts or science at least two academic years prior to the completion of the course for the degree of Bachelor of Laws. 3. Obtain a minimum average grade of 85 in the College of Law. 4. Present a thesis approved by the faculty of the College of Law, in accordance with the requirements hereinafter set out. Curriculum Leading to the Bachelor's Degree 217 Rules Concerning Theses The following are the rules concerning theses presented for the degree of Doctor of Law: (1) The thesis must be on a subject approved by the Dean of the College of Law after consultation with him as to the proposed method of treatment. (2) The subject of the thesis must be filed v/ith the Secretary on or before December 20. (3) The thesis must be typewritten on paper 8^4x11 inches, with at least one inch margin at the top, bottom, and sides. (4) It should contain not less than 4,000 nor more than 10,000 words. (5) In citing cases, names of parties, volume, page, and year should be given. Citations are not to be counted in determining the number of words. The student is expected to exhaust the cases decided during the period covered by his thesis, and to state the period for which the cases have been examined. (6) The thesis must be delivered to the Secretary of the faculty not later than May 1. The thesis may then be returned to the writer for revision, or if unsatis- factory, it may be rejected altogether. If returned for revision it may be rejected after being revised. If accepted it will be filed in the Law Library, and may be published by the College of Law or by the University. CERTIFICATE FOR ADMISSION TO THE ILLINOIS STATE BAR EXAMINATION Any student altho not a candidate for a law degree, if he has taken at least ten hours a week for the period of three academic years, from among the courses offered, is entitled to a certificate thereof from the University, which certificate satisfies the requirements as to legal studies prescribed by the Supreme Court of the State of Illinois for admission to the bar. CURRICULUM LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF LL.B. First Year First Semester: Contracts (Law la)); Torts (Law 2a); Criminal Law (Law 5) ; Personal Property (Law 6) ; Introduction to the Study of Law (Law 37). Second Semester: Contracts (Law lb); Torts (Law 2b); Real Property (Law 3) ; Domestic Relations (Law 7) ; Agency (Law 11). Second or Third Year First Semester: Real Property (Law 10); Agency (Law 11); Equity (Law 12a) ; Brief Making (Law 35a) ; Public International Law (Law 30) ; Sales (Law 9) ; Damages (Law 13) ; Bills and Notes (Law IS) ; Partnership (Law 19) ; Insurance (Law 28). Second Semester: Equity (Law 12b); Evidence (Law 8); Equity Plead- ing (Law 20) ; Moot Court (Law 35b) ; Carriers (Law 14) ; Wills (Law 18) ; Trusts (Law 16) ; Municipal Corporations (Law 24) ; Future Interests in Property (Law 27). Third Year First Semester: Illinois Procedure (Law 4a); Constitutional Law (Law 22) ; Moot Court (Law 36a) ; Mortgages (Law 23) ; Bankruptcy (Law 25). Second Semester: Private Corporations (Law 17); Suretyship (Law 21); Constitutional Law (Law 33) ; Moot Court (Law 36b) ; Conflict of Laws (Law 31). 218 The College of Lazv PRIVILEGES OF STUDENTS The students of the College of Law may take, without extra fee, courses of study in other departments of the University, provided they secure the approval of the Dean of the College of Law. Especial attention is called to the courses in public speaking and debate, and to the courses in history, economics, and political science in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and the Graduate School. Law students are entitled to library privileges in the general library as well as in the law library, and possess in general all the rights and privileges enjoyed by other students of the University. SCHOLARSHIP PRIZES Eight scholarship prizes are open to matriculated students of the first and second years, to be awarded at the end of each year, four of $50 each and four of $25 each, available in discharge of tuition fees. The American Law Book Company of New York offers an annual prize consisting of the Students' Edition of CYC, to be awarded to the member of the senior class making the best average during his senior year. Callaghan & Company, Law Publishers, of Chicago, offer an annual prize consisting of the Cyclopedic Law Dictionary, to be awarded to the member of the second year class making the best average during that year. THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE For the faculty of The College of Medicine, see page 35; for a description of the building, see page 58. LOCATION The College buildings are located in the city block lying between Harrison, Congress, Honore, and Lincoln streets, in Chicago. CLINICAL FACILITIES Dispensary The Dispensary is divided into ten departments : medicine, pediatrics, ortho- pedics, laryngology, dermatology, ophthalmology, gynecology, neurology, and genito-urinary diseases. These departments occupy the first floor and part of the second floor of the college building. Connected with them are the Roentgen laboratory and the dispensary laboratory, which is devoted to experi- mental and research work. The average number of patients treated annually is twenty-three thousand. Dispensary instruction is given in the third and fourth years; the subjects of medicine, surgery, orthopedics, laryngology, and genito-urinary diseases in the third year, and the subjects of pediatrics, dermatology, neurology, ophthal- mology, and gynecology in the fourth year. The larger departments devote two hours and the smaller departments one hour daily to this work. Three weeks' service is given by each department in each semester, so that the student receives a total of thirty-six hours in the larger departments and eighteen hours in the smaller departments. Amphitheater Clinics More than six hundred clinics besides the dispensary clinics are given each year. Practically all diseases seen in the temperate zone are demonstrated and all the operations of surgery are performed. Fourth year students are required to examine and diagnose many cases and to assist in the operations. Students are prohibited from doing work that interferes in any way with the fulfillment of the requirements of the curriculum. Unofficial clinical work may not be substituted for the official clinical requirements. Hospital Clinics The West Side Hospital, containing one hundred and forty-nine beds, five operating rooms, including a clinical amphitheater having a seating capacity of seventy-two, and a laboratory connected with the college by a corridor. The University Hospital, corner Ogden avenue, Congress and Lincoln streets, opposite the College, contains ninety-two beds, two operating rooms, a laboratory, an X-ray department, and a clinical amphitheater of seventy-five seats. 219 220 The College of Medicine These institutions are located near the College and certain clinical facilities, furnished by them, are open to its students. Within half a block of the College is the Cook County Hospital, the chief free hospital in Chicago. During the past year it has cared for thirty thousand patients. In this hospital is conducted much of the clinical instruction of the College. Medical appointments in this institution are made each year by the Civil Service Board. The internes, sixty-four in number, and externes are selected each spring by competitive examination. Only graduates of medical colleges of Cook County are eligible. The internes serve eighteen months in surgical, medical, and obstetrical work, and receive their board and laundry and have rooms in the hospital. In addition to Cook County Hospital there are more than sixty public and private hospitals in Chicago, each appointing from two to four internes annually. The students of this College are required to attend the clinics of the Cook County Hospital during their third and fourth years. The hospital tickets cost $5.00 each, and are for sale at the office of the Warden. They admit the holders to all clinics and autopsies and to all public operations and lectures. The County Morgue is located in the hospital grounds, and daily post- mortems are held by the pathologists of the hospital. Attendance is required during two years. Members of the Faculty are connected with and give clinical instruction, to which students are admitted under certain conditions, in the following hospitals : Cook County Hospital St. Luke's Hospital West Side Hospital Michael Reese Hospital University Hospital St. Joseph's Hospital Augustana Hospital North Chicago Hospital St. Mary's Hospital All students of the fourth year attend clinics in a number of the important hospitals in the city, in small groups every Wednesday forenoon during the year. Those members of the fourth year class who have maintained satisfactory records for scholarship and attendance, and who have taken the summer term, are selected to act as externes during the hours from 8 a. m. to 12 m. in a number of the best hospitals in the city during the entire year. THE QUINE LIBRARY The library of the College of Medicine, named in honor of Dr. William E. Quine, for many years the Dean of the College and now Professor of Medicine, Emeritus, occupies the east end of the second floor of the Medical Building. This library contains 14,000 bound volumes, besides pamphlets and reprints and files of 250 American, German, English, French, and Italian journals. It is open from 9 to 5 daity, except Sundays and legal holidays. This collection of books and periodicals is in charge of a librarian who is constantly present to assist and instruct students in the use of a technical library. Admission 221 ADMISSION Applicants for admission to the College of Medicine are required to offer : I. Four years' work in an accredited high school, or the equivalent, com- prising fifteen (15) units* of secondary credit and including prescribed subjects as follows : English 3 units Algebra 1 unit Plane geometry 1 unit German, French, Latin, or Greek 2 units American history and civics 1 unit Electives 7 units Total 15 units II. Two years' work in a recognized college or university, comprising not less than sixty (60) semester hoursf and including prescribed subjects as follows : Physics 8 hours Chemistry 8 hours Biology 8 hours German or French 6 hours Electives 30 hours Total 60 hours Either the secondary or the collegiate requirements may be satisfied (a) by certificate or (b) by examination. Secondary credits will be accepted by certificate from the following sources : (1) From high schools and academies in the State of Illinois which are accredited to the University of Illinois. (2) From schools accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. (3) From schools accredited to the state universities which are included in the membership of the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. (4) From high schools and academies registered by the regents of the University of the State of New York. (5) From schools approved by the New England College Entrance Certi- ficate Board. (6) From the state normal schools of Illinois and other normal schools having equal requirements for graduation. Secondary credits may be made by examination. (1) In the examinations conducted by the Registrar of the University oi Illinois at the University in Urbana in January, July, and September of each year. For programs of these examinations, see pages 81-82. •A unit is the amount of work represented by the pursuit of one preparatory subject, with the equivalent of five forty-minute recitations a week, through 36 weeks; or, in other words, the work of ISO recitation periods of forty minutes each, or the equivalent in laboratory or other practise. In general, two hours in laboratory, shop, or drawing room are considered equivalent to one hour of recitation. fA semester hour is a class period of one hour a week for one semester, or the equivalent in laboratory, shop, or drawing room. 222 The College of Medicine (2) In the examinations conducted by the Registrar of the University of Illinois at the College of Medicine in September of each year. In 1916 these examinations will be held September 20-22. Programs may be had by applying to the Secretary of the College of Medicine, Congress and Honore Streets, Chicago. The subjects offered will be the same as those included in the list on pages 74 and 75. For a description of the ground covered in the several subjects see pages 89 to 96. (3) In the examinations conducted in June of each year by the College Entrance Examination Board. See page 77. (4) In the examinations conducted by the Regents of the University of the State of New York. Collegiate credits will be accepted by certificate from recognized colleges which require for admission the completion of at least 14 units of high school work in an accredited high school, or the full equivalent thereof, and for graduation, in addition, four years of college work; or may be made by examination in the examinations conducted by the Registrar of the University of Illinois at the College of Medicine in September of each year. Special arrangements must be made in advance with the Registrar for examinations in collegiate subjects. Students are strongly urged to acquire such an elementary knowledge of Latin as may be obtained in four or five years' work in school or college. It will be noted that a properly prepared student of good ability can complete the minimum prescriptions in collegiate work within two years and still have considerable time for the study of language, history, economics, psychology, etc. — all subjects of which it is eminently desirable that the future physician should know something. The above represent the minimum requirements for admission to the College of Medicine. It is strongly urged that students shall have completed at least three years, or, if possible, four years, in a standard college before taking up the study of medicine. ADVANCED STANDING The University will accept scholarship and time credits for work done in medical colleges having standards equal to those of the College of Medicine of the University of Illinois, in so far as this work coincides with or is the full equivalent of the courses prescribed by the University. Students presenting credentials from such medical colleges will be exempt from examination in so far as the credentials cover the work of the year or years for which the applicant seeks to be credited. Every such student must present a letter of honorable dismissal from, and be eligible for promotion in, the college in which he has pursued his medical studies and must comply with the requirements for such promotion in the University of Illinois. Entrance Requirements for Upper Classes Candidates for admission to advanced standing must in all cases satisfy the entrance requirements which were met by the classes which they wish to enter as follows: For the sophomore and junior classes, the present entrance requirements of the College as outlined above. For the senior class, (1) 15 units of high school work, including English, 3 units ; algebra, 1 unit ; plane geometry, 1 unit ; German, French, Latin or Greek, Fees and Expenses 223 2 units ; American history and civics, 1 unit ; physics, 1 unit ; and electives, 6 units; and (2) one year — i. e., thirty semester hours — in liberal arts and sciences in a recognized college or university. CONDITIONS For the year beginning in October, 1916, conditions may be permitted as follows : For the Freshman, Sophomore, and Junior classes — 6 hours in college French or German, or 8 hours in collegiate electives. No conditions can be permitted in high-school subjects or in the prescribed college physics, chemistry, or biology. For the Senior class — 4 collegiate hours. No conditions can be permitted in high-school subjects. ADMISSION AS SPECIAL STUDENTS The general rule of the University will apply to the College of Medicine: Persons over twenty-one years of age, not candidates for a degree, may, on special approval of the dean, be admitted to classes for which they are prepared. REGISTRATION Students are required to register in the office of the Secretary immediately upon the opening of the term for the work of that term, and credit will be allowed only in the branches in which the students are registered. Students are registered in the order in which their fees are paid. Registration of students closes October 7. COLLEGIATE YEAR The collegiate year of 1915-1916 consists of a session of thirty-seven weeks, beginning October 1, 1915, and ending June 14, 1916. Each year is divided into two semesters of eighteen and nineteen weeks respectively. Attendance upon the full session is required in order to secure credit for a year's work, and attendance upon four full sessions is required for graduation. FEES AND EXPENSES First Second Third Fourth Fees — Year Year Year Year Matriculation $ 5.00 Registration $ 5.00 $ 5.00 $ 5.00 General ticket 120.00 120.00 140.00 155.00 Laboratory 20.00 20.00 5.00 $145.00 $145.00 $150.00 $160.00 Note — Dissections, $5.00 a part. County Hospital ticket, $5.00. Maternity fee, Chicago Lying-in Hospital, $15.00. No fees are charged regular students for special courses or quizzes. Under no circumstances are instructors, dispensary physicians, or professors allowed to receive a fee for instruction or service. Fees charged special students are based on the amount of work taken. Alumni are admitted, without charge, to all regular courses except in labora- tory work in which a charge is made for material actually used. The Board of Trustees reserve the right to change the fees at any time. 224 The College of Medicine Microscopes Each student is required to have a microscope. Provision has been made whereby the student can purchase a microscope at reduced rates or make payment in annual installments. If a student be unable to purchase a microscope the College will rent him one for his exclusive use at the rate of $2.50 or $4.00 a semester, the rate depending upon the equipment of the instrument. Living Expenses The expense of living in Chicago is less than in most other large cities. From twenty-five to thirty-five dollars a month may be regarded as adequate for ordinary living expenses, exclusive of books, clothing, railroad fare, and miscellaneous needs. The expense for books varies between $15.00 and $25.00 a year. The instructors, at the beginning of each course, direct their students in regard to the purchase of text-books. Scholarships Through the generosity of the late Prof. R. L. Rea, a fund has been pro- vided for four scholarships each year for indigent worthy students. These scholarships are awarded to the four students whose credentials and quali- fications for the study of medicine entitle them to participate in the benefits of the Rea fund. The students whose names follow received benefit under this scholarship during the session of 1915-1916 William Franklin Carroll Lincoln Harrison Norwood Max Lampert Abraham Seletz COURSES OFFERED Students entering the four-year curriculum as offered in the College of Medicine offer two years of work in liberal arts and sciences for admission. Upon the completion of the first two years in the College of Medicine, the degree of Bachelor of Science will be conferred ; and upon the completion of the four years in the College of Medicine, the degree of Doctor of Medicine will be conferred. The two years of work in arts and sciences required for admission to the College of Medicine may be taken in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at Urbana. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION 1. Four full courses of instruction of not less than thirty-two weeks each, no two being in the same year, are required of every candidate for graduation. 2. The last course of instruction shall have been taken in this institution. 3. Acceptable evidence of good moral character must have been filed. 4. The candidate shall be at least twenty-one years old. 5. He shall have satisfactory credits and pass his final examinations in accordance with the rules of the Faculty. 6. All indebtedness to the college shall have been paid. GENERAL PLAN OF INSTRUCTION The curriculum required for graduation extends over four years. During the first two years the work is largely confined to the sciences fundamental to practical medicine, and the time of the student is largely devoted to laboratory Rules for Promotion 225 work. During the first year this consists of work in anatomy, histology, embry- ology, physiology, and chemistry. During the second year the study of anatomy, physiology, and physiological chemistry is continued, and in addition the student takes up therapeutics, pathology, and autopsies. During the third and fourth years the time is devoted to practical medicine and surgery, and to clinical instruction. Attendance upon clinics is required and students are graded on and given credit for their work in the clinical courses just as they are for the work in the didactic and laboratory courses. The students of the third and fourth years are divided into sections for dispensary work, and have instruction in rotation in the various departments of practical medicine and surgery. Optional Work In addition to the required work, students may, with the permission of the Committee on Optional Courses, take one or more optional courses. No credit will be allowed for this work. RULES FOR PROMOTION The passing grade in each subject is 70 per cent. A grade of from 60 per cent to 70 per cent constitutes a condition and entitles the student to one re- examination in the subject. A mark below 60 per cent or the failure to remove a condition by re-examination constitutes a failure, and the subject must be repeated in course. A student who has any failure standing against him may not be advanced to the next year without the permission of the committee on promotion. Students who fail in the re-examination in subjects given in the first semester of the fourth year totaling more than 48 hours will not be per- mitted to go on with the work of the second semester, but must repeat the subjects the following year. No student may be a candidate for graduation who has conditions in more than 96 hours. General examinations will be held in all subjects at the end of each semester. The examinations for the removal of conditions for students of the first three years will be held during the week preceding the opening of the next collegiate year. Re-examinations in subjects presented in the first semester of the fourth year will be held not later than two weeks from the end of that semester. Certificates showing credits earned, including the attendance record, are issued at the end of the college year. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ANATOMY, HISTOLOGY, EMBRYOLOGY Albert Chauncey Eycleshymer, B.S., M.D., Ph.D., Professor and Head of the Department Frederick Bogue Noyes, A.B., D.D.S., Professor of Dental Histology Victor Emanuel Emmel, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Roy Lee Moodie, Ph.D., Associate Elmer S Riggs, AM., Lecturer on Comparative Dental Anatomy Thomas Smith Jones, B.F.A., Artist Louis N Boelio, Technician Morris Kramer, Technician General Statement The laboratories for gross anatomy occupy two floors in the Dental Building. They comprise two dissecting rooms and a number of smaller rooms for embalm- ing, storing, and prosecting. The laboratory for histology and embryology and the offices and research laboratories, are on the third floor of the Medical Building. The equipment includes apparatus for embalming, sectioning, macer- ating, corroding, and digesting; microtomes, microscopes, paraffin ovens, draw- ing apparatus, chemicals, glassware and Griibler stains. A small museum contains special dissections, osteological preparations, and models; sets of histo- logical, neurological, and embryological sides; charts, lantern slides, and other teaching accessories. The departmental library contains the standard texts and about two thousand five hundred special monographs. All the English, German and French anatomical journals are received. The Crear library is readily accessible and makes it possible to consult practically the whole literature of anatomy, zoology, and biology. The aims of the department are : to give such training in the essentials of anatomy as is necessary to secure a foundation for later clinical work; to aid the exceptional student and physician to obtain a special knowledge of certain restricted fields of anatomy as a foundation for specialization ; to stimulate both students and physicians to contribute to medical science. Required Courses — First Year Embryology. — Ovogenesis and spermatogenesis, maturation, ovulation and its relation to menstruation, fertilization, segmentation, gastrulation, forma- tion and significance of germinal layers; the formation of foetal envelopes and placenta ; organs and systems of organs ; congenital malformations. Lectures and recitations: 2; laboratory: 2 two-hour periods. 77 (second half.)* Professor Eycleshymer and assistants Cytology, Histology, and Microscopic Anatomy. — Animal cells; modi- fied cells, such as are found in blood and lymph, epithelial, connective, muscular, •The first and second semesters are indicated by the Roman numerals I and II, re- spectively. A portion of a semester is indicated by the words in parenthesis following the semester numeral. Unless otherwise specifically stated, the Arabic numerals indicate the number of one-hour periods a week in each subject. 226 Anatomy, Histology, and Embryology 227 and nervous tissues and their relationships in the body. Lectures and recita- tions : 3 ; laboratory : 3 three-hour periods. I. Professor Eycleshymer and assistants Neurology. — The gross and microscopic anatomy of brain, spinal cord, and organs of special sense. Lectures and recitations: 2; laboratory: 2 two- hour periods. II (first half). Professor Eycleshymer and assistants Systematic Anatomy. — Dissection of the human body. For conven- ience, the body is subdivided into : ( 1 ) upper extremity and head and neck ; (2) lower extremity and thorax and abdomen. (In order that there may be a correlated study of osteology each student is lent a set of bones for study at home.) Lectures and recitations: 3; laboratory: 2 three-hour periods. I, 77. Required Course — Second Year Topographical Anatomy. — The topography and relations of the various regions, systems and organs of the body. Lectures and recitations : 2 ; labora- tory: 2 three-hour periods. I. Dr. Moodie and assistants Optional and Graduate Courses Microscopical Technics. — Preparation of objects; injecting blood ves- sels and lymphatics ; maceration, digestion, corrosion ; decalcification, fixation of tissues, embedding, sectioning, staining, mounting. Hours to be arranged. Mr. Boelio Medical Illustrating. — Drawing, including perspective; values and their adaptation in the representation of medical subjects ; normal and pathological specimens, both gross and microscopic; media adapted for representing certain conditions and structures, and for special methods of reproduction, such as line work, half tone, and lithography. (Open to all who are interested in the making of medical illustrations for publications.) Hours to be arranged. Mr. Jones Embryology and Histogenesis. — The structural changes in the principal tissues and their cellular elements during growth ; changes in the structure of cells during senescence. Hours to be arranged. Professor Eycleshymer Dissection Review. — The principal systems of the body. Demonstra- tion, occasional lectures, and quizzes. (Open only to those who have completed at least the first half of the third year.) Dr. Moodie Courses Preparatory to Specialization (Special fee) A. The Eye. B. The Ear. C. The Mouth, Nose, and Throat. D. The Thorax and Abdomen. E. The Genito-urinary System. F. Pelvic Anatomy. G. The Extremities, especially the joints and their mechanism. H. The Brain and Spinal Cord. Research. — Physicians who desire to do research and students who have had three years of university training are invited to begin research work in this department. A reading knowledge of French and German is essential. 228 The College of Medicine Seminar. — Critical reviews of recent literature; bibliographies; prepar- ation of scientific papers for publication. Presentation and discussion of the results of investigations. APPLIED AND SURGICAL ANATOMY (See Department of Surgery.) DERMATOLOGY Frederick Gillette Harris, M.D., Assistant Professor of Dermatology and Venereal Diseases and Acting Head of the Department Philip Frank Shaffner, M.D., Instructor John H. Stokes, M.D., Instructor Required Courses — Fourth Year Dermatology. — Didactic, illustrated. 2; I or 77. Assistant Professor Harris Clinical Dermatology. — Given in Cook County Hospital. 1; / or II. Assistant Professor Harris Clinical Dermatology. — Given in the dispensary. Clinics of one hour daily throughout the year. 3; I, II (three weeks each semester). Assistant Professor Harris, Dr. Shaffner Optional Courses Syphilis. — Advanced clinical course, limited to six students. Assistant Professor Harris Pathology and Bacteriology of the Skin. — Limited to six students. Dr. Shaffner EXPERIMENTAL MEDICINE David John Davis, B.S., M.D., Ph.D., Professor and Director of the Laboratories Josiah J Moore, M.S., M.D., Associate, Experimental Medicine Harry B. Culver, B.S., M.D., Instructor, Experimental Medicine General Statement The function of this department is to carry on research in medical problems, especially in clinical medicine, and to conduct the courses in clinical diagnosis and the laboratory work of the dispensary. Required Course — Second Year Laboratory Diagnosis. — The microscopic, bacteriologic, and chemical examination of urine, blood, sputum, feces, stomach contents, exudates. 8; one-half of I or 77. Professor Davis, Dr. Moore Optional Courses Advanced Special Laboratory Methods. — Limited to a few specially qualified students. Hours to be arranged. Dr. Moore Research. — Limited to qualified students. Professor Davis HYGIENE AND MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE Adolph Gehrmann, M.D., Professor and Head of the Department of Hygiene Elmer DeWitt Brothers, M.S., LL.B., Lecturer, Medical Jurisprudence Matthew Mills, LL.B., Alternate Lecturer, Medical Jurisprudence Medicine 229 Required Courses — Third! Year Public Hygiene. — General etiology, immunity, contagious diseases, epi- demiology, and preventive medicine ; organization of health departments and the work of divisions of the same; vital statistics; factory and school inspec- tion; sanitation; municipal sanitation; public welfare. Visits to public institu- tions and plants where the actual operation of the various phases of public health activities may be studied. Lectures. 2; //; laboratory and confer- ence : 8 three-hour periods. Professor Gehrmann Medical Jurisprudence. — Lectures : I; I or II. Mr. Brothers MEDICINE Charles Spencer Williamson, B.S., M.D., Professor, and Head of the Depart- ment Division of Internal Medicine Charles Spencer Williamson, B.S., M.D., Professor of Medicine Maurice Louis Good kind, M.D., Professor, Clinical Medicine Joseph McIntyre Patton, M.D., Professor, Clinical Medicine Frederick Tice, M.D., Professor, Diseases of the Chest and Clinical Medicine John Weatherson, C.E., M.D., Assistant Professor, Medicine Maurice Lewison, M.D., Assistant Professor, Physical Diagnosis Edward Louis Heintz, Ph.G., M.D., Assistant Professor, Medicine and Clinical Medicine Robert Mosser, M.D., Associate, Clinical Medicine Ernest Sisson Moore, Ph.D., M.D., Associate, Clinical Medicine George J Lorch, Ph.G, M.D., Instructor, Medicine Robert William Morris, A.B., M.D., Instructor, Medicine Waldemar Eberhardt, B.S., M.D., Instructor, Medicine Frank Chauvet, M.D., Instructor, Physical Diagnosis Walter Bradford Metcalf, M.D., Instructor, Clinical Medicine Edward F Fox, M.D., Instructor, Medicine Solomon Strouse, A.B., M.D., Instructor, Clinical Medicine Louis Rudolph, M.D., Instructor, Physical Diagnosis F Raymond Crooks, M.D., Instructor, Medicine Franklin S Wilson, M.D., Instructor, Clinical Medicine Philip M Dale, M.D., Instructor, Clinical Medicine Frank J Jirka, M.D., Assistant, Physical Diagnosis Alexander William Burke, M.D., Instructor in Medicine Robert Archie Crawford, M.D., Instructor in Medicine Robert Ludwick Furby, M.D., Instructor in Medicine John Charles Matthew Krasa, M.D., Instructor in Medicine Paul Brown Welch, M.D., Instructor in Medicine General Statement The work of this department is given in the second, third, and fourth years. In the second year the work includes physical diagnosis on the normal subject ; pathologic cases preparatory to the clinical work of the last two years ; labora- tory diagnosis. In the third year instruction is carried on by conferences, recitations, and clinics. The student obtains instruction in internal medicine, sees appropriate 230 The College of Medicine clinical cases, and comes into intimate contact with patients and examines them in the dispensary under supervision. In the fourth year instruction is given by means of lectures and group quizzes, continuing the work of the third year. A large part of the work, however, is clinical, and is given not only in the College, but in the Cook Count}', University, and Michael Reese hospitals. In addition practical work is given in the dispensary in the various medical specialties. The last six weeks of the second semester are given over to a review of internal medicine. Required Course — Second Year Physical Diagnosis. — (a) Lectures. 1; 77. (b) Practical drill on normal subjects. 1 two-hour period ; 77. Assistant Professor Lewison, Dr. Chauvet, Dr. Rudolph Required Courses — Third Year Practise of Medicine. — Infectious diseases, except tuberculosis; intoxi- cations; diseases of metabolism and of the ductless glands. Conferences; recitations. 4; I, II. Assistant Professor Heintz, Dr. Lorch, Dr. Crooks, Dr. Furey, Dr. Krasa Medical Clinic. — Selected topics — in the amphitheatre of the Cook County Hospital. 1 two-hour period ; / or 77. Professor Williamson Medical Clinic. — Material from the University Hospital dispensary. 1 two-hour period ; / or II. Assistant Professor Heintz Physical Diagnosis Clinic. — Given to small groups, using the patients in the tuberculosis wards of the Cook County Hospital. 1 ; 7. Assistant Professor Lewison, Dr. Chauvet Medical Dispensary. — Practical work on out-patients. The rooms in which the course is conducted have been designed for this purpose. Practically every disease of an ambulatory nature found in the temperate zone may be seen here. 3 two-hour periods ; I, II (three weeks.) Dr. Mosser, Dr. Moore, Dr. Metcalf, Dr. Wilson, Dr. Dale Required Courses — Fourth Year Practise of Medicine. — Diseases of the alimentary tract, liver, pancreas, peritoneum, heart, and lungs. The kidneys and the blood; review of selected subjects. Lectures illustrated by pathological specimens, charts, and lantern slides ; conferences. 6 ; 7 — 3 ; 77. Lectures, Professor Williamson and Professor Tice; Conferences, Assistant Professor Weatherson, Dr. Morris, Dr. Eberhart, Dr. Fox Medical Clinic. — Gastro-intestinal, cardio-vascular, and renal diseases; methods of diagnostic analysis. Collateral reading. 1 two-hour period; 7 or 77. Professor William sox Medical Clinic. — Given in the amphitheatre of the Cook County Hos- pital. 1 two-hour period ; / or 77. Professor Patton Medical Clinic. — Given in the amphitheatre of the Cook County Hos- pital. 1 two-hour period ; 7 or 77. Professor Tice Group Clinic. — Given at the Michael Reese Hospital. Four one-hour periods to each group. Professor Goodkind Medical Seminar. — Work in cooperation with the departments of sur- gery and obstetrics. The student receives 48 hours' credit, 16 in each department, Neurology 231 altho the work done is in one department only. During the first semester, the groups meet informally, and abstracts are prepared and submitted for criticism. During the second semester, each group is assigned one hour in which to present its work before the entire class. Professor Williamson and Assistants Optional Course Seminar in the Classics of Medicine. — Given if a minimum number of four students apply; more than eight can not be admitted. Hours to be arranged. Professor Williamson Division of Pediatrics Julius Hays Hess, M.D., Associate Professor, Pediatrics and Clinical Pediatrics Emanuel Oliver Benson, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor, Pediatrics and Clin- ical Pediatrics Edward Kent Armstrong, M.D., Instructor Henry Eugene Irish, M.D., Instructor Maurice L Blatt, M.D., Instructor Jacob Carl Krafft, M.D., Instructor Joseph Samuel Cohn, M.D., Instructor Abraham Levinson, M.D., Instructor General Statement The work in pediatrics is given in the third and fourth years. So far as possible, individual instruction is given, the class being divided into small groups for clinical work. Required Courses — Third Year Pediatrics. — Nutrition and nutritional disturbances in infancy. Lec- tures. 1 ; 77. Associate Professor Hess Pediatrics. — Recitations. 1; I. Dr. Irish, Dr. Armstrong, Dr. McCarty, Dr. Cohn Pediatric Clinic. — Physical diagnosis and demonstration of cases. 1; / or II. Assistant Professor Benson, Dr. French Required Courses — Fourth Year Section Conference. — Michael Reese Hospital. 1 hour a week for four weeks. Associate Professor Hess Section Conference. — University Hospital. 1 hour a week for four weeks. Dr. Irish Section Conference. — Contagious diseases. Cook County Hospital. 1 hour a week for four weeks. Dr. Armstrong Dispensary. — Three two-hour periods for three weeks each semester. Dr. Blatt, Dr. Cohn, Dr. Krafft, Dr. Levinson Pediatric Clinic. — Cook County Hospital. 1 two-hour period; I or II. Associate Professor Hess Division of Neurology Lee Harrison Mettler, A.M., M.D., Professor and Head of the Division of Neurology and Clinical Neurology Isador Bernard Diamond, M.D., Instructor Carl J S Rydin, M.D., Instructor Edwin Franklin Leonard, M.D., Instructor 232 The College of Medicine Required Courses — Fourth Year Neurology. — Clinico-didactic lectures; recitations. Lectures, 1; I, 77. Recitations, 1 ; I, II. Lectures, Professor Mettler; recitations, Dr. Diamond, Dr. Leonard, Dr. Rydin Clinical Neurology. — Dispensary instruction. 3 two-hour periods, three weeks ; I, II. Dr. Diamond, Dr. Rydin, Dr. Leonard Optional Courses Special lectures in neuropathology, electrotherapeutics, or other related sub- jects. 4 one-hour periods. Professor Mettler Division of Psychiatry Haim I Davis, M.D., Assistant Professor, Clinical Psychiatry and Head of the Division of Psychiatry Required Courses — Fourth Year Psychiatry. — Lectures and quizzes. 1; II. Assistant Professor Davis Clinical Psychiatry. — Given in the detention wards of the Cook County Hospital. 1, eight weeks ; I, II. Assistant Professor Davis Division of Roentgenology Adolph Hartung, M.D., Instructor Required Course — Fourth Year Roentgenology. — Conferences and demonstrations. 4 one-hour periods. Dr. Hartung Division of History of Medicine Bernard John Cigrand, M.S., D.D.S., Lecturer Optional Course — Fourth Year History of Medicine. — Lectures. 1 ; I or 77. OBSTETRICS AND GYNECOLOGY Charles Sumner Bacon, Ph.B., M.D., Professor of Obstetrics and Head of the Department Division of Obstetrics Charles Sumner Bacon, Ph.B., M.D., Professor, Obstetrics and Clinical Obster- rics Rachelle S Yarros, M.D., Associate Professor, Obstetrics' and Clinical Obstet- rics Cecil Von Bachelle, M.S., M.D., Assistant Professor, Obstetrics Otto Herman Rohrlack, Ph.G., M.D., Assistant Professor, Obstetrics and Clin- ical Obstetrics Annie Esther Barron Harrison, M.D., Instructor Richard Charles Steffan, M.D., Instructor John William Birk, M.D., Instructor Charles Newberger, M.D., Instructor Walter Charles Hammond, M.D., Instructor Edward Martin Heacock, M.D., Instructor Frederick Howard Falls, A.B., M.D., Research Fellozv and Instructor Obstetrics and Gynecology 233 General Statement The equipment of this department consists of manikins, demonstration pelves, malformed pelves, and other pathological specimens, charts, obstetrical instruments, and prepared fetuses. The histology and pathology is given in connection with the department of experimental medicine. The clinical work is given in the University Hospital and the Chicago Lying- in Dispensary. Bedside and dispensary clinics are given in the University Hospital. Each student is also required to assist in the delivery of six par- turients. Reports of cases kept by students form the basis of conference dis- cussions. An amphitheater clinic is given to the senior class. Fourth year students are required to take two weeks in residence in the Chicago Lying-in Hospital and Dispensary. Required Courses — Third Year Anatomy and Histology of the Obstetrical Passages and Passenger. — 4 periods of two hours each. Dr. Falls Physiology of Pregnancy, Labor, the Puerperium, and the New Born Infant. — Lectures ; recitations. 2 ; /, 77. Associate Professor Yarros, Dr. Birk, Dr. Newberger, Dr. Heacock, Dr. Hammond, Dr. Falls Bedside and Dispensary Clinic. — University Hospital. 12 one-hour periods. Professor Bacon, Assistant Professor Rohrlack, Dr. Harrison, Dr. Falls Parturition Clinic. — University Hospital. Three cases. Required Courses — Fourth Year Pathological Anatomy and Histology.— Laboratory. 2 to 4 two-hour periods in combination with the course on the pathology of the genital tract. (See division of gynecology.) Dr. Falls Pathology of Pregnancy, Labor, and the Puerperium.— Lectures; reci- tations. 48 hours in one-hour and two-hour periods. Professor Bacon, Assistant Professor Rohrlack, Dr. Birk, Dr. Newberger, Dr. Heacock, Dr. Hammond, Dr. Falls Manikin Work. — 8 two-hour periods. Assistant Professor Bachelle, Dr. Steffen Bedside and Dispensary Clinic— Given at the University Hospital. 12 one-hour periods. Professor Bacon, Assistant Professor Rohrlack, Dr. Harrison, Dr. Falls Amphitheater Clinic— Given at the University Hospital. 1 ; I or i7. Professor Bacon Parturition Clinic. — Given at the University Hospital. Three cases. Chicago Lying-in Hospital and Dispensary. — Residence, two weeks; at least six cases. (Fee, $15.) Obstetrical Seminar. — Work in cooperation with the departments of medicine and surgery. For this work the student receives 48 hours credit, 16 in each department, altho the work is in one department only. During the first semester, the groups meet informally, and abstracts are prepared and sub- mitted for criticism. During the second semester each group is assigned one hour in which to present its work before the class. Professor Bacon and assistants 234 The College of Medicine Optional Course Obstetrical Pathology. — Third or fourth year. Division of Gynecology Channing Whitney Barrett, M.D., Professor, Gynecology and Clinical Gyne- cology Mary Gilruth McEwen, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor, Clinical Gynecology John Michael Lang, M.D., Assistant Professor, Clinical Gynecology Egan Walter Fischman, M.D., Instructor Wesley John Woolston, M.D., Instructor Albert John Schoenberg, M.D., Instructor Frank Lee Stone, M.D., Assistant Mathilda Osborne Lichner, B.S., M.D., Assistant Required Courses — Fourth Year Gynecology. — Recitations; lantern slide demonstrations; exhibition of fresh and preserved pathologic tissue; illustrations by charts and models. An occasional hour is devoted to operative work. 2; I. Professor Barrett, Dr. McEwen, Dr. Lang, Dr. Fischmann, Dr. Woolston, Dr. Schoenberg, Dr. Stone Diagnostic and Operative Clinic. — Cook County Hospital. Diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment of typical and atypical cases. Cases preliminary to operation ; post-operative progress ; pathologic tissues. 1 two-hour period ; / or 77. Professor Barrett Diagnostic and Operative Clinic. — The College Amphitheater or West Side Hospital. Material from the College and Marcy Center dispensaries is available for bedside study of the post-operative course. 1 two-hour period, 8 weeks ; I, II. Professor Barrett, Assistant Professor McEwen, Assistant Professor Lang Dispensary Clinics. — College and Marcy Center dispensaries. Exam- inations ; study of cases ; written reports. 3, six weeks ; /, II. Assistant Professor Lang, Dr. Fischmann, Dr. Woolston, Dr. Stone, Dr. Lichner Gross and Microscopic Study of Pathology of the Genital Tract — Gross and microscopical specimens ; conferences. 2 to 4 two-hour periods, in com- bination with the course on pathological anatomy and histology. (See division of obstetrics.) Dr. Fischmann, Dr. Stone Optional Course Gynecologic Pathology. — Special courses for students of demonstrated proficiency. Special investigation. Professor Barrett and assistants OPHTHALMOLOGY Casey Albert Wood, A.M., M.D., Professor of Ophthalmology and Head of the Department William Elliott Gamble, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor, Clinical Ophthal- mology Jonathan Brown Loring, M.D., Assistant Professor, Clinical Ophthalmology Ephraim Kirkpatrick Findlay, M.D., Assistant Clinical Professor, Opthat- mology Pathology and Bacteriology 235 Charles Clayton Clement, M.D., Instructor Frederick Douglas Vreeland, M.D., Instructor William Butler West, M.D., Instructor Lawrence Wells Whitmer, M.D., Assistant Edward F Slavik, M.D., Assistant, Clinical Ophthalmology George William Woodnick, M.D., Instructor, Clinical Ophthalmology Helen Carncross, M.D., Instructor, Clinical Ophthalmology Required Courses — Fourth Year Didactic Ophthalmology. — Lectures; dispensary teaching; clinical lectures in the hospital. Meetings of the Journal Club. 1, twelve weeks ; /. Professor Wood Clinical Ophthalmology. — The common diseases of the eye; minor operations the general practitioner may be expected to perform. 1 ; / or //. Professor Wood, Associate Professor Gamble, and assistants Dispensary Instruction. — Diagnosis and treatment of the commoner diseases of the eye. 3 two-hour periods, three weeks each semester. Professor Wood, Assistant Professor Loring, Assistant Professor Findlay, and instructors Optional Courses Properly qualified students can arrange for special or advanced work in ophthalmology by applying to Professor Wood. PATHOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY David John Davis, B.S., M.D., Ph.D., Acting Professor of Pathology and Act- ing Head of the Department William H Burmeister, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor, Pathology Thomas Harris Boughton, M.D., M.S., Instructor Frederick Howard Falls, A.B., M.D., Instructor Carl Gaffney, Technician, Bacteriology Amy Weedon, Technician, Pathology Required Course — Second Year General Pathology and Pathological Histology. — General pathology; gross and microscopic study of fresh and preserved pathological material. Lectures ; recitations ; demonstrations. 2 ; one and one-half semesters; labora- tory work, 3 two-hour periods, one and one-half semesters. Assistant Professor Burmeister, Dr. Boughton Required Courses — Third Year Special Pathology. — Gross and microscopic examination of organs; post-mortem bacteriology; experimental pathology. The work is closely cor- related with post-mortem examination (see autopsies) and also with clinical pathology. 2 two-hour periods; //. Professor Davis and assistants Autopsies. — Cook County Hospital. Third-year students are required to attend 16 autopsies. 1 two-hour period; //. Required Course — Fourth Year Autopsies. — Fourth-year students are required to attend 16 autopsies. 1 two-hour period ; / or II. 236 The College of Medicine Optional Courses Advanced Laboratory and Research Work. — Open to a limited number of qualified students. Hours to be arranged. Professor Davis, Assistant Professor Burmeister Diagnosis of Tumors. — Open to students who have had courses in gen- eral and special pathology. Hours to be arranged. /. Division of Bacteriology Required Course — Second Year General Bacteriology and Protozoology. — Pathogenic bacteria and pro- tozoa; immunity. Lectures; demonstrations; laboratory. 160 hours. /. Professor Davis, Dr. Moore Optional Course Advanced Work and Research in Bacteriology. — Limited to qualified students. Hours to be arranged. Professor Davis PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS Bernard Fantus, M.D., Professor, Pharmacology and Therapeutics Alfred Ogle Shaklee, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor, Pharmacology Watler Edward Simmonds, M.D., Assistant, Physical Therapy Required Courses — Second Year Elementary Prescription-Writing and Pharmacy. — Each student pre- pares a typical specimen of each of the more important classes of pharmaceutic preparations, and practices prescribing them. 1 ; /. Professor Fantus, Assistant Professor Shaklee Systematic Pharmacology. — Important drugs with predominant local action. Lectures and recitations, 1; 77. Laboratory, 1 two-hour period; 77. Professor Fantus, Assistant Professor Shaklee Non-Pharmacal Therapeutics. — Remedial measures other than drugs: psychotherapy, mechanotherapy, hydrotherapy, electrotherapy, radiotherapy, climatotherapy, dietetics. Laboratory in merchanotherapy and hydrotherapy; practise with electrotherapeutic and roentgenologic apparatus. Lectures and recitations, 3 ; II. Laboratory, 1 ; 77. Professor Fantus, Dr. Simmonds Required Courses — Third Year Systematic Pharmacology. — Important drugs with predominant sys- temic action. Lectures and recitations, 2 ; /. Laboratory, 1 three-hour period ; 7 Professor Fantus, Assistant Professor Shaklee General Therapeutics. — Remedial measures: diuresis, diaphoresis, catharsis, antipyresis, analgesia, anesthesia, hypnosis, antisepsis. Prescription- writing for hypothetical cases. Lectures ; recitations, 2 ; 77. Professor Fantus Optional Courses Special Experimental Pharmacodynamics. — Open to a limited number of qualified students of the third or fourth year. Three hours laboratory a week, 48 hours a semester. Professor Fantus, Assistant Professor Shaklee Biologic Drug Assay. — The valuation of the activity of drugs that can- not be assayed by chemical methods. Three hours laboratory a week, 48 hours a semester. Professor Fantus, Assistant Professor Shaklee Physiology and Physiological Chemistry 237 Research. — Qualified students may do research laboratory work under direction of members of the staff. Seminar. — Discussion of current pharmacologic and therapeutic litera- ture and the results of research work in progress. PHYSIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY George Peter Dreyer, A.B., Ph.D., Professor, Physiology and Physiological Chemistry, and Head of the Department William Henry Welker, A.C., Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Physiological Chem- istry Roy Gentry Pearce, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor, Physiology Clayton S Smith, M.S., Ph.D., Instructor, Physiological Chemistry Grover Tracy, A.B., Assistant, Physiological Chemistry J Craig Small, B.S., Student Assistant, Physiological Chemistry Howard E Curl, A.B., Student Assistant, Physiology Albert Charles D'Vorak, B.S., Student Assistant, Chemistry Division of Physiology General Statement The apparatus of this department includes sphygmographs, sphygmoma- nometers, medical battery, and that used for clinical examination of the blood. Required Courses — First Year Physiology. — Lectures; class room experiments; demonstrations. 3; II. Professor Dreyer Experimental Physiology. — Laboratory; recitations; conferences. 2 three-hour periods ; //. Professor Dreyer and assistants Required Courses — Second Year Physiology. — Lectures ; class experiments ; demonstrations. 2 ; /. Professor Dreyer Experimental Physiology. — Laboratory; recitations; conferences. 2 three-hour periods ; I. Professor Dreyer and assistants Optional Courses Advanced Laboratory. — Qualified students may take an optional course, consisting of a series of exercises introducing the graphic methods of physio- logical demonstration and research, and varying in kind and amount according to individual needs. Journal Club and Seminar. — Reports; special topics. Division of Chemistry Required Courses — First Year Organic Chemistry. — Biological chemistry; fats; proteins; carbohy- drates. Lectures ; demonstrations ; conferences, 2 ; I. Laboratory, 2 three- hour periods; /. Dr. Smith, Mr. Tracy Physiological Chemistry and Toxicology. — Lectures ; demonstrations ; conferences, 2 ; II. Laboratory, 2 three-hour periods ; 77. Assistant Professor Welker, Dr. Smith, Mr. Tracy Prerequisite: A course in organic chemistry as outlined above. 238 The College of Medicine Optional Courses Prerequisite : The required courses in organic and physiological chemistry. Quantitative Urinary Analysis. — Lectures, 1; laboratory, 6. Assistant Professor Welker, Dr. Smith, Mr. Tracy Toxicology. — Lectures, 1 ; laboratory, 6. Dr. Smith, Mr. Tracy Sanitary Chemistry. — Water and sewage analysis; purification. Lec- ture, 1 ; laboratory, 6. Assistant Professor Welker, Mr. Tracy Food Analysis. — Composition; adulteration; preservation. Lecture, 1 ; laboratory, 6. Assistant Professor Welker, Dr. Smith Research. — Open to persons with the requisite scientific training for original investigation under the direction of a member of the staff. Seminar. — Discussion of results of recent work in chemical biology. 1 ; /, II. SURGERY Daniel Atkinson King Steele, M.D., LL.D., Professor, and Head of the Department Division of General Surgery Daniel Atkinson King Steele, M.D., LL.D., Professor, Surgery and Clinical Surgery Thomas Archibald Davis, M.D., Professor, Clinical Surgery William McIntyre Harsha, A.B., M.D., Professor, Surgery and Clinical Surgery Daniel Nathan Eisendrath, A.B., M.D., Professor, Surgery and Clinical Surgery Albert John Ochsner, B.S., M.D., Professor, Surgery and Clinical Surgery Charles Davison, M.D., Professor, Surgery and Clinical Surgery Albert Edward Halstead, M.D., Professor, Surgery and Clinical Surgery Charles Edward Humiston, M.D., Associate Professor, Clinical Surgery Nelson Mortimer Percy, M.D., Associate Professor, Clinical Surgery George Farnsworth Thompson, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor, Surgery and Clinical Surgery Frederick George Dyas, M.D., Assistant Professor, Surgery and Clinical Surgery Frank Donald Moore, M.D., Assistant Professor, Surgery and Clinical Surgery Victor L Schrager, M.D., Associate, Surgery Charles Herbert Phifer, M.D., Instructor, Surgery Howard Oscar Shafer, M.D., Instructor, Surgery John Ross Harger, B.S., M.D., Instructor, Surgery and Minor Surgery Henry Lester Baker, M.D., Instructor, Surgery George Luther Davenport, M.D., Instructor, Surgery Arrie Bamberger, M.D., Instructor, Surgery and Minor Surgery Raymond William McNealy, M.D., Instructor, Surgery Oscar Eugene Nadeau, B.S., M.D., Instructor, Surgery (Surgical Pathology) Archie James Graham, B.S., M.D., Instructor, Surgery George Washington Post, B.S., A.M., M.D., Assistant, Clinical Surgery Charles C Clark, M.D., Assistant, Clinical Surgery Robert Emmet Flannery, M.D., Assistant, Clinical Surgery Max Meyerovitz, M.D., Assistant, Clinical Surgery Carl Albert Meyer, M.D., Assistant, Clinical Surgery Lyndon Harris, M.D., Assistant, Clinical Surgery Surgery 239 Required Courses — Third Year Surgery and Surgical Pathology. — Conferences ; recitations. 2 ; 7, J7. Assistant Professor Moore, Assistant Professor Dyas, Assistant Professor Harger, Assistant Professor Thompson Clinical Surgery. — University Dispensary. Bandaging; dressings; surgical appliances. 3 two-hour periods, three weeks ; 7, 77. Assistant Professor Harger, Dr. Bamberger, Dr. Fischer, Dr. Post Clinical Surgery. — Cook County Hospital. 2; I or II. Assistant Professor Thompson Clinical Surgery .• — Cook County Hospital. 2; / or 77. Assistant Professor Humiston Anesthetics. — Conferences; demonstrations. 4 one-hour periods. Dr. Meyer Required Courses — Fourth Year Practise of Surgery. — Lectures (See calendar below.) 1; I, II. Quiz: 1 ; 7, II. Dr. Phifer, Dr. Davenport, Dr. McNealy, Dr. Baker, Dr. Shafer October Surgery of the Head and Neck. — Professor Halstead November Surgery of the Thorax. — Professor Halstead December Surgery of the Stomach. — Professor Davis January Surgery of the Duodenum and Intestines. — Professor Harsha February Hernia and Post-Operative Treatment. — Professor Steele March Surgery of the Liver, Pancreas, and Spleen. — Professor Ochsner April Surgical Diseases and Injuries of the Bones. — Professor Davison May Surgery of the Genito-Urinary Tract. — Professor Eisendrath Clinical Surgery. — University Hospital. 1 two-hour period; 8 weeks. Professor Steele, Dr. Baker, Dr. Clark Clinical Surgery. — University Hospital. 1 two-hour period; 8 weeks. Professor Davison, Assistant Professor Moore, Dr. Meyerovitz Clinical Surgery. — West Side Hospital. 1 two-hour period; 8 weeks. Professor T. A. Davis Clinical Surgery. — Cook County Hospital. 1 two-hour period; 8 weeks. Professor Davison Clinical Surgery. — Cook County Hospital. 1 two-hour period; I or 77. Assistant Professor Dyas 240 The College of Medicine Clinical Surgery. — College. 1 two-hour period; I or //. Associate Professor Percy, Dr. Post, Dr. Flannery Clinical Surgery. — St. Luke's Hospital. 4 two-hour periods ; /. Professor Harsha, Professor Halstead Clinical Surgery. — Augustana Hospital. 4 two-hour periods. Professor Ochsner, Associate Professor Percy, Dr. Flannery Surgical Pathology. — Laboratory. 1 two-hour period; 8 weeks. Dr. Nadeau Surgical Seminar. — Work in cooperation with the departments of medi- cine and obstetrics. For this work the student receives 48 hours credit 16 in each department, altho this work is in one department only. During the first sem- ester, the groups meet informally and abstracts are prepared and submitted for criticism. During the second semester, each group is assigned one hour in which to present its work before the class. Professor Steele and assistants Division of Orthopedic Surgery John Lincoln Porter, M.D., Professor, Orthopedic Surgery Charles Mayer Jacobs, M.D., Associate Professor, Clinical Surgery (Ortho- pedic) David Alexander, M.D., Instructor Harrison Willis Maltby, M.D., Assistant William Arthur Clark, M.D., Assistant Required Courses — Third Year Orthopedic Surgery. — Lectures. 1 ; /. Professor Porter Clinical Orthopedic Surgery. — College amphitheater. 1 ; / or //. Professor Porter Clinical Orthopedic Surgery. — Cook County Hospital. 1; / or //. Associate Professor Jacobs Dispensary. — 3 two-hour periods ; three weeks, I, II. Required Course — Fourth Year Clinical Orthopedic Surgery. — St. Luke's Hospital. 4 two-hour periods. Professor Porter Division of Genito-Urinary Surgery Daniel Nathan Eisendrath, A.B., M.D., Professor, Surgery and Clinical Sur- gery (Genito-Urinary) George French Strother Cary, M.D., Instructor Charles Morgan McKenna, M.D., Instructor Harry Jerome Smejkal, M.D., Instructor Elmer Wellpott Schnoor, M.D., Assistant Required Courses — Third Year Genito-Urinary and Venereal Diseases. — Lectures. 1 ; J. Professor Eisendrath Genito-Urinary and Venereal Diseases. — University Dispensary. Clinics; conferences. 3 two-hour periods ; three weeks, I, II. Professor Eisendrath, Dr. Cary, Dr. McKenna, Dr. Schnoor Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology 241 Required Courses — Fourth Year Clinical Surgery (Genito-Urinary). — College amphitheater. 2; eight weeks. Professor Eisendrath, Dr. Cary, Dr. McKenna, Dr. Schnoor Clinical Surgery (Genito-Urinary). — Michael Reese Hospital. 4; I, II. Professor Eisendrath, Dr. Schnoor Division of Operative Surgery William Chester Smith, M.D., Instructor Required Course — Second Year Operative Surgery. — Operations on the cadaver and on animals. 2; //. Dr. Smith Division of Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology Norval H. Pierce, M.D., Professor of Surgery (Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology) and Head of the Division Joseph C. Beck, M.D., Associate Professor, Surgery (Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology) John Algernon Cavanaugh, M.D., Associate, Surgery (Laryngology, Rhinol- ogy, and Otology) Lillian Ethel Taylor, M.D., Instructor, Surgery (Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology) Eugene Bermingham, M.D., Instructor, Surgery (Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology) Edward F Garraghan, M.D., Instructor, Surgery (Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology) Required Courses — Third Year Laryngology and Rhinology. — The diseases of the throat and nose. Lectures. 1 ; /. Associate Professor Beck Laryngology and Rhinology. — College amphitheater. 1 ; / or //. Associate Professor Beck, Dr. Cavanaugh, Dr. Taylor Laryngology and Rhinology. — University Dispensary. 3 one-hour peri- ods ; three weeks, I, II. Associate Professor Beck, Dr. Cavanaugh, Dr. Taylor, Dr. Birmingham Optional Course Clinical Laryngology and Rhinology. — Cook County Hospital. 1. Associate Professor Beck Otology Norval Pierce, M.D., Professor, Surgery (Otology and Clinical Otology) Required Course — Third Year Otology. — Surgical anatomy, physiology, and pathology of the ear. Lectures. 1 ; six weeks. Professor Pierce Clinical Surgery (Otology). — Illinois Eye and Ear Infirmary. 4 one- hour periods. Professor Pierce 242 The College of Medicine SUMMARY OF HOURS First Year c t • . First Semester Second Semester SUDjectS Didactic Laboratory Didactic Laboratory Total Anatomy : Gross 32 112 32 112 288 Microscope 32 160 32 64 288 Chemistry : Organic 32 96 .. ... 128 Physiological ... 32 96 128 Physiology ... 48 96 144 Total 96 368 144 368 976 Second Year C..V. ;--«.» First Semester Second Semester SUDjeciS Didactic Laboratory Didactic Laboratory Total Anatomy, Topographical 32 96 .. .. 128 Bacteriology 48 96 . . . . 144 Hygiene . . 32 24 56 Laboratory Diagnosis .. .. 64 64 Non-Pharmacal Therapeutics . . 48 16 64 Pharmocology . . 32 32 64 Prescription Writing and Pharmacy 16 . . . . 16 Pathology 32 96 16 48 192 Physical Diagnosis . . 16 32 48 Physiology 32 96 .. .. 128 Surgery ( Operative) . . . . 32 32 Total 144 400 144 248 936 Third Year Subjects First Semester Second Semester Didactic Clinical Dispensary Didactic Clinical Dispensary Total Autopsies . . . . . . 32 . . 32 ♦Hygiene 32 24 .. .. .. .. 56 Laryngology and Rhinology 16 16 9 .. .. 9 50 Internal Medicine.. 64 40 18 64 40 18 244 Medical Jurisprudence . . . . 16 . . . . 16 Pathology .. .. .. 64 .. 64 Pediatrics 16 .. .. 16 16 .. 48 Pharmacology and Therapeutics .... 32 48 .. 32 .. .. 112 Obstetrics 32 .. .. 32 20 .. 84 Otology .. .. 6 4 .. 10 •This subject will be presented in the senior year for the year 1915-16 only. Summary of Hours 243 General Surgery Orthopedic Surgery Genito-Urinary Surgery Total 32 16 16 32 16 18 18 18 32 36 16 18 18 18 168 84 52 256 176 81 230 252 81 1020 Subjects ♦Autopsies Dermatology 32 Genito-Urinary Surgery Gynecology 32 Medicine 96 Neurology 16 Fourth Year First Semester Didactic Clinical Dispensary 32 16 9 Second Semester Didactic Clinical Dispensary Obstetrics Ophthalmology .... Pediatrics Psychiatry Roentgenology .... General Surgery . . . Surgical Pathology 32 12 32 4 32 50 16 24 16 32 80 18 18 18 48 16 32 16 32 16 20 66 16 24 12 8 4 96 16 18 18 18 Total 32 66 20 102 260 100 112 64 80 24 4 240 16 Total 252 302 72 Grand total of hours for the four years. Duplication of hours 144 278 72 1120 .4052 .3964 Actual number of hours FURTHER INFORMATION For further information, including circular, address The Secretary of the College of Medicine, Congress and Honore Streets, Chicago, Illinois. •This subject will be presented in the third year for the year 1915-16 only. THE COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY (For the faculty of the College of Dentistry, see page 40; for a description of the building, see page 59.) LOCATION The College is situated on the corner of Harrison and Honore streets in Chicago, opposite the Cook County Hospital, in the center of the clinical field of Chicago. On the west is the West Side Hospital, and on the north the College of Medicine of the University of Illinois. PROSTHETIC LABORATORIES The prosthetic laboratories are three in number, one for each class. They are equipped with new-model benches and each student is provided with two drawers, gas, compressed air, and electric light. Each laboratory is supplied with hot and cold water, electric lathes for grinding and polishing, molding benches, furnaces, and casting devices. INFIRMARY The infirmary occupies the top floor. The equipment includes chairs of im- proved type, each chair furnished with an electric engine, electric light, com- pressed air, gas connection, and a stand for instrument case. A sterilizer is con- tinuously in operation. There is an exhibit of specimens of drugs in their crude state and in the forms in which they are prepared for use in dentistry. There is a laboratory for prosthetic work, equipped with apparatus and tools for soldering, plate work, and polishing, and a laboratory for porcelain work with electric furnaces and porcelain ovens. LIBRARY The library is housed with the Quine Library of the College of Medicine in the medical building adjoining. Through the courtesy of Mrs. Margaret Cook, wife of the late Dr. George Washington Cook, former Dean of the Col- lege of Dentistry, his dental library, comprising two hundred volumes, besides unbound volumes of dental journals, has been given to the College. A dozen dental journals are received regularly. The library is open from 9 a. m. to 5 p. m. daily during the school year, with a librarian in attendance. ADMISSION An applicant for admission to the College of Dentistry must be at least 18 years of age. Women are admitted on the same terms as men. Each candidate for admission must present a certificate of graduation from an accredited high school, or an equivalent; which equivalent is interpreted to mean 15 units* of preparatory work in an accredited high school or academy or a state normal school. •A unit is the amount of work represented by the pursuit of one high-school subject for one year of 36 weeks, with five forty-minute recitations each week, or the equivalent in laboratory or other practise. 244 Advanced Standing 245 No "conditions" can be permitted ; the full 15 units must be offered. The foregoing requirements may be satisfied either (a) by certificate or (b) by examination. Entrance credits will be accepted by certificate from the following sources : (1) From high schools and academies in the State of Illinois which are accredited to the University of Illinois. (2) From the state normal schools of Illinois and other state normal schools having equal requirements for graduation. (3) From schools accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. (4) From schools accredited to the state universities which are included in the membership of the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. (5) From schools approved by the New England College Entrance Cer- tificate Board. (6) From high schools and academies registered by the Regents of the University of the State of New York. Entrance credits may be made by examination: (1) In the examinations conducted by the Registrar of the University of Illinois at the University in Urbana in January, July, and September of each year. For program see pages 81-82. (2) In the examinations conducted by the Registrar of the University of Illinois at the College of Medicine in the fall. In 1916 these examinations will be held on September 20-22. (3) In the examinations conducted in June of each year by the College Entrance Examination Board. See page 77. (4) In the examinations conducted by the Regents of the University of the State of New York. Applicants for admission coming from institutions of higher learning, whether candidates for the freshman class or for advanced standing, must present entrance credentials or pass entrance examinations as indicated above. The College of Dentistry will receive no student who is not present within 10 days after the opening day of the session in each year, or in case of necessary delay by reason of illness, properly certified by the attending physician, within 20 days after the opening day. ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING Persons who can meet the requirements for admission to this college and who have studied dentistry in other schools for not less than one year may be admitted to advanced standing after satisfying the faculty that they have com- pleted an amount of work equivalent to that which is exacted by this college in the respective classes. Students who have had one or more years in the College of Medicine or in other medical colleges of equal rank, are allowed credit toward graduation for so much of the required curriculum in dentistry as was included in their medical curriculum. They must, however, be registered for full time. Graduates of the University of Illinois with degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science, who have taken courses in biology and chemistry in the University, can secure advanced standing in the curriculum in dentistry, provided they have done full work in the sciences required in the dental curriculum. 246 The College of Dentistry Graduates of recognized medical colleges may secure advanced credit for work and one year of time toward graduation, and are excused from lectures and examinations in general anatomy, chemistry, histology, pathology, and physiology, but are required to take lectures and examinations in dental subjects. LENGTH OF COURSE The courses are graded and cover three years of college work. The teach- ing of one year is not repeated, and the curriculum is progressive, the several classes having separate laboratories and at no time taking lectures or demon- strations together. If, for any cause, a regular student desires to extend his studies over a period of four or more years, a curriculum will be specially arranged for him. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery will be conferred on students who have completed the curriculum, attended the required time, and passed satis- factory final examinations. To be eligible for the degree, the student must be twenty-one years of age, must possess a good moral character, and must have paid all fees. The monthly report of attendance, and the standing of students in quizzes, recitations, laboratory work, and infirmary practise, both operative and pros- thetic, are considered in making up the rating of final examinations. LICENSE FOR PRACTISE IN ENGLAND On the recommendation of the Board of Examiners in Dental Surgery, the Council of the Royal College of Surgeons, in London, has added the College of Dentistry of the University of Illinois to the list of dental schools recog- nized by the College. This recognition implies that the Royal College of Sur- geons will exempt graduates in dental surgery of the University of Illinois from the preliminary science examination for the license in dental surgery, and will accept such parts of the curriculum for the license as are completed in the College of Dentistry of the University of Illinois toward the curriculum of study required for a license. METHOD OF INSTRUCTION Instruction is given by means of lectures, recitations, demonstrations, and laboratory work. The time of the student is about equally divided between labo- ratory and clinical work on the one hand and lectures and recitations on the other. Students are admitted to the laboratories from the beginning of the first year. Laboratory work is closely correlated with lectures and clinical studies. In the clinical work, methods of investigation and reasoning are taught. Diagnosis, prognosis, and indications for treatment receive no less attention than methods of construction and the technics of procedure. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES BACTERIOLOGY, PATHOLOGY, AND ORAL SURGERY Frederick Brown Moorehead, A.B., D.D.S., M.D., Professor, Oral Surgery, Bacteriology, and Pathology, and Head of the Department David John Davis, B.S., M.D., Professor of Pathology Louis Schultz, D.D.S., M.D., Assistant Professor, Oral Surgery and Pathology Frank Joseph Bernard, D.D.S., Instructor, Extracting T Harris Boughton, M.S., M.D., Instructor, Bacteriology and Pathology Kaethe W Dewey, M.D., Research Pathologist Edwin Paul Swatek, D.D.S., Clinical Assistant in Oral Surgery Anna Bolan, Nurse in Oral Surgery Clinic General Bacteriology. — Classification of bacteria, products of bacterial growth, and methods of observing, cultivating, isolating, and identifying bacteria; sterilization, disinfection, pathogenic bacteria in diseased conditions of the mouth ; cultural and staining technic ; dental caries, pathological conditions of first and second dentition, sensitive dentin, hyperemia and congestion, pulp nodules, putres- cent pulps, acute and chronic alveolar abscesses, diseases of the peridental mem- brane, necrosis of hard and soft tissues. Lectures ; recitations ; demonstrations ; laboratory work. 112-7; I; 2*. Professor Davis and assistants General Pathology. — Circulatory disturbances, retrogressive and pro- gressive processes, inflammation, tumors ; pathology of important organs ; blood and urine analysis ; disease processes involving the teeth and buccal cavity. Lec- tures ; recitations ; demonstrations of fresh and preserved specimens ; laboratory. 112-7; II; 2. Professor Davis and assistants Special Bacteriology and Pathology. — Relation of foci of infections in the mouth to constitutional diseases ; the pulp and peri-dental membrane. Lectures ; recitations ; demonstrations ; laboratory. 96-3; I, II ; 3. Professor Moorehead, Assistant Professor Schultz, and assistants Oral Surgery. — Major operations performed in the clinic; diagnosis and treatment of minor lesions. (a) Lectures and recitations on etiology, diagnosis, treatment, and local and general anesthetics. 64-2; I, II; 3. (b) Surgical Clinic. — Every Monday morning from 9 :00 to 12 :30. Diag- nosis, case discussions, and operations. Reports. ii2-3 r /2; I, II; 3. Professor Moorehead, Assistant Professor Schultz, and assistants Extracting Clinic. — Selection and application of forceps and elevators; demonstration of nitrous oxid, oxygen, novocain, conduction and infiltration; asepsis and after treatment. 192-6; I, II; 3. Dr. Bernard •The first number indicates the total number of hours in a course ; the number after the hyphen indicates the number of exercises a week; the Roman numerals I, II indicate the first and second semesters, and the final numbers 1, 2, 3 indicate respectively the fresh- man, junior,_ and senior years. Thus, 112-7; I; 2 means that the course includes 112 hours, 7 a week, given during the first semester of the junior year. 247 248 The College of Dentistry OPERATIVE DENTISTRY Donald MacKay Gallie, D.D.S., Professor Louis E Bake, D.D.S., Assistant Professor John C McGuire, D.D.S., Superintendent of Infirmary, Instructor Jacob Hyman Kaplan, D.D.S., Instructor W Ira Williams, D.D.S., Instructor Edward J Krejci, D.D.S., Instructor Milzor W Deist, D.D.S., Instructor Operative Dentistry. — Nomenclature; tooth forms; carving in ivory or bone ; dissections of the pulp chamber and canals ; longitudinal and transverse sections ; instrument making and care ; cavity preparation in ivory blocks and tooth forms ; instruments for different cavities ; manipulation, grasps, rests, and direction and control of force ; treating, cleaning, and filling of root canals ; filling materials, their application, preparation, and manipulation. 256-8; I, II; 1. Assistant Professor Bake, Dr. Kaplan Operative Dentistry. — Cavity nomenclature and preparation; use of the odontoype; inlay technic; chair positions; application of the rubber dam; use of clamps, wedges, and separation. Operative Clinic: — Beginning with the sec- ond semester, second year students are admitted to the infirmary, and given instruction in oral prophylaxis, followed by regular infirmary work. One lecture and recitation throughout the year; 128 hours, laboratory; 2. Professor Gallie, Assistant Professor Bake Operative Dentistry. — Review; management of patients and special cases : treatment and filling of children's teeth ; erosion ; atrophy ; abrasions. 64-2; I, II; 3. Professor Gallie PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY George Walter Dittmar, D.D.S., Professor Solomon Perry Starr, D.D.S., Assistant Professor Jacob Hyman Kaplan, D.D.S., Instructor Edward J Krejci, D.D.S., Instructor Milzor W Deist, D.D.S., Instructor Prosthetic Dentistry. — Terminology; materials; impressions; plaster casts and models ; base plates ; articulation and occlusion ; carving, polishing, and finishing of vulcanite dentures ; models for dies ; casting ; counter die construction ; swaging ; soldering ; casting aluminum and "fusible metal" plates. 256-8; I, II; 1. Assistant Professor Starr, Dr. Kaplan Prosthetic Dentistry. — Crown and bridge work; root preparation, band construction, and crown conformation ; restoration of badly decayed roots for crowns ; repairing and restoring portions of fractured roots ; carving, swaging, and casting cusps ; swaging seamless crowns ; casting full metal and porcelain faced crowns, cap and pin crowns ; grinding and backing facings ; detachable porcelain crowns. Bridge work: casting; removable bridge work; tenso-friction attachments; splints and bar supports; selection of porcelain facings and crowns ; grinding, polishing, staining. 224-7 ; I, II ; 2. Professor Dittmar, Assistant Professor Starr, Dr. Kaplan Prosthetic Dentistry. — Plate denture construction; human dental mech- anism ; temporo-mandibular articulation ; operations ; occluding frames ; registra- tion of condyle paths and rotation points in the mandible; physiognomy and Anatomy, Histology, and Embryology 249 temperament of individuals and construction of dentures with teeth of proper size, form, shade, and arrangement; grinding, shaping, and staining; continuous gum dentures and vulcanite and metallic bases ; partial plates and removable bridges ; porcelain and forms of porcelain teeth ; crowns and bridge construction ; splints for the retention of loosened teeth and maxiliary fractures; velae and obturators for the restoration of cleft palates. 32-1; I, II; 3. Professor Dittmar MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS Edgar D Coolidge, D.D.S., Professor Edward J Krejci, D.D.S., Instructor Materia Medica. — Drugs used in dentistry; terminology. 32-1; I, II; 1. Dr. Krejci Materia Medica. — Pharmaceutal preparations; classification of drugs; administering ; conditions which modify their effects ; action upon tissues and organs; poisons. Lectures; recitations. Text-book: Prinz's Dental Materia Medica and Therapeutics. 16-1; I; 2. Professor Coolidge Therapeutics. — Prescription-writing; pathological lesions; dental caries; salivary deposits ; oral hygiene and prophylaxis. Lectures ; recitations. Text- books : Prinz's Materia Medica and Therapeutics ; Marshall's Mouth Hygiene. 16-1; II; 2. Professor Coolidge Therapeutics. — Pathologic conditions of the peridental membrane and pulp ; treatment ; dental caries ; diseases of the dental pulp ; hypersensitive den- tin; pulp capping; hyperemia of the pulp; anesthetization and devitalization of the pulp, its removal, treatment and filling of root canals ; pulp gangrene, sup- puration, and alvelar abscess; discoloration and bleaching; the peridental mem- brane; pericementitis, apical and complete, septic and non-septic, phagademic pericementitis, gingivitis, pyorrhea, and stomatitis; oral prophylaxis; thesis. Text-book : Prinz's Dental Materia Medica and Therapeutics. 23-1; I, II, 3. Professor Coolidge ORTHODONTIA Frederick Bogue Noyes, B.S., D.D.S., Professor of Histology Orthodontia. — Normal occlusion, mal-occlusions. Lectures, illustrated by lantern slides and the projectoscope. Text-book: Angle's Malocclusion of the Teeth. 32-1; I, II; 3. Professor Noyes ANATOMY, HISTOLOGY, AND EMBRYOLOGY Frederick Bogue Noyes, B.S., D.D.S., Professor of Histology Albert Chauncey Eycleshymer, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy Clifford W Wells, B.S., M.D., Instructor, Histology Roy Lee Moodie, A.B., Ph.D., Instructor, Anatomy L R Woodward, Student Assistant, Histology Systematic Anatomy. — Dissection of the entire body; respiratory and digestive systems and dissection of head and neck. Lectures; demonstrations; laboratory; recitations. 288-9; L H '■; 1. Dr. Moodie Topographical Anatomy. — Head and neck in serial section; topography of the organs and structures. Lectures ; recitations ; demonstrations ; labora- tory. 114-9; I; 2. Professor Eycleshymer, Dr Moodie 250 The College of Dentistry General Histology. — Cell structure and function; relation to intercellu- lar substances and tissues ; elementary tissues ; histology of the circulatory sys- tem ; the alimentary tract and glands ; the urinary system ; the respiratory system, and the skin, nails, and hair. Text-book : Bailey. Three hours laboratory work and one hour lecture or quiz a week. 128; I ; 1. Professor Noyes, Dr. Wells Dental Histology and Embryology. — The tissues of the teeth, the sup- porting tissues and the tissues of the oral cavity; the enamel; operative proce- dures; cavity walls; general embryology; embryology of the teeth, mouth, and jaws. Text-book : Noyes's Dental Histology and Embryology. Three hours laboratory and one hour lecture and quiz a week. 128; I, II; 2. Professor Noyes, Dr. Wells Graduate Work Dental Histology. — In the summer of 1915 a special course of six weeks in dental histology was offered for those desiring to prepare themselves for the teaching of this subject in dental schools. The course consisted of three hours of laboratory work and one hour of lecture or quiz a week. PHYSIOLOGY AND CHEMISTRY George Peter Dreyer, A.B., Ph.D., Professor, Physiology and Chemistry William Henry Welker, A.C., Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Chemistry Clayton S Smith, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Instructor, Chemistry Grover Tracy, A.B., Assistant, Chemistry J Craig Small, B.S., Student Assistant, Chemistry Howard Curl, A.B., Student Assistant, Physiology Albert Charles D'Vorak, B.S., Student Assistant, Chemistry Physiology The students of the College of Dentistry take their work in physiology in the physiology laboratory of the College of Medicine. The work falls in the junior year when the prerequisites, including anatomy, histology, and chemistry, have been in large part completed. Systematic Human Physiology. — Lectures; recitations. 96-3; I, II; 8. Professor Dreyer and assistants Practical Physiology. — Demonstrations and laboratory running parallel with the didactic course. 64-2; I, II; 2. Professor Dreyer and assistants Chemistry The instruction in chemistry is given in the laboratories of the College of Medicine. General Inorganic Chemistry. — Metals and non-metals. Four hours lec- tures and recitations, six hours laboratory a week. Text-books : McPherson and Henderson's Course in General Chemistry; Remsen's Chemical Experiments, Mr. Tracy, Mr. Small, Mr. D'Vorak Qualitative Analysis. — Metals and acids; the groups; solutions of un- known bases, unknown acids, and unknown bases and acids. Four hours lee- Summary of Curriculum 251 tures and recitations, six hours laboratory a week. Text-book : Gooch and Browning's Outlines in Qualitative Chemical Analyses. 80; II, first half; 1. Mr. Tracy, Mr. Small, Mr. D'Vorak Metallurgy. — Extraction and refining of metals; physical properties; ores, alloys, solders, and cements ; refining of gold, silver, and tin. Four hours lectures and recitations and six hours laboratory a week. Text-book: Hodgen's Practical Dental Metallurgy. 80; II, second half; 1. Assistant Professor Welker, Mr. Tracy, Mr. Small, Mr. D'Vorak Metallurgy. — (Advanced course, open to students who have completed satisfactory courses in inorganic chemistry, qualitative analysis, and metallurgy.) Hours to be arranged. Assistant Professor Welker, Mr. Smith DENTAL JURISPRUDENCE Elmer DeWitt Brothers, LL.B., Lecturer Dental Jurisprudence. — The dentist's individual and professional rights and obligations ; responsibilities arising from the relation of dentist and patient ; dental laws of the various states. Senior year. Mr. Brothers RADIOGRAPHY John C McGuire, D.D.S., Instructor Radiography. — The X-ray as a diagnostic agent; the radiograph; ex- posure and development. Senior year. Dr. McGuire COMPARATIVE ANATOMY Elmer S Riggs, A.M., Lecturer Evolution of the masticatory apparatus; food habits; digestive processes. 15-1; II; 3. Mr. Riggs PRACTITIONERS* COURSE Oral Surgery. Radiography, Prosthesis, and Therapeutics. — Class limited to twenty-five. Fee, $25. Hours to be arranged. Professor Moorehead, Professor Coolidge, Professor Dittmar, Assistant Pro- fessor Schultz, Dr. McGuire, Dr. Krejci, and assistants SUMMARY OF CURRICULUM Departments Materia Medica Anatomy Histology Chemistry Operative Technic Dental Anatomy Prosthetic Technic Total 256 1056 1312 Freshman Year Didactic 32 Hours Laboratory 256 96 192 256 256 Total 32 64 320 32 128 96 288 256 32 32 256 252 The College of Dentistry Junior Year Hours Departments Didactic Laboratory Anatomy *32 *128 Physiology 64 96 Materia Medica 32 Bacteriology *16 *96 Pathology fl6 f96 Histology 32 96 Prosthetic Dentistry 32 256 Operative Dentistry 32 128 Comparative Anatomy fl6 Metallurgy 10 Total 282 896 Senior Year Hours Departments Didactic Laboratory Clinic Special Bacteriology and Pathology 32 64 Oral Surgery 64 . . 96 Extracting . . 256 Therapeutics 64 Orthodontia 32 .. 128 Prosthetic Dentistry 64 . . 448 Operative Dentistry 64 . . 448 Porcelain Art 16 80 Jurisprudence (Dental) 16 Ethics and Economics 10 Total 362 144 1376 1882 Total 160 160 32 112 112 128 288 160 116 10 1178 Total 96 160 256 64 160 512 512 96 16 10 TEXT BOOKS Students are requested to consult the head of each department before purchasing text books. The most recent editions are required in every case. FEES Matriculation fee (paid first year) $ 5.00 Registration fee (paid second and third years) 5.00 Tuition, each year (including laboratory and dissection fees) 150.00 Locker fee 2.00 Diploma fee (paid on graduation) 5.00 Fees are not returned to students who are suspended or expelled or to those who are absent for any cause except illness. Payments should be made in currency or in Chicago exchange drawn to the order of the University of Illinois. Fees are Payable in advance. — Students unable to meet this requirement must make satisfactory arrangements with the Dean at the beginning of the course. •First Semester. tSccond Semester. Expenses 253 BOARD AND ROOMS Board and rooms convenient to the College can be obtained at prices varying from four to six dollars a week ; rooms without board, furnished or unfurnished, can be obtained at from six to ten dollars a month. FURTHER INFORMATION For further information, address The Dean of the College of Dentistry, Harrison and Honore Streets, Chicago, Illinois. THE SCHOOL OF PHARMACY For the faculty of the School of Pharmacy, see page 41 ; for a description of the building, see page 59. HISTORY The School of Pharmacy was originally the Chicago College of Pharmacy and was incorporated under that name September 5, 1859. In October, 1859, the first course of lectures was instituted, occupying three evenings a week for a period of six months. The first class, of two students, was graduated in 1861. The war caused a suspension of teaching, and the school was not reopened until 1870. The fire of 1871 destroyed the equipment, but in 1872 instruction was resumed for the second time and has since continued without interruption. The College was formally united with the University May 1, 1896, becoming the technical School of Pharmacy of the University of Illinois. LOCATION The School of Pharmacy occupies the four upper floors in a building located at Michigan Boulevard and Twelfth Street. EQUIPMENT The east end of the building is occupied by three lecture rooms having a seating capacity of from one hundred fifty to three hundred persons. There are six laboratories, one each for qualitative analysis, quantative analysis, special work in chemistry, microscopy, manufacturing pharmacy, and dispensing. The total capacity of the laboratories is sufficient for 348 students, working at one time. The laboratories are supplied with compound microscopes, analytical bal- ances, and special apparatus, and with collections of crude drugs, medicinal plants, chemicals, and pharmaceutical products. The library contains over two thousand volumes, including, in addition to the usual works of reference, many rare books and complete files of the leading pharmaceutical journals. CURRICULUMS For the Degree of Graduate in Pharmacy In the curriculum leading to the degree of Graduate in Pharmacy the in- struction is so arranged as to require the attendance of each student on three days each week and from twenty to twenty-two hours weekly during two annual sessions of thirty weeks each. This arrangement is advantageous to drug clerks who desire to spend a part of their time in drug stores while attending school, thereby adding to their practical experience and at the same time earning a part or all of their living expenses. 254 Requirements for Graduation 255 The subjects taught are chemistry, general, pharmaceutical, and analytical; pharmacy, theoretical, manufacturing, and dispensing; botany; physiology; and materia medica. For the Degree of Pharmaceutical Chemist To meet the demand for special training on the part of students who desire to pursue more extended courses in pharmaceutical chemistry, applied chemistry, and bacteriology, or to prepare themselves for positions under the Food and Drugs Act, this School offers a curriculum leading to the degree of Pharmaceu- tical Chemist. It comprises two annual sessions of thirty-six weeks each, with instruction on five or six days each week, amounting to about thirty-three hours weekly, or a total of 2,300 hours in the entire curriculum. Beginning September I, 1916, the curriculum for the degree of Pharma- ceutical Chemist will be lengthened to three years for all students beginning the course at that time or subsequently. This curriculum is partially concurrent with the shorter curriculum and includes all the didactic instruction given in the latter. It consists largely of laboratory practise. In addition to the subjects mentioned above it embraces organic analysis and proximate assays, new remedies, analysis of urine, food and sanitary analysis, bacteriology, and applied microscopy. The systems of teaching includes lectures, illustrations, demonstrations, recitations, written and oral examinations, and individual practise and personal instruction in the various laboratories, much time being devoted to this import- ant part of the student's work. ADMISSION The regular session opened September 20, 1915. The shorter course ends April 26, 1916; the longer course closes June 9, 1916. Applicants for admission to the curriculum leading to the degree of Pharma- ceutical Chemist must be at least seventeen years of age and must be graduates of accredited high schools or furnish evidence of a preliminary education equi- valent thereto. Applicants for admission to the curriculum leading to the degree of Gradu- ate in Pharmacy must be at least seventeen years of age. For 1915-16 they were required to offer two years' work in an accredited high school or the full educational equivalent. Beginning in September, 1916, the requirements for admission to the curriculum leading to the degree of Graduate in Pharmacy will be graduation from an accredited high school, including the completion of 15 acceptable units of high school work, or the full educational equivalent. Admission as special students, not candidates for a degree, is restricted to registered apprentices, assistants, or pharmacists, not less than twenty-one years of age. Students who have pursued courses of study in other colleges of pharmacy will be given credit for such portions of their work as are equivalent to the work required by this college. GRADUATION Drug store experience is not made a requirement for the degree of Pharma- ceutical Chemist. Students who have satisfactorily completed the curriculum will be awarded the degree on the recommendation of the faculty. 256 The School of Pharmacy For the degree of Graduate in Pharmacy this School has always required practical drug store experience. The actual time of attendance at the School, amounting to fourteen months, is credited as part of the four years of practical experience required for the degree. Candidates must have attained the age of twenty-one years and have satisfactorily finished the work leading to the degree. Students who have successfully met the scholarship requirement, but are lacking in age or in practical experience, will receive a certificate and will be awarded the diploma when the requirements of age and experience are satisfied. Persons competent to fill the general requirements of admission to the University may be granted credits upon other University courses for equivalent work completed at the School of Pharmacy. STATE REGISTRATION To become a registered pharmacist in Illinois, it is necessary to pass an examination before the State Board of Pharmacy, no diplomas being recognized. The diploma of this School is, however, accepted in lieu of examination for registration in several states and territories ; and in other states, including New York and Pennsylvania, where graduation prerequisite laws are in force, this School is among the schools recognized, and its diploma admits to the examina- tion. The amendments to the Illinois Pharmacy Law, in effect July 1, 1907, give credit, as a part of the "practical experience in compounding drugs" required by the law, for the actual time of attendance at a recognized school of pharmacy but not to exceed two years for registered pharmacist or one year for registered assistant pharmacist. FEES AND EXPENSES For a statement of the fees, see page 124. Fees are payable in advance. Students unable to meet this requirement must make satisfactory arrangements with the Actuary at the beginning of the course. Board and Lodging. — Good board and lodging, within a short distance of the School, can be had for from five to six dollars a week. Selection of Seats. — Seats in the lecture halls and desks in the laboratories will be assigned to students by the Actuary, in the order of enrollment. To enroll, junior students will fill out the matriculation blank and forward it to the Actuary, together with credentials for admission and the matriculation fee of five dollars; senior students will make a payment on tuition account of five dollars. It is of advantage to students to matriculate early. Opportunities for Employment. — The Actuary keeps a register of students desiring employment and of pharmacists wishing to employ students. Students desiring employment are invited to correspond with him. FURTHER INFORMATION Further information may be found in the special announcement of this School, which may be obtained from the Actuary, School of Pharmacy, Michi- gan Avenue and Twelfth Street, Chicago, Illinois. PART III DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES EXPLANATION The arrangement of subjects in the following Description of Courses is alphabetical. The connections of allied departments are indicated by cross references. Following the description of each course of instruction will be found the requirements, if any, for admission to that particular course. The sequence indicated by these prerequisites must be followed. For instance, under Art and Design 5, Painting, the prerequisites given are Art and Design 1, 2, and 3. These three courses must be completed before Course 5 may be taken. If a course not required for graduation is selected by fewer than five students it may be withdrawn for the semester. Graduate courses are numbered upward from 100. Credit is reckoned in semester hours, or simply hours. An hour is one class period a week for one semester, or the equivalent in laboratory, shop, or drawing room. Graduate work is not recorded in credit hours nor do the credit hours of undergraduate courses apply to graduate students enrolled in them. The semester, and the number of hours each semester for which the course counts, are shown after each course; thus: /, II; (2). The Roman figures indicate semesters; the Arabic numerals in parenthesis indicate hours of credit for each semester for undergraduates. The omission of a course for the current year is indicated by enclosing the entire description of such a course in brackets. "S," which is prefixed to each of the courses offered in the summer session, means "summer" and is used to distinguish such courses from those of the same number offered during the regular university year. Summer courses do not always cover the same ground as those similarly numbered in the regular session. Students wishing to know in what respect such courses are similar will be gladly furnished the desired information by the Director of the Summer Session on application. All courses in the summer session that are granted graduate credit are marked with an asterisk (*). Courses numbered 100 and above are open only to graduate students. 259 260 Agriculture ACCOUNTANCY (See Business Organization and Operation.) AGRICULTURE Summer Session Courses Louie Henrie Smith, Ph.D., Professor, Plant Breeding Albert Woodward Jamison, M.S., Associate, Agricultural Extension Daniel Otis Barto, B.S., Associate, Animal Husbandry Karl John Theodore Ekblaw, M.S., Associate, Farm Mechanics Simeon James Bole, A.M., Associate, Pomology William Truman Crandall, M.S., Associate, Milk Production William Herschel Smith, M.S., Instructor, Animal Husbandry The work in the Summer Session is planned for teachers of agriculture in elementary and high schools, and also to enable those seeking degrees in agriculture to cover a portion of the required freshman subjects. (For the courses in agriculture given during the winter session, see Agricultural Extension, Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairy Husbandry, and Horticulture.) S la. General Agriculture. — For description, see Agricultural Exten- sion I. (2^2). Not accepted as technical agriculture. Mr. Barto S lb. Orchard and Garden. — Principles of orcharding; the home or- chard from planting to bearing ; caring for fruit trees ; the home vegetable garden. Lectures, recitations, field work. (2). Mr. Bole S 3. Elements of Dairy Husbandry. — For description see Dairy Hus- bandry 3. (1). Mr. Crandall S 4. Country Life Problems. — Problems of the farm; duties of citi- zenship ; social, economic, and educational work in rural communities. Lec- tures; discussions. ( Z A). Mr. Jamison S 5. Fundamentals of Live Stock Judging. — For description see Ani- mal Husbandry 5. {2 l / 2 ). Mr. Smith S 6a. Principles of Feeding. — For description see Animal Husbandry 6, part one. (2). Mr. Smith S 23. Poultry: Types, Breeds, and Varieties. — For description see Animal Husbandry 23. (2y 2 ). Mr. Barto S 25. Farm Crops. — For description see Agronomy 25. (2J4). Professor Smith S 26. Farm Mechanics and Equipment. — For description see Agro- nomy 26. (2y 2 ). Mr. Ekblaw AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION Fred Henry Rankin, Superintendent and Assistant to the Dean, with rank of Assistant Professor Aretas Wilbur Nolan, M.S., Assistant Professor Albert Woodward Jamison, M.S., Assistant Professor Joseph Harvey Checkley, B.S., Assistant Robert Enoch Hieronymus, A.M., LL.D., Community Adviser James Henry Greene, M.S., State Leader, Junior Extension 1. Principles and Methods of High School Agriculture. — Adaptation of agricultural science and practise to high school conditions ; order and methods Agronomy 261 of presentation; laboratory work; apparatus; field work. Practise teaching provided through cooperation with the local high school. II; (5). Assistant Professor Nolan Prerequisite: Two years' work in agriculture. 3. Agricultural Extension Teaching. — The service of extension enter- prises to the people ; farmers' institutes ; extension schools ; farmers' clubs and cooperative work in rural communities. 77; (1). Assistant Professor Rankin, Assistant Professor Jamison Prerequisite: Agricultural Extension 4. 4. Country Life Problems. — Problems of the farm; duties of citizen- ship; social, economic, and educational work in rural communities. Lectures. (Required of first-year students. Credit given to freshmen in the College of Agriculture only.) I; (1). Dean Davenport and other lecturers; Assistant Professor Jamison in charge AGRONOMY Cyril George Hopkins, Ph.D., Professor, Agronomy Louie Henrie Smith, Ph.D., Professor, Plant Breeding Jeremiah George Mosier, B.S., Professor, Soil Physics William Leonidas Burlison, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Crop Production Robert Stewart, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Soil Fertility Axel Ferdinand Gustafson, M.S., Assistant Professor, Soil Physics Ira Wilmer Dickerson, B.S., Associate, Farm Mechanics ^KARL John Theodore Ekblaw, M.S., Associate, Farm Mechanics Frederick Charles Bauer, B.S., Associate, Soil Fertility Albert Lemuel Whiting Ph.D., Associate, Soil Biology Walter Byron Gernert, Ph.D., Associate, Plant Breeding Chester Otis Reed, B.S., Instructor, Farm Mechanics Forrest Addison Fisher, B.S., Instructor, Soil Physics Marvin Edward Jahr, A.B., B.S., Instructor, Farm Mechanics Orr Milton Allyn, B.S., Instructor, Crop Production Elmer Tryon Ebersol, M.S., Instructor, Crop Production Clyde Ross Newell, M.S., Instructor, Farm Mechanics Harry Charles Gilkerson, B.S., Assistant, Soil Fertility Harrison Fred Theodore Fahrnkopf, B.S., Assistant, Soil Fertility Howard John Snider, B.S., Assistant, Soil Fertility Warren Rippey Schoonover, B.S., Assistant, Soil Biology Edward Harvey Walworth, B.S., Assistant Crop Production Frank Archibald Wyatt, Ph.D., Assistant, Soil Fertility Friedel Chapin Richey, B.S., Assistant, Soil Physics Alfred Thorpe Morison, B.S., Assistant, Crop Production Courses for Undergraduates Crops: Agronomy 7, 8, 18, 22, 25. Soils: Agronomy 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 18, 23. Farm Mechanics and Buildings: Agronomy 1, 2, 3, 4, 17, 18, 19, 20, 26, 27. 1. Drainage. — Drainage and its surveying operations. Chaining, map- ping, leveling, designing, setting grade stakes, laying tile. Lectures ; laboratory, first half semester; field work second half semester. II; (3). Mr. Jahr Prerequisite: Agronomy 9 or its equivalent. 262 Agronomy 2. Field Machinery. — Construction, operation, adjustment, purchase, and care of implements for soil, seed, and feed preparation, and for seeding, cultivating, harvesting, and handling farm crops. Lectures ; quiz ; laboratory- practise in troubles, adjustments, and testing of field machines. /; (3). Mr. Reed Prerequisite : Agronomy 26 or registration therein. 3. Farm Power Machinery. — The horse as a motor, windmills, water- power, steam engines, hot-air engines, electric motors — their theory, operation, and economy. Internal combustion engines and tractors — methods of ignition, theory, operation, and economy. Transmission of farm power and its application to farm operation. Lectures; laboratory. (Alternating with Mechanical Engi- neering 71 and 73 if desired.) //; (3). Mr. Dickerson Prerequisite : Agronomy 26 or registration therein. 4. Farm Buildings. — Construction materials; construction, arrange- ment, design, and cost estimation of machine sheds, granaries, cribs, silos, poultry houses, swine houses, various types of barns, and farm residences. Recitations; drafting. I; (3). Mr. Ekblaw 7. Advanced Farm Crops. — Crop ecology; rotations; distribution of labor; cost of production; products' and by-products of farm crops; storage; marketing. Lectures; assigned reading; laboratory; demonstration. (The schedule is so arranged that this course may be taken in conjunction with Agronomy 22 (Plant Breeding) and students are advised to register for both courses.) 77; (3). Associate Professor Burlison Prerequisite : Agronomy 25. 8. Special Farm Crops. — Special crops in which the student is inter- ested. Reading ; experiments by pot culture in the greenhouse or by plots in the field. (Under special arrangement part of this work may be done during summer vacation.) II; *(2 to 5). Associate Professor Burlison Prerequisite: Agronomy 7. 9. Soil Physics and Management. — Origin and formation of soil ma- terial ; mechanical composition and classification ; moisture ; texture as affecting capillarity, osmosis, diffusion, temperature, aeration, and as affected by plowing, harrowing, cultivating, rolling, and cropping; wasting by washing; fall and spring plowing and drainage as affecting moisture, temperature, and root development ; specific gravity ; porosity ; water-holding capacity, capillary power ; rotation; continuous cropping. Lectures; laboratory. / or II; (5). Professor Mosier, Assistant Professor Gustafson, Mr. Fisher, Mr. Richey Prerequisite: Chemistry 2a, one unit entrance physics and one year of university work. Regular students should take Chemistry 13a previous to this course, others consult instructor. 10. Special Work in Soil Physics. — Physical properties of special soils; centrifugal analysis; field observations of the effects of discing, harrowing, and rolling ; time and depth of cultivation ; soil moisture and temperature ; washing of soils; methods of prevention. / or //; *(2-5). Professor Mosier, Assistant Professor Gustafson, Mr. Fisher Prerequisite: Agronomy 9, and approval of the soil physics division. •In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which lis intends to take the course; e. g., not 3-5, but 3, or 3, or 4, or 5. Agronomy 263 11. Soil Biology. — Bio-chemical activities of soil micro-organisms in relation to fertility; factors influencing the bacteria, protozoa, algae, and fungi; isolation of organisms ; action on insoluble mineral plant food ; fermentation of crop residues ; green and farm manures ; nitrogen fixation ; assimilation and preservation. Lectures; quiz; laboratory. 77; (5). Dr. Whiting, Mr. Schoonover Prerequisite: Agronomy 12 and Bacteriology 5 or Bacteriology 19. ♦12. Soil Fertility, Fertilizers, Rotations. — Fertility and yield; effect of different crops on the soil and on succeeding crops ; rotations ; systems of farming; manures and fertilizers; soils cropped continuously with different crops and with a series of crops; the fertility of soils from different sections of Illinois. Lectures; laboratory. II; (5). Professor Hopkins, Mr Bauer, Mr. Gilkerson, Mr. Fahrnkopf, Mr Snider, Dr. Wyatt Prerequisite: Chemistry 13a; Agronomy 9. ♦12a. Soil Fertility, Fertilizers, Rotations. — (The same as Agronomy 12, for advanced students.) Lectures, quiz. II; (2). Professor Hopkins, Mr. Bauer, Mr. Snider, Dr. Wyatt Prerequisite: Graduate standing, or advanced undergraduate standing with the approval of the division. 13. Investigation of the Fertility of Special Soils. — Soils in which the student is interested. Elements of fertility; effect of fertilizers, as determined by pot cultures and by plot experiments; work of experiment stations and experimenters. I; (2, 3, 4, 5)f. Associate Professor Stewart, Dr. Wyatt Prerequisite : Agronomy 12. 16. German Agricultural Readings. — Soils and crops. The current numbers of German journals of agricultural science used as texts. II; (2). Professor Hopkins Prerequisite: Two years' work in German; Agronomy 12. 17. Harvesting Machinery. — Expert work on grain binders, corn bind- ers, mowers, hay rakes, loaders, and stackers. (For students preparing to do expert work in the field. Before registering in this course students should consult the instructor.) II; (3). Mr. Reed Prerequisite: M. E. 71 ; Agronomy 2, and Agronomy 3, or registration therein. 18a-18b. Investigation and Thesis.— I, II; (S-lO)f. Professor Hopkins, Professor Mosier, Professor Smith, Associate Professor Stewart, Dr. Whiting, Mr. Ekblaw 19a-19b. Research in Farm Mechanics. — (Consult instructor.) 1, II; (l-5)f. Mr. Ekblaw, Mr. Dickerson, Mr. Jahr, Mr. Reed, Mr. Newell 20. Farm Concrete Construction. — Materials; mixing and placing; simple comparative tests; specifications and estimates. Lectures; laboratory. II; (2). Mr. Ekblaw •A required inspection trip to certain soil experiment fields or farms will be arranged in May or early June, in connection with courses 12 and 12a. This trip will cost about $10 on the part of the student. tin registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which lie intends to take the course ; e. g., not 2-5, but 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. 264 Agronomy 22. Plant Breeding. — The improvement by breeding of field crops, including grains, grasses, and legumes. Lectures ; assigned reading ; demonstra- tions; laboratory. (Schedule is arranged so that this course may be taken in conjunction with Agronomy 7.) II; (2). Professor Smith, Dr. Gernert Prerequisite: Botany 1; Chemistry 13a; Agronomy 25. 23. Plant Food Supplies. — The world's supply of plant-food materials; utilization and conservation. 77; (1). Associate Professor Stewart Prerequisite: Agronomy 12. 25. Farm Crops. — Plant growth; structure; habits and requirements; preparation of the seed bed; seed selection for productiveness; grading and fanning of grain as a means of improvement; storing; care of stored grain; market grades ; judging ; examination for purity ; testing for vitality ; weeds, identification, methods of distribution, eradication, control; diseases of farm crops and methods of prevention. I or II; (4). Associate Professor Burlison, Mr Walworth, Mr. Ebersol, Mr. Morison Note. — Students registering in a given lecture section must, if possible, register in the corresponding laboratory section. 26. Elementary Farm Mechanics. — Ropes; soldering; babbitting; belt lacing; pipe cutting; plumbing; sewage disposal; water, lighting, and heating systems; power transmission; elementary mechanics; equalizers. Design of farm power plant. / or II; (3). Mr. Ekblaw, Mr. Newell 27. Drainage Design. — Designing tile drainage systems from level- note data and contour maps and for drainage districts; estimating; drainage district laws; preparing bids on contract jobs; field work. I; *(l-5). Mr. Jahr Prerequisite: Agronomy 1, or C. E. 96, C. E. 31, or C. E. 32. Courses for Graduates Students who wish to do their major work in agronomy must have had the major courses in that subject offered to undergraduates in the College of Agriculture of the University of Illinois, or the equivalent. While every one seeking a doctor's degree with agronomy as a major is required to have a knowledge of the whole field of agronomy, each student is expected to be especially prepared in some one of the following divisions of the field : soil fertility, plant breeding, soil physics, crop production, or soil biology. Students who are taking their major work in other departments and choose agronomy as a minor, must have had previously the work in chemistry, botany, and other fundamental sciences prescribed in the undergraduate courses for students in agronomy in the College of Agriculture, or the equivalent. 101. Soil Investigations. — Systems of soil investigations; sources of error and methods of control; interpretation of results. 77; C/i to I unit.). Associate Professor Stewart 103. Soil History. — Ultimate effect upon the soil of systems of agri- cultural practise. //; (]& to 1 unit). Professor Hopkins 104. Seminar. — Current literature on the subject of soils and crops. I, II', ( l A unit). Dr. Whiting and others •In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which h* intend* to take the course ; e. g., not 2-5, but i, or 3, or 4, or 5. Animal Husbandry 265 112. Plant Breeding. — Experiments at this station; methods and results reported from other states and from foreign countries. /, II; ( J A to 2 units). Professor Smith, Dr. Gernert 118. Investigation. — /, II; (i to 2 units). Professor Hopkins, Professor Smith, Professor Mosier, Associate Professor Stewart, Dr. Whiting ANATOMY, HUMAN (See under Zoology.) ANIMAL HUSBANDRY (Including Farm Management) Herbert Windsor Mumford, B.S., Professor, Animal Husbandry Harry Sands Grindley, D.Sc. Professor, Animal Nutrition Walter Castella Coffey, M.S., Professor, Sheep Husbandry Henry Perly Rusk, M.S., Assistant Professor, Cattle Husbandry James Lloyd Edmonds, B.S., Assistant Professor, Horse Husbandry John A Detlefsen, D.Sc, Assistant Professor, Genetics Walter Frederick Handschin, B.S., Assistant Professor, Farm Management Daniel Otis Barto, B.S., Associate, Animal Husbandry Walter Edward Joseph, Ph.D., Associate, Animal Husbandry Sleeter Bull, M.S., Associate, Animal Nutrition Harold Hanson Mitchell, Ph.D., Associate, Animal Nutrition William Herschel Smith, M.S., Associate, Animal Husbandry Extension Gilbert Gusler, B.S., Associate, Animal Husbandry Elmer Roberts, B.S., Instructor, Genetics Wilbur Jerome Carmichael, B.S., Instructor, Animal Husbandry Charles Ivan Newlin, M.S., Instructor, Animal Husbandry James Burton Andrews, B.S., Instructor, Animal Husbandry Roscoe Raymond Snapp, B.S., Instructor, Animal Husbandry Claude Harper, B.S., Assistant, Animal Husbandry James Wilbur Whisenand, B.S., Assistant, Animal Husbandry Earl Kirkwood Augustus, B.S., Assistant, Animal Husbandry Roy Harold Wilcox, B.S., Assistant, Animal Husbandry Maynard Elmer Slater, B.S., Assistant, Animal Nutrition Joseph Rossiter Ziesenheim, B.S., Assistant, Animal Nutrition John Benjamin Rice, B.S., Assistant, Animal Husbandry William Algernon Kingsmill Morkel, B.S., Assistant, Animal Husbandry Lawrence Emerson Thorne, B.S., Assistant, Agricultural Statistics and Genetics William Garfield Kammlade, B.S., Assistant, Animal Husbandry Courses for Undergraduates Beef Cattle: Animal Husbandry 11a, lib. Breeding, Feeding, Management, and Marketing: Animal Husbandry 8, 21, 28, 29, 30, 32; Farm Management 1. General Judging: Animal Husbandry la, 2a, 4a, 5, 11a, 22. Genetics : Animal Husbandry 30. Horses : Animal Husbandry 4a, 4b, 17. Meat : Animal Husbandry 10, 24. 266 Animal Husbandry Nutrition : Animal Husbandry 7, 31. Poultry: Animal Husbandry 23. Sheep: Animal Husbandry la, lb, 25, 27. Swine : Animal Husbandry 2a, 2b, 26. Note. — Students registered in advanced courses such as 10, 22, 23, 28, 29, 22, and Farm Management 1, are required to participate in a tour of inspection of representative markets, farms, herds, flocks, and studs. la. Sheep: Breeds and Market Classes. — Breeds used for mutton and wool production ; types, characteristics, and adaptability ; market classes and grades of sheep and wool. Lectures; judging. I; (2). Professor Coffey, Mr. Harper Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5 or its equivalent. lb. Sheep: Breeding, Feeding, and Management. — Pure bred and grade flocks; feeding; housing; shepherding. Lectures; reference readings. I; (3). Professor Coffey, Mr. Harper Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5, 8, and 21, or their equivalents. It is advisable to take la and lb simultaneously. 2a. Swine: Breeds and Market Classes. — History of the leading breeds: types, characteristics; adaptability; market classes and grades; mar- ket reports. Lectures; judging. 77; (2). Mr. Carmichael, Mr. Rice Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5 or its equivalent. 2b. Swine Husbandry. — Economic production of market and breeding hogs. Breeding; feeding; housing; care; sanitation; common diseases; market- ing. Lectures; assigned reading; quizzes. II; (3). Mr. Carmichael, Mr. Rice Prerequisite : Animal Husbandry 5, 8, and 21, or their equivalents. It is advisable to take 2a and 2b simultaneously. 4a. Market Classes of Horses and Mules and Breeds of Horses.— Market classes, grades, and requirements : history of the leading breeds ; types ; characteristics; adaptability. Lectures; judging. II; (2). Assistant Professor Edmonds, Mr. Kammlade Prerequisite : Animal Husbandry 5 or its equivalent. 4b. Breeding, Feeding, and Management of Horses. — Methods: care of stallions, mares, and foals ; of work horses and drivers at labor and idle ; fat- tening horses for market. Lectures; assigned readings. II; (3). Assistant Professor Edmonds, Mr. Kammlade Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5, 8, and 21, or their quivalents. It is advisable to take 4a and 4b simultaneously. 5. Fundamentals of Live-Stock Judging. — The names and location of external parts of the various kinds of live stock ; the use of the score card ; comparative judging; breed identification; types of farm animals. (Required in freshman year.) I or II; (3). Mr. Gusler and assistants 7. Principles of Animal Nutrition. — Composition and fuel value of feeding stuffs ; organic and inorganic food stuffs ; digestion ; absorption ; meta- bolism ; elimination of metabolic products ; coefficients of digestibility and nutri- tive value of feeding stuffs. I; (5). Professor Grindley, Dr. Joseph, Dr. Mitchell Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 8, 21; Chemistry 13a. Animal Husbandry 267 8. Principles of Breeding. — Evolution and genetics; origin of domes- ticated animals and plants ; history of systematic breeding ; old and new theories of breeding. (Required in sophomore year.) / or //; (1). Assistant Professor Detlefsen, Mr. Roberts, and assistants Note. — See Animal Husbandry 21. 9. Investigation and Thesis. — / or II; *(5-10). 10. Meat — Farm butchering, curing, and care of meats; yield, quality and values of meat and by-products, as related to breeding, feeding, and health of animals; classes, grades and cuts of meat in wholesale and retail markets. (The class will leave on its annual Chicago trip, Thursday morning, April 20, 1916. The cost will be about $8.00.) II; (3). Professor Coffey, Mr. Augustus Prerequisite : Two 3 r ears of university work. 11a. Beef Cattle. — Breeds and market classes; history of the leading breeds; beef type from the standpoint of the butcher, the feeder, and the breeder; classification and value of each grade according to current market reports. Judging; lectures; quizzes; assigned readings. /; (2). Assistant Professor Rusk, Mr. Snapp Prerequisite : Animal Husbandry 5 or its equivalent. lib. Beef Production. — Breeding and management of pure-bred herds; breeding for market; combined beef and milk production; economic factors in cattle feeding; influence of age, grade, breed, condition, and sex; equipment; pork and manure as by-products of beef production. Lectures ; quizzes ; as- signed readings (text book). /; (3). Assistant Professor Rusk, Mr. Snapp Prerequisite : Animal Husbandry 5, 8, and 21, or their equivalents. It is advisable to take 11a and lib simultaneously. 15. Dairy Cattle.— (See Dairy Husbandry 2 and 16.) [17. Education and Driving of the Horse. — Mental qualities, peculiari- ties, and limitations of the horse; education and training for labor or the road; correct driving; responsibilities of the driver; courtesies of the highway. Lectures; readings; practise. //; (2). Not given, 1915-1916. Assistant Professor Edmonds Prerequisite : Animal Husbandry 4a and 4b; three semesters' work in the University or its equivalent.] 21. Principles of Feeding. — Classification, digestibility, and functions of feed nutrients; classification and values of feeding stuffs; feed requirements and calculation of balanced rations for farm animals. (Required in sophomore year.) J or //; (2). Mr. Bull, Mr. Newlin, Mr. Ziesenheim Prerequisite : Chemistry 1 or la, Chemistry 2 and 3, Animal Husbandry 5, and registration in Animal Husbandry 8. *In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which kt intends to take the course; e. g., not 2-5, but 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. 268 Animal Husbandry 22. Advanced Stock Judging. — Animal conformation, quality, and con- dition with reference to market and show-yard requirements ; selection of horses, beef cattle, sheep, and swine, for feed lot, market, and exhibition ; judging at live-stock shows. — (Dec. 21, 22, and 23, 1915, will be spent in visiting breeders in northern Illinois and southern Wisconsin, also in a visit to the University of Wisconsin. The cost of this trip will be about $25.00.) /; (3). Professor Mumford and instructors in prerequisite courses Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry la, 2a, 4a, 11a, or their equivalents. 23. Poultry: Types, Breeds, and Varieties. — Exhibiting and judging; principles of breeding; poultry houses and equipment; feeding, hatching, and brooding; market eggs and poultry; crate-fattening and dressing; diseases and their treatment. (A limited number of short trips are taken, the total cost of which will not exceed $10.00.) //; (5). Mr. Barto Prerequisite : Animal Husbandry 5, or its equivalent. 24. Meat. — Influence of type, condition, age, sex, and feeds on the yield and market grade of meat products. II; *(2-5). Professor Coffey Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 10, and la or 2a or 11a; three years' work in the University, or its equivalent. [25. Wool. — Factors affecting quality, quantity, strength, and condi- tion of wool. //; *(2-5). (Offered in alternate years, beginning second sem- ester, 1914-15. Not given, 1915-16.) Professor Coffey Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry la, lb; three years work in the University, or its equivalent.] 26. Swine Husbandry. — Special problems. II; *(2-5.) Mr. Carmichael Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 2a, 2b; three years' work in the Uni- versity, or its equivalent. 27. Sheep Husbandry. — Factors determining the importance of the industry in leading sheep-growing countries, particularly different parts of the United States. II; *(2-5). (Offered in alternate years; given second semester, 1915-16.) Professor Coffey Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry la, lb; three years' work in the Univer- sity, or its equivalent. 28. Advanced History of Breeds of Live Stock. — Horses, beef cattle, sheep, and swine. Methods of great breeders ; performances and pedigrees of famous animals; breed type as exemplified in the University and other herds. Lectures; assigned readings; problems. (December 21, 22, and 23, 1915, will be spent in visiting breeders in northern Illinois and southern Wisconsin, also in a visit to the University of Wisconsin. The cost of the trip will be about $25.00.. /; *(3-5). Professor Mumford and other members of the staff •In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study-list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which ive intends to take the course; e. g., not 2-5, but 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. Animal Husbandry 269 Breeds offered, 1915-16 Beef Cattle Herefords, Galloways Horses Shires, Clydesdales, American Saddlers Swine Poland Chinas, Chester Whites Sheep Rambouillets, Oxford Downs Breeds offered, 1916-17 Beef cattle Shorthorns, Aberdeen Angus Horses Percherons, Belgians, Standard-breds Swine Berkshires, Duroc Jerseys Sheep Shropshires, Southdowns Prerequisite : "a" and "b" courses in class of live stock elected. See note at the beginning of the description of courses in animal husbandry. 29. Systems of Live-Stock Farming. — Management, climate, soil, topography, location with reference to markets ; the supply of land, labor, capital, and managing ability as factors in influencing the choice and adaptation of systems of production. Planning of farms for mixed and live-stock systems. (The class will visit some of the farms included in the farm management investigations being conducted by the department. This trip will cost about $15.00) II; (2). Assistant Professor Handschin Prerequisite : Animal Husbandry 5, 8, and 21, and six hours' credit from lb, 2b, 4b or lib; Farm Management 1. See note at beginning of description of courses in animal husbandry. 30. Genetics. — Heredity, variation, elements of biometry, and their practical application to breeding. Lectures; demonstrations; laboratory. 77; (5). Assistant Professor Detlefsen, Mr. Roberts Prerequisite : Two years of university work, including ten hours of botany or zoology. Before registering, students must secure the approval of the instructor. 31. Principles of Animal Nutrition. — Carbohydrate, fat, protein, and mineral metabolism ; income and expenditure of matter and energy ; protein, mineral, and energy requirements for maintenance, growth, and production. Lecture; recitations; laboratory. II; (5). Professor Grindley Prerequisite : Animal Husbandry 7, Chemistry 5c. 32. Marketing Live Stock. — Markets and methods of marketing live stock and their products; advertising and sale of surplus pedigreed live stock. (Certain inspection trips will be required of the class. The expense will be about $15.00) II; (2). Professor Mumford, Mr. Wilcox Prerequisite : Two years of university work. At least 4 credits in Animal Husbandry la, 2a, 4a, and 11a. See note at beginning of description of courses in animal husbandry. 33. Animal Husbandry Practicums. — The various operations necessary in the barn and stable management of live-stock. (One hour credit will be given for each two classes of live-stock elected.) II; *(l-2). Heads of divisions Prerequisite: Limited to senior students specializing in animal husbandry. •In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study-list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which ht intends to take the course; e. g., not 1-2, but 1, or 2. 270 Animal Husbandry Courses for Graduates Students entering graduate work in animal husbandry must have had training in the fundamental principles of the subject either in connection with or in addition to a curriculum in agriculture equivalent to that offered in this University. 103. Live-Stock Experimentation. — Objects, methods, and sources of error in experimental work dealing with the feeding, breeding, and management of farm animals ; live-stock experiments at this and other experiment stations. Once a week; I, II; (^ to I 1 /- units.) Professor Davenport 110. Animal Nutrition. — The chemical and physiological changes and processes involved in the activities of animal life; recent publications. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Grindley, Dr. Joseph, Dr. Mitchell 111. Animal Nutrition. — Methods of examination and analysis of feed- ing stuffs; animal substances including flesh, fat, bone, urine, feces, and manu- factured animal products. Three to five times a week; I, II; (i to 2 units). Professor Grindley 112. Investigation. — Investigations along the following lines: (a) Economic factors involved in meat production. (b) Systems of live-stock farming. (c) The valuation of pedigrees, (a), (b) and (c), once a week; I, II; (i to 2 units). Professor Mumford (d) Animal nutrition. Digestion and metabolism experiments and bio- chemical studies connected with the nutrition of farm animals. Five times a week; I, II; (i to 2 units). Professor Grindley, Dr. Joseph, Dr. Mitchell (e) Genetics. Problems in heredity and variation. (May be taken during the summer.) Five times a week; I, II; (i to 2 units). Assistant Professor Detlefsen 116. Seminar. — I, 77; {% unit). Members of the staff 117. Genetics. — Genetic experiments; biological and mathematical methods employed ; the validity of the conclusions. Three to five times a week; I, II; (i to 2 units). Assistant Professor Detlefsen FARM MANAGEMENT 1. Elementary Farm Management. — The factors of production in the farm business; systems of farming, their distribution, and adaptation; farm organization; the distribution of capital invested; planning of the farm; farm administration or operation; planning of work; handling of labor; developing management efficiency. Lectures; quiz. (The trip required in this course is the same as in Animal Husbandry 29.) II; (3). Assistant Professor Handschin, Mr. Wilcox Prerequisite: Three semesters of required work; Economics 1 or 2 and Accountancy 11. It is also very important that the student have credit or be registered in Agronomy 12, and have at least 6 hours credit from Animal Hus- bandry lb, 2b, 4b, or lib. Architecture 271 ARCHITECTURE Loring Harvey Provine, B.S., A.E., Professor, Architectural Engineering, and Acting Head of the Department Nathan Clifford Ricker, D.Arch., Professor Newton Alonzo Wells, M.P., Professor, Architectural Decoration James McLaren White, B.S., Professor, Architectural Engineering ; Supervising Architect Percy Ash, B.S., C.E., Assistant Professor, Architectural Design William Caldwell Titcomb, A.B., B.S., Assistant Professor Charles Richard Clark, MArch., Assistant Professor, Architectural Construc- tion Robert Taylor Jones, B.S., Associate William Mathews Hekking, B.P., Associate, Freehand Drawing Joseph Mitchell Kellogg, M.Arch., Instructor, Architectural Design William Sidney Wolfe, M.S., Instructor, Architectural Design Ralph Stanley Fanning, B.S., Instructor, Architectural Design William Macey Stanton, M.S., Instructor, Architectural Design Carl Victor Burger, B.Arch., Instructor, Drawing Lemuel Cross Dillenback, A.M., Instructor, Architectural Design Ralph Edward Muehlman, Assistant, Architectural Design Winifred Fehrenkamp, B.L.S., Librarian 13, 14, 15, 16. History of Architecture. — From the Egyptian period to modern times ; effects of political, economic, and local conditions ; influence of materials, climate, and structural systems in different countries and periods; evolution of architectural forms. Illustrated lectures; quizzes. /, //; (2). Professor Ricker Prerequisite : Sophomore standing in architecture or architectural engi- neering, or Architecture 31 and 32. 23-24. Freehand Drawing. — Charcoal drawing from the cast. Water color work. Six hours drawing a week. I, II; (2). Mr. Hekking Prerequisite: Architecture 32. 25. Freehand Drawing. — Arrangement of form and color; rythm and sequence; harmony and contrast. Six hours drawing a week. I; (2). Professor Wells Prerequisite : Architecture 23-24, and registration in Architecture 65. 26. Freehand Drawing. — Charcoal, pen, pencil, and' water color draw- ing from the cast and from still life. Out-of-door sketching. Six hours drawing a week. II; (2). Professor Wells Prerequisite: Architecture 25, and registration in Architecture 66. 27. Freehand Drawing. — Sketching from still life; proportions. Six hours drawing a week. I; (2). Professor Wells Prerequisite: Architecture 25 and 26. 28. Freehand Drawing. — Water color; original decorative composition; out-of-door sketching. Six hours drawing a week. II ; (2). Professor Wells Prerequisite : Architecture 27. 31. Architectural and Freehand Drawing. — Instruments, pen, pencil, and brush ; lettering ; shades and shadows ; perspective. Charcoal drawing from the cast. One lecture and ten hours drazving a week. I; (4). Mr. Muehlman, Mr. Bubge* Prerequisite: Registration in General Engineering Drawing 2. 272 Architecture 32. Architectural and Freehand Drawing. — Elements of architecture; walls, moldings, doors, windows, the Orders, vaults, roofs, stairs. Wash render- ing, stereotomy, charcoal drawing from the cast. One lecture and ten hours of drawing a week. II; (4). Mr, Muehlman, Mr. Burger Prerequisite: Architecture 31. 33-34. Design. — (Elementary.) Rendered order and sketch problems involving simple composition; library research in composition. One lecture and nine hours drafting room a week. I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Titcomb, Mr. Kellogg, Mr. Stanton Prerequisite : Architecture 31, 32. 35-36. Design. — (Intermediate.) Rendered plan and sketch problems; library research in plan and interior elements. Fifteen hours drafting room a week, I, II; (5). Assistant Professor Titcomb, Mr. Kellogg, Mr. Stanton Prerequisite : Architecture 33-34. 37. Design. — (Advanced.) Problems. Twenty-one hours drafting room a week. I; (7). Assistant Professor Ash Prerequisite: Architecture 35-36. 38. Advanced Design or Thesis. — An extended original problem in design or construction. Twenty-one hours drafting room a week. II; (7). Assistant Professor Ash Prerequisite : Architecture 37. 43. Working Drawings. — The growth, cutting, seasoning, working, and finishing of woods; structural and decorative properties; detailing parts on a large scale ; floors, walls, roofs, doors, windows, cornices, stairs, wainscoting, cabinet-work, interior finish ; preparation of working drawings. Two lectures and four hours drawing a week. I; (3). Mr. Jones, Mr. Fanning Prerequisite: General Engineering Drawing 2; Architecture 31, 32. 44. Working Drawings. — Materials for masonry construction; their uses, defects, qualities, and preparation; kinds of masonry and external finish; tools for stone cutting ; brick masonry, its materials and bonds ; terra cotta, manufacture and use ; columns, beams, girders, and footings ; joints and con- nections. Working drawings. Two lectures and four hours drawing a week. II; (3). Mr. Jones, Mr. Fanning Prerequisite: General Engineering Drawing 2; Architecture 43. 45. Graphic Statics. — (Elementary.) Trussed roofs; steel and masonry arches ; domes ; reactions, bending moments, shear, and deflection in beams. (For architects.) One lecture and six hours drawing a week. I; (3). Mr. Wolfe Prerequisite : Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 14, 15, 16. 46. Structures. — Wooden and steel roofs; determination of section of members; design of joints; mill and steel skeleton construction. One lecture and six hours drawing a week. II; (3). Mr. Wolfe Prerequisite : Architecture 45. 55. Building Sanitation. — Plumbing, trap ventilation, removal of wastes; water closets; drains and systems of water supply; sewage disposal; water supply and fixtures in dwellings. (For architects.) Cosgrove's Principles and Practise of Plumbing. Recitations ; lectures ; designs for special problems. I; (1). Assistant Professor Clark Prerequisite: Physics 9a-9b, lOa-lOb; Architecture 43, 44. Architecture 273 59. Domestic Architecture. — (Given in connection with Household Science 2.) Lectures; criticism. I. Assistant Professor Ash, Assistant Professor Clark, Mr. Kellogg 60. Special Lectures. — (For architects.) II; (1). Assistant Professor Clark Prerequisite : Senior standing. 65-66. Theory of Architecture. — Influence of function on architectural form ; plan and elevation ; problem analysis. Lectures ; research ; exercises. 7, //; (1). Professor Wells Prerequisite: Architecture 33, 34, and registration in Architecture 25, 26. 67. Theory of Proportion. — Arrangement of form; architectural orna- ment and composition, proportion, and balance. Six hours drawing a week. I; (2). Mr. Hekking Prerequisite: Senior standing in architecture. 68. Specifications. — General and special clauses and their arrangement; classifying material to facilitate writing specifications ; practise in writing several sets ; relations of the architect, owner, and builder ; office organization ; building ordinances ; prof essional ethics. 77; (3). Assistant Professor Clark Prerequisite: Senior standing in architecture. Courses for Graduates Entrance upon graduate work in architecture presupposes the full under- graduate curriculum in that subject. Semi-weekly conferences are held and additional instruction given in all courses as may be required. 101. Architectural Construction. — Design of special structures. I, II. Professor Ricker, Professor Provine 102. Sanitation of Buildings. — The planning of sanitation, warming, and ventilation. I, II. Professor Ricker 103. Advanced Architectural Graphics. — Graphic statics. Unusual types of footings, columns, and trusses. I or II. Professor Ricker, Professor Provine 104. Architectural Design. — Advanced course. I or II. Assistant Professor Ash 105. Architectural Practise. — Contracts, specifications, and office meth- ods; architectural jurisprudence. I or II. Professor Ricker, Professor Provine 106. Advanced Architectural History. — Special research. I or II. Professor Ricker ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING 33. Architectural Drawing. — Lettering; elements of architecture; walls, mouldings, doors, windows, shades and shadows, perspective, the Orders, vaults, roofs, stairs ; wash rendering, stereotomy, charcoal, drawing from the cast. Lectures; sketching. Nine hours drawing a week. I; (3). Mr. Dillenback, Mr. Stanton 34. Design. — (Elementary.) Rendered order and sketch problems; library research. Nine hours drawing a week. II; (3). Mr. Dillenback, Mr. Stanton 43. Working Drawings. — The growth, cutting, seasoning, working, and finishing of woods ; structural and decorative properties ; floors, walls, roofs, doors, windows, cornices, stairs, wainscoting, cabinet-work, interior finish; 274 Architectural Engineering preparation of working drawings. (For architectural engineers.) One recitation and three hours drawing a week. I; (2). Mr. Jones, Mr. Fanning Prerequisite: General Engineering Drawing 1, 2. 44. Working Drawings. — Materials for masonry construction; their uses, defects, qualities, and preparation ; kinds of masonry and external finish ; tools for stone cutting ; brick masonry ; bonds ; manufacture and use of terra cotta ; columns, beams, girders ; joints and connections ; preparation of working drawings. One recitation and three hours drawing a week. II; (2). Mr. Jones, Mr. Fanning Prerequisite: Architectural Engineering 43; General Engineering Draw- ing 2. 45. Graphic Statics. — Elements, and applications to forces; beams under fixed and moving loads. One lecture and six hours drawing a week. I; (3). Mr. Wolfe Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20; registration in Theo- retical and Applied Mechanics 25. 46. Advanced Graphic Statics. — The analysis of masonry arches, domes, and vaults ; large and unusual forms of roof trusses. One lecture and six hours drawing a week. II; (3). Mr. Wolfe Prerequisite : Architectural Engineering 45. 47. Architectural Engineering. — Design and working drawings of trusses, members and joints, plate girders, chimneys; investigations of wind bracing. Fifteen hours drawing a week or the equivalent. I; (5). Assistant Professor Clark Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 26; Architectural Engi- neering 44, 46. 48. Architectural Engineering. — Design and detail of footings; investi- gation of framed structures ; working drawings. Fifteen hours drawing a week or the equivalent. II; (5). Assistant Professor Clark Prerequisite: Architectural Engineering 47. 57. Fireproof Construction. — Principles and design of fireproof con- struction; the advantages of each type. /; (2). Professor Provine Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 26, Architectural Engi- neering 44, 46, and registration in Architectural Engineering 47. 58. Fireproof Construction. — (Continuation of first semester's work.) Details and working drawings. Six hours drawing a week. II; (2). Professor Provine Prerequisite: Architectural Engineering 47, 57, and registration in Archi- tectural Engineering 46. 68. Estimates and Specifications. — Methods of estimating, illustrated by problems; specifications, their general and special clauses, and arrangement; relations of architect, owner, and builder. Four recitations a week. II; (4). Professor Provine Prerequisite: Senior standing in architectural engineering. Art and Design 27 S ART AND DESIGN Edward John Lake, B.S., Assistant Professor Mary Minerva Wetmore, Instructor Charles Earl Bradbury, B.P., Instructor Gideon Robert Forbes, M.L.A., Instructor Mary Hill, Assistant in the Summer Session 1. Freehand Drawing. — Charcoal and pencil; perspective; light, shadows, shade, and reflections in monochrome ; graphical representation and the reproductive processes in printing. Lectures; reference reading. I or II; (3). Assistant Professor Lake, Mr. Bradbury, Mr. Forbes 2. Light and Shade. — Shaded drawing in monochrome in preparation for painting in oils and water-colors; values and composition. 77; (2). Mr. Bradbury Prerequisite : Art and Design 1. 3a-3b. Drawing from the Antique. — Drawing from plaster models and from life of anatomical forms in monochrome in preparation for painting the human figure ; anatomical proportion and construction ; lectures on proportion, construction, composition, and action in the representation of the human figure. Either semester may be taken separately. I, II; (3). Mr. Bradbury Prerequisite: Art and Design 1. 4a-4b. Water Color Painting. — Still-life; flowers, and sketching out- doors, with application to pictorial and decorative art. 7, 77; (3). Miss Wetmore Prerequisite: Art and Design 1, 2. 5a-5b. Drawing from Life. — Monochrome, with application to pictorial and decorative purposes. I, II; (3). Miss Wetmore Prerequisite : Art and Design 1, 3a or 3b. 6a-6b. Portrait in Oil Colors. — Painting in oil colors from costumed model; portrait and character study. /, II; (3). Miss Wetmore Prerequisite : Art and Design 1, 3a or 3b, 5a-5b. 6c. Portrait in Oil Colors. — (Advanced course). A continuation of 6a-6b. II; (3). Miss Wetmore Prerequisite: Art and Design 1, 3a or 3b, 5a-5b. 7a-7b. Still- Life in Oil Colors. — Still-life; flowers and sketching out- doors in oil colors, with application to pictorial and decorative art. I, II; (3). Miss Wetmore Prerequisite : Art and Design 1, 2. 7c. Still-Life in Oil Colors. — (Advanced course). A continuation of 7a-7b. II; (3). Miss Wetmore Prerequisite: Art and Design 1, 2. 8a-8b. Modeling. — Clay modeling of anatomical and decorative forms; plaster molds and models; sculptural art. I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Lake Prerequisite: Art and Design 1. 276 Art and Design 10. Sketching. — Pen and pencil; monochrome wash or charcoal render- ing from landscape, still-life, and figure ; the requirements for reproduction. / or //; (1). Mr. Bradbury Prerequisite : Art and Design 1. 11. Pictorial Design. — The composition and appreciation of pictures. Lectures with occasional reports. I or II; (1). Mr. Forbes 12. Design. — Lectures on the theory of pure design and the effect of material upon execution ; the fitness of various forms of media for different sorts of design ; space division and space relations ; the theory of color ; color schemes and exercises; conventionalization of natural forms for various functions; practise in execution. I or II; (2). Mr. Forbes Prerequisite: Art and Design 1. 13. Design. — (Advanced course). The styles of different periods; theory of pure design with practical problems ; lectures and reading on the development of historic ornament. This course is directed toward giving the student a larger vocabulary for expressing himself through design. / or 77; (3). Mr. Forbes Prerequisite : Art and Design 1, 12. 14. Design. — (Advanced Practise). Special field and medium selected by the student. I or II; (3). Mr. Forbes Prerequisite: Art and Design 1, 12, 13. 19. History of the Fine Arts. — The periods and styles of the arts of architecture, sculpture, and painting previous to the Italian Renaissance. /; (2). Assistant Professor Lake Prerequisite : One year of college work. 20. History of the Fine Arts. — The periods and styles of the arts of architecture, sculpture, and painting of the Italian Renaissance and to the present time. II; (2). Assistant Professor Lake Prerequisite : One year of college work. Summer Session Courses S 1. Elementary. — Form drawing from still-life, cast, and nature; out- line and shading in pencil, charcoal, and crayon; lectures on perspective. (2). Miss Hill S 20. Art for the Common Schools. — The planning and execution of work in the several divisions of common-school art study ; design ; blackboard drawing. Lectures on organization, equipment, and the administrative side of the supervisor's work. (For supervisors of drawing and public school teachers.) (2). Miss Hill Astronomy 277 ASTRONOMY Joel Stebbins, Ph.D., Professor Frank Walker Reed, Ph.D., Instructor Lars Alvin Welo, A.M., Research Assistant The equipment of the department is contained in the Astronomical Observa- tory. The principal instruments are a 12-inch refracting telescope by Warner and Swazey, and Brashear, a 30-inch short focus reflector by Brashear, and a 3-inch transit and zenith telescope. There are also two smaller equatorials, two Riefler clocks, and a considerable amount of minor apparatus such as chrono- meters, transits, sextants, spectroscopes, photometer, photographic outfit, and calculating machines. The astronomical library comprises about 1,500 volumes, and includes the important astronomical periodicals. No major is offered in astronomy. Students may well make mathematics or physics their major, and take astronomy 7, 8, 14, and 15 as a minor. Upperclassmen without mathematical training may elect Astronomy 1. Astronomy 4 is for beginners but requires trigonometry. Other courses should be taken in the order: 3, 15, 14, 7, 8. Courses for Undergraduates 1. Elementary Astronomy. — Lectures; recitations; one evening a week at the observatory- (Mathematics not required.) I; (3). Professor Stebbins Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 3. Astronomy for Engineers. — Rough and accurate determinations of latitude, azimuth, and time, especially with the ordinary surveyor's transit ; the art of computing. II; (2). Professor Stebbins Prerequisite : Mathematics 7. 4. General Astronomy. — Lectures; recitations; two evenings a week at the observatory. II; (5). Dr. Reed Prerequisite: Mathematics 4. For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 7-8. Theoretical Astronomy. — Celestial mechanics; theory of orbits; perturbations; canonical transformations. I, 77; (3). Dr. Reed Prerequisite: Mathematics 9. 9-10. Celestial Mechanics. — Properties of canonical systems of differen- tial equations ; integration by series ; periodic and asymptotic solutions ; integral invariants. I, II; (3). Dr. Reed Prerequisite: Mathematics 16; Astronomy 7-8. 14. Observational Astronomy. — The working methods of an astronom- ical observatory; individual problems. 77; (3). Professor Stebbins Prerequisite : Astronomy 15. 15. Geodetic Astronomy. — The sextant, transit, and zenith telescope; methods similar to those of the United States Coast Survey. I; (3). Professor Stebbins Prerequisite : Mathematics 7. Courses for Graduates 101. Seminar and Thesis. — Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Stebbins 102. Stellar Astronomy. — Orbits of binary stars; variable stars; theo- retical photometry. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Stebbins 278 Bacteriology BACTERIOLOGY (See also Botany.) Joel Andrew Sperry, 2d., Ph.D., Instructor Fred Wilbur Tanner, M.S., Assistant William Kean Robinson, M.S., Assistant Cecil Robert Gross, B.S., Graduate Assistant No major is offered for the present in bacteriology. Courses for Undergraduates 5. Introductory Bacteriology. — Morphology and physiology of bacteria and related microorganisms; cultivation and observation. / or 77; (5). Dr. Sperry, Mr. Tanner, and assistants Prerequisite: Chemistry 3; junior standing. 5a. Introductory Bacteriology for Medical Students. — Similar to course 5, with pathogenic organisms added. Open only to medical or premedical students. //; (6). Dr. Sperry Prerequisite: Chemistry 2a; junior standing. 6. Bacteriology for Sanitary Engineers. — Bacteriological and micro- scopical examination of water and sewage; filtration, sterilization, and filter control. /; (2). Dr. Sperry, Mr. Tanner For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 8. Applied Bacteriology. — Decay of organic matter in nature; soil and sewage bacteria; food bacteria; water bacteria; pathogenic bacteria. II; (5). _1 . , - _, _ , . , Mr. Tanner Prerequisite : Bacteriology 5; Chemistry 9, or the equivalent. 18a-18b. Journal Meeting in Bacteriology. — (Required of all students specializing in bacteriology.) /, 77; (1). Dr. Sperry Prerequisite : Bacteriology 5. 19. General Bacteriology. — (For graduate students in science.) I or II; (i unit). Dr. Sperry, Mr. Tanner 26. Pathological Bacteriology. — The disease-producing organisms; their effects upon the animal, and the reaction of the host. Lectures ; laboratory. //; (3). Dr. Sperry Prerequisite : Bacteriology 5; Physiology 1. 27. Epidemiology. — Transmission and the methods of prevention and control of infectious diseases. I; (2). Dr. Sperry Prerequisite: Bacteriology 5. Courses for Graduates The work outlined below is open only to graduate students who have had at least one year's work in bacteriology, and satisfactory training in chemistry. 103. Physiology of Bacteria. — Fermentation; the growth and death of bacteria. I; (i unit). Dr. Sperry 105. Classification of Bacteria. — Variability of species; characters; mutations; standard and biometrical classifications. 77; (i unit). Dr. Sperry 107. Research in Bacteriology. — The physiology of bacteria; food bac- teriology. I, II; (j or 2 units). Dr. Sperry Botany 279 BANKING (See Economics.) BIOLOGY (See Botany, Entomology, Physiology, and Zoology.) BOTANY (See also Bacteriology.) William Trelease, D.Sc, LL.D., Professor Thomas Jonathan Burrill, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor, Emeritus Charles Frederick Hottes, Ph.D., Professor Frank Lincoln Stevens, Ph.D., Professor Stella Mary Hague, Ph.D., Instructor Walter Byron McDougall, Ph.D., Instructor Joel Andrew Sperry, 2d., Ph.D., Instructor (Bacteriology) Rosalie Mary Parr, A.M., Assistant Harry Dwight Waggoner, A.M., Assistant Nora Elizabeth Dalbey, A.M., Assistant Forrest Ellwood Kempton, M.S., Assistant Bert Edwin Quick, A.B., Assistant William Eugene Pickler, A.B., Assistant Robert Lesley Davis, B.S., Assistant Fred Wilbur Tanner, M.S., Assistant (Bacteriology) Harold Dudley Clayberg, M.S., Assistant Lee Ellis Miles, A.B., Assistant Walter Spurgeon Beach, M.S., Assistant Esther Young, A.M., Assistant William Kean Robinson, M.S., Assistant (Bacteriology) Cecil Robert Gross, B.S., Graduate Assistant (Bacteriology) Ernest Michael Rudolph Lamkey, A.M., Assistant in the Summer Session Major: 20 hours exclusive of Botany 1, 4, and 4d, made up of courses grouped along one of five lines, according to the suggestions given below. Minor: 20 hours chosen from chemistry, entomology (exclusive of la and lb), geology, physics, physiology, and zoology. At least eight hours must be offered in one subject. Courses offered are of four types; the first intended to meet the needs of beginners; the second laying a foundation for methods of accuracy in observa- tion, manipulation, and experimentation through the study of some fundamen- tally important subdivision of the science ; the third giving practise in methods of investigation by the study of advanced problems varied to suit the needs and interests of the student; and the fourth teaching independent research by means of thesis subjects leading to the discovery of new facts or laws. The work of any semester may be credited separately except when a prob- lem is left incomplete in one of the courses open to graduates. For the convenience of undergraduates in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences who elect major work in botany the following combinations of courses are suggested: — (a) General; 2a, 3b, 4a, 14a-14b, 23; (b) Specializing in mor- phology; 2a, 2b, 3a, 4a, 4b, or 4c; (c) Specializing in pathology; 2a or 3a, 7a, 7b, 280 Botany 16a-16b, 4a, or 17a-17b, or 21; (d) Specializing in physiology; 2b, 3a, 3b, 9a, or 9b; (e) Specializing in taxonomy; 2a, 4a or 4b or 4c, 14a-14b, 16a-16b, or 17a-17b. Students taking botany as a foundation for agronomy are advised to select courses la, 3a, 3b, 4a, 7a-7b, and advanced work on some special topic or topics under courses 9, 15, or 17a-17b. Students who expect to teach botany are ad- vised to elect 2a, 3b, 4a, 14a-14b, 23, and advanced work in one or more of the special courses 9a-9b, 16a-16b, or 17a-17b. Courses for Undergraduates 1. General Botany. — The structure, physiology, natural history, and uses of plants. Lectures ; quiz ; laboratory. Students are advised to complete elementary chemistry before taking this course. I or //; (5). Professor Trelease, Dr. McDougall, and assistants 2a. Morphology of Thallophytes. — The lower plants. Laboratory. I; (5). Dr. Hague Prerequisite: Botany 1. 2b. Morphology of Cormophytes. — The higher plants. Laboratory. II; (5). Dr. Hague Prerequisite: Botany 1. 3a. Plant Anatomy, Histology, and Technics. — Plant structure; proto- plasts ; the nucleus ; fixing, sectioning, staining, and examining tissues ; modeling from serial sections ; photomicrography. I; (5). Professor Hottes Prerequisite: Botany 1. 3b. Plant Physiology. — Applications to forestry and horticulture, and to crop judging and other phases of agronomy. //; (5). Professor Hottes Prerequisite: Botany 1. 4. The Local Flora. — Morphology, identification, and classification of wild plants. Laboratory; field work. (For students desiring acquaintance with the plants of Illinois, and especially for those qualifying as teachers in the public schools.) //; (3). Dr. Hague Prerequisite: Entrance botany or its equivalent. 4a. Taxonomy of Cormophytes. — Structure, identification, and classifi- cation. Laboratory; field work on flowering plants and weeds. //; (5). Professor Trelease Prerequisite: Botany 1. 4b. Taxonomy of Algae and Bryophytes. — Structure, identification, and classification. /; (5). Dr. Hague Prerequisite: Botany 1. 4c. Taxonomy of Fungi. — Structure, identification, and classification. //; (5). Professor Stevens Prerequisite: Botany 1. 4d. Trees and Shrubs of the Campus. — Woody plants used for decorat' ive purposes. /; (3). Professor Trelease 7a. Plant Pathology. — Causal agents, symptoms, diagnosis, and treat- ment. /; (5). Professor Stevens Prerequisite: Botany 1. Botany 281 7b. Methods in the Study of Fungi. — Isolation, cultivation, and inocula- tion of fungi and bacteria. 77; (5). Professor Stevens Prerequisite: Botany 1. 20. Plant Diseases. — 'More important diseases of commonly cultivated plants, diagnosis, and treatment. Lectures; laboratory. (Credit in the College of Agriculture only.) I; (3). Professor Stevens Prerequisite: Botany 1. 21. Crop Diseases. — Structure, identification, and treatment. //; (3) . Professor Stevens Prerequisite: Botany 20 or 7a. 23. Plant Ecology. — The life of plants in their natural habitats, and in relation to environment, to animals, and to each other. Lectures; laboratory; field work. I; (3). Dr. McDougall Prerequisite: Botany 1. For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates Students who take courses open for credit to graduates are advised to register also for course lOa-lOb, the weekly meeting devoted to current litera- ture in botany, which is obligatory for candidates for an advanced degree with botany as a major subject. Candidates for advanced degrees in botany must offer for admission to the graduate courses at least 20 hours in university botany, exclusive of Botany 1, and inclusive of courses 2a, 3b, 4a, and either 7a, 9b, 17a, or 17b, or its equivalent. Graduate students who elect botany for minor credit must offer the equiva- lent of 10 hours in university botany, exclusive of Botany 1, as a prerequisite to the courses listed for graduates and advanced undergraduates. 9a-9b. Plant Anatomy or Physiology. — Problems for those specializing in anatomy, physiology, or the application of these to plant breeding, crop pro- duction, and forestry. I, II; *(3 or 5). Professor Hottes Prerequisite: 10 hours of botany, including course 3a or 3b, and junior standing. lOa-lOb. Current Botanical Literature. — Weekly review supplementary to the seminar conferences. I, II; (1). Professor Trelease, Professor Hottes, Professor Stevens, Dr. Hague, Dr. McDougall Prerequisite: Registration in some course in botany open for graduate credit. 14a-14b. Heredity, Variation, Evolution. — The cells and members of plants; adaptations and changes; heredity, evolution. I, II; (3). Professor Hottes Prerequisite : 10 hours of botany, and junior standing. •In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study-list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which he intends to take the course; e. g., not 3-5, but 3, or 4, or }• 282 Botany 16a-16b. Taxonomy and Ecology of Thallophytes. — Advanced practise on selected groups: (1) Algae and Bryophytes; (2) Fungi. I, II; *(3 or 5). (1) Dr. Hague; (2) Professor Stevens, Dr. McDougall Prerequisite : 10 hours of botany, including either course 2a or 4b for Algae and Bryophytes, or 4c or 7a for Fungi, and junior standing. 17a-17b. Taxonomy and Ecology of Cormophytes. — Advanced practise on selected taxonomic, ecological, or economic groups. Genera or families of Illinois plants, ecological association or adaptations, or plants economically important as weeds, forest resources, adjuncts to medicine, farm, orchard, or garden crops, or as the basis of floriculture, landscape architecture, street shading, or other decorative planting. /, //; *(3 or 5). Professor Trelease Prerequisite : 10 hours of botany, including course 4a, and junior standing. 22a. Morbid Histology. — The parasites of plant tissues and their his- tology in condition of disease. /; *(3 or 5). Professor Stevens Prerequisite : Botany 3a, and 7a or 7b, and junior standing. 22b. Groups of Fungi and Crop Diseases.—//; *(3 or 5). Professor Stevens Prerequisite : 10 hours of botany, including 7a, or 7b, and junior standing. Courses for Graduates 101. Cytology. — The influence of external agents on the cell. Special subjects for investigation. Reports; discussions of current literature and re- search results. /, 77; (i or 2 units). Professor Hottes 102. Physiology. — The effects of external stimuli on growth and move- ment. Special subjects for investigation. Reports; discussions of current literature and research results. /, //; (i or 2 units). Professor Hottes 104. Mycology. — Fungi. Individual assignments of subjects and prob- lems in field and laboratory. /, //; (i or 2 units). Professor Stevens 106. Plant Pathology. — Diseases of plants, and disease agents. Special subjects. I, 77; (i or 2 units). Professor Stevens 108. Taxonomy. — Monographic studies of critical groups. /, 77; (i or 2 units). Professor Trelease Summer Session Courses S 3b. Plant Physiology. — Physiological processes of plants; the pro- duction of organic matter. Field trips; laboratory. (5). Professor Hottes, Mr. Lam key Prerequisite: Entrance credit in botany or Botany 1. *S 9a-9b. Plant Anatomy or Physiology. — For description see Botany 9a-9b. *(3 or 5). Professor Hottes Prerequisite: 10 hours of botany, including Botany 3a or 3b, and junior standing. *S 102. Physiology. — For description see Botany 102. (J4 or jt unit). Professor Hottes •In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his •tudy-list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of bours for which he intends to take the course; e. g., not 2-5, but J, or 3, or 4, or 5. Business Organization and Operation 283 BUSINESS LAW (See Business Organization and Opesation.) BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION (Including Accountancy and Business Law) Lewis Emanuel Young, Ph.D., Assistant Professor William Arthur Chase, LL.M., C.P.A., Lecturer, in charge of work in Ac- countancy Robert Enoch Hieronymus, A.M., LL.D., Community Adviser (lecturer on commercial and chic organizations) Hiram Thompson Scovill, A.B., Instructor Harrison McJohnston, A.M., Instructor William B Castenholz, AM., C.P.A., Instructor Ananias Charles Littleton, A.B., Instructor Edward Frederick Nickoley, A.M., Assistant Roger Frank Little, A.B., LL.B., Lecturer, Business Law A. ACCOUNTANCY Courses for Undergraduates la-lb. Principles of Accounting. — Accounting and bookkeeping. Ac- counting procedure from single to double entry, from individual accounts to partnership, corporation, and other accounts. (Credit for graduation is not given for either semester separately.) I, II; (3). Mr. Chase, Mr. Scovill, Mr. Littleton, Mr. Nickoley 2a-2b. Advanced Accounting and Auditing. — Problems in accounting, the valuation of good will, depreciation, sinking funds, investments, partner- ship, adjustments, and resources. (Credit is not given for either semester separately.) /, //; (3). Mr. Chase, Mr. Scovill Prerequisite : Accountancy la-lb; Economics 7 or 26, 22 or 27; and regis- tration or credit in Economics 1. 3a-3b. Accounting Problems and Auditing. — (Must be taken through- out the year in order to secure credit.) I, II; (3). Mr. Chase Prerequisite : Accountancy 2a-2b, Economics 3, and credit or registration in Business Organization and Operation 1 and 2. 4a-4b. Cost Accounting. — (a) Cost accounting applied to factory pro- cedure, overhead expense, the installation and control of cost systems, presenta- tion of cost data; (b) cost accounting as a basis for manufacturing efficiency; (c) the construction of cost systems. I, //; (3). Mr. Castenholz Prerequisite: Accountancy la-lb, Economics 1. 10. Shop Management and Shop Cost Records. — Cooperation between shop and cost departments; preparation and use of cost records; estimation of costs on contracts and calculation of profits. //; (2). Mr. Scovill Prerequisite : Open only to students in engineering who have had Eco- nomics 1 or 2. 11. Farm Accounting. — Accounting and distribution of costs as ap- plied to farm operations; proper investment of funds. /; (3). Mr. Scovill Prerequisite: Open only to students in agriculture who have had Eco- nomics 1 or 2. 284 Business Organisation and Operation 12. Commercial Administrative Accounting. — Accounts of corporations and partnerships; tabular bookkeeping; accounts of branches; adjustment ac- counts ; organization of accounts ; application and allotments ; reserves and depreciation ; expenses ; profits ; dividends ; income tax ; balance sheets ; the interpretation of accounts. I; (2). Mr. Chase Prerequisite: Accountancy la-lb, Economics 1. 13. Municipal Accounting. — Municipal balance sheets and revenue ac- counts; cash book; journal; ledger; subsidiary books and rolls; passing ac- counts ; warrants ; vouchers ; striking the rate ; school accounts ; bonds and sinking funds; budgets. 77; (2). Mr. Chase Prerequisite: Accountancy la-lb, Economics 1. Summer Session Course S 15. Practise or High-school Teaching. — Not accepted in partial ful- fillment of the requirement of Accountancy 1 in any university curriculum. (2). _ . . ^, , , , Mr. Scovill Prerequisite: Elementary bookkeeping. B. BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION Courses for Undergraduates 1. Business Organization and Operation. — Individual proprietorship, partnership, and corporation ; the process of organizing a business ; organization for operation and the reaction of form of organization on efficiency; gradation and interrelation of divisions and departments; departmental responsibility and authority, routine, and discipline. I; (3). Assistant Professor Young Prerequisite: Economics 1 and Accountancy 2a-2b. For the present year students who have had Accountancy la-lb may be admitted on application to the instructor. Note: The course is not open to students who have had the former Economics 6. 2. Organization and Control of Mercantile Distribution. — Typical dis- tributive businesses ; organization and administration of wholesale and retail establishments and commission houses. Cooperation in buying and selling ; trade marks and patents; shipping combinations; trade agreements. II; (3). Assistant Professor Young Prerequisite: Business Organization and Operation 1 or, for the present year, former Economics 6. 3. Business Procedure. — Conventional business practises; cash and trade discounts ; commissions ; interest and discounts ; forms and uses of checks, notes, drafts, and other instruments of credit and exchange; the rules and procedure of banking institutions ; mercantile and credit agencies. Office organization and management. I; (2). Assistant Professor Young Prerequisite: Business Organization and Operation 2. For the present year Economics 10 and Accountancy la-lb will be accepted instead of Business Organization and Operation 2. Senior engineering students who have had Economics 1 or 2 may be admitted by permission of the instructor. Business Organisation and Operation 285 4. Industrial Organization and Management. — Problems of organiza- tion and of administrative policy; supervision and management of industries and industrial units. Relations to labor, the community, and law. 77; (2). Assistant Professor Young Prerequisite: Business Organization and Operation 2. For the present year Economics 10 and Accountancy la-lb will be accepted instead of Business Organization and Operation 2. Senior engineering students who have had Economics 1 or 2 may be admitted by permission of the instructor. 7. Salesmanship. — Policies and practise of modern sales organizations; selling problems of manufacturers, wholesalers, and retailers; management of salesmen; the practise of individual salesmen. I; (3). Mr. McJohnston Prerequisite: Economics 1 and Business Organization and Operation 1. For the present year former Economics 6 will be accepted in place of Business Organization and Operation 1. 8. Advertising. — Current practise; cooperation of advertising and per- sonal selling ; special problems ; planning sales campaigns ; choice of media ; space buying and practise in writing copy. II ; (3). Mr. McJohnston Prerequisite: Business Organization and Operation 7. 9. Commercial and Civic Organizations. — (For students preparing for positions as secretaries of commercial or agricultural associations, civic or wel- fare clubs, and similar organizations). The history of trade and similar organi- zations ; methods of organization ; expansion and promotion ; the relation of such associations to the life and welfare of the community and to one another; promotion of community welfare by common action ; work and duties of the secretary and other officers; the legal status and recent results. II; (1). Dr. Hieronymus Prerequisite: Economics 1 and Business Organization and Operation 2 (for the present year former Economics 6 will be accepted instead of Business Organization and Operation 2) ; or Economics 2 and Farm Management 1 ; or Economics 1, Political Science 4, and Sociology 8. C. BUSINESS LAW Courses for Undergraduates la-lb. Commercial Law. — The law of contracts, negotiable instru- ments, agency, partnerships, business corporations, sales of personal property, bailments and carriers, guaranty and suretyship, and insurance. I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Young Prerequisite: Sixty hours of university credit, including Economics 1 and Accountancy la-lb. 2. Elementary Law. — Contracts, leases, landed property, etc. (Open to junior and senior students in Agriculture only). II; (3). Mr. Little Prerequisite : Economics 2. 286 Ceramic Engineering CERAMIC ENGINEERING Albert Victor Bleininger, B.S., Professor Ralph Kent Hursh, B.S., Associate Barney S Radcliffe, M.S., Instructor Arthur Edwards Williams, B.S., Instructor Ralph Raymond Danielson, B.S., Assistant Charles Francis Geiger, B.S., Assistant The courses offered by the department of ceramic engineering are designed to give a technical knowledge of the composition and properties of materials used in the manufacture of claywares, cements, glasses, and enamels, and to acquaint the student with the construction, equipment, and operation of ceramic plants. Courses for Undergraduates 1. Ceramic Materials. — The properties of clays and other ceramic ma- terials; identification of the varieties met in practical work. Lectures; labora- tory. 77; (3). Mr. Williams Prerequisite: Chemistry 4. 2. Winning and Preparation of Clays. — Machinery and processes used in preparing clays for market or manufacture; cost data. /; (3). Mr. Radcliffe Prerequisite: Chemistry 5b, Ceramic Engineering 1. 3. Industrial Calculations. — Chemical and physical calculations apply- ing to the operation of furnaces, kilns, and dryers; temperature measurements; ceramic stoichiometry. /; (3). Mr. Hursh Prerequisite: Ceramic Engineering 1; Chemistry Sb; Physics la-lb and 3a-3b. 4. Drying and Burning. — Chemical and physical processes; types of construction and methods of operation of industrial dryers and kilns. J; (4). Professor Bleininger Prerequisite: Ceramic Engineering 1, 3. 5. Ceramic Bodies. — Composition and properties of ceramic body mix- tures ; effects of various ingredients ; development of special bodies. Lectures ; laboratory. 77; (5). Mr. Radcliffe Prerequisite: Ceramic Engineering 1, 2, 3. 6. Glazes. — Production of glazes and enamels; limits of composition; classification; properties and defects common to each class; effect of variation in composition; modes of application. Lectures; laboratory. /; (5). Professor Bleininger, Mr. Danielson Prerequisite : Ceramic Engineering 3, 4, 5. 8. Glass. — Raw materials, preparation, compounding, melting, and shaping; chemical principles involved in the manufacture and decoration of types of vitreous silicates. Lectures. II; (2). Mr. Williams Prerequisite : Ceramic Engineering 3, 4, 5, 6. 9. Ceramic Construction. — Plans, specifications, and estimates for cera- mic equipments and industrial plants. II; (4). Mr. Hursh Prerequisite : General Engineering Drawing 2; Ceramic Engineering 3, 4. Ceramic Engineering 287 10. Cements. — Cements, limes, plasters; composition; reactions; meth- ods of manufacture and testing. /; (3). Mr. Hursh Prerequisite: Ceramic Engineering 1, 2, 3. 11. Thesis. — II; (3). Professor Bleininger, Mr. Hursh, Mr. Williams 12. Designing and Shaping. — The standpoint of the manufacturer; die construction ; templates ; master and working molds for pressing, casting, and jiggering. 77; (3). Mr. Radcliffe, Mr. Danielson Prerequisite : Ceramic Engineering 1. 13. Cement Laboratory. — Preparation of cementing substances; prop- erties and reactions involved. II; (3). Mr. Hursh Prerequisite: Ceramic Engineering 10. 14. Cement Laboratory. — The production of waterproof and sea resist- ing cements ; cement colloids ; polychrome pigments for fresco decoration ; cement colors; cold water paints. II; (3). Mr. Hursh Prerequisite : Ceramic Engineering 10. 15. Glass Laboratory. — Soda-lime, potash-lime, lead, barium, and zinc silicates; boro-silicates ; properties of fused and solidified glasses; practical glass problems. /; (3). Mr. Williams Prerequisite : Ceramic Engineering 6, 8. 16. Glasses and Enamels. — (Continuation of Ceramic Engineering 15.) Opaque, colored, and optical glasses; enameling of metals. 77; (3). Prerequisite : Ceramic Engineering 15. 17. Silicates. — Formation; properties; experimental methods. II; (3). Mr. Hursh Prerequisite : Ceramic Engineering 1, 3. Courses for Graduates Registration in graduate courses in ceramic engineering presupposes the full undergraduate curriculum in that subject, or sufficient training in allied subjects to warrant the expectation that the student will be able to do the work elected. Graduates of curriculums other than ceramic engineering who have the necessary prerequisites mav take Jhe following courses for minor credit : 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 16. 101. The Formation of Silicates. — I; (i to 2 units). Professor Bleininger 102. Technology of the Clay Industries. — Mineralogical constitution of clays ; plasticity and the colloidal state ; pyro-chemical and physical changes ; composition and constitution of bodies, glazes, and enamels. II ; (i to 2 units). Professor Bleininger 103. Technology of Cements. — Composition; constitution; hydration and dehydration of cementing compounds ; catalyzers. II; (i to 2 units). Professor Bleininger 104. Technology of Glass. — Glassy silicates; limiting compositions; physical and chemical properties of glasses. II; (i to 2 units). Professor Bleininger 288 Chemistry CHEMISTRY William Albert Noyes, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor and Director Samuel Wilson Parr, M.S., Professor Harry Sands Grindley, D.Sc, Professor Edward Bartow, Ph.D., Professor Clarence William Balke, Ph.D., Professor Edward Wight Washburn, Ph.D., Professor David Ford McFarland, Ph.D., Assistant Professor George McPhail Smith, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Clarence George Derick, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Henry Charles Paul Weber, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Duncan Arthur MacInnes, Ph.D., Associate George Denton Beal, Ph.D., Associate B Smith Hopkins, Ph.D., Associate Howard Bishop Lewis, Ph.D., Associate Henry John Broderson, Ph.D., Instructor Charles Henry Hecker, Ph.D., Instructor George Wallace Sears, Ph.D., Instructor Hubert Leonard Olin, Ph.D., Instructor Jessie Yereance Cann, Ph.D., Instructor ♦Harry Peach Corson, Ph.D., Instructor Oliver Kamm, Ph.D., Instructor Gerard van Rossen, Ph.D., Instructor Laurence Crane Johnson, Ph.D., Research Assistant Raymond Washington Hess, A.B., Assistant Harry Cleveland Kremers, M.S., Assistant Ernest Edward Charlton, M.S., Assistant Edwin Arthur Rees, A.M., Assistant Ross Earlby Gilmore, AM., Assistant Silas Alonzo Braley, M.S., Assistant Ralph Waldo Tippet, A.M., Assistant John Frederick Gross Hicks, B.S., Assistant Glenn Seymour Skinner, A.M., Assistant Jay Thomas Ford, A.B., Assistant Terrence Onas Westhaefer, A.B., Assistant Carl Nathan Davidson, A.B., Assistant Don Warren Bissell, B.S., Assistant ♦ Walter Gerald Karr, B.S., Assistant Ernest Henry Vollwejler, A.B., Assistant Frank F Footitt, A.B., Assistant Joseph Marvin Braham, M.S., Assistant Albert Waffle Owens, B.S., Assistant Floyd Elba Rowland, A.M., Assistant William Alexander Van Winkle, B.S., Assistant Scott Champlin Taylor, M.S., Assistant Henry Joseph Weiland, M.S., Research Assistant Paul Anders, Assistant, Glass Blowing Albert Durand Shepard, B.S., Graduate Assistant Harry Glenn Portz, B.S., Graduate Assistant Henry Rhodes Lee, A.B., Graduate Assistant •Resigned, December 1, 191S. Chemistry 289 James Keel Reed, A.B., Graduate Assistant Ruth Eliza Okey, M.S., Graduate Assistant Herbert August Winkelmann, M.S., Graduate Assistant Lloyd Hilton Reyerson, B.S., Graduate Assistant Harry James Beattie, A.M., Graduate Assistant Mary VanRensselaer Buell, A.B., Graduate Assistant Leonard Francis Yntema, A.B., Graduate Assistant Ralph William Hufford, A.B., Graduate Assistant ♦Loran Ogden Potterf, A.M., Graduate Assistant Alfred Richard Powell, A.M. Graduate Assistant Lansing Sadler Wells, B.S., Graduate Assistant Helen Updegraff, B.S., Graduate Assistant William Robert Bruce, A.B., Graduate Assistant Louis Jordan, A.B., Graduate Assistant Margaret Campbell Perry, A.B., Graduate Assistant John Bernis Brown, B.S., Graduate Assistant James Harris Olewine, B.S., Graduate Assistant Charles George MacArthur, A.M., Assistant in the Summer Session David Preston Hollis, Assistant in the Summer Session Major: 20 hours, exclusive of Chemistry 1, la, lb, 4, and 16, and inclu- sive of courses in quantitative and organic chemistry. Minor: 20 hours, chosen from bacteriology, botany, geology, mathe- matics, philosophy, physiology, physics, and zoology. Students taking chemistry at the University are advised to give at least one year to the subject, and this should include Chemistry 1 or la, 2a, or 3a. Those continuing in the second year should take Chemistry Sa and 5b, 5c or 13a. In the third year Chemistry 14 or 9, 9a, and 9b, or 9c, 31, and 33 should be taken. With these, more special courses may be taken if desired, but, in general, stu- dents are not advised to take the special courses unless they have had the fundamental work represented by the selection given above. Students who desire a training for professional work in chemistry, either as teachers or in its industrial applications, will naturally follow the curriculum in chemistry or the curriculum in chemical engineering. Students who find it impossible to take more than one semester's work are requested to register for Chemistry 1 or la in the second semester rather than in the first. 1. Inorganic Chemistry. — The non-metallic elements. Noyes's Text- book of Chemistry. I or //; (5). Professor Balke in charge : Professor Noyes, Dr. Hopkins, Dr. Hecker, Dr. Sears, Dr. Cann, and assistants Note: Students who have credit for high school chemistry should register for Chemistry la. la. Inorganic Chemistry. — Lectures; recitations; laboratory. (For students who have had one year of high school chemistry.) I or 77; (3). Professor Balke in charge : Professor Noyes, Dr. Hopkins, Dr. Hecker, Dr. Sears, Dr. Cann, and assistants Prerequisite: One year of entrance chemistry. Students whose prepara- tion proves to be inadequate for continuing this course will be required to change their registration to Chemistry 1. •Deceased, January 3, 1916. 290 Chemistry lb. Inorganic Chemistry. — Lectures; recitations; laboratory. (For students in engineering). I or 77; (4). Professor Balke in charge : Professor Noyes, Dr. Hopkins, Dr. Hecker, Dr. Sears, Dr. Cann, and assistants Note : Students who have credit for high school chemistry should register for Chemistry la. 2a. Inorganic Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis. — The general chem- istry and qualitative analysis of the more common metals and inorganic com- pounds. Lectures; recitations; laboratory. I or II; (5). Professor Balke, Assistant Professor Webber, Dr. Hopkins, Dr. Hecker, Dr. Sears, Dr. Cann, and assistants Prerequisite : Chemistry 1 or la. 3a. Inorganic Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis. — (For students in chemistry and chemical engineering.) I or II; (6). Professor Balke, Dr. Sears Prerequisite: Chemistry 1 or la. 4. Qualitative Analysis and Chemistry of the Metallic Elements. — Lec- tures; laboratory. (For students in engineering.) I or II; (4). Assistant Professor Weber in charge; Dr. Hopkins, Dr. Cann, Dr. Sears, and assistants Prerequisite: Chemistry la or lb. 5a. Elementary Quantitative Analysis. — Gravimetric and volumetric analysis ; stoichiometrical relations. Lectures ; recitations ; laboratory. Tal- bot's Quantitative Chemical A?ialysis. I or II; (5). (4 for mining engineers). Assistant Professor Smith in charge: Dr. Olin, and assistants Prerequisite : Chemistry Sa or 3a. 5b. Quantitative Analysis. — Continuation of 5a. The analysis of sili- cates, metallic compounds, and alloys ; advanced qualitative analysis. Lectures ; recitations; laboratory. Treadwell-Hall : Analytical Chemistry, Vol. II. II; (5). Assistant Professor Smith in charge Prerequisite : Chemistry 5a. 5c. Food Analysis. — Quantitative organic analysis; examination of food products : alcohols, carbohydrates, fats and oils, cereals, nitrogenous bodies, pre- servatives, and colors. Sherman's Organic Analysis; Sherman's Food Products; "Bulletin 107, rev., U. S. Bureau of Chemistry. " II; *(3 to 5). Dr. Beal Prerequisite : Chemistry 5a or 13a; 9 or 14a- 14b. 6f. Chemical Technology. — Technological chemistry as illustrated in those industries having a chemical basis for their principal operations and processes; trade journals. Lectures; recitations. Rogers and Aubert's Indus- trial Chemistry. II; (3). Assistant Professor McFarland Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a and 14a- 14b. 7f. Metallurgy. — General metallurgy; iron and steel. Lectures; as- signed reading; recitations. Fulton's Principles of Metallurgy; Stoughton's Iron and Steel. I; (3). Assistant Professor McFarland Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a. (Senior students in engineering courses may be admitted to this course by special arrangement, without this prerequisite). •In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study-list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which he intends to take the course; e. g., not 2-5, but 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. tCertain required inspection trips will be arranged in connection with courses 6 and 7. Students registered in these courses should take into consideration the expense involved, which will approximate $15.00 for each course. Chemistry 291 7a. Metallurgy of the Non-Ferrous Metals. — Copper, lead, zinc, gold, and silver. 77; (3). Assistant Professor McFarland Prerequisite : Chemistry Sa or 13a. [8. Iron and Steel Analysis. — Analyses of all the constituents by both rapid, or technical, and standard methods. II; (3). Not given, 1915-16. Assistant Professor Smith Prerequisite : Chemistry 5b.] 9. Organic Chemistry. — The more typical and simple organic com- pounds; important derivatives of carbon. (For students of the medical prepara- tory and household science curriculums and others desiring a short course.) II; (3). Assistant Professor Derick Prerequisite : Chemistry 2a or 3a; registration in chemistry 9c; or equiva- lent. 9a. Organic Synthesis and Ultimate Analysis. — Ultimate organic an- alysis; preparation of typical organic compounds. Laboratory. I or II; (2). Assistant Professor Derick, Dr. Kamm, and assistants Prerequisite: Registration in Chemistry 14a-14b, or equivalent. 9b. Organic Synthesis and Qualitative Organic Analysis. — Continua- tion of 9a, to accompany Chemistry 14b. I or II; (2). Assistant Professor Derick, Dr. Kamm, and assistants Prerequisite : Chemistry 9a; registration in Chemistry 14b, or equivalent 9c. Organic Synthesis. — Typical organic compounds. Laboratory. (For students in the medical preparatory and household science curriculums and others desiring a brief course.) II; (2). Assistant Professor Derick, Dr. Kamm, and assistants Prerequisite : Chemistry 2a or 3a; registration in Chemistry 9, or equivalent. 10a. Water Chemistry. — The history, sources, contamination, and standards of purity of potable waters and waters for industrial purposes. Lec- tures; practise in analytical methods. II; (3). Professor Bartow 10b. Water Chemistry. — (A modification of 10a for students in sanitary engineering, registered in connection with Chemistry 2a.) II; (l l A). Professor Bartow lla-llb. Research. — Thesis, embodying a review of the literature of the subject; account of work done in the laboratory. The subject should be determined upon and reading begun in the junior year. A minimum of five semester hours is required. (Required for seniors.) I, II; (5). Professor Noyes in charge 13a. Elementary Quantitative Analysis. — Gravimetric and volumetric; fertilizer and milk analysis. Lectures; recitations; laboratory. Talbot's Quan- titative Chemical Analysis. (For students in agriculture.) I or II; (5). Assistant Professor Smith in charge, Dr. Olin, Dr. Beal, and assistants Prerequisite : Chemistry 2a, or 3a. 13b. Advanced Agricultural Analysis. — Fungicides, limestone, phos- phate rock, fuel, and water; determination of the alkali metals; special methods. Treadwell-Hall, Analytical Chemistry, Vol. II. (For students special- izing in agricultural chemistry or agricultural experiments.) 77; (5). Dr. Beal in charge Prerequisite : Chemistry 5a or 13a. 292 Chemistry 14a-14b. Organic Chemistry. — Lectures; recitations. Noyes's Organic Chemistry. I; (4) : II; (2). Professor Noyes Prerequisite : Chemistry 5a ; should be accompanied by Chemistry 9a and 9b. 15. Physiological Chemistry. — Enzymes; carbohydrates; salivary diges- tion ; gastric digestion ; fats ; pancreatic-digestion ; intestinal digestion ; bile ; putrefaction products; feces; blood; milk; epithelial and connective tissues; muscular tissue ; nervous tissue ; urine. Qualitative and quantitative work on gastric juice, blood, urine, and milk; the clinical aspects of these topics treated thoroly for prospective students of medicine. Lectures ; demonstrations ; con- ferences ; practical work; assigned reading. Mathew's Psysiological Chemistry: Hawk's Practical Physiological Chemistry. (Open to graduates and under- graduates.) /; *(5 or 7). Dr. Lewis Prerequisite: Two years' work in chemistry, including 9 and 9c or 14a, 14b, 9a and 9b. 15a. Problems of Metabolism. — Colloids; animal oxidations; osmosis; adsorption ; selective activity of cells ; metabolism ; activities of gastro-intestinal tract ; enzymes ; inorganic nutrition. Lectures ; demonstrations ; conferences. //; (2). Dr. Lewis Prerequisite: Chemistry IS. 16. Chemistry for Engineers. — The proximate analysis of coal; deter- mination of calorific power ; technical analysis of furnace gases ; examination of boiler waters; lubricating oils. (For mechanical engineers.) 77; (3). Professor Parr, Dr. Broderson Prerequisite: Chemistry 1. 17. Teachers' Course. — Methods of teaching elementary chemistry. I; (1). Professor Balke 21. Qualitative Organic Analysis. — Identification of pure organic com- pounds and mixtures. I or 77; (2). Assistant Professor Derick, Dr. Kamm Prerequisite: Chemistry 9a, 9b; or equivalent. 22. Animal Chemistry (Animal Nutrition). — The chemical composition of animal products and feeding stuffs. Lectures; conferences; assigned read- ing; laboratory. I or 77; (5). Professor Grindlev Prerequisite : Two years' work in chemistry. 27. Qualitative Analysis of the Rare Elements. — The rare elements and their compounds ; identification and separation of the elements ; formation, solubilities, and chemical reactions of their salts. Assigned reading; laboratory. 77; (3). Professor Balke Prerequisite: Two years' work in chemistry. 31. Elementary Physical Chemistry. — Physical chemistry and electro- chemistry. Lectures; recitations; problems. Washburn's Introduction to the Principles of Physical Chemistry. 11; (4). Professor Washburn Prerequisite: Chemistry 1, 2, 3; Physics la-lb or 7a-7b; Mathematics 7 or 8. •In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study-list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which he intends to take the course; e. g., not 2-5, but 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. Chemistry 293 33. Elementary Physical Chemistry. — Molecular weight of gases and solutions; chemical equilibrium; the electrical conductivity of solutions and the attendant phenomena within the solution; thermochemistry. (Laboratory to accompany course 31.) II; (2). Dr. MacInnes, Dr. van Rossen Prerequisite: Chemistry Sa; Physics 8a-8b or 3a-3b. 35. Electrochemistry. — (A continuation of Chemistry 31. See also Chemistry 102b.) Theory and application. Lectures; recitations; laboratory. Allmand's Applied Electrochemistry. I; (3). Dr. MacInnes Prerequisite: Chemistry 31, 33. 36. The Phase Rule and Its Applications. — Equilibria in heterogeneous systems. Lectures; seminar. //; (2). Dr. Hecker Prerequisite : Chemistry 31, 33; Mathematics 8 or 7 and 9. 37. Experimental Problems in Physical and Electrochemistry. — Labor- atory; conferences. I; (4). Professor Washburn, Dr. MacInnes Prerequisite: Chemistry 35 or 102b. 61. Industrial Chemistry Laboratory. — The preparation and purification of chemical products from raw materials on a scale sufficient to afford data for determining the economy of the processes employed. Typical forms of chemi- cal machinery: filter presses, vacuum pan, centrifugal separators, steam jacketed kettles; reports and estimates upon apparatus and plant for the production of some particular product on a commercial scale. (Should be accompanied by either Chemistry 6 or 109.) 77; (3). Assistant Professor McFarland Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a and 14a-14b. 65. Technical Gas and Fuel Analysis. — Examination of gases, gas mix- tures, flue gases and fuels ; determination of calorific values ; calculation of efficiencies. /; (2). Dr. Broderson Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a. 66. Technology of Gases. — The manufacture, constituents, and uses of the various forms of gaseous fuel; calorimetry; photometry; the more exact methods of analysis. Lectures; reading; reports; laboratory. 77; (1). Dr. Broderson Prerequisite : Chemistry 65. 69. Metallurgical Laboratory and Assaying. — The fire assay of gold, silver, lead, and copper ores, mattes, and bullion; special experiments; fluxes, slags, and charge calculations ; coal, oil, and gas furnaces ; measurement of high temperatures. Fulton's Manual of Fire Assaying. I; (2). Assistant Professor McFarland Prerequisite : Chemistry 5a. 70. Advanced Assaying and Ore Testing. — Ores of platinum, tin, cop- per; bullion assay; free milling, amalgamation, and cyaniding tests. (A continu- ation of Chemistry 69.) II; (2). Assistant Professor McFarland Prerequisite: Chemistry 69. 71. Advanced Methods of Metallurgical Analysis. — Laboratory. I; (2). Assistant Professor McFarland Prerequisite: Chemistry 5b. 294 Chemistry 72. Paints, Oils, Turpentines, Varnishes, and Protective Coverings for Wood and Metals. — Lectures; laboratory. /; (2). Professor Parr Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a and 14a-14b. 73. Asphalt, Tar, Petroleum, Residues, and Creosote Oils. — Sources, characteristics, composition, and examination ; materials used in road construc- tion; wood preservation. (For students in highway engineering.) //; (2). Professor Parr Prerequisite : Chemistry 3 or 4. 76. Calorimetxy of Fuels. — The heat values of solid, liquid, and gas- eous fuels. (An advanced course.) II; (2). Professor Parr, Dr. Broderson Prerequisite: Chemistry 65. 77. Composition and Classification of Coal. — Classification, changes in composition, weathering, spontaneous combustion, formation of mine gases. Lectures; assigned reading. 77; (1). Professor Parr Prerequisite: Chemistry 65. 78. Metallography. — Constitution and microstructure of metals and alloys and the relations between their properties, chemical and mechanical treat- ment, and structure. Lectures; reading; laboratory. II; (2). Assistant Professor McFarlaxd 80. The Elements of Glass Blowing.— Laboratory. II; (1). Mr. Anders 86. The Chemistry of the Higher Order Compounds. — Complex com- pounds from the standpoint of the coordination-valence theory as developed by Werner. /; (2). Assistant Professor Smith Prerequisite : Chemistry 9a, 9b, 14a-14b. 92a-92b, 93a-93b. Journal Meeting. — (For juniors, seniors, and grad- uates.) I, II; (1). Assistant Professors McFarland and Derick in charge 95. History of Chemistry. — Lectures; assigned reading. Pattison Muir's History of Chemical Theories and Laws. I ; (2). Assistant Professor Smith Prerequisite: Chemistry 14a-14b and 31. Courses for Graduates Graduate students whose major subject is in some department other than chemistry, before taking graduate work for credit in this department, must have had the equivalent of 15 university credits in chemistry, and the work covered must have included satisfactory work in general chemistry and in qualitative and quantitative analysis. Such students are advised to take Chemistry 31, 33, (or 102, 102a), 5b, 5c, 14a-14b, 9a and 9b. Courses of a more special nature will not, as a rule, be accepted for graduate work unless preceded by one of the above courses. For students in agriculture, Chemistry 5a and 13a will not be accepted for graduate credit. Graduate students who are candidates for an advanced degree in chemistry must have had the equivalent of 30 university credits in chemistry, properly distributed. Chemistry 295 For students in chemistry, 5a, 13a, 9, and 9c will not be accepted for graduate, credit and 9a, 9b, 14a-14b, 31 and 33 will be accepted only from students entering the Graduate School with the equivalent of 30 university credits in chemistry. [102. Advanced Physical Chemistry. — This course and 102a cover a period of two years. The subject is treated from the standpoint of molecular kinetics and thermodynamics. The purpose is to develop power to handle a physico-chemical problem rather than merely to impart a knowledge of the phenomena and the principles involved. Lectures ; seminar. Nernst's Theoreti- sche Chemie, 7th edition. Twice a week; I, II; (54 unit). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Washburn Prerequisite: Chemistry 1, 2; Physics la-lb, 3a-3b; Mathematics 8a or 7 and 9. An elementary knowledge of organic and physical chemistry is desir- able.] 102a. Advanced Physical Chemistry. — Chemical equilibrium; the Phase Rule; certain portions of thermochemistry; photochemistry. (A continuation of 102, with which it alternates.) Nernst's Theoretische Chemie. Twice a week; I, II; (54 unit). Professor Washburn Prerequisite : The same as course 102. 102b. Advanced Electrochemistry. — Solution; thermodynamics; elec- tro-motive force; transformation of chemical and electrical energy. Twice a week; II; (54 unit). Dr. MacInnes Prerequisite: Chemistry 102; Mathematics 8a or 7 and 9. 102c. Advanced Physical and Electrochemistry. — Special problems. Laboratory. Twice a week; I ; ( l /> to 1 unit). Professor Washburn Prerequisite: Chemistry, 31, 33; registration in Chemistry 102b, or comple- tion of Chemistry 102, 102a, or 102b ; Mathematics 8a or 7 and 9. 102d. Electrochemistry. — (For students in electrical engineering.) Once a week; I; ( l / 2 unit). Dr. MacInnes 102e. Special Topics in Physical Chemistry. — Subject for 1915-16: Radiochemistry. Soddy, The Chemistry of the Radio Elements. Once a week; I; ( l /> unit). Professor Washburn Prerequisite : Chemistry 102 or 102a. 103. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. — Descriptive inorganic chemistry; the rarer elements ; the periodic system. Lectures, with or without laboratory. Two to five times a week; I, II; ( J A to \% units). Professor Balke 103a. Advanced Analytical Chemistry. — Special topics. Lectures, with or without laboratory. Two to five times a week; II; (J/z to 1% units). Assistant Professor Smith Prerequisite : Chemistry 5b, 9a, 9b, 14a-14b, 31, 33. 103b. Special Topics in Inorganic Chemistry. — Subject for 1915-16: The chemistry of the higher order compounds. Werner, Neuere Anschauungen auf dent Gebiete der Anorganischen Chemie; assigned reading from later publications. Lectures; seminar. Twice a week; I; (54 unit). Assistant Professor Smith Prerequisite : Chemistry 9a, 9b, 14a-14b. 296 Chemistry 103c. Special Topics in Inorganic Chemistry. — Seminar. Subject for 1915-16: The determination of atomic weights. Twice a week; II; (54 unit). Professor Balke 103d. Advanced Qualitative Analysis. — Methods of separation; qualita- tive reagents; reactions of some of the less common elements. (Designed especially for those intending to teach qualitative chemistry.) Lectures, with or without laboratory. One to three times a week; I; (Yz to I unit). Assistant Professor Weber [104. Advanced Organic Chemistry. — Seminar. The open chain com- pounds of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen atoms from the standpoint of the atomic linking theory; tautomerism, stereochemistry; the carbohydrates. Lec- tures; discussions; laboratory. Three times a week; I, II; (54 unit). Not given, 1915-16. Assistant Professor Derick] 104a. Advanced Organic Chemistry. — (Continuation of 104, with which it alternates). The closed chain compounds of the carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen atoms and of the organic compounds of nitrogen ; the ureids, alkaloids. Lectures; discussion; laboratory. Three times a week; I, II; (54 unit). Assistant Professor Derick 104b. Advanced Quantitative Organic Analysis. — Proteins, alkaloids, glucosides, volatile oils, and other constituents of animal and vegetable tissues ; plant analysis ; toxicological analysis ; chemical and physical methods of organic analysis. Lectures; seminar. (May be accompanied by laboratory work on a selected group of compounds.) Tzvice a week; I, II; (54 unit). Dr. Beal 104c. Special Topics in Organic Chemistry. — Seminar. A. von Wein- berg's Kinetische Stereo-Chemie der Kohlenstoff Wesbindungen. Once a week; II; (% unit). Assistant Professor Derick 105. Advanced Physiological Chemistry. — The structure and distribu- tion of the proteins; intermediary metabolism and the glands of internal secre- tion. Lectures; demonstrations; assigned reading; discussions. Twice a week; II; (54 unit). Dr. Lewis 105a. Advanced Physiological Chemistry. — Difficult biochemical prep- arations ; the use of the newer analytical methods. Laboratory. One to five times a week; I or II ; (54 unit). Dr. Lewis 105b-105c. — Advanced Physiological Chemistry. — Seminar. The recent development of physiological chemistry. Two hours a zveek, I, II; (54 unit). Dr. Lewis 106. Animal Chemistry (Animal Nutrition.) — The recent advances in the chemistry of nutrition of the lower animals; the chemistry of the functional products; the flesh, fat, milk, and wool of the more common domesticated ani- mals. Lectures; conferences; assigned reading; laboratory. Five times a week; I, II; (1 to \y 2 units). Professor Grindley Prerequisite: Two years' work in chemistry. 107. Special Problems in Technology of Fuels. — /; (i unit). Professor Parr Prerequisite : Chemistry 77. 107a. Gas Manufacture. — Carbonization processes, ovens, and by-pro- ducts. Once a week; II; ( l / 2 unit). Professor Pars Chemistry 297 108. Advanced Metallography. — Constitution and microstructure of metals and alloys ; the relations between their properties, chemical and mechani- cal treatment, and structure. Assigned reading; laboratory. Twice a week; I; (24 unit). Assistant Professor McFarland Prerequisite : Chemistry 7 and 78 or equivalent. 109. Advanced Industrial Chemistry. — Seminar. Some of the more important chemical industries ; the development and chemical control of pro- cesses. Twice a week; I, II; (24 unit). Assistant Professor McFarland Prerequisite: Chemistry 6, 9, 14a-14b, 21 or equivalent. 110. Water Supplies. — The sources of contamination of water supplies and the purification of water for potable or technical use. Three to five times a week; I, II; { J / 2 to 1% units). Professor Bartow 111. Research. — A thesis is usually required of students taking the master's degree and is always required of students taking the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. (For a description of undergraduate work leading to a thesis, see Chemistry 11.) Work may be taken in the following subjects : Physical and Electrochemistry Professor Washburn, Dr. MacInnes Inorganic Chemistry Professor Balke, Assistant Professors Smith, Weber Analytical Chemistry Assistant Professor Smith Food Chemistry Dr. Beal Organic Chemistry . Professor Noyes, Assistant Professor Derick Water Chemistry Professor Bartow Animal Chemistry (Animal Nutrition) Professor Grindley Physiological Chemistry Dr. Lewis Industrial Chemistry Professor Parr, Assistant Professor McFarland Summer Session Courses Note: All the courses in chemistry offered in the Summer Session are equivalent to the courses of the same numbers given during the academic year. S 1. Elementary Chemistry.— For description see Chemistry 1. (5). Professor Balke, Dr. Hopkins S la and S lb. Inorganic Chemistry. — For description see Chemistry la and Chemistry lb. (4). Professor Balke, Dr. Hopkins S 2. Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry.— (A continuation of S 1.) The metallic elements, their compounds, and properties. Illustrated lectures; recita- tions. (2). Professor Balke Prerequisite : Chemistry 1. S 3. Qualitative Analysis.— Lectures; recitations; laboratory. (3). Assistant Professor Weber Prerequisite : Chemistry 1. *S 5a.— Elementary Quantitative Analysis.— For description see Chem- istry 5a. (5). Dr. Beal, Dr. Sears Prerequisite: Chemistry 1 and 3. *S 5c. Food Analysis.— For description see Chemistry 5c. (5). Dr. Beal, Dr. Sears 298 Civil Engineering *S 9a. Organic Synthesis. — For description see Chemistry 9a. (2). Assistant Professor Derick, Mr. Kamm Prerequisite : Registration in Chemistry S 14. *S 9b. Organic Synthesis. — (Continuation of S 9a.) (2). Assistant Professor Derick, Mr. Kamm Prerequisite: Chemistry S 9a and registration in Chemistry S 14b. *S 14a. Organic Chemistry. — For description see Chemistry 14a. This course may be substituted for Chemistry 9 of the academic year. (3). Assistant Professor Derick, Mr. Kamm Prerequisite : Chemistry 2 and 3. *S 14b. Organic Chemistry. — For description see Chemistry 14b. (3). Assistant Professor Derick Prerequisite: Chemistry S 14a or equivalent. *S 11 and *S 111. Research. — For description see Chemistry lla-llb, and Chemistry 111. Professor Balke, Assistant Professor Derick, Assistant Professor Weber, Dr. Beal, Mr. MacArthur *S 13a. Agricultural Analysis. — For description see Chemistry 13a. (5). Dr. Beal, Dr. Sears *S 15. Physiological Chemistry. — For description see Chemistry IS. (5 or 7)f. Mr. MacArthur S 17. Teachers' Course. — Methods in teaching elementary chemistry; a review of fundamental principles. (1). Professor Balke Prerequisite : One year's work in chemistry. CIVIL ENGINEERING Frederick Haynes Newell, B.S., D.Eng., Professor Ira Osborn Baker, B.S., C.E., D.Eng., Professor Charles Alton Ellis, A.B., Professor, Structural Engineering Allen Boyer McDaniel, B.S., Assistant Professor James Elmo Smith, B.S., C.E., Assistant Professor Wilbur M Wilson, M.M.E., C.E., Assistant Professor, Structural Engineering Carroll Carson Wiley, B.S., C.E., Associate Neal Bryant Garver, B.S., C.E., Associate George Wellington Pickels, Jr., B.C.E., C.E., Instructor William Horace Rayner, B.S., C.E., Instructor Raymond Earl Davis, B.S., C.E., Instructor Clarence Stanley Sale, B.S., Instructor Benjamin Lester Bowling, Assistant in Cement Laboratory 27. Plane Surveying. — Compass, transit, and level; computation of areas and partitioning of land ; United States land survey methods, re-establish- ment of corners and boundaries, and interpretation of deeds; farm and city sur- tln registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which lie intends to take the course; e. g., not 2-5, but 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. Civil Engineering 299 veying. Problems with tape, compass, transit, and level. Breed and Hosmer's Principles and Practice of Surveying, Vol. I. Davis's Manual of Surveying. I; (3) # Mr. Rayner, Mr. Davis Prerequisite: General Engineering Drawing 1, 2; Mathematics 4. 28. Higher Surveying.— Transit and plane-table in topographic sur- veys ; methods ; determination of latitude, longitude, and azimuth by stellar and solar observations; topographic drawing; a complete topographic survey based on a system of triangulation. Breed and Hosmer's Principles and Practice of Surveying, Vol. II. Davis's Manual of Surveying. II; (3). Mr. Pickels, Mr. Rayneb, Mr. Davis Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 27; Physics la, 3a, and registration in Physics lb, 3b. 31. Surveying. — Compass, level, transit, and plane-table; determination of distances by pacing, and with chain and tape, and of areas with compass and transit; profile leveling; problems with plane-table. (For students in land- scape architecture.) Raymond's Plane Surveying. I; (3). Mr. Pickels Prerequisite: Mathematics 4; Architecture 31, 32. 32. Topographic Surveying. — The stadia; conventional topographical signs; contour construction; grading and drainage problems; preparation of the plane-table. A large scale topographic map of a portion of the campus. (For students in landscape architecture.) Raymond's Plane Surveying. II; (3). Mr. Pickels Prerequisite : Civil Engineering 31. 33. Surveying. — Compass, level, transit, and plane-table; determination of distances by pacing, and with chain and tape ; determination of areas with compass and transit; differential leveling; a survey for a large scale map with plane-table. United States land survey methods ; problems in strike and dip. (For students in geology.) Breed and Hosmer's Principles and Practice of Surveying, Vol. I; Davis's Manual of Surveying. I; (3). Mr. Rayner Prerequisite: Mathematics 4; General Engineering Drawing 1. 34. Topographic Surveying. — Stadia measurements; azimuth determi- nations from solar and stellar observations ; lettering, conventional topographic signs ; contour construction ; its relation to geologic formations ; survey for small scale map with plane-table, barometer, and pacing methods. (For students in geology.) Breed and Hosmer's Principles and Practice of Surveying, Vol. II ; Davis's Manual of Surveying. II; (3). Mr. Rayner Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 33, and junior standing in geology. 51. Railroad Surveying. — Economic location, construction, and main- tenance of railways. Curves, turnouts, and earthwork. Prelimina^ and location surveys of a line of sufficient length to secure familiarity with the methods in actual practise. Preparation of a complete set of maps, profiles, and estimates. Pickels and Wiley's Railroad Surveying. I; (5). Assistant Professor Smith, Mr. Wiley, Mr. Pickels Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 27, 28. 52. Roads and Pavements. — Construction and maintenance of earth, gravel, macadam, concrete, and bituminous roads ; street pavements, and their 300 Civil Engineering adaptation to country roads; road-building machinery; effect of travel on road surfaces; dust prevention and street cleaning. Baker's Roads and Pavements. II; (3). Assistant Professor Smith, Mr. Wiley Prerequisite: Mathematics 4; General Engineering Drawing 1. 2; Civil En- gineering 27, 28, 51. 53. Railroad Surveying. — First eleven weeks of Civil Engineering 51, for municipal and sanitary engineering juniors. I ; (3). Mr. Pickels Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 27, 28. 55. Roads and Pavements. — (For students in landscape gardening.) Baker's Roads and Pavements. I; (2). Mr. Garver 53. Graphic Statics. — Determination of stresses in roof and bridge trusses and in three-hinged arches. (For mining engineers.) Malcolm's Ele- ments of Graphic Statics. II; (2). Assistant Professor Smith Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20, 25. 60. Structural Stresses. — The determination of stresses in roofs, bridges, and steel-skeleton buildings, by algebraic and graphic processes. John- son, Bryan, and Turneaure's Modern Framed Structures, Part I. II; (4). Professor Ellis, Assistant Professor Wilson Prerequisite: Mathematics 2, 4, 6; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20, 21, 29; General Engineering Drawing 1, 2. 62. Structural Details. — Design of details for roofs, bridges, and steel- frame buildings; detail drawings and shop bills. 77; (2). Cargenie's Pocket Companion, last edition. Mr. Garver Prerequisite: Registration in Civil Engineering 60. 70. Seminar. — Preparation of one major and two minor papers upon assigned topics; discussion. II; (1). Professor Baker, Mr. Davis Prerequisite: Junior standing in civil engineering. 76. Surveying. — United States public land surveys; principles of re- establishing corners ; use of transit in finding distances, areas, and in laying out buildings; use of the level in finding profiles and contours. Raymond's Plane Surveying. II; (2). Mr. Pickels Prerequisite: Mathematics 4; General Engineering Drawing 1, 2; Physics la-lb, 3a-3b. 77. Masonry Construction. — Baker's Masonry Construction. I; (4). Professor Baker, Assistant Professor McDaniel Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20, 21, 29, 10; Civil En- gineering 60. 79. Cement Laboratory. — Standard tests for hydraulic cement. I; (1). Professor Baker, Assistant Professor McDaniel, Mr. Bowling Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20, 21, 29, 10; Civil En- gineering 60 ; registration in Civil Engineering 77. 80. Contracts and Specifications. — The law of contracts; general and technical clauses used in engineering specifications. Johnson's Engineering Contracts and Specifications. II. (2). Professor Baker, Assistant Professor McDaniel Prerequisite : Senior standing in engineering. Civil Engineering 301 81. Theory of Reinforced Concrete. — Reinforced concrete beams, col- umns, and slabs. Hool's Reinforced Concrete Construction. I; (2). Professor Ellis, Assistant Professor McDaniel Prerequisite : Registration in Civil Engineering 77, 79, 83, and 85, or 91. 82. Reinforced Concrete Design. — Plain and reinforced concrete arches, culverts, dams, bridges, and retaining walls. Hool's Reinforced Concrete Construction, Vol. II. //; (4). Assistant Professor McDaniel Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 81. 83. Steel Bridge Design. — Determination of stresses and sections of a plate girder and a truss span ; stress sheet, general design drawings, and esti- mate of weights. (For railway civil engineers, and civil engineers taking the general civil engineering option.) Kirkham's Structural Engineering. I; (3). Assistant Professor Wilson Prerequisite : Civil Engineering 60, 62. 85. Steel Bridge Design. — (For civil engineers taking the structural engineering option.) Kirkham's Structural Engineering. I; (5). Assistant Professor Wilson Prerequisite : Civil Engineering 60, 62. 87. Advanced Bridge Analysis. — Continuous, draw, cantilever, suspen- sion, and metal-arch bridges. Johnson, Bryan and Turneaure's Modern Framed Structures. Part II. I; (2). Professor Ellis Prerequisite : Civil Engineering 60, 62; and registration in Civil Engineering 83, 85, or 91. 88. Steel Building Design. — Stresses and sections of the steel frames of mill and office buildings ; footings and grillages ; design drawings and estimates of weights. //; (3). Assistant Professor Wilson Prerequisite : Civil Engineering 60, 62. 89-90. Hydro-Economics. — The occurrence of water in nature; its conservation, regulation, and use for power and in industries ; irrigation, drain- age, transportation, domestic supply; the legal title to the use of water. /, II; (2). Professor Newell Prerequisite : Senior standing. 91. Highway Bridge Design. — Types of highway bridges; determina- tion of location, size, and type. Steel bridges, beam, low-truss, and through-truss ; methods and cost of construction. /; (4). Mr. Garver Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 60, 62. 92. Concrete Bridges and Culverts. — Reinforced-concrete slab, girder, and arch bridges; falsework and forms; estimates of quantities; costs. //; (2). Mr. Garver Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 77, 79, 81, 91. 93. Road Construction. — Merits of different types of roads and pave- ments; design; plans, specifications, and estimates. /; (3). Mr. Wiley Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 52; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 21, 29. 302 Civil Engineering 94. Highway Administration. — Road construction and maintenance in Europe and America; taxation and methods of financing road work; the rela- tion of highway improvement to social and economic welfare. 77; (3). Mr. Wiley Prerequisite: Senior standing in civil engineering 96. Road Laboratory. — Examination and testing of bituminous and non -bituminous road materials. II; (2). Mr. Wiley, Mr. Bowling Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 52, 77, 79; registration in Chemistry 73. 97-98. Thesis. — A problem in investigation or design, subject to the approval of the head of the department. Only students with high standing are permitted to take a thesis. /; (1) : 77; (2). Prerequisite : Senior standing in civil engineering Courses for Graduates 101. Irrigation and Drainage. — The survey, examination, construction, maintenance, and operation of works for irrigation and drainage of agricultural lands; water rights. Twice a week; I, II; (*/, unit). Professor Newell 106. Reinforced Concrete Design. — Elastic theory and the design of reinforced concrete structures ; specifications for design ; concrete forms ; typical structures; methods and costs of construction. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit or more). Assistant Professor McDaniel 107. Bridge Engineering. — Deflections; the statically indeterminate frame ; swing bridges and arches ; special graphic methods ; suspension bridges ; secondary stresses ; impact. Two or three times a week; I, II; (i unit or more). Professor Ellis 124. Steel Building Construction. — Steel framing of fireproof office buildings, hotels, and industrial buildings ; wind bracing ; eccentrically loaded columns; analysis of special details; erection methods and costs. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit or more). Assistant Professor Wilson THE CLASSICS Herbert Jewett Barton, A.M., Professor, Chairman Charles Melville Moss, Ph.D., Professor William Abbott Oldfather, Ph.D., Professor Arthur Stanley Pease, Ph.D., Professor Howard Vernon Canter, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Rodney Potter Robinson, A.M., Assistant Major: 20 hours, excluding Greek la-lb, 17, 18, and 19. Minors: 20 hours chosen from foreign languages (Latin being espec- ially recommended), English literature, history, and philosophy. Major: 20 hours, excluding Latin la, 6a, and 12. Minors: 20 hours chosen from foreign languages (Greek being espec- ially recommended), English literature, history, and philosophy. The Classics 303 CLASSICS Major: 20 hours in Greek and Latin, excluding Greek la-lb, 16, 17, 18, 19, and 20, and Latin la, 6a, 12, 13, and 19. At least six hours shall be carried in the secondary language and the remaining hours in the primary language. Minors: 20 hours chosen from foreign languages, English literature, history, and philosophy. GREEK Courses for Undergraduates The courses in translation naturally follow each other in the following sequence: la-lb, 3, 7 (5), 6 (8). Courses la-lb, 3, and 4 are intended for stu- dents who cannot present Greek for entrance to the University, but who desire to commence the study of the language. Course 2a-2b may be taken after course la-lb and course 14 after courses 5 or 7. Courses 16, 17, 18, and 19 are open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors ; 20 is open to those who have completed one year in history or classics. la-lb. Grammar and Reader. — First semester: Attic forms; reading of simple prose. Second semester: Xenophon's Anabasis, Book 1. /, II; (4). Professor Oldfather 2a-2b. New Testament Greek. — First semester: Reading of selections. Second semester: Lectures on canon and text. I, II; (2). Professor Moss Prerequisite : Greek 1. 3. Second Year Greek. — Xenophon's Anabasis, Books II-IV; gram- matical drill. I; (3). Professor Pease Prerequisite : Greek 1. 4. Second Year Greek. — Homer, six books of the Iliad. II; (3). Professor Moss Prerequisite : Greek 3. [5. Herodotus. — Selections, including portions of Books VI-VIII; Greek lyric poets. //; (3). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Moss Prerequisite: Greek 4.] 6. Thucydides. — The Sicilian Expedition, Books VI-VII. /; (3). Professor Pease Prerequisite: Greek 4.] 7. Greek Drama. — Three plays from the great dramatists. //; (3). Professor Pease Prerequisite : Greek 4. 14. Greek Prose Composition. — //; (1). Professor Moss Prerequisite: Greek 5 and 6 or 7 and 8. Greek Life and Literature in English (Courses 16-20 presuppose no knowledge of Greek and are open to all students except freshmen.) 16. The Private and Public Life of the Greeks. — Lectures illustrated by photographs and slides; prescribed readings; /; (1). Professor Moss 304 The Classics 17. Greek Poetry in Translations. — I; (2). Professor Moss 18. Greek Prose in Translations. — I; (2). Professor Moss 19. Greek Drama in Translations. — II; (2). Professor Moss 20. Greek History. — (This course is described by the department of history as History 5.) I; (3). Professor Oldfather Prerequisite : One course in history or the classics. Not open to freshmen. Courses for Graduates [104. Homer and the Homeric Question. — Lectures and reading in alternate hours. 7, 77; (i unit) Not given, 1915-16. Professor Oldfather] 105. Plato and Aristotle. — Selections from the political and ethical writings. J, II; (i unit). Professor Oldfather 107. Greek Oratory. — One or more speeches of each of several ora- tors; lectures; reports. I, 77; (i unit). Professor Moss 110. Bibliography and Criticism. — Once a week; I, II; (% unit). Professor Oldfather, Professor Pease, and others LATIN la-lb. Ovid and Virgil. — First semester: Selections from the Amores, Heroides, and Metamorphoses. Second semester: Selections from the Aeneid. I, II; (4). Assistant Professor Canter, Mr. Robinson Prerequisite : Three entrance units in Latin. 2a-2b. Livy, Plautus, and Terence. — First semester: Selections from Livy, the story of Hannibal. Second semester: the Rudens of Plautus and the Phormio of Terence. I, II; (4). Professor Barton Prerequisite: Four entrance units in Latin. 3. Sallust and Cicero. — Selections from the Jugurthine War; De Senec- tute. I ; (3). Assistant Professor Canter Prerequisite : Latin 2a-2b. 4. Horace and Catullus. — Selections. II; (3). Professor Barton Prerequisite: Latin 2a-2b. 5a-5b. Latin Composition. — Grammatical drill and practise in the sim- pler forms of expression. I, II; (1). Assistant Professor Canter Prerequisite: Latin la-lb or its equivalent. 6. Cicero. — Selections from the Orations. I; (4). Mr. Robinson Prerequisite : Two entrance units in Latin. Roman Life and Literature in English (Courses 12 and 13 presuppose no knowledge of Latin; open to all students except freshmen). 12. Virgil and Horace in English Translations. — The Aeneid and selec- tions from Horace. I; (2). Professor Barton 13. Roman Life. — The family, organization of society, education, mar- riage, amusements, with some attention to the monuments. Lectures illustrated by photographs and slides; assigned readings. 77"; (1). Professor Barton The Classics 305 19. Roman History. — (This course is described by the department of history as History 6. Not open to freshmen.) 77; (3). Professor Canter 9. Teachers' Course. — The purpose and methods of preparatory Latin instruction ; the teacher's preparation. II; (2). Professor Barton Prerequisite: 18 hours in Latin. A portion of this requirement may be waived in the case of those who have taught Latin. 10. Latin Composition. — The leading principles; imitation of assigned models. I; (2). Professor Barton Prerequisite: 12 hours in Latin, including Latin 5a-5b or its equivalent. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates [7. Horace and Juvenal. — Selections from the Satires and Epistles of Horace; selected Satires of Juvenal. I; (3). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Pease Prerequisite : 12 hours in Latin.] 8. Tacitus.— The Annals, Books I- VI. I; (3). Professor Pease Prerequisite : 12 hours in Latin. [14. Seneca.— Selections from his letters and tragedies. II; (3). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Barton Prerequisite: 15 hours in Latin.] 16. Martial and Suetonius. — Selections; lectures on literary history. //; (3). Professor Oldfather Prerequisite : 18 hours in Latin. 22. Late Latin. — Rapid reading of selections from the Latin writers from Minucius Felix to Cassiodorus. II; (2). Professor Pease Prerequisite: This course is open to seniors and graduates who have had two years of college Latin or who otherwise satisfy the instructor of their ability to do the work required. Courses for Graduates Students desiring to take graduate work in Latin should have had at least three years of college Latin in addition to the Latin presented to meet entrance requirements. 102. Roman Oratory. — Twice a week. II; {y 2 unit). Assistant Professor Canter 103. Cicero. — De Natura Deorum and De Divinatione. Twice a week; I; [}/z unit). Professor Pease 104. Latin Paleography. — Twice a week. I; ( T A unit). Professor Pease 106. Terence — Twice a week. I; (*/> unit). Professor Pease 107. Latin Epigraphy. — Twice a week. II; (*4 unit). Professor Pease 108. Tacitus.— - The Histories. Twice a week. I; i}/z unit). Professor Barton 109. Virgil. — Twice a week. II; (% unit). Professor Pease HOa-llOb. Bibliography and Criticism. — Once a week. I, II; (% unit). Professor Oldfather and others 306 Comparative Philology [112. Roman Historiography. — Twice a week. II ; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Assistant Professor Canter] [113. Plautus. — Twice a week. I; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Oldfather] 114. Caesar. — Tzvice a week. II; (Yz unit). Professor Oldfather Summer Session Courses S 1. Terence. — Reading of three plays; discussions of the language and verse of comedy. (2y 2 ). Assistant Professor Canter Prerequisite : Three or four years of high school Latin. S 2. The Private Life of the Romans. — The house, marriage, dress, education, and amusements of the Romans. Illustrated lectures; assigned readings. (1). Assistant Professor Canter S 3. Teachers' Course. — For description see Latin 9. (1J4). Assistant Professor Canter S 4. Greek History and Private Life. — Illustrated lectures; assigned readings. (2). Associate Professor Oldfather Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates *S 16. Suetonius. — The biographies of Julius Caesar and Nero. Lec- tures; assigned readings. (2). Associate Professor Oldfather Prerequisite: Three years of college Latin or the equivalent *S 114. Caesar. — The historical works, especially the Bellum Gallicum, in their literary and historical setting. (Y 2 or I unit). Associate Professor Oldfather COMMERCIAL LAW (See Business Organization and Operation.) COMPARATIVE LITERATURE Joseph Eugene Gillet, Ph.D., Associate in Comparative Literature and German 1. Tragedy. — Theory and practise from classical times to the present day. Lectures; readings; reports. /; (3). Dr. Gillet Prerequisite: Two years of college work, or the permission of the instructor. Foreign language is not required. 2. Comedy. — Theory and practise from classical times to the present day. Lectures ; readings ; reports. //; (3). Dr. Gillet Prerequisite : Two years of college work, or the permission of the instruc- tor. Foreign language is not required. COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY Leonard Bloomfield, Ph.D., Assistant Professor For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 1. Introduction to the Study of Language. — Phonetics; the develop- ment of forms of speech ; dialects and the spread of languages ; the study and teaching of language. /; (3). Assistant Professor Bloomfield Prerequisite : The consent of the instructor. Dairy Husbandry 307 2. Comparative Philology of the Indo-European Languages. — Greek, Latin, and the Germanic languages, including English. 77; (2). Assistant Professor Bloomfield Prerequisite : The consent of the instructor. 3-4. Elementary Sanskrit. — Reading and grammar. /, 77; (3). Assistant Professor Bloomfield Prerequisite: The consent of the instructor. DAIRY HUSBANDRY Harry Alexis Harding, Ph.D., Professor, Dairy Bacteriology ♦Wilber John Fraser, M.S., Professor, Dairy Farming Martin John Prucha, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Dairy Bacteriology Nelson William Hepburn, M.S., Assistant Professor, Dairy Manufactures LeRoy Lang, M.S., Associate, Dairy Manufactures William Truman Crandall, M.S., Associate, Milk Production Ray Stillman Hulce, M.S., Associate, Milk Production Harrison August Ruehe, B.S., Associate, Dairy Manufactures Edward Frederick Kohmann, Ph.D., Associate, Dairy Chemistry William Wodin Yapp, M.S., Instructor, Dairy Husbandry Paul William Allen, M.S., Assistant, Dairy Bacteriology William Barbour Nevens, B.S., Assistant, Dairy Husbandry Leighton J True, B.S., Assistant, Dairy Manufactures Harold Gosser, B.S., Assistant, Dairy Husbandry Courses for Undergraduates 1. Milk Testing. — The Babcock test; official testing; inspectors' meth- ods ; tests for purity and adulteration ; lactometer ; acid tests ; tests for preserva- tives; butter analysis; moisture, salt, and fat tests. Lectures; assigned readings; laboratory practise. (Alternates with Dairy Husbandry 16 in first semester if desired.) I; (3). Assistant Professor Hepburn, Dr. Kohmann 2. Dairy Cattle. — The relation of dairy type to milk and butter-fat production; origin and history of breeds; characteristics, type, and adaptability to markets and climatic conditions ; prominent families and individuals ; herd improvement ; selection of animals on performance, breeding, and physical con- formation ; grading up by use of superior sires. Lectures ; recitations ; judging. II; (4). Mr. Crandall Prerequisite : Dairy Husbandry 3, Animal Husbandry 5. 3. Elements of Dairy Husbandry. — The dairy herd; dairy sanitation; milk testing; milk; milk products. Lectures; demonstrations. (Required of all freshmen in the general curriculum in agriculture.) / or II; (1). Mr. Hulce and members of the department 4. Ice-Cream Making. — Freezers; methods of freezing; mixing and freezing ice cream, sherbets, and other frozen products ; plans for factories ; flavoring extracts, fillers, and binders; standards; condensed milk; its relation to the ice-cream industry; use of refrigerating machinery. (This course includes one inspection trip, costing from $10 to $15.) I or II; (3). Mr. Ruehe Prerequisite: Dairy Husbandry 1. ♦On leave of absence. 308 Dairy Husbandry 7. Creamery Butter-making and Factory Management. — Types of creameries; raw product received; grading; pasteurization; use of commercial starters; ripening; churning; salting; working. Butter composition; uniformity and methods of control ; scoring. Accounting and business methods ; cooperative and centralized management; sale of by-products; refrigerating; location and creamery plans; disposal of sewage. Lectures; assigned readings; laboratory practise. (This course includes one inspection trip, costing from $10 to $15.) //; (5). Assistant Professor Hepburn, Mr. Lang Prerequisite : Dairy Husbandry 1. 8. City Milk Supply. — Production, transportation, and delivery. //; (2). Professor Harding, Mr. Lang Prerequisite : Dairy Husbandry 1. 11. Dairy Bacteriology. — The bacteria of milk and its products; meth- ods of introduction, effect, and control. Lectures. /; (2). Professor Harding Prerequisite : Bacteriology 5. 12a-12b. Dairy Bacteriology. — The bacteria of milk and its products. Laboratory. I, II; (4). Professor Harding, Mr. Allen Prerequisite : Bacteriology 5. 16. Dairy Cattle Feeding and Management. — Compounding rations for dairy cows ; station feeding tests ; effects of feeds on milk products ; calf rais- ing, feeding, and general care; barn and silo arrangement. Opportunity is given to study the feeding of the University dairy herds, and the types of silos in use. (Alternates with Section A, Dairy Husbandry 1, if desired.) /; (3). Mr. Hulce Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 6. 17. Advanced Study of Dairy Breeds. — The origin and history of dairy breeds ; characteristics and producing abilities ; prominent families and indi- viduals; pedigree work; performance records; advanced registry; problems of the breeder of pure-bred dairy cattle. Lectures ; assigned readings ; seminar work. (The student may specialize in the breed in which he is interested.) /; (2). Mr. Crandall Prerequisite: Dairy Husbandry 2 and 16, and the permission of the instructor. [21. Systems of Dairy Farming. — Relation of the cow and the herd to profits ; how to establish and perpetuate a dairy herd ; economy of crops and rations; systems of cropping; organization; location and arrangement of build- ings and lots ; accounts, records, and inventories ; markets ; care and disposal of milk. //; (5). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Fraser Prerequisite: Dairy Husbandry 2 and 16.] 22. Farm Dairying and Cheese Making. — Ripening and setting milk; the curd; pressing and curing cheese; soft cheese; practise in making the com- mon varieties. Butter making under farm conditions ; marketing ; handling of cream; the hand separator; various makes of machines; plans for farm dairy houses. /; (4). Assistant Professor Hepburn, Mr. Lang Prerequisite : Dairy Husbandry 1. Drawing, General Engineering 309 Courses for Graduates [101. Economic Milk Production. — Differences in the efficiency of dairy cows, their cause and effect, and their relation to successful dairy farming. Twice a week. I, II ; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Fraser] [102. Research. — The investigations in progress in the dairy herds of the State. I, II; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Fraser] [103. Research. — Dairy feeding problems. /, //; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Fraser] 104. Dairy Bacteriology. — Assigned topics. J, II; (2 units). Professor Harding, Assistant Professor Prucha DRAWING, GENERAL ENGINEERING Harry Willard Miller, M.E., Assistant Professor Robert Kent Steward, C.E., Associate Francis Marion Porter, M.S., Associate Harvey Herbert Jordan, B.S., Associate Rufus Crane, A.B., B.S., Instructor Clarence Allen Atwell, B.S., Instructor Merton Ford Banks, B.S., Assistant Robert Emmet Murphy, Assistant, half-time 1. Elements of Drafting. — Lettering; isometric oblique and perspective drawing, orthographic projection ; machine sketching ; working drawings. Let- tering: mechanical styles and the making of name plates and titles. Mechanical drawing : 12 plates from copy and 6 plates from models, with tracings of each. Dimensioned sketches from parts of standard machines ; complete working draw- ings. Tracings duplicated in blue-print form. Time sketches of equipment. Miller's Mechanical Drafting. I or II; (4). Assistant Professor Miller and department staff 2. Descriptive Geometry. — The point, line, and plane; the properties of surfaces; intersections and developments (for architects, perspective instead of intersections and developments). Practical problems; recitations. Three drawing room plates, 2 hours each, 5 problems a plate, and 2 home plates, 5 problems each a week. Miller's Descriptive Geometry. I or II; (4). Assistant Professor Miller and department staff Prerequisite: Solid geometry, college algebra, plane trigonometry. 21. Advanced Descriptive Geometry. — Review of course 2; the cylin- der, cone, convolute and warped surface; intersections of these surfaces in pairs, and by planes ; planes tangent ; developable and approximately developable sur- faces and doubly curved and complex surfaces of revolution ; practical applica- tions and methods. II; (2). Mr. Porter Prerequisite: General Engineering Drawing 1, 2. Summer Session Courses S 1. Elements of Drafting. — For description see General Engineering Drawing 1. (4). Mr. Crane S 2. Descriptive Geometry. — For description see General Engineering Drawing 2. (4). Mr. Crane 310 Economics ECONOMICS (See also Business Organization and Operation, and Transportation.) David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor Maurice Henry Robinson, Ph.D., Professor Ernest Ludlow Bogart, Ph.D., Professor Nathan Austin Weston, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Simon Litman, Dr. Jur. Pub. et Rer. Cam., Assistant Professor Ralph Emerson Heilman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Charles Manfred Thompson, Ph.D., Associate John Giffin Thompson, Ph.D., Instructor Charles Leslie Stewart, Ph.D., Instructor William Henry Dreesen, A.B., Assistant Edward Lawrence McKenna, A.M., Assistant George Burr McMillen, A.B., Assistant Major: For students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences twenty hours, made up of Economics 1 and any other courses for which it is a prerequisite. Minor: Twenty hours in any one or two of the following subjects: history, philosophy, political science, and sociology. Economics 7, 22, and 26 are open to freshmen without previous requirement. Economics 27 is also open to freshmen, but requires credit in course 26 or an approved high-school course in commercial geographj'. Note : Economics 1 and 3 are the fundamental courses in economics. They are prerequisites for most of the advanced courses and students expecting to do advanced work in economics should take them both in their sophomore year. Economics 2, although open to all students who have had 30 hours of uni- versity work, is primarily for students in the Colleges of Agriculture and Engi- neering and in curriculums in household science, chemistry, chemical engineering, and other sciences. It may not be used as a prerequisite for advanced courses in economics except as indicated. Courses for Undergraduates 1. Principles of Economics. — (See note preceding the description of courses in economics above.) I; (5). Assistant Professor Heilman, Dr. C. M. Thompson, Dr. J. G. Thompson, Dr. Stewart, and assistants Prerequisite : Thirty hours of university work. 2. Principles of Economics. — (See note preceding the description of courses in economics above.) 77; (3). Professor Robinson, Assistant Professor Heilman, Dr. C. M. Thompson, Dr. J. G. Thompson Prerequisite : Thirty hours of university work. 3. Money and Banking. — The history and theory of money, credit, and banking. (See note preceding the description of courses in economics.) II; (3). Assistant Professor Weston, Dr. Stewart, and assistants Prerequisite: Economics 1. 7. English Economic History. — The industrial development of Eng- land ; the manorial system ; the gilds ; the commercial policy and expansion of Economics 311 the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries ; the industrial and manufacturing growth of the nineteenth century. (Open to freshmen and sophomores only.) /; (3). Professor Bogart, Dr. C. M. Thompson 16c. Agricultural Economics. — The application of the principles of economics to the problems of agriculture. 77; (3). Dr. J. G. Thompson Prerequisite: Economics 1 or 2. 22. The Economic History of the United States. — The explorations and settlements that led to the colonization of this continent; the growth of industry, agriculture, commerce, transportation, and labor from the agricul- tural communities of the colonies to the industrial and commercial society of today. (Open to freshmen and sophomores only.) II; (3). Professor Bogart, Dr. C. M. Thompson, Dr. Stewart, and assistants 26. Economic Resources. — Environment influences affecting commer- cial and industrial development ; products and industries of different countries ; the extent and distribution of the resources and the industrial and commercial activities of the United States. (Open to freshmen and sophomores only.) /; (3). Assistant Professor Litman, Dr. Stewart, and assistants 27. Modern Industries. — The raw materials of commerce; their geo- graphical distribution and economic significance ; the leading industries which utilize these materials; sources of power; investment of capital; employment of men and of machinery ; the progressive stages of production ; the distribution of finished commodities. (Open to freshmen and sophomores only.) II; (3). Assistant Professor Litman and assistants Prerequisite : Economics 26, or an approved high school course in com- mercial geography. 32. Marketing Farm Produce. — Prices of farm products; seasonal as- pects ; middlemen ; speculation ; transportation ; terminal problems ; regulative and protective legislation ; crop statistics ; public markets ; direct sales ; con- trast between European and American marketing conditions. 77; (2). Dr. Stewart Prerequisite : Economics 1 or 2. 33. Economics of Insurance. — The historical development and eco- nomic aspects of insurance. I; (2). Professor Robinson Prerequisite: Economics 1 and 3. 34. Property Insurance. — Technical characterisitcs and economic effects of fire, marine, title, and credit insurance and corporative suretyship. 77; (2). Professor Robinson Prerequisite : Economics 1 and 3. Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates 4. Financial History of the United States. — Federal finances to the end of the Civil War ; monetary, banking, and fiscal events since the War, and their influence on business. /; (3). Assistant Professor Weston Prerequisite : Economics 1 and 3 and senior standing. 5. Public Finance. — Public expenditures; financial administration; tax- ation; public debts. I; (3). Professor Bogart 312 Economics Prerequisite: Economics 1 and 3. Students who have had 6 hours in history and Political Science 1, and who present a statement from the depart- ment of political science showing that they are taking political science as a major, may be admitted without Economics 3. 8. The Money Market. — Money and credit; the functions of money broker and banker; the concentration of financial dealings at such centers as New York and London ; international payments and the determination of rates of foreign exchange ; the seasonal demands for money ; causes of fluctuation in rates of discount; monetary panics and crises; investments; the financial aspects of dealings on the stock and produce exchanges. 77; (2). Assistant Professor Weston Prerequisite: Economics 1 and 3, Business Organization and Operation 1, senior standing. For the present year former Economics 6 will be accepted instead of Business Organization and Operation 1. 9. Practical Banking. — Banking practise in the United States. I; (2). Assistant Professor Weston Prerequisite: Economics 1 and 3, Business Organization and Operation 1, senior standing. For the present year former Economics 6 will be accepted instead of Business Organization and Operation 1. 10. Corporation Management and Finance. — The growth, causes, and forms of corporations ; the promotion, financiering, incorporation, and capitali- zation of corporate consolidations ; their organization and securities ; relation of stockholders and directors ; analysis of reports ; stock speculation ; relations of industrial corporations to international competition; receiverships and re- organizations,- social and political effects. /; (3). Professor Robinson Prerequisite : Economics 1 and 3. 11. Industrial Consolidation. — Industrial consolidation; the growth of monopoly, monopoly prices and methods, the ability of trusts to effect prices, wages, interests, and profits; and the proposed plans for controlling trusts. //; (3). Professor Robinson Prerequisite : Economics 10. 12a-12b. Labor Problems. — The relations of employer and employed; the development of trade unionism ; policies of trade unions regarding wages, machinery, strikes, and collective bargaining; methods of industrial peace; un- employment and its remedies; labor legislation. I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Heilman Prerequisite: Open to graduates and seniors who have had economics 1 and 3. Students who have had 6 hours in history and Sociology 1 and who present a statement from the department of sociology showing that they are taking sociology- as a major, may be admitted without Economics 3. 13. Economic Development of Europe Since the Industrial Revolu- tion. — The economic history of France, Germany, and England since the industrial revolution. II; (3). Professor Bogart Prerequisite: Sixty hours of university work, including Economics 1 and 3. Students who present a statement from the department of history showing that they are taking history as a major, may be admitted without Economics 3. Economics 313 14. Agricultural Cooperation. — The organization, financing, and man- agement of cooperative associations for the promotion of farming. (Open to junior and senior students of agriculture only.) II; (2). Dr. Stewart Prerequisite : Economics 1 or 2. 15. Rural Credit. — The credit and banking needs of farmers and rural communities and means of supplying them. (Open to junior and senior stu- dents of agriculture only.) /; (2). Dr. Stewart Prerequisite: Economics 1 or 2. 17. Economic History of Agriculture. — Land tenure and landed prop- erty ; large, medium, and small farms or estates ; economic conditions and results of extensive and intensive culture; agricultural credit and markets and labor; state of agricultural class ; organization in agriculture, and its relation to other industries and to the state. II; (2). Dr. J. G. Thompson Prerequisite : Economics 1 or 2. 19. United States Industry, 1820-1860.— Growth, distribution, and character of the population, with reference to the public domain and the west- ward movement; development of inland communication and transportation; foreign commerce and the carrying trade; distribution, extent, and methods of agriculture; manufacturing, labor and labor saving machinery; currency and banking; the tariff. /; (2). Dr. C. M. Thompson Prerequisite: Open to graduates and seniors who have had Economics 1 and are taking a major in one of the social sciences. 20. United States Industry Since 1860. — Improved methods of agri- culture and the effect of exploiting new lands ; the factory system ; organized labor; evolution of "big business"; growth of urban centers; mining; economic effects of immigration ; monetary questions ; railroads and the regulation of in- terstate trade; foreign commerce; the tariff. //; (2). Dr. C. M. Thompson Prerequisite: Open to graduates and seniors who have had Economics 1 and are taking a major in one of the social sciences. 21. Socialism and Economic Reform. — Proposed reforms affecting the economic basis of society. The theories of socialism, communism, and syndi- calism ; recent modifications of the Marxian philosophy; the socialist movement in its political aspects; communistic experiments; social insurance. //; (2). Assistant Professor Heilman Prerequisite: Economics 1 and 3. Students who have had 6 hours in history and Sociology 1 and who present a statement from the department of sociology showing that they are taking sociology as a major may be admitted without Economics 3. 28. Mechanism and Technics of Domestic Commerce. — Internal trade; wholesale and retail trade organizations ; markets, fairs, auctions, stock and pro- duce exchanges ; department, mail-order, and cooperative stores ; commercial travelers ; commercial competition ; modern advertising ; mercantile credit. /; (3). Assistant Professor Litman Prerequisite : Economics 1 and 3. 29. Foreign Commerce and Commercial Politics. — Problems of inter- national trade; chances in theories and in policies; economic systems (mercan- 314 Economics tile, free trade, protective); classes of customs tariffs; commercial treaties; history of tariff legislation in the United States. II; (3). Assistant Professor Litman Prerequisite : Economics 28. [31. Organization of Foreign Commerce. — Exporting and importing; ocean transportation ; line and charter traffic ; institutions for furthering ex- port trade; the consular service; entry of goods; the work of the custom house. 77; (3). Not given, 1915-16. Assistant Professor Litman Prerequisite: Economics 28.] 51. Public Utilities. — Relations of the public to public service corpor- ations; methods of regulation; methods of control over accounting, capitaliza- tion, and service ; valuation and rate making ; comparisons of recent decisions of commissions; tendencies in regulation. I; (3). Assistant Professor Heilman Prerequisite : Open to graduates and seniors who have had Economics 10. Courses for Graduates Students entering upon graduate work in economics must have had a thoro course in the principles of the science and should also have studied some special part of the field, such as public finance or money and banking. [101. Economic Theory. — Twice a week. I, II; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Kikley] 102. Theory of Money, Credit, and Prices. — Twice a week. I, II; (i unit). Professor Kinley 104. Foreign Commerce of the United States. — The foreign commerce of the United States as shown in government publications. Twice a week. II ; (i unit). Assistant Professor Litman 105. Public Finance. — The history and theory of public revenue and expenditure. Twice a week. I, II; (i unit). Professor Bogart 107. The Corporation in Economic Evolution. — Twice a week. I, II; (i unit). Professor Robinson [109. Theory of Industrial Consolidations. — The nature of industrial consolidations ; the conditions and causes responsible for their development and their effects upon the production and distribution of wealth. Twice a week. I, II ; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Robinson] 118. Seminar. — I, II. Professor Kinley 120. History of Economic Thought. — Twice a week. I, II; (i unit). Dr. J. G. Thompson [122. Advanced Economic History of the United States.— Twice a iceek. I, II ; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Bogart] Summer Session Courses S 2. Principles of Economics. — (2). Dr. C. M. Thompson *S 5. Public Finance. — (1) (% unit). Professor Bogart Prerequisite : At least 8 hours of economics, (including Economics 2) or 5 hours of economics and 6 of history and political science. S 26. Economic Resources of the United States. — (2). Mr. Scovill Education 315 S 37. Salesmanship and Advertising. — (2). Mr. McJohnston Prerequisite: Economics 1 and 6, or the equivalent *S 122. Economic History of the United States. — ( l / 2 unit). Professor Bogart EDUCATION William Chandler Bagley, Ph.D., Professor Charles Hughes Johnston, Ph.D., Professor Horace Adelbert Hollister, A.M., Professor Guy Montrose Whipple, Ph.D., Professor Joseph Clifton Brown, A.M., Principal of the Training School Wilford Stanton Miller, A.M., Assistant and Secretary Margaret Vara Cobb, A.M., Assistant Harriet Josephine Berninger, A.B., Assistant Lotus Delta Coffman, Ph.D., Professor in the Summer Session Harold Ordway Rugg, Ph.D., Instructor in the Summer Session The courses of the department fall into two general divisions : courses primarily for professional training and courses more specifically designed for general culture. The first division includes courses 1, 4, 9, 10, 11, 15, 18, and 20; the second division, courses 2, 5, 12, 13, and 16. Major: 20 hours made up from any of the courses offered by the de- partment. Minor: 20 hours made up from either (a) courses in any one or two university subjects represented in the high school program ; or (b) courses in any one or two of the following departments : psychology, sociology, philosophy, and political science; or (c) from one subject in (a) and one in (b). Introductory Courses 1. Introduction to Education. — (a) The American public-school sys- tem; (b) the principles and aim of education; biological basis, heredity, and en- vironment; instinct, habit, and habit-formation; memory, and the higher mental processes. (This course is required of all students who are given the official indorsement of the Appointments Committee for teaching positions in secondary schools.) I or II; (4). Professor Bagley, Mr. Miller Prerequisite : Junior standing. 2. History of Education. — Evolution of educational theory, institu- tions, and practise as related to the contemporary developments of the Greek, Roman, medieval, and modern civilizations. II; (5). Professor Johnston Intermediate Courses 10. The Technics of Teaching. — Types of classroom exercises and preparation of teaching plans ; the hygiene of instruction ; classroom manage- ment; professional ethics. Observation of teaching in neighboring high schools. (This course is required of all students who are given the official recommenda- tion of the Appointments Committee for teaching positions in secondary schools.) / or 77. (3). Professor Bagley, Mr. Brown Prerequisite: Education 1. 16. Social Education. — The school as a social factor in its relation to 316 Education the home, the church, and the state ; the relation of education to child labor, vocation, and crime ; the school as a community center ; the social composition of student — and teaching — populations; educational extension. I; (3). Mr. Brown Prerequisite: Two years of university work. 25. Educational Psychology. — Instinct; habit and acquisition of skill; perception and memory ; conception, judgment, and reasoning. Lectures ; dem- onstrations. I ; (3). Professor Whipple Prerequisite: Psychology 1 or Education 1. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 4. Problems of Educational Administration. — The interpretation of present tendencies as exemplified in the school systems of typical cities and states, and in recent educational experiments in administration, discipline, and methods of teaching. I; (3). Mr. Brown Prerequisite : Education 1, 2. 5. Comparative Education. — Organization, administration, and basic national ideals of the school systems of the United States, Germany, England, and France, with reference to secondary education and to the training of teachers. I; (3). Professor Johnston Prerequisite : Education 1. 6. Principles of High-school Education. — The evolution of high schools and of the fundamental conceptions of secondary education ; proposed reorganization ; relation of high schools to the state systems ; legal status ; articu- lation with the elementary school, the college, the technical school, the com- munity, and the home ; the teaching staff ; reconstruction of curriculums ; "con- trols" of instruction; direction of "student activities." (This course is planned for those who expect to teach in secondary schools.) /; (3). Professor Johnston Prerequisite: Education 1. 27. High-school Curriculums. — Important historic curriculums for sec- ondary education ; modern curriculum-making ; professional supervision ; text- books, apparatus, and teaching devices; the psychology of high-school subjects; the constructing of curriculums for typical communities. //; (3). Professor Johnston Prerequisite: Education 1 or 6 (preferably both). 13-14. Educational Classics. — Educational writings of Plato, Aristotle, Quintilian, Montaigne, Vittorino, Da Feltre, Milton, Locke, Comenius, Rous- seau, Pestalozzi, Froebel, and Herbert Spencer. (Required for advanced de- grees in education. In 1915-16 the modern period will constitute course 13 ; the ancient period course 14.) I, 77; (3). Professor Whipple, Mr. Brown Prerequisite : Education 1, 2. IS. School Hygiene. — Hygienic aspects of school architecture and equipment; heating, ventilation, and lighting of school buildings; hygiene of posture, exercise, and fatigue, and of reading and writing; program of studies and daily time table ; mental health of teachers and pupils ; contagious diseases Education 317 and the relation of school authorities to health authorities. (Graduate credit subject to approval of Executive Faculty.) //; (2). Professor Whipple Prerequisite: Education 1 or normal-school graduation, or two years of teaching experience, with at least junior standing. 18. Method in Educational Research. — Statistical and other methods. (This course is ordinarily required of all candidates for advanced degrees.) /; (2). Mr. Brown Prerequisite: Education 1. 20a. Theory of Supervision. — The training of teachers in service; measuring educational products ; qualities of merit and causes of failure in teachers; selection of teachers; organization of teachers' meetings and other agencies for improving the service. II; (3). Professor Bagley Prerequisite: Education 1. [20b. Theory and Practise of Supervision. — Identical with 20a except for the addition of a period each week devoted to the observation and criticism of teaching in elementary and high schools. II; (3). Not given, 1915-16. Prerequisite: Education 1.] 41. Vocational Education. — Social significance; institutions and meth- ods in elementary and secondary schools ; federal, state, and municipal pro- visions ; recent legislation ; present tendencies. I; (3). Professor Johnston Prerequisite: Education 1 or an equivalent satisfactory to the instructor. 42. Auxiliary Education. — Institutions and methods for training de- fectives and delinquents : Binet-Simon tests and other methods of mental diag- nosis ; morons and moral delinquents; sensory defectives (blind and deaf) ; pub- lic institutions of auxiliary education and their administration. II; (2). Professor Whipple 43. Mental Tests. — Tests of sensory capacities; attention; memory; learning ; suggestibility ; inventiveness ; diagnosis of mental age ; general intel- lectual status; mental retardation. Laboratory. II; (2). Professor Whipple Prerequisite : Education 25 or the equivalent, and the consent of the in- structor. 45. Problems in Educational Psychology. — 77; (2). Professor Whipple Courses for Graduates 101. Seminar in Educational Theory. — Topic, 1915: The higher mental processes in relation to a philosophy of education. I; (i unit). Professor Bagley, Professor Bode [104. Seminar in Administration and Supervision. — Once a week. II; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16.] [105. Seminar in History of Education. — Not given, 1915-16.] 106. Seminar in Secondary Education. — Organization, administration, and special methods of secondary education. Reports and discussions of tech- nical investigations in the fields of high school administration and peda- gogy. II; (i unit). Professor Johnston [108. The History of Vocational and Industrial Education. — //; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16]. [111. Practise Teaching.— Not given, 1915-16.] 318 Education 112. Principles of Education. — (For graduate students who are not majoring in education and who have not taken undergraduate courses in educa- tion.) Survey of the American public-school system; leading principles and doctrines of educational science ; technics of teaching and problems of class management. Twice a week. II; (Yt. unit). Professor Bagley [119. The Elementary Curriculum. — The functions and values of ele- mentary-school studies; time allotments; construction of curriculums. Twice a week. II; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16.] 125. Seminar in Educational Psychology. — Once a week. I; (i unit). Professor Whipple Departmental Conference. — All graduate students majoring in educa- tion are expected to meet with the department staff every alternate Monday from 7 to 9 p. m. /, 77; (no credit). Summer Session Courses — Education and Psychology Courses for Undergraduates S la. Principles of Education. — The function of education; formal and informal education ; the relation of physical and mental development to the art of teaching. (3). Mr. Miller Prerequisite : Junior standing, (but, in the discretion of the instructor, open to teachers who cannot meet this requirement). S lb. The Educational System. — The school system of the United States ; its present organization, its origin, its distinctive characteristics as compared with other systems; its present problems. Lectures; readings. (1). Professor Bagley Prerequisite: Junior standing (but, in the discretion of the instructor, open to teachers who cannot meet the requirement). S 2. History of Education. — For description see Education 2. (2 l A). Mr. Rugg. Prerequisite : Junior standing (but, in the discretion of the instructor, open to teachers who cannot meet this requirement). S 10a. The Technics of Teaching.— Education S 10a and S 10b are equivalent to Education 10, which is one of the courses required by Senate rul- ing for the official recommendation of the Appointments Committee. For de- scription see Education 10. (2). Professor Hollister Prerequisite : Education 1, or its equivalent. S 10b. Class Management. — Education 10a and S 10b are equivalent to Education 10 which is one of the courses required by Senate ruling for the official recommendation of the Appointments Committee. For description see Education 10. (1). Professor Bagley Prerequisite: Education 1, or its equivalent. S 25. Educational Psychology. — For description see Education 25. (2). Professor Whipple Prerequisite: Junior standing, (but, in the discretion of the instructor, open to teachers who cannot meet this requirement). Education 319 Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates *S 4. School Organization and Administration. — The establishment of schools and provisions for their administration; units of control; maintenance; training and selection of teachers. (2). Professor Hollister Prerequisite : Education 1 or equivalent (but, in the discretion of the in- structor, open to teachers who cannot meet this requirement). *S 6. The Principles of High-School Education. — For description see Education 6. (2). Professor Johnston Prerequisite: Education 1, or equivalent. (High-school teachers and prin- cipals may, in the discretion of the instructor, be admitted to the course without the prerequisite.) *S 18. Method in Educational Research. — For description see Educa- tion 18. (V/ 2 ). Mr. Rugg Prerequisite: Education 1. *S 20. Supervision. — The limitations, types, functions, standards, and devices of supervisors; the subject limits and time limits of the course of study, and its adaptation to types of mind ; the rating of teachers ; improve- ment of teachers in service ; the technics of criticism. Lectures ; readings ; in- vestigation of special problems. (For principals, superintendents, and super- visors.) (2). Professor Coffman Prerequisite : Education 1, or equivalent. (Superintendents, principals, and supervisors may, in the discretion of the instructor, be admitted to the course without the prerequisite.) *S 21. Units, Scales, and Standards. — Units, scales, and standards for measuring educational achievement or determining progress in arithmetic, spelling, handwriting, reading, composition, drawing, history, and geography. Lectures ; readings ; investigation of a special problem. For school superin- tendants. (2). Professor Coffman Prerequisite: Education 1 or equivalent. (Superintendents, principals, and supervisors may, in the discretion of the instructor, be admitted to the course without the prerequisite.) *S 41. Vocational Education. — For description see Education 41. (2). Professor Johnston Prerequisite : Education 1 or equivalent. (Superintendents, principals, and supervisors may, in the discretion of the instructor, be admitted to the course without the prerequisite.) *S 43. Mental Tests. — For description see Education 43. (1). Associate Professor Whipple Prerequisite: Education 25 or its equivalent, and the consent of the instructor. *S 44. History of Industrial and Vocational Education. — Relation to general school education ; earlier historic movements and the contribution of the educational classics ; industrial training in America ; agricultural and indus- trial high schools ; secondary and higher technical schools ; continuation schools. {\y 2 ). Mr. Rugg Prerequisite : Education 2 or its equivalent. 320 Electrical Engineering Courses for Graduates *S 106. High School Government. — Legal provisions; theories of student control; supervision and inspection. (y 2 unit). Professor Hollister Prerequisite: Graduate standing. *S 119. Seminar in Elementary Education: The Elementary Curricu- lum. — The administration of the elementary curriculum; its origin and development. (Y 2 unit). Professor Coffman Prerequisite : Graduate standing. *S 125. Seminar in Educational Psychology. — (Y 2 unit). Associate Professor Whipple Prerequisite : Graduate standing. *S 127. High School Curriculums. — Curriculum organization and special methods in the high school ; comparisons with foreign secondary school systems. (y 2 unit). Professor Johnston Prerequisite: Graduate standing. *S 129. The Theory of Educational Values. — Educational values; com- mon elements in the elementary and secondary programs. Lectures; readings; discussions. ( l / 2 unit). Professor Bagley Prerequisite : Graduate standing. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Ellery Burton Paine, M.S., E.E., Professor; Acting Head of the Department Morgan Brooks, Ph.B., M.E., Professor Edward Hardenbergh Waldo, A.B., M.S., M.E., Assistant Professor Philip Sheridan Biegler, B.S., E.E., Assistant Professor Trygve D Yensen, M.S., E.E., Research Assistant Professor Leonard Vaughan James, M.S., E.E., Associate Ira William Fisk, M.S., E.E., Associate Abner Richard Knight, M.E., Associate Charles Ruby Moore, B.S., Associate John William Davis, B.S., Instructor 4. Elementary Electrical Engineering. — Electrical machinery; selec- tion, installation, and operation; distribution of power; motor applications. //; (2). Professor Brooks Prerequisite: Physics la-lb, 3a-3b; junior standing. 8. Electric Currents and Apparatus. — Direct and alternating current circuits and machines; storage batteries. (For chemical engineers.) 77; (3). Professor Brooks, Mr. Davis Prerequisite: Physics la-lb, 3a-3b; registration or credit in Mathematics 7; registration in Electrical Engineering 68. 11. Direct Current Apparatus. — Generators, motors, distribution cir- cuits; storage batteries. (For mechanical engineers.) /; (3). Professor Brooks Prerequisite: Physics la-lb, 3a-3b, Mathematics 8 or 9. Electrical Engineering 321 12. Alternating Current Apparatus. — Generators and motors, trans- formers, distribution systems. (For mechanical engineers.) //; (3). Professor Brooks Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 11, 61. 25. Direct Current Apparatus. — Electric and magnetic circuits; direct current generators and motors. I; (4). Mr. James, Mr. Fisk, Mr. Knight Prerequisite: Physics la-lb, 3a-3b; Mathematics 9. 26. Alternating Currents. — Mathematical and graphical treatment of periodic currents; phenomena in transmission lines and transformers. II; (4). Mr. James, Mr. Fisk, Mr. Knight Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 25. 35. Alternating Current Apparatus.— Transformers and generators. I; (4). Professor Paine, Mr. James, Mr. Fisk Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 26, 76. 36. Alternating Current Apparatus. — Synchronous, induction, and com- mutator motors; rotary converters; distributed inductance and capacity; tran- sient phenomena. 77; (4). Professor Paine, Mr. James, Mr. Fisk Prerequisite : Electrical Engineering 35, 85. 55. Electrical Design. — Electromagnets and dynamos, direct and alter- nating; transformers. Gray's Electrical Machine Design. I; (2). Assistant Professor Waldo, Mr. Knight Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 26; registration in Electrical Engi- neering 35. 56. Electrical Design. — Induction motors and converters; power plant design. Gebhardt's Steam Power Plant Engineering. II; (4). Assistant Professor Waldo, Mr. Knight Prerequisite : Electrical Engineering 35, Mechanical Engineering 2. 61. Direct Current Laboratory. — Circuits and machines. (For me- chanical engineers.) I; (1). Assistant Professor Biegler, Mr. Moore, Mr. Davis Prerequisite : Registration in Electrical Engineering 11. 62. Alternating Current Laboratory. — Alternating current circuits and machines. (For mechanical engineers.) II; (1). Assistant Professor Biegler, Mr. Moore, Mr. Davis Prerequisite : Registration in Electrical Engineering 12. 64. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — Testing of dynamos and motors. II; (1). Assistant Professor Biegler Prerequisite : Registration in Electrical Engineering 4. 68. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — Direct and alternating current circuits and machines. II; (1.) Mr. Davi* Prerequisite: Registration in Electrical Engineering 8. 322 Electrical Engineering 71-72. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — The construction of special apparatus or some other work approved by the department. (Elective for juniors and seniors.) /, 77; *(1 to 3). Mr. Moore 75. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — Direct current laboratory ac- companying Electrical Engineering 25. /; (2). Assistant Professor Biegler, Mr. Davis Prerequisite: Registration in Electrical Engineering 25. 76. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — Determination of the flux and E.M.F. waves of alternators. Alternating current circuits, instruments. II; (2.) Assistant Professor Biegler, Mr. Davis Prerequisite : Electrical Engineering 25, 75; registration in Electrical Engi- neering 26. 85. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — Advanced alternating current testing. I; (2). Assistant Professor Biegler, Mr. Moore, Mr. Davis Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 76; registration in Electrical Engi- neering 35. 86. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — Advanced alternating current testing. II; (2). Assistant Professor Biegler, Mr. Moore, Mr. Davis Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 85; registration in Electrical Engi- neering 36. 90. Lighting. — Electric lamps and other illuminants, and their effective use; interior wiring; methods of distribution. (For architects.) II (half sem- ester only); (1). Professor Brooks Prerequisite: Junior standing. 92. Lighting and Wiring. — First half of semester same as Electrical Engineering 90. Further study of distribution, fusing, underwriters' rules; motors. (For architectural engineers.) II; (2). Professor Brooks Prerequisite: Junior standing. 95-96. Seminar. — Electrical railroading; illumination; telegraphy; tele- phony; storage batteries; electric metallurgy. /, II; (1). Professor Paine Prerequisite : Junior standing. 98. Thesis. — First semester, preliminary reading and investigation; second semester, completion. //; (3). Department staff Courses for Graduates Entrance upon graduate work in electrical engineering presupposes the full undergraduate curriculum in that subject. 101. Advanced Alternating Currents. — The theory of transient phe- nomena; polyphase circuits; measuring apparatus. Twice a week; I, II; (iy 2 units). Professor Paine 103. Electrical Design. — Plans for an electrical machine or apparatus of specified character; or for the arrangement of an electrical plant; or for the installation of such machinery or apparatus. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Waldo •In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study-list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which he intends to take the course; e. g., not s-5, but i, or „?, or 4, or 5. The English Language and Literature 323 104. Telegraphy and Telephony. — Once a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Brooks 105. Electrical Engineering Research. — Investigation of electrical phe- nomena, or tests of some electrical machine, or of a plant of such machines. Twice a week; I, II; (i to 3 units). Professor Paine 106. Illumination. — Once a week; I, II; (1 unit). Professor Brooks ENGINEERING (See Architecture, Ceramic Engineering, Civil Engineering, Drawing, Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Mechanics, Mining Engi- neering, Municipal and Sanitary Engineering, Physics, Railway Civil Engineering, Railway Electrical Engineering, and Railway Mechanical Engineering.) THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (Including Rhetoric and Public Speaking) Stuart Pratt Sherman, Ph.D., Professor, Chairman Daniel Kilham Dodge, Ph.D., Professor Thomas Arkle Clark, B.L., Professor Edward Fulton, Ph.D., Associate Professor Edward Chauncey Baldwin, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Harry Gilbert Paul, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Franklin William Scott, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Secretary Harrie Stuart Vedder Jones, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Jacob Zeitlin, Ph.D., Associate Charles Henry Woolbert, A.M., Associate Herbert LeSourd Creek, Ph.D., Associate Clarence Valentine Boyer, Ph.D., Associate Gertrude Schoepperle, Ph.D., Associate Harry Franklin Harrington, A.M., Associate Martha Jackson Kyle, A.M., Associate Arthur Ray Warnock, A.B., Acting Instructor Clarissa Rinaker, Ph.D., Instructor Easley Stephen Jones, A.M., Instructor Mervin James Curl, AM., Instructor Harrison McJohnston, A.M., Instructor Harold M Hillebrand, Ph.D., Instructor Earle Stanley Alden, A.M., Instructor Robert Calvin Whitford, A.M., Instructor Lynn Harold Harris, Ph.D., Instructor Ralph Earle Tieje, A.M., Instructor Carl Sawyer Downes, Ph.D., Instructor William Eben Schultz, Ph.D., Instructor Allene Gregory, Ph.D., Instructor Sigurd Osborn Hustvedt, Ph.D., Instructor Roger Sherman Loomis, B.Litt., A.M., Tutor Sadie Annis Harbarger, AM., Assistant Ruth Kelso, A.M., Assistant Lew R Sarett, A.B., Assistant Emerson Grant Sutcliffe, A.B., Assistant 324 The English Language and Literature Thomas Blaine Stanley, A.B., Assistant Raymond Ephraim Dixon, A.M., Assistant James Manley Phelps, A.B., Assistant Robert Bruce Wetrick, A.M., Assistant Clyde Byron Beck, A.B., Assistant Carryl Nelson Thurber, A.B., Assistant Myrtle Amy Cruzan, A.B., Assistant Beatrice Virginia Copley, A.B., Assistant Major: 20 hours in English excluding Rhetoric 1, 2, and English 10, and including at least 10 hours in English literature, at least 3 hours in composition, and at least 1 one-year course, or its equivalent, from the advanced group of courses. Minor: 20 hours in either (a) one foreign language; or (b) in any two foreign languages; or (c) in one foreign language and philosophy; or (d) in one foreign language and history. A. LITERATURE AND LANGUAGE Elementary Courses 1-2. Survey of English Literature. — (Credit is not given for either semester separately, nor for the course in addition to course 10 or course 20.) /. //; (4). Professor Sherman, Assistant Professor Baldwin, Dr. Creek, Dr. Schoepperle, Dr. Rinaker, Dr. Hillebrand Prerequisite: One year of college work. 10-11. Introduction to Literature. — First semester: The forms of poetry. Second semester : The forms of prose literature. (This course is intended only for those who expect to include a considerable amount of literature, in English or in some other language, in their curriculum. Credit is not given for the course in addition to course 1 or course 20. One semester's work is credited toward a major in English. Credit is not given for the first semester separately.) I, 77; (3). Professor Dodge, Assistant Professor Paul, Dr. Zeitlin Prerequisite : The minimum entrance requirements in English. 12-13. American Literature. — (Credit is not given for either semester separately.) I, II; (2). Assistant Professor Paul Prerequisite : English 1-2 or 10-11. 17. The English Language. — History, characteristics, and usage of modern English. I; (3). Associate Professor Furrow Prerequisite : Rhetoric 1-2. 20. Chief English Writers. — (Offered only for those whose program admits of but one semester's work in English, and who therefore may not register for English 1. It is not accepted, like course 1, as a prerequisite for more advanced courses. Credit is not given for the course in addition to course 1 or course 10.) I or II; (4). Dr. Boyer, Mr. Jones, Mr. Loomis, Mr. Whitford, Dr. Downes Prerequisite : One year of college work. The English Language and Literature 325 23. Introduction to Shakespeare. — / or II; (3). Professor Sherman, Dr. Hillebrand Prerequisite : English 1-2 or 10-11. Intermediate Courses Prerequisite: Eleven hours of English literature, or eight hours of English literature and eight hours of a foreign language. 21-22. Literary Study of the Bible. — Hebrew literature as an expression of the life of the race that produced it; the ethical and artistic debt of modern life to ancient Hebrew thought. (Either semester may be taken separately.) I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Baldwin 24. English Literature of the Victorian Period. — //; (3). Miss Kyle 29. English Literature From 1557 to 1688, Exclusive of the Drama. — I; (3). Assistant Professor Baldwin 31. English Literature From 1688 to 1789.—//; (3). Assistant Professor Paul 32. The Critical Essayists of the 19th Century.—//; (3). Associate Professor Fulton 33. English Literature From 1789 to 1837.—/; (3). Dr. Zeitlin Advanced Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates Prerequisite: Sixteen hours of English literature. These courses, however, are open to any junior or senior with the approval of the instructor concerned. 3. The Poetry of Milton. — Origins, forms, artistic and ethical values; Milton's place in English literary history. //; (3). Assistant Professor Baldwin 4. History and Principles of English Versification. — /; (2). Dr. Creek 5. Shakespeare. — Intensive study of a few plays, with special emphasis on Hamlet. II; (3). Professor Dodge 25-26. Chaucer and His Contemporaries. — (The first semester, dealing with Chaucer exclusively, may be taken for separate credit.) /, //; (3). Assistant Professor Jones 8-9. Old English (Anglo-Saxon). — Grammar; short poems; Beowulf. (The first semester may be taken separately.) /, //; (3). Professor Dodge 27-28. Studies in the History of Journalism. — First semester: English literary periodicals and the periodical essay in the eighteenth century. Second semester: The magazine in America. Assistant Professor Scott 41-42. Teachers' Course. — Methods of teaching English literature and composition in the high school. (This course is not credited toward advanced degrees, or toward a major in English. Either semester may be taken sepa- rately.) I, II; (2). Assistant Professor Paul 18. Modern English Grammar. — Sentence structure and analysis; grammatical categories; peculiarities of English syntax. //; (3). Dr. Zeitlin ish Language and Literature 35-35. The English Drama (Exclusive of Shakespeare). — First semes- ter : From the beginning to 1600. Second semester : From 1600 to 1700. diet semester may be taken for separate credit.) I, II; (3). Professor Dodge, Professor Sherman 38. The Arthurian Tradition in England. — The historical Arthur; Celtic tales; Old French romances (in translation); the tradition in England from the early romances to Arnold, with special attention to Malory and Tennyson. II; (3). Dr. Schoepperle [39. Introduction to the Literature of the Middle Ages. — European :>:urth century; the relation of English and continental litera- :rteenth century. /; (3). Xot given. 1915-16. Dr. Creik] 50. Celtic Literature in English Translation. — Irish, Scotch, Gaelic, and Welsh literatures, with special attention to the Cuchulainn and Ossianic cycles of romances and the Mabinogion. Celtic influence in English literature. /; (2). Dr. Schoepperle 45. The Development of the Modern Drama. — Dramatic tendencies in the nineteenth century, both in England and on the Continent ; representative readings; lectures. /; (2). Dr. Hillebrand Courses for Graduates 101. Research in Special Periods. — Competent graduate students are encouraged to seek the advice and assistance of the department of English and to submit to the department plans for study in the language or literature of the periods mentioned below. A. Anglo-Saxon language and literature Professor Dodge, Dr. Zeitlin B. Thirteenth and Fourteenth Centuries. Assistant Professor Jones C. Sixteenth Century Professor Dodge D. Seventeenth Century Assistant Professor Baldwin E. Eighteenth Century Professor Sherman, Assistant Professor Paul F. Nineteenth Century Professor Sherman, Associate Professor Fulton 106. English Literary Criticism From Dryden to Coleridge. — Twice a fk. I. II: i'i unit). Associate Professor Fulton [103. The English Epic— The 16th, 17th. and 18th Centuries, from the point of view of classical theory. /, II; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Associate Professor Fulton] 110. Old English (Anglo-Saxon) Poetry.— Twice a week. I, II; (i Professor Dodge [113. Historical Prose Syntax. — The forces, native and foreign, in the development of English prose sentence structure. I, II; (i unit). Xot given, 1915-16. Dr. Zeitlin] 114. The Development of the Essay. — Types of the English essay; Continental influences and classical origins. /, //; (2). Dr. Zeitlin [125. English Ballads and Metrical Romances. — I, II; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Assistant Professor Jones] 123. Spenser and the Beginnings of the English Renaissance. — The persistence of certain medieval traditions reinforced by the revival of classical learning; Catholicism and Calvinism trees of literary inspiration. Twice a week. I, II; (l unit). Assistant Professor Tones The English Language and Literature 327 [135. Problems in American Literature. — /, //; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Assistant Professor Paul] 136. The Transition From the Seventeenth to the Eighteenth Century: The Rise of Classicism. — Twice a week. I, II; (i unit). 1915-16. Assistant Professor Paul [137. Nineteenth Century Prose Writers. — The relation of literature to social forces ; the works of Mill, Carlyle, Newman, Ruskin, Arnold, and Pater. Twice a week. I, II; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Sherman] 138. The Romantic Movement in England. — /, //; (i unit). Professor Sherman B. RHETORIC Elementary Courses •1-2. Rhetoric and Themes. — Required for students in the Colleges of Liberal Arts and Sciences, Commerce, Engineering, and Agriculture. /, II; (3). Assistant Professor Scott in charge ; Associate Professor Fulton, Assistant Professor Jones, Dr. Creek, Dr. Boyer, Dr. Schoepperle, Mr. Harrington, Dr. Rinaker, Mr. Jones, Mr. Curl, Dr. Hillebrand, Mr. Alden, Mr. Whitford, Dr. Harris, Mr. Tieje, Dr. Downes, Dr. Schultz, Dr. Gregory, Dr. Hustvedt, Mr. Loomis, Miss Harbarger, Miss Kelso, Mr. Sutcliffe, Mr. Stanley, Mr. Dixon. Mr. Weirick, Mr. Thurber, Miss Cruzan, Miss Copley Prerequisite : The minimum entrance requirements in English. Note : For the benefit of those whose course is irregular, a limited number of sections in each semester take up the work of the other semester. The course is not counted toward a major in English. Students who show in the first two weeks that they are not prepared to do composition work of collegiate grade will be assigned to a special course parallel to Rhetoric 1, but involving additional work. Intermediate Courses 3. English Composition. — Short themes, with an occasional long theme. I or II; (3). Mr. Curl, Mr. Jones, Mr. Alden Prerequisite: Rhetoric 1-2. 6-7. Narrative Composition. — Short story writing. (Intended for those who have some aptitude for literary work). /, 77; (3). Mr. Curl Prerequisite : Two years of college work and the consent of the instructor. 10. Business Writing. — Correspondence; sales letters; business reports and summaries. Lectures; discussions. (Not counted toward a major in English). I or 77; (2). Mr. McJohnston. Mr. Warnock, Mr. Stanley, Mr. Thurber Prerequisite: Rhetoric 1-2. 12. The Collecting and Writing of News. — Gathering news; writing the news-story; types of newspaper narratives; news values. /; (3). Mr. Harrington Prerequisite: Rhetoric 1-2. •Students who show by examination a proficiency in composition sufficient to qualify them for Rhetoric 2 may be excused from the first semester's work. The examination for those desirous cf meeting this qualification will be sriven at ." p. m., September IS, in room 223 N. H. 328 The English Language and Literature 13. The Newspaper. — (A continuation of Rhetoric 12.) Interviewing and newspaper correspondence; organization and mechanical details of the newspaper. Practise in writing for newspapers. Six laboratory periods and three lectures a week. II; (3). Mr. Harrington Prerequisite: Rhetoric 1-2, 12. 21. Sales Correspondence. — Successful sales letter writing; planning the campaign; the follow-up letter; analysis of markets. I; (2). Mr. McJohnston Prerequisite: Rhetoric 10. Open to students in business administration only. 22. Summarizing and Briefing. — Summarizing, briefing, and making reports ; abstracts of correspondence on file ; summarizing of commercial and economic data for the solution of business problems. (For students in the College of Commerce and Business Administration). I; (2). Mr. McJohnston Prerequisite: Rhetoric 10. 25-26. Senior Conferences (Courses in Commerce and Business Admin- istration). — Each senior is required to present all papers written during the year for review and criticism. Rewriting may be required if they are open to serious criticism. (Required of all seniors in the College of Commerce and Business Administration). I, II; (1). Mr. McJohnston 19. Agricultural News Writing. — Class exercises; lectures; gathering and preparing material for agricultural papers. 77; (3). Assistant Professor Scott Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing in the College of Agriculture; Rhetoric 1-2. Advanced Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates 15-16. Editorials and Special Articles. — Sources and treatment of ma- terial for editorials and articles; the interpretation of news; journalistic back- grounds ; the relation of current events to the social sciences. Assigned read- ings; preparation of editorials, articles, and reviews. I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Scott 17. Advanced Composition. — Structure; criticism of current periodical literature; the developing of material for reports, magazine articles, etc. (Open to a limited number of students, and only on recommendation). II; (3). Mr. Alden Prerequisite: Two years of college work. 26-27. Editorial Practise. — Reading "copy"; writing headlines; making up ; editorial supervision ; proof reading ; type selection. Five hours' desk work and one lecture a week. I, II; (3). Mr. Harrington Prerequisite: Rhetoric 12, 13, or the consent of the instructor. [28. Newspaper Problems and Policies. — The relation of the news- paper to the public. I; (2). Not given, 1915-16. Mr. Harrington Prerequisite : Rhetoric 26-27.] 29. Making a Country Newspaper. — (Discussions intended primarily for seniors who expect to enter the country field.) Small town conditions; The English Language and Literature 329 problems affecting rural newsgathering ; country correspondence; circulation; advertising; business efficiency; print-shop equipment. Special investigations. //; (2). Mr. Harrington Prerequisite : Junior or senior standing. C. PUBLIC SPEAKING 1. Oral Expression. — Theory and practise of elocution and expression, both for public and private address. (No credit is given for this course alone; it must be followed by Public Speaking 2.) I; (2). Mr. Woolbert, Mr. Sarett, Mr. Phelps Prerequisite: Rhetoric 1-2. 2. Extemporaneous Speaking. — Discussion of topics of current inter- est, assigned and chosen; adaption of speaking manner to subject matter, length, and attendant circumstances of the address ; cultivation of facility in thinking on the platform. II; (2). Mr. Woolbert, Mr. Sarett, Mr. Phelps Prerequisite: Public Speaking 1. 3. Argumentation. — Argumentative discourse; meeting the contentions of an opponent; briefing, speech-writing, criticism of the literature of debate. Text and exercises. I ; (3). Mr. Sarett Prerequisite : Public Speaking 1 and 2. 4. Debate. — The spoken debate; team and individual competition; de- bates on current issues. 77; (3). Mr. Sarett Prerequisite : Public Speaking 3. 5. Persuasion. — The winning of individuals and audiences by means of written and spoken appeal; platform manner and methods. I; (2). Mr. Woolbert Prerequisite: Public Speaking 1 and 2. 6. The Forms of Public Address.— Types and modes of speeches; speech style, criticism, and standards; practise in using various forms. II; (2). Mr. Woolbert Prerequisite: Public Speaking 1 and 2. 7. A Study of Orators and Oratory.— The lives, times, and works of distinguished speakers. Required readings and reports, chiefly oral in the form of speeches; discussions, topical speeches, and declamations. I; (2). Mr. Woolbert Prerequisite: Public Speaking 1 and 2. 10. Interpretation and Dramatization of Literature. — Oral interpreta- tion of standard literature; the interpretation and staging of plays. II; (2). Mr. Woolbert, Mr. Phelps Prerequisite : Public Speaking 1. Summer Session Courses A — Literature and Language S 2a. Survey of English Literature.— With S 2b this course covers the work of English 2. (2). Dr. Boyeb Prerequisite: One year of college work or the equivalent. 330 The English Language and Literature S 2b. Survey of English Literature. — With English S 2a, this course covers the work of English 2. (2). Assistant Professor Jones Prerequisite: One year of college work or the equivalent. S 23. Shakespeare. — Two Gentlemen of Verona, Midsummer Night's Dream, Richard III, Romeo and Juliet, Much Ado, Twelfth Night, Othello, Lear, Coriolanus, The Tempest. Text: Tudor Shakespeare. (2j4). Professor Sherman Prerequisite : One year of college English or an equivalent. S 31. English Literature from 1688 to 1789.— (2^). Dr. Boyer Prerequisite: Three semesters of college work, including English 1-2 or 10-11. *S 8. Old English (Anglo-Saxon.) — Grammar and reading (3). Professor Dodge Prerequisite: Two years of college English. S 25. Chaucer. — Selections from the Canterbury Tales. (3). Assistant Professor Jones Prerequisite: Two years of college work or the equivalent. *S 35. The Pre-Shakespearian Drama. — Medieval and sixteenth cen- tury drama; Udall, Sackville and Norton, Lyly, Greene, Peele, Kyd, and Marlowe. (2j4). Professor Dodge Prerequisite: Two years of college work. *S 101. Research in Special Periods. — Individual conferences arranged with graduate students engaged upon definite pieces of investigation. Professor Dodge, Professor Sherman, and Assistant Professor Jones *S 138. The Romantic Movement in England. — Lectures; reading; theses; conferences, (i unit). Professor Sherman Prerequisite: Graduate standing or the consent of the instructor. B — Rhetoric S 1. Rhetoric and Themes. — For description, see Rhetoric 1. (3). Mr. Curl S 2. Rhetoric and Themes. — For description, see Rhetoric 2. (3). Mr. Curl Prerequisite : Entrance credit in English. Business English S 10. Business Letter Writing, Including Sales Letters. — (2). Mr. McJohnston Prerequisite : Six hours of freshman rhetoric. C — Public Speaking S 1. Oral Expression. — Theory and practice of vocal methods and platform manner, both for public address and oral interpretation of literature. For description, see Public Speaking 1. (2). Mr. Woolbert Prerequisite : Rhetoric 1 and 2 or equivalent. Entomology 331 S 9. Interpretive Reading. — Various types of literature from the point of view of oral expression; practise in interpreting chosen selections. (2). Mr. Woolbert Prerequisite: Public Speaking 1 or its equivalent. S 10. Special Problems in the Teaching of Oral English.— Primarily for high-school teachers. (1). Mr. Woolbert Prerequisite : The consent of the instructor. ENTOMOLOGY Stephen Alfred Forbes, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor Alexander Dyer MacGillivray, Ph.D., Associate Professor Justus Watson Folsom, D.Sc, Assistant Professor Robert Douglas Glasgow, Ph.D., Instructor Edna Mosher, Ph.D., Instructor Clyde Carney Hamilton, B.S., Graduate Assistant Alvah Peterson, A.M., Assistant in the Summer Session Major: 20 hours from courses offered in the department, except Ento- mology 1, 4, and 16. Minors: 20 hours in botany, physiology, zoology; horticulture and agronomy (see page 25). Entomology as taught at the University is distinctly differentiated from the work in zoology. Beginning courses open to freshmen and without pre- requisites are la-lb, IS, and 4. Course la-lb may be followed by 2 or 3, and course 15 by 7. Course 3 is not open to freshmen, and courses 5 and 13 are not open to freshmen or sophomores. Students preparing for service as economic entomologists should take as many of the courses offered as possible, including especially 2, 3, 4, 7, 8a-8b, 14, and 108. Those preparing for the teaching of zoology should take either 2 and 4, or 3 and 4, or all three of these courses. la-lb. Elementary Entomology. — Lectures; laboratory; field work. (Open to all students.) /, //; (2). Assistant Professor Folsom, Dr. Glasgow, Dr. Mosher 2. General Entomology. — Field entomology; morphological and phy- siological entomology ; collection and preservation of specimens ; typical insects ; adaptive structures and their utilities. (This course, taken with Entomology 3, forms a year's work, covering the whole field, but either may be taken separ- ately.) /; (5). Assistant Professor Folsom, Dr. Glasgow Prerequisite : Entomology, la-lb, or 4, or equivalent. 3. General Entomology. — Classification and determination of insects; life histories; ecological relations of insects. II; (5). Assistant Professor Folsom, Dr. Glasgow Prerequisite: Entomology, la-lb, or 4, or equivalent. 4. Introduction to Economic Entomology. — Lectures; field work; lab- oratory. (Primarily for students in the College of Agriculture; may not be counted for satisfaction of group requirements in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.) / or //; (3). Assistant Professor Folsom, Dr. Glasgow 332 Entomology 4a-4b. Introduction to Economic Entomology. — Lectures; field work; laboratory. Section A for students of agriculture. /; first half; (2). Section B, for students of horticulture. II; second half; (3). Assistant Professor Folsom, Dr. Glasgow 5. Introduction to Research, — Preparation for thesis work. Library, language, manuscript, and advanced laboratory work on assigned topics. (Three hours in this course are required as a preparation for entomology thesis work.) /or //; *(3 to 5). Associate Professor MacGillivray, Assistant Professor Folsom Prerequisite: Entomology 2, 3; or IS, 7. 6a-6b. Thesis Investigation. — Subjects selected during the junior year. Three hours a day given to investigation, under the supervision of an instructor, during the senior year. I, II; (5). Associate Professor MacGillivray, Assistant Professor Folsom 7. Systematic Entomology. — The external anatomy of insects; termin- ology of the parts ; identification of specimens representing the major groups. / or //; (5). Associate Professor MacGillivray, Dr. Mosher Prerequisite : Entomology 2, or 15. 2a-8b. Advanced Economic Entomology. — Assigned problems. Field laboratory, insectary, library, and manuscript work; practise in the operations of economic entomology. (Intended to prepare students for service as ento- mologists in experiment stations and other state and government positions. Agronomy 7 and Horticulture, 1, 2, and 3 should also be taken as a part of this preparation.) /, II; (3). Assistant Professor Folsom, Dr. Glasgow Prerequisite: Entomology 4, 2, 3. 9. Advanced Systematic Entomology. — The identification of the char- acters on which genera and species are based. / or II; (5). Associate Professor MacGillivray, Dr. Mosher Prerequisite : Entomology 2 or 15, and 7. 10. Taxonomy of Immature Insects. — The external form of immature insects; identification of species. /; (5). Associate Professor MacGillivray Prerequisite: Entomology 2 or 15, and 7. 11. Classification of the Coccidae. — Methods of preparing scale insects for study ; identification of genera and species ; discussion of their morphology, metamorphosis, and phylogeny. II; (5). Associate Professor MacGillivray Prerequisite: Entomology 2 or 15, and 7. 12a-12b. Current Literature. — Reports and discussion on assigned topics; presentation and discussion of contents of recent entomological publi- cations, and of results of personal research. /, 77; (1). Assistant Professor Folsom Prerequisite: One year of work in entomology. 13. Medical Entomology. — Insects and the transmission of disease; methods of control and prevention. (Primarily for advanced students pre- paring for medicine.) II; (3). Dr. Glasgow Prerequisite: Zoology 3, or its equivalent in microscopical technics. *In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study-list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which ke intends to take the course; e. g., not 2-5, but 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. Entomology 333 14. Advanced Economic Entomology. — Personal work under direction on assigned problems in economic entomology, to prepare advanced students for immediate service as state and government entomologists. Advantage will be taken of the operations and practical problems of the State Entomologist's office so far as available. /, II, and six weeks in the summer; f(2 to 4). Professor Forbes, Assistant Professor Folsom Prerequisite: Courses in elementary and advanced economic entomology and in systematic entomology and the consent of the instructor. 15. Elementary Systematic Entomology. — Characteristics of the orders, suborders, and more important families; the habits of representative species; field collections and laboratory studies on the anatomy and classification of insects. /; (3). Associate Professor MacGillivray 16. Apiculture. — The essentials of bee-keeping. Practical operations; laboratory observations; collateral reading. //; (2). Assistant Professor Folsom Courses for Graduates The prerequisite for graduate work in entomology is one years' work in biological courses, including an equivalent of either Zoology 1 or Entomology la-lb, or 4. Entrance upon major work in entomology requires the equivalent of Entomology 2 and 3. Graduate students who have had at least one year of college work in biological courses may take for graduate credit any of the preceding courses except la-lb, 4, and 6a-6b. The following courses are open to graduate students only. 102. Research in the Morphology and Embryology of Insects.— Twice a week; I, II; (i or 2 units). Assistant Professor Folsom 107. Systematic Entomology. — Five times a week; I, II; (i or 2 units.) Associate Professor MacGillivray 108. Research in Economic Entomology. — Once or twice a week; I, II; (i or 2 units). Assistant Professor Folsom 109. Research in Systematic Entomology.— Twice a week; I, II; (i or 2 units). Associate Professor MacGillivray Summer Session Courses S 1. General Field and Laboratory Course. — Lectures, laboratory studies; field observations. For high school teachers. (2). Assistant Professor Folsom *S 2. Advanced Course. — Instruction to meet the purposes of the indi- vidual student. f(2 or 3). Assistant Professor Folsom S 3. Economic Entomology. — Stages of development of common in- jurious insects; laboratory; field trips. (3). Assistant Professor Folsom *S 4. Advanced Economic Entomology. — For description see Ento- mology 14. (3). Professor Forbes, Assistant Professor Folsom Prerequisite : 15 hours' credit in general and economic entomology. t In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study-list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which ht intends to take the course; e. g., not 2-5, but s, or 3, or 4, or 5. 334 Geology FARM MANAGEMENT (See Animal Husbandry.) FINE ARTS (See Art and Design and Music. Attention is called also to the courses in Esthetics offered by the departments of Philosophy, Education, Architecture, and Household Science.) FLORICULTURE (See Horticulture.) FRENCH (See Romance Language and Literature.) GENETICS (See Animal Husbandry.) GEOLOGY (Including Mineralogy, Paleontology, and Physical Geography ) Charles Wesley Rolfe, M.S., Professor William Shirley Bayley, Ph.D., Professor Thomas Edmund Savage, Ph.D., Associate Professor John Lyon Rich, Ph.D., Instructor Francis Maurice Van Tuyl, Ph.D., Instructor Clarence Samuel Ross, A.M., Assistant Henry Methusalem DuBois, A.M., Assistant Mason Kent Read, A.B., Assistant Luther Eugene Kennedy, A.M., Assistant Major: 20 hours in any one of the following fields, including Geology la, and excluding Geology 3, 14, and 22. In addition to Geology la, the major in (a) general geology, must also include Geology 15 and 24; in (b) strati- graphy and paleontology, Geology 16; in (c) mineralogy and economic geology, Geology 2 and 6; in (d) geography, Geology 24, and at least one of the courses, Geology 8, 10, and 11. Minors: 20 hours selected from courses in chemistry, zoology, botany, physics, and economics. Courses for Undergraduates 1. Dynamic and Structural Geology. — The agents and processes in- volved in the development of the earth's present features. Lectures; laboratory; field trips. /; (5). Professor Rolfe in charge Prerequisite: Chemistry 1 or an equivalent. la. Historical Geology. — The evolution of the earth and its life. Lec- tures; laboratory- (Continuing course 1 and introducing courses 9 and 16.) II; (5). Associate Professor Savage, Dr. Van Tuyl, and assistants Prerequisite : Geology 1 or 3. 2. Economic Geology. — The origin and manner of occurrence of min- erals and rocks of economic importance, especially those of North America. Lectures; laboratory. 77; (3). Dr. Van Tuyl Prerequisite: Geology 5; 13a and 13b, or 1 and la. Geology 335 3. General Geology. — Mineralogy; dynamic, historic, and economic geology ; minerals : rocks ; contour maps ; fossils. Recitations ; laboratory ; field trips. (For students who wish to devote but one semester to geology.) I or II ; (5). Professor Rolfe in charge 4. Thesis Course. — Field or laboratory problems; reports; maps, sec- tions, and figures based on observations. //; (5). Professor Rolfe, Professor Bayley, Associate Professor Savage, Dr. Rich 5. Mineralogy. — Common ores and minerals of scientific importance; crystallography; characteristics of about 125 of the most important minerals; blow pipe analysis. Lectures; laboratory. /; (5). Professor Bayley in charge Prerequisite: Chemistry 1, 2, 3, or 2a. 5a. Mineralogy. — The characteristics, origin, and transformations of the silicates. Lectures; laboratory. II; (3). Dr. Van Tuyl Prerequisite: Geology 5. 8. Physiography of Europe. — The physiographic features of the conti- nent of Europe; climate, resources; influence of geographic factors on indus- tries; distribution of population. II; (3). Dr. Rich Prerequisite : Geology 23 and 14. 10. Physiography of South and Central America. — Physiography; cli- mate; resources. 77; (3). Dr. Rich Prerequisite: Geology 23 and 14. 11. Physiography of North America. — Typical physiographic provinces of North America, with especial emphasis on the United States. Lectures; readings; maps. I; (3). Dr. Rich Prerequisite : Geology 23 and 14. 12. Geology of Soils. — The origin of the various classes of soils; min- eral compositions; physical characteristics; transformations. (Valuable to students of agriculture and others interested in plant growth.) 77; (5). Professor Rolfe Prerequisite : Chemistry 1 or an equivalent. 13a. Engineering Geology. — Mineralogy; lithology. Lectures; labor- atory. (Open only to students in engineering and ceramics.) /; (3). Dr. Van Tuyl 13b. Engineering Geology. — Dynamic and structural geology. Lec- tures; laboratory. (Open only to students in engineering and ceramics.) //; (3). Professor Bayley 14. Meteorology. — The heating and cooling, pressure, circulation, and moisture of the atmosphere ; storms and weather forecasting ; rainfall, climate. (To be taken by those who intend to do work in geography and agriculture; should be taken with Economics 26 by students of commerce.) /; (3). Dr. Rich 19. Field Geology. — (Introductory Course). The physiography and geology of a selected area, including the making of a map of the area and the submission of a satisfactory written discussion of its geology. Four weeks in the early summer; (3). Dr. Van Tuyl Prerequisite: Geology 1 and la; 13a and 13b or 3 and 23. 336 Geology 19a. Field Geology. — Excursion to Central Kentucky and Mammoth Cave; valley trains of Wabash River; glacial border; Bedford limestone quarries; falls of the Ohio at Louisville; the Louisville cuesta; Mitchell lime- stone plateau; Mammoth Cave. (The trip involves an absence from the University of one week at the time of the Easter recess. Cost about $30.00.) Credit on completion of satisfactory report. 77; (1). Associate Professor Savage, or Dr. Rich Prerequisite: Geology 1, 3, or 13b. 21. Geology of Coal. — The origin of coal; age, distribution, and strati- graphy of the coal deposits of North America ; the Illinois or Eastern Interior basin. I; (3). Associate Professor Savage Prerequisite: Geology 13b or an equivalent. 31. Geology of Oil and Gas. — The origin of oil and gas; stratigraphic relations ; structural conditions, and occurrences in the oil fields of the United States. II; (3). Associate Professor Savage [22. Organic Evolution. — The evolution of plant and animal forms as indicated by the fossil record. II; (3). Not given, 1915-16. Associate Professor Savage Prerequisite : Geology la, or one semester of zoology or botany.] 23. Physiography of the Lands. — Land forms; origin, development, and classification ; relation between surface forms and rock composition and structure; influence of climate on land forms. (This course follows Geology 3 and presupposes a knowledge of the principal geologic processes.) Five all- day field excursions. II; (5). Dr. Rich Prerequisite : Geology 3 or 13a and 13b or 1. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 6. Geometrical and Optical Crystallography. — Petrography; geometri- cal and optical properties of minerals with reference to symmetry; polarized light and its practical use in identifying rock-forming materials. I; (3). Professor Bayley Prerequisite: Geology 5, 5a. 7. Petrography. — Lectures: types of rocks and their origin and classi- fication. Laboratory. II; (3). Professor Bayley Prerequisite : Geology 6. 9. Paleontology. — Invertebrate fossils, their classification and relation- ships; identification of fossils. I; (5). Associate Professor Savage, Dr. Van Tuyl Prerequisite: Geology la; or senior standing in zoology or botany. 15. Structural Geology. — The arrangement of the rocks which form the earth's crust and their distribution on its surface; mountains; faults; folds; other diastrophic phenomena. I; (3). Dr. Van Tuyl Prerequisite: Geology la. 16. Stratigraphy. — Classification of rock formations; methods and cri- terions employed in correlation of the successive geologic formations. II; (5). Associate Professor Savage, Dr. Van Tuyl Prerequisite: Geology 9. Geology 337 17. Principles of Stratigraphy. — Sedimentary rocks and associated deposits ; kinds ; composition ; origin ; mode of occurrence ; geologic interpreta- tion. /; (5). Associate Professor Savage Prerequisite : Geology 16. [24. Physiographic Interpretations. — Recent earth history; erosion planes and their meaning ; drainage modifications ; physiographic indications of climatic fluctuations. /; (3). Not given, 1915-16. Dr. Rich Prerequisite : Geology 23 and la.] 25. Physiography of the Mississippi Valley. — Field trips to southern Illinois, eastern Missouri, the Baraboo Ridges of Wisconsin, or the Lexington dome of Kentucky. 77; (3). Dr. Rich Prerequisite : Geology 24 or an equivalent, and senior or graduate stand- ing. [26a-26b. Seminar. — Weekly meetings, reports, and discussions of the current literature of geology, mineralogy, and physiography. Open to all students registered in the department ; credit will be given only to those having 10 hours of completed work in geology. /, 77; (1). Not given, 1915-16.] Surveying for Students in Geology. — /; (3). (See Civil Enginering 33.) Topographical Surveying for Students in Geology. — //; (3). (See Civil Engineering 34.) Courses for Graduates The first prerequisite for graduate work in geology is the equivalent of the complete undergraduate offerings in that branch of the subject in which special- ization is desired. Those specializing in paleontology should have, in addition, at least an elementary knowledge of systematic zoology; those specializing in physical geography should have a knowledge of general physics and chemistry; and those who expect to pursue work in petrography and economic geology should be well grounded in general physics, inorganic chemistry, and the ele- ments of physical chemistry. All graduate students should be able to read the journals printed in German and French. 101. Advanced Crystallography. — Methods used in measuring, project- ing, and calculating crystal forms, and determining the physical properties of crystalized bodies. Three to five times a week; I, II ; (i unit). Professor Bayley [102. Petrography. — The igneous and fragmental rocks; including identification of types, classification, and relationships. Lectures; laboratory. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16.] 103. The Crystalline Schists and Other Metamorphic Rocks. — Pro- cesses of metamorphism. Lectures; laboratory. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Bayley 105. Invertebrate Paleontology. — A group of invertebrate fossils; or the fossils of a special geological system ; their geographic distribution and geologic range with reference to stratigraphy. Largely individual work. One to three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Associate Professor Savage 338 The Germanic Languages and Literature 106. Areal and Stratigraphic Geology. — The geology and paleontology of a selected area ; report on the geology of the region, based on the data collected in the field. One to three times a week; I, II; (i to 2 units). Assistant Professor Savage [107. Areal and Structural Geology. — Individual work on some area exhibiting important structural or economic features. Once a week; I, II ; (2 units). Not given, 1915-16.] 108. Advanced Economic Geology. — The processes resulting in the production of ore-bodies. Studies of type mining districts. Three times a week; I, II; (1 to 2 units). Professor Bayley 124. Advanced Physiography. — Individual work on field problems; study and discussion of the literature of physiography and geomorphology. One to three times a week; I, II; (1 unit). Dr. Rich GERMANIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE (Including Scandinavian) Julius Goebel, Ph.D., Professor Otto Eduard Lessing, Ph.D., Professor George Tobias Flom. Ph.D., Associate Professor (Scandinavian) Neil Conwell Brooks, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Leonard Bloomfield, Ph.D., Assistant Professor (Comparative Philology) Joseph Eugene Gillet, Ph.D., Associate (German and Comparative Literature) Daisy Luana Blaisdell, A.M., Instructor Charles Allyn Williams, Ph.D., Instructor Armin Hajman Koller, Ph.D., Instructor Alexander Green, Ph.D., Instructor Hugh Wiley Puckett, Ph.D., Instructor Heinrich Waldemar Nordmeyer, Ph.D., Instructor Earl Kilburn Kline, A.M., Instructor George Washington Spindler. A.M., Teaching Fellow Felix Emil Held, Ph.D., Associate Professor of German, Miami University (Summer Session) Charles Marshall Poor. Ph.D., Instructor in the Summer Session Philip Stephan Barto. Ph.D.. Instructor in the Summer Session Adolf Eduard Zucker, A.M., Assistant in the Summer Session German Major: 20 hours in German, excluding German 1, 2, and 3, and includ- ing at least 6 hours of primarily fourth-year courses. Minors: 20 hours in not more than two subjects chosen from the fol- lowing list: languages, education, history, philosophy, and psychology, pro- vided that 8 hours must be selected from a language other than German. Germanic Languages Major: 20 hours in German and the Scandinavian languages, provided that at least 8 hours must be in German and 8 hours in one Scandinavian language. Only German courses above the second year, and Scandinavian courses exclusive of Scandinavian 6 and 12 will be acceptable. Minors: 20 hours in not more than two subjects chosen from the fol- lowing list : languages, education, history, philosophy, and psychology. The Germanic Languages and Literature 339 A. GERMAN First- Year Courses 1. Elementary Course. — Grammar and easy reading for beginners. (Two sections are offered in the second semester for students who enter the University in the second semester.) I; (4). Assistant Professor Brooks, Assistant Professor Bloomfield, Dr. Gillet, Miss Blaisdell, Dr. Koller, Dr. Puckett, Dr. Nordmeyer, Mr. Kline, Mr. Spindler 2. Narrative Prose. — Grammar and reading. I; (4). Dr. Green, Dr. Puckett, Dr. Nordmeyer, Mr. Spindler Prerequisite : One year of high school German, or German S 1, or German 1 taken in the second semester. 3. Narrative Prose. — Grammar and reading. (Continuation of German 1.) //; (4). Assistant Professor Brooks, Assistant Professor Bloomfield, Dr. Gillet, Dr. Koller, Dr. Green, Dr. Puckett, Dr. Nordmeyer Prerequisite : German 1. Second- Year Courses 4. Prose Reading. — Selections from standard prose writers; sight read- ing; composition. I or II; (4). Miss Blaisdell, Dr. Williams, Dr. Koller, Dr. Green, Dr. Puckett, Dr. Nord- meyer, Mr. Kline Prerequisite : German 2, or 3, or two years of high school German. 5. Narrative and Historical Prose. — At the option of the instructor one classic in verse may also be read. Composition. I or 77; (4). Miss Blaisdell, Dr. Williams, Dr. Koller, Dr. Gillet Prerequisite : German 4, or three years of high school German. 6. Scientific Prose. — The rapid reading of works of a general scientific character. (Parallel with 5. Students may not take both 5 and 6 for more than a total of four hours' credit without special permission of department.) II; (4). Dr. Puckett, Dr. Nordmeyer, Mr. Kline Prerequisite : German 4, or three years of high school German. 12. Newspaper Reading. — Daily reading of newspapers; oral and writ- ten composition; conversation. (Parallel with 5 and 6. Not open to students who have had 5 or 6 or any more advanced course.) II; (4). Dr. Green Prerequisite: German 4, or three years of high school German, and the consent of the instructor. Third- Year Courses 7. Modern Fiction. — (Intended primarily for students who take course 5 in the first semester. Not open to those who have had any course more ad- vanced than 5.) II; (3). Dr. Williams, Dr. Nordmeyer Prerequisite : German 5, or equivalent. 10. Introductory Goethe Course. — Reading of works illustrating differ- ent periods in Goethe's development. Gotz von Berlichingen; Egmont; Iphi- genie auf Tauris; selections from Dichtung und Wahrheit. II; (3). Assistant Professor Brooks, Dr. Williams Prerequisite: German 14, or 16, or 24, or 28a. 340 The Germanic Languages and Literature 14. Introductory Schiller Course. — Works illustrating different periods in Schiller's development: Lyrics and ballads; Kabale und Liebe; Braut von Messina. I; (3). Professor Lessing, Miss Blaisdell Prerequisite: German 5, or equivalent. 16. Elementary Composition and Conversation. — I or //; (2). Assistant Professor Bloomfield, Dr. Williams, Mr. Kline Prerequisite: German 5, or equivalent. 17. Intermediate Composition and Conversation. — I or II; (3). Assistant Professor Bloomfield, Dr. Williams, Dr. Green Prerequisite: German 16. 24. Modern Drama.— Rapid reading of dramas by Grillparzer, Hebbel. Hauptmann, and others. I; (3). Dr. Nordmeyer Prerequisite: German 5, or equivalent. 28a-28b. German Lyrics. — The form, development, and different types of the lyric. First semester : The chief lyric poets of the classical period. Second semester: The chief lyric poets of the nineteenth century. (The first semester may be taken separately, but not the second without the first). /, 77; (2). Dr. Puckett Prerequisite : German 5, or equivalent, and sophomore standing. Primarily Fourth Year Courses Note. — For a major in German students are required to take at least six hours of these primarily fourth-year courses ; seniors who are preparing to teach German should take German 29. 8. Schiller. — The life of Schiller; Wallenstein and other selections. II; (3). Professor Lessing Prerequisite: Three years of college German, or equivalent. 11. German Literature after the Reformation. — Lectures; recitations; reports on assigned collateral reading. II; (3). Professor Lessing Prerequisite: German 26. 19a-19b. Goethe's Faust. — The Faust legend and early Faust books and plays ; the genesis of Goethe's Faust; reading of both parts. I, II; (2). Professor Goebel 25. Teachers' Course. — Discussion of methods; examination of text- books. (Open to seniors and special students who have 20 hours' credit in German.) II; (2). Miss Blaisdell Prerequisite: German 29a or equivalent; completion of or registration in Education 1 or equivalent. 25. German Literature to the End of the Reformation. — Lectures; reci- tations; reports on assigned reading. I; (3). Professor Lessing Prerequisite : German 10, or 24, or 28a-28b. [27. Lessing.— The life of Lessing; Xathan der Weise; Emilia Galotti, and other selections. I; (3). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Lessing] 29a-29b. Advanced Composition. — Themes on Germany and German life, based on suitable reading, discussed in German. I, II; (3). Dr. Koller Prerequisite: German 17. The Germanic Languages and Literature 341 30a-30b. Thesis Course. — (Intended primarily for candidates for honors in German, but open to other seniors.) I, II; *(1 or 2). Professor Goebel and other members of the department Prerequisite: Senior standing in College, and three years of college Ger- man or equivalent. 31. Middle High German. — I; (2). Professor Goebel Prerequisite : Senior or graduate standing; three years of college German. 32. History of German Civilization. — Readings; lectures; discussions. I; (3). Assistant Professor Brooks [39a-39b. Goethe and Schiller. — Interpretation of Goethe's poems. Goethe's Tasso; Schiller's Ueber naive und sentimentalische Dichtung. Not given, 1915-16. /, 77; (2). Professor Goebel] Courses for Graduates Students desiring to take German as a major should have completed a four years' course of undergraduate study in German, corresponding to the four years' course at this University, and should be familiar with the principal works of the writers of the classical and modern periods of German literature, show a general knowledge of the history of German literature, and be able to follow lectures in the German language. A reading knowledge of Latin and French is required. It is desirable that candidates for the degree of Ph.D. have some knowledge of Greek. All students are expected to have had a course in German history. 101. Seminar in Germanic Philology. — Training in original research; results of special value may be published in the Journal of English and Ger- manic Philology. Once a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Goebel 103. Introduction to the Historical Study of the Germanic Languages. — History of German philology ; comparative grammar of the Old Germanic dialects. Lectures; discussions of special topics. Twice a week; II; (l unit). Professor Goebel [104. Gothic. — Grammar and literature. Twice a week; I; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Goebel] [105. Old High German. — Grammar and interpretation of the oldest literary documents. Three times a zveek; II ; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16.] [109. Goethe's and Schiller's Philosophy. — Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Goebel] 110. Early German Drama. — German drama to the time of the Reform- ation; medieval religious drama; Shrovetide plays; beginnings of the humanistic drama. Twice a week; I ; (i unit). Assistant Professor Brooks 113. German Literature of the Fifteenth and Sixteenth Centuries. — Survey of the literature on the background of the general history of the time; Luther and the Reformation; Mastersingers and folksong; the Reformation drama; Hans Sachs; Brant; Fischart; the chap books; the English comedians. Twice a zveek; II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Brooks •In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study-list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which he intends to take the course; e. g., not 2-5, but 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. 342 The Germanic Languages and Literature [115. History of German Literature from Goethe's Death to the Pres- ent Time. — Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Lessing] [116. Medieval German Literature with Reference to Political, Re- ligious, and Social History. — Research. Twice a week; I; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Lessing] 117. History of German Literature during the Eighteenth Century. — Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Goebel [118. The German Drama since Schiller. — Research. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given. 1915-16. Professor Lessing] 119. The German Novel. — Research. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Lessing 121. Walther von der Vogelweide. — Lectures and interpretations. Twice a week; II; (i unit). Professor Goebel 125. History of the German Language.— T hre e times a week; II; (i unit). Dr. Green Summer Session Courses Note: A German House was maintained where more advanced students could obtain board and room, and practise speaking in German. S 1. Beginners' Course. — (4). Dr. Held, Mr. Zucker S 2. Intermediate Course. — (Open to those who have had German 1 the regular university year or its equivalent) (3). Dr. Barto Prerequisite : German 1 or its equivalent. S 3. Prose Reading. — Narrative prose; sight translation; composition. (3). Dr. Poor Prerequisite : German 3 or its equivalent. S 4. Readings from the Classics. — Suderman's Teja (2). Dr. Bamo Prerequisite: German 4 or its equivalent. S 5. Prose Composition and Conversation. — Translation of ordinary prose into German ; idiomatic constructions ; free composition and conversation (2). Dr. Koller Prerequisite: Two years of university German or the equivalent S 6. Modern Drama. — Rapid reading of dramas by Kleist, Hebbel, and others. (2). Dr. Roller Prerequisite: Two years of university German or the equivalent. S 9. Teachers' Course. — The study of German in the high school; methods and chief difficulties in teaching German. Observation work in the beginners' course. (1). Dr. Held Prerequisite: Open to those who have taught German and to those who have had three years of university German or its equivalent S 10. Goethe's Faust— (2). Dr. Poor Prerequisite: Three years of university German or its equivalent The Germanic Languages and Literature 343 [*S 11. History of German Literature Since the Reformation. — (2). Not given, 1915. To be given, igi6. Prerequisite : Three years of university German or the equivalent. Open also to graduate students.] [*S 14. Elementary Readings in Middle High German. — Not given, 1915.] To be given, igi6. Prerequisite: Three years of university German or the equivalent. Open also to graduate students.] *S 15. The Classical Period of Middle High German Literature. — Lec- tures; discussions; reports: reading (not necessarily in the original). (1). Dr. Koller Prerequisite: Three years of university German or the equivalent. Open also to graduate students, subject to the approval of the Executive Faculty. B. SCANDINAVIAN Undergraduate Courses Not Open to Freshmen [la-lb. Elementary Norwegian. — Grammar, pronunciation, composi- tion, easy reading. I; (3) : 77; (2). Not given, 1915-16. Associate Professor Flom] 2a -2b. Elementary Swedish. — Grammar; pronunciation; composition; easy reading. I, 77; (2). Associate Professor Flom 6. Ibsen's Social Dramas. — Lectures; interpretation of four of the social dramas ; Ibsen's technics. Archer's translation is used. 77; (2) . Associate Professor Flom Prerequisite: Junior standing. 12. Norse Mythology. — Primitive religion; the religious belief of the Norseman in pre-christian times; interpretation of the principal myths. /; (2). Associate Professor Flom Prerequisite: Junior standing. [14. History of Old Norse Literature.— II; (2). Not given, 1915-16.] 30. Scandinavian Drama. — History of Scandinavian dramatic theory; problems in modern drama. /; (1). Associate Professor Flom 40. Germanic Mythology. — Lectures; interpretation of the sources. II; (2). Associate Professor Flom Courses for Graduates Preparation for graduate work in the Scandinavian languages or literature must include a reading knowledge of one of the Scandinavian languages and systematic work in the undergraduate courses in Scandinavian or their equiva- lent. Any graduate student in language may, however, be admitted to the purely philological courses. 101. Old Norse. — Introduction to the language as a member of the Germanic group. Reading of the Prose Edda with selections from the Icelandic sagas. /, 77; (i unit). Associate Professor Flom 140. Scandinavian Paleography. — 77; (i unit). Associate Professor Flom 344 History GREEK (See Classics.) HISTORY Evarts Boutell Greene, Ph.D., Professor Clarence Walworth Alvord, Ph.D., Professor Laurence Marcellus Larson, Ph.D., Professor Albert Howe Lybyer, Ph.D., Associate Professor William Spence Robertson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Paul Van Brunt Jones, Ph.D., Associate Theodore Calvin Pease, Ph.D., Associate Arthur Charles Cole, Ph.D., Associate Elizabeth Parnham Brush, A.M., Assistant Jay Earll Miller, A.M., LL.B., Assistant Cooperating: William Abbott Oldfather, Ph.D., Professor of the Classics Howard Vernon Canter, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of the Classics Clarence Edwin Carter, Ph.D., Professor of History in Miami University (Summer Session) Orren Chalmer Hormell, A.M., Professor of History in Bowdoin College, (Summer Session) Major: 20 hours, excluding History la and 2a, and including (a) either History lb or 2b ; (b) six hours selected from courses for advanced under- graduates and graduates; and (c) any other courses offered in the department. Minors: 20 hours, including (a) either Economics 1 or Political Sci- ence 1 and 3 ; and (b) one or two of the following subjects : economics, political science, law, sociology, the history of any literature, history of education, philosophy, and physiography. Courses in any foreign language may be accepted in satisfaction of this requirement, if the student can show his ability to read ordinary historical prose in that language. Courses for Undergraduates la-lb. Continental European History. — Europe from the fourth cen- tury to the present time. (The work of neither semester may be taken separately without special permission.) /, 77; (4). Associate Professor Lybyer, Dr. Jones, and assistants 2a-2b. English History. — First semester: Political history of England to 1603 ; the larger social, economic, and religious movements. Second semester : The modern history of England; colonial and imperial development. /, //; (3). Professor Larson, Dr. Pease, and assistants 3a-3b. History of the United States. — First semester: The colonial era; the revolution; genesis of the federal constitution. Second semester: The United States under the constitution. (Either semester may be taken separately). /, //; (3). Professor Greene, Assistant Professor Robertson, Dr. Cole Prerequisite: One year of college work. 5. History of Greece. — I; (3). (See Greek 20.) Professor Oldfather Prerequisite : One college course in history or the classics, and sophomore standing. History 345 6. History of Rome.—//; (3). (See Latin 19.) Assistant Professor Canter Prerequisite: One college course in history or the classics. Not open to freshmen. [17. The History of Illinois. — The political, economic, and social devel- opment of a commonwealth in the Middle West, considered in its relation to the course of American history. //; (2). Not given, 1915-16. Prerequisite: History 3a-3b or junior standing in any college of the University.] 18. The Teaching of History. — Preparation of students for the teach- ing of history in secondary schools. /; (2). Dr. Cole Prerequisite: History la-lb, 3a-3b, or their equivalent; senior standing. 28a-28b. Thesis. — Special training in investigation for candidates for honors and for other seniors. /, //; (2). Professor Greene and other members of the department Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates (Open to seniors and to juniors of high standing. The ability to use French and German is desirable.) 4a-4b. The Constitutional History of England. — First semester: Insti- tutional origins. Second semester: Modern constitutional practise. (Impor- tant for students specializing in history, political science, or law). /, //; (3). Professor Larson Prerequisite: One year of college history. 7. The Revolutionary and Napoleonic Era in Europe. — /; (3). Associate Professor Lybyer Prerequisite : One year of college work in history or political science. 8. Medieval Civilization. — The religious, economic, and intellectual development of medieval society. /; (3). Professor Larson Prerequisite: History la-lb. 9a-9b. The Renaissance and the Reformation. — The transition from medieval to modern ideals. I, II; (3). Dr. Jones Prerequisite : History la-lb. [10. The Development of American Society in the Eighteenth Cen- tury.—//; (4). Not given, 1915-16. Prerequisite: History 3a-3b.] [12. History of Germany.—/, //; (2). Not given, 1915-16.] 14a-14b. American Constitutional History. — First semester: Political institutions at the close of the colonial era ; early state constitution and the confederation ; the framing and ratification of the federal constitution. Second semester: The development of the written and unwritten constitution since 1789. (Either semester may be taken separately.) /, //; (3). Professor Greene, Assistant Professor Robertson Prerequisite: History 3a-3b, or Political Science 1 and 3. 15. The Civil War and Reconstruction in the United States.—//; (3). Dr. Cole Prerequisite : History 3a-3b. 346 History 16a- 16b. The Exploration and Colonization of the West. — First se- mester : The Mississippi Valley from the earliest European explorations to the close of the war of 1812. Second semester: The Mississippi Valley since 1815, and the progress of western expansion to the Pacific. (Either semester may be taken separately.) I, II; (2). Professor Alvord Prerequisite: History 3a-3b. [19. France in the Feudal and Later Middle Ages with Special Refer- ence to Institutions. — A reading knowledge of French is required. This course may be combined with History 8. /; (3). Not given, 1915-16. Dr. Jones Prerequisite: History la-lb.] [20a. Europe in the Nineteenth Century from 1815 to 1871.— I; (3). Not given, 1915-16. Associate Professor Lybyer Prerequisite : One year of college work in history or political science. 20b. Europe Since 1871.— //; (3). Associate Professor Lybyer Prerequisite: One year of college work in history or political science. 21. The United States since the Reconstruction. — Historical introduc- tion to contemporary American politics. /; (3). Assistant Professor Robertson Prerequisite : History 3a-3b. 26. The Latin-American Colonies. — The political, economic, social, and intellectual life of Spain during the period of discovery; the exploration, settle- ment, and civilization of Spanish America and the Philippines ; the exploration and colonization of Brazil. /; (3). Assistant Professor Robertson Prerequisite: History la-lb or 3a-3b. 27. Latin-America from the Wars of Independence to the Present Time. — The leading Latin- American states; political parties; existing gov- ernments ; relations with Europe and the United States ; the old regime in Texas, Mexico, and California. //; (3). Assistant Professor Robertson Prerequisite: History 3a-3b. 29. The Far East. — The contact of Western nations with the Far East from the sixteenth century to the present time. //; (2). Professor Greene Prerequisite: One year of college history, economics, or political science, aad senior standing. Courses for Graduates Graduate work in history presupposes two years of college work in this subject, or sixteen semester hours, which should include courses in European and American history corresponding roughly to History la-lb and 3a-3b in this University. Linguistic preparation, especially in French and German, is important. For medieval history some knowledge of Latin is essential, and Spanish is useful for certain fields of American histoiy. Advanced courses in history at the University of Illinois are of three kinds : (1) For information and guidance in general reading. (2) Instruction in methodology, historiography, and bibliography. A part of this work (in course 103) is required of all graduate students in history during their first year. History 347 (3) Seminar courses of the study of special fields with a view to training in the methods of historical criticism and research. Illinois Survey. — Students have an opportunity to pursue research in western history in connection with the Illinois Survey, an organization for the purpose of canying on systematic studies in the history of Illinois. Attention is also called to the fact that the University of Illinois has for some time co-operated with the Illinois State Historical Society and the Trustees of the State Historical Library, in the gathering and editing of archive material. As a result instructors and graduate students in the department have contributed from time to time to the publications of these state organizations, and have been given useful training in the study of manuscript as well as printed material. The Historical Club, consisting of graduate students in the department, which meets twice a month, gives an opportunity for informal discussion of historical topics. 101. Seminar in American History. — Bibliography; solution of typical problems; reports on the progress of investigations. Two hours, once a week; I, II; II to 2 units). In connection with this course, direction in research is offered as follows: A. American history before 1789. Professor Greene B. American history since 1789. Assistant Professor Robertson, Dr. Cole C. The history of the West. Professor Alvord D. American church history. Professor Greene E. Latin-American history. Assistant Professor Robertson 102. Studies in English History. — Selected problems from the history of England in the later middle ages and the early modern period. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Larson 103. Historiography and Historical Method. — Selected problems; studies of representative historians; readings in French and German historical literature. Required of all candidates for an advanced degree in history who do not present evidence of similar training elsewhere. Twice a week; I, II; (y 2 unit). Associate Professor Lybyer and others 104. Research in European History. — I, 77; (i to 2 units). Direction is offered by members of the department as follows : A. Medieval history. Professor Larson B. Modern history of Continental Euurope. Associate Professor Lybyer C. English history. Professor Larson D. Renaissance and Reformation. Dr. Jones I, II; (i to 2 units). 105. Studies in the History of the West.— Subject for 1915-16: The West in American Diplomatic History, 1775-1814. Once a week, I, II; (i unit). Professor Alvord 111. Spanish-American Relations. — The relations of the Latin- Ameri- can States with Europe and the United States. An intensive study of such topics as the Monroe Doctrine, and the development of international trade. Once a week; I, II; ( J / 2 to I unit). Assistant Professor Robertson 112. Studies in American Religious History. — Questions of church and state. Once or twice a week, I, II; (i unit). Professor Greene 348 Horticulture Summer Session Courses S la. European History, 378-1300. — For description see History 1. (2y 2 ). Associate Professor Lybyer S 3b. American History. 1783-1861. — For description see History 3b. (2 l / 2 ). Professor Carter Courses for Graduates and Undergraduates *S 16. The History of the West, 1750-1850.— For description see His- tory 16a. {2y 2 ). Professor Carter Prerequisite : At least one college course in American history, and junior standing. *S 20b. European Political History, 1870-1914. — International relations and the events leading up to the great war. (2). Associate Professor Lybyer Prerequisite : At least one college course in European history, and junior standing. *S 15b. The United States During the Period of Reconstruction. — An intensive study is made of: (a) the constitutional problems involved; (b) the political status of the negro and the factors resulting in his enfranchisement. (2j4). Professor Hormell Prerequisite: One college course in American history, and junior standing. Course for Graduates *S 101. Investigation of Selected Topics.— Personal conferences with graduate students. Associate Professor Lybyer HORTICULTURE Joseph Cullen Blair, M.S., Professor, Horticulture fJoHN William Lloyd, M.S., Professor, Olericulture Charles Spencer Crandall, M.S., Professor, Pomology Charles Mulford Robinson, A.M., Professor, Civic Design Herman Bernard Dorner, M.S., Assistant Professor, Floriculture Bethel Stewart Pickett, M.S., Assistant Professor, Pomology Wilhelm Miller, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Landscape Horticulture Ralph Rodney Root, M.L.A., Assistant Professor, Landscape Gardening Ernest Winfield Bailey, M.S., Assistant Professor, Pomology Oscar S Watkins, B.S., Associate, Horticultural Chemistry Charles Elmer Durst, M.S., Associate, Olericulture Simeon James Bole, A.M., Associate, Pomology John Joseph Gardner, M.S., Associate, Pomology Ira Dent Allison, B.S., Associate, Horticulture Frank A Cushing Smith, M.L.A., Associate, Landscape Design Frederick Nobel Evans, M.L.A., Associate, Landscape Gardening Alfred Joseph Gunderson, B.S., Instructor, Pomology Frank Lotan Venning, Instructor, Landscape Design William Sanford Brock, A.B., B.S., Instructor, Pomology William King Palmer, B.S., Instructor, Floriculture Arthur Samuel Colby, M.S., Assistant, Pomology tAbsent on leave. Horticulture 349 Howard Dexter Brown, B.S., Assistant, Olericulture August George Hecht, B.S., Assistant, Floriculture Duane Taylor Englis, A.M., Assistant, Floricultural Chemistry Leon Deming Tilton, B.S., Assistant, Landscape Extension la. Elements of Horticulture. — Fruit growing, vegetable gardening, and ornamental planting, with special reference to the farm home. Recitations ; practical exercises. (Required of all freshmen in the general course in Agri- culture.) /; (2). Assistant Professor Pickett, Mr. Bole, Mr. Gardner, Mr. Brock, Mr. Colby lb. Elements of Horticulture. — Continuation of la. (Required of all freshmen in the general curriculum in Agriculture.) II ; (2). Assistant Professor Pickett, Mr. Bole, Mr. Gardner, Mr. Brock, Mr. Colby 2. Small Fruits and Grapes. — The strawberry, raspberry, blackberry, dewberry, currant, gooseberry, grape. History; extent of cultivation; soil; location ; fertilizers ; propagation ; planting ; tillage ; pruning ; insect enemies ; diseases; varieties; harvesting; marketing. Lectures; reference readings. II; (2). Mr. Bole Prerequisite : Horticulture la and lb or their equivalents, Horticulture 5. 3. Vegetable Gardening. — The production and marketing of vegetables. Lectures; reference readings; practical exercises. 77; (5). Mr. Durst, Mr. Brown Prerequisite : Horticulture la and lb or their equivalents. 4. Plant Houses. — Construction, cost, and maintenance; heating; venti- lating. /; (4). Assistant Professor Dorner 5. Plant Propagation. — Grafts; buds; layers; cuttings; seeds. Lectures; laboratory; quizzes. 77; (5). Assistant Professor Dorner, Mr. Hecht 6. Nursery Methods. — Lectures; reference readings. 77; (2). Assistant Professor Bailey, Mr. Allison Prerequisite: Horticulture S; Entomology 4. 7. Spraying. — Materials, appliances, and methods employed in com- bating insects and fungous diseases. Lectures ; reference readings ; laboratory ; field work. II; (3). Mr. Watkins Prerequisite: Horticulture la and lb or their equivalents; Chemistry 1; Entomology 4. 8. Orcharding. — Pomaceous, drupaceous, and nut fruits; management of large commercial orchards ; harvesting ; grading ; packing ; storing ; marketing. /; (5). Professor Crandall, Assistant Professor Bailey Prerequisite: Horticulture la and lb or their equivalent, 5; Botany 1; Entomology 4. [9. Forestry. — Forest trees; uses; distribution; artificial production; relations of forest and climate; forestry legislation and economy. 77; (2). Not given, 1915-16. Prerequisite: Botany 1, or an equivalent.] 10a. Rural Improvement. — Landscape gardening in the open country and its relation to rural conditions, with special reference to the farm group. Lectures; reference reading; reports; occasional field trips. I; (2). Assistant Professor Root 350 Horticulture 10b. Town Improvement. — The development of the town as an organ- ism and the improvement of small communities, with special reference to the home grounds. Lectures ; reference reading ; reports ; occasional field trips. 77; (2). Professor Robinson, Mr. Evans 11. Study of Cultivated Plants. — Economic and ornamental plants of the temperate zone ; identification of species ; examination of living plants and herbarium specimens. Lectures; assigned readings. /; (2). Professor Blair, Professor Crandall Prerequisite: Botany 4a. 12. Evolution of Horticultural Plants. — History, botanical classifica- tion, and geographical distribution of cultivated plants; modification under culture; theoretical causes and observed factors that influence variation, particu- larly food supply, climate, and cross-fertilization. /; (3). Professor Crandall Prerequisite: Two years of university work, including Horticulture 8 and Botany 4a. 15a. Principles of Plant Growing. — Preparation of soils for green- house crops ; fertilizers ; potting and shifting plants ; watering. Lectures ; prac- tical greenhouse work. II; (5). Assistant Professor Dorner, Mr. Hecht Prerequisite: Horticulture 5; Botany 1. 15b. Commercial Crops. — Greenhouse plants and cut flowers for whole- sale and retail markets ; care and marketing. Lectures; greenhouse work. I ; (5). Mr. Palmer Prerequisite: Horticulture 15a. 17. Commercial Fruit Culture. — Practical work in houses and fruit plantations; reference readings; seminar. (For students specializing in horticul- ture.) I; (5). Professor Crandall, Assistant Professor Bailey Prerequisite: Horticulture 8. 18. Experimental Horticulture. — Methods and difficulties in horticul- tural investigations ; the planning of experiments ; recording and interpreting results. (For advanced students preparing for experiment-station work.) 77; (5). Professor Blair, Assistant Professor Pickett, Mr. Watkins Prerequisite: Twenty hours' work in horticulture. 19. Amateur Floriculture. — Window gardening; flowers on the home grounds ; containers ; potting soils ; fertilizers ; flower beds ; plants for window and garden. /; (3). Mr. Hecht 21a-21b. Landscape Design (First Course). — Composition; lectures on form and arrangement ; small home grounds and gardens of simple form ; types of drafting and presentation in office practise. Nine hours drafting a week. 7, 77; (4). Mr. Smith, Mr. Evans, Mr. Venning Prerequisite: Architecture 32. 22. Special Investigation and Thesis. — I or II; *(5-10). 23a-23b. Landscape Design (Second Course). — Topographic plans for urban home grounds and country estates, small parks and playgrounds. Lectures; eleven hours drafting a week. I, II; (4). Mr. Evans, Mr. Venning Prerequisite: Horticulture 21b. •In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study-list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which he intends to take the course ; e. g., not 2-5, but 2, or J, or 4, or 5. Horticulture 351 24a. Trees and Shrubs. — Plant material important to landscape garden- ing; landscape value; adaptability to the soil and situation; use in design. Two lectures a week; one field trip. 77; (3). Assistant Professor Root Prerequisite : Botany 1, 4d. 24b. Trees and Shrubs. — (Continuation of 24a.) Lectures; reference reading; field trips. I; (3). Assistant Professor Root Prerequisite : Horticulture 24a. 25a. Landscape Design (Advanced Course). — Large country estates; country parks; golf courses; drafting; field trips; assigned reading; reports; occasional lectures; 15 hours drafting a week. I; (5)*, or more by special arrangement with the head of the division. Assistant Professor Root, Mr. Evans, Mr. Venning Prerequisite: Horticulture 23b. 25b. Landscape Design. — (Continuation of 25a.) Cemeteries; real-es- tate subdivisions. Drafting ; field trips ; assigned readings ; reports ; occasional lectures; 15 hours drafting a week. 77; (5)*, or more by special arrangement with the head of the division. Professor Robinson, Mr. Evans, Mr. Venning Prerequisite: Horticulture 25a, 26b. 26a. Planting Design. — Plans, based on the design problems in course 23a; lectures; conferences; library research; drafting. Eight hours drafting a week. 77; (3). Assistant Professor Root Prerequisite : Horticulture 23a, 24b. 26b. Planting Design. — Plans, based on the design problems in course 25; lectures; conferences; library research; drafting. Eight hours drafting a week. /; (3). Assistant Professor Root Prerequisite: Horticulture 26a. 27a. Landscape Construction. — Relation of topographic maps to land- scape design ; calculation of cut and fill ; quantities of material ; grading plans and working drawings. One lecture and six hours drafting a week. /; (3). .... . . Mr. Smith Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 32; Horticulture 21b. 27b. Landscape Construction. — Construction drawings; drainage; water supply and sewage disposal ; specifications and reports ; engineering drawings based on the problems in course 23a. Two lectures and four hours drafting a week. 77; (3). Mr. Smith Prerequisite : Horticulture 27a. 28. Exotics. — Temporary decorative plants used in landscape garden- ing. Lectures; planting plans; field trips. II; (1). Assistant Professor Root Prerequisite: Horticulture 25a, 26b. 29a. Garden Design. — The garden in its relation to the house; archi- tectural harmony; utilization, topographic conditions, and planting for archi- tectural or horticultural emphasis. Eight hours drafting a week; one lecture. I; (3). Assistant Professor Root, Mr. Venning Prerequisite: Architecture 32 or Horticulture 23a. *In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study-list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which he intends to take the course; e. g., not 2-5, but i, or 3, or 4, or 5. 352 Horticulture 29b. Garden Design. — The designing of period gardens and their rela- lation to garden design. Eight hours drafting a week; one lecture. //; (3). Assistant Professor Root, Mr. Venning Prerequisite: Architecture 34 or Horticulture 25a. 30. Decorative and Bedding Plants. — Tropical and sub-tropical plants used in decorative work in the conservatory; tender plants used in out-door bedding. Lectures; practical greenhouse work. 77; (5). Mr. Hecht Prerequisite : Horticulture 15a. 31. Garden Flowers. — The propagation and growing of annuals, her- baceous perennials, bulbs, and shrubs for cut flowers and ornamental plantings. I; (3). Assistant Professor Dorner Prerequisite: Horticulture 5; Botany 1. 32. Floral Decoration. — Cut flowers and plants in decorative work; arrangement of flowers in baskets, designs, and bouquets; table decoration; house decoration. (For floriculture students.) II; (4). Assistant Professor Dorner [33. Systematic Pomology. — Description, nomenclature, and classifica- tion of native and sub-tropical fruits; critical descriptions and identification with special reference to relationships and classifications of varieties; judging and displaying fruits. I; (2). Not given, 1915-16. Prerequisite: Horticulture 8.] 34. Vegetables Under Glass. — History and development of vegetable forcing ; location and types of greenhouses for vegetable crops ; soils and fertilizers ; ventilation, watering, and treatment of insects and diseases, including fumigation and soil sterilization ; crops used for forcing ; marketing. Lectures ; reference readings; laboratory practise in planting and growing crops. I; (3). Mr. Durst, Mr. Brown Prerequisite : Horticulture 3. 35. Private Conservatory Work. — Types of plants for large conserva- tories; arrangement; care. II; (3). Assistant Professor Dorner Prerequisite : Horticulture 15a, 4. 36. History of Landscape Gardening. — Lectures; reference readings; library sketches; reports. II; (2). Assistant Professor Root 37a. Civic Design. — Town remodeling; remedial problems in town planning. Lectures; field trips; reference reading; reports; drafting. I; (3). Professor Robinson, Mr. Evans Prerequisite : Horticulture 41. 37b. Civic Design. — Town extension; preventive and preservative as- pects of town planning. Lectures; reference reading; drafting; textbook. //; (3). Professor Robinson Prerequisite: Horticulture 37a. Horticulture 353 38. Office Practise in Landscape Gardening. — Lectures; office work; reports. Practise in carrying out landscape plans in the field. / or //; (2). Assistant Professor Root Prerequisite: Horticulture 27a, 23b. 39a-39b. Special Lectures. — Lectures by members of the faculty and invited lecturers, on the working out of problems in landscape gardening. Re- quired of students taking the professional curriculum in landscape gardening. Certain inspection trips will be required of the class. The expense of these trips will be about two dollars. One lecture a week with written reports. /, II; (1). Assistant Professor Root Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor in charge. 40a. Trees and Shrubs (Advanced Course). — Laboratory, field, and her- barium work; assigned reading; seminar conferences. /; (3). Assistant Professor Root Prerequisite: Horticulture 24b. 40b. Trees and Shrubs (Advanced Course). — Special problems in the classification and arrangement of plants as to their leaf color. //; (3). Assistant Professor Root, Mr. Venning Prerequisite: Horticulture 21b. 41. Civic Design (Elementary Course). — Lectures; reference reading; reports. II; (1). Professor Robinson Prerequisite: Horticulture 23a. 42. Landscape Design (Elementary Course). — Application of landscape design to private grounds. One lecture; reference reading; reports; six hours drafting a week. //; (3). Mr. Smith Courses for Graduates At least two years of collegiate work in horticulture and allied subjects and specific preparation for the chosen topics are required for entrance on major work in this department. 102. Pomology. — Adaptation, propagation, cultivation, or pruning of small fruits. Conferences. 77; ( l / 2 to I unit). Professor Crandall 103. Olericulture. — Structure, cultural requirements, and improvement of vegetables. Conferences. /, II ; (i to 2 units; a student working part time and extending his study for the master's degree over two years may register for y 2 to i unit for each of the four semesters.) Professor Blair, Professor Lloyd 108. Pomology. — The relationship, adaptation, improvement, propaga- tion, cultivation, pruning, protection, preservation, or marketing of orchard fruits. Conferences. I, 77; (i to 2 units; a student working part time and extending his study for the master's degree over two years may register for x /2 to i unit for each of the four semesters.) Professor Blair, Professor Crandall 115. Horticulture. — The horticultural status of flowering plants; or special problems in the culture of greenhouse plants. Assistant Professor Dorner 354 Household Science HOUSEHOLD SCIENCE Isabel Bevier, Ph.M., Professor and Director Ruth Wheeler, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Lurene Seymour, Ph.B., B.S., Associate Cora Emeline Gray, M.S., Associate Maud Edna Parsons, A.B., Associate Florence Harrison, B.S., Associate Georgia Elizabeth Fleming, B.S., Instructor Grace Esther Stevens, A.B., Instructor Anna Waller Williams, AM., Instructor Greta Gray, A.M., Instructor Mamie Bunch, A.B., State Leader in Home Economics Demonstration Margaret Beaumont Stanton, A.M., Instructor Leona Hope, Instructor Olive B Percival, B.S., Assistant, Extension Fannie Maria Brooks, A.B., Assistant, Extension Grace Linder, A.B., Assistant, Extension Frederick Jackson Blackburn, B.S., Assistant, Extension Major: 20 hours from any courses offered by the department, exclud- ing Household Science 2 and 7, and including Household Science S, 6, 12, and 3. Minors: 20 hours from either (a) chemistry, bacteriology, and physi- ology; or (b) economics (a minimum of eight hours), along with one or two of the following subjects : art and design, education, history, psychology, and sociology. Food 1. Selection and Preparation of Food. — The nature and uses of foods, their chemical composition, and the changes effected by heat, cold, or fermenta- tion ; principles of selection, illustrated by marketing expeditions ; processes of manufacture; combinations of different kinds. 77; (3). Miss Stevens, Miss Stanton, Miss Greta Gray Prerequisite : Entrance credit in physics; Chemistry 1. 6. Economic Uses of Food. — (Continuation of 1.) The economics of the food question; uses and applications of preservatives. I; (3). Miss Stevens, Miss Stanton, Miss Greta Gray Prerequisite: Household Science 1. 14. Problems in the Preparation and Service of Food. — (Continuation of courses 1 and 6.) Preparation and service of meals for a family; cost and dietetic values ; the preparation of food in quantities ; individual problems in the manipulation of food materials. I or II; (3). Miss Cora Gray, Miss Williams Open to: (a) those who are preparing for lunch-room management; (b) those who are preparing for extension work; (c) in special cases, those who have completed the major in household science. Prerequisite: Household Science 1, 6; Chemistry 1, 2, 3 or 2a; junior standing, and the consent of the instructor. Household Science 355 5. Dietetics. — Diet; the relation of food to health; influence of age, sex, and occupation on diet; the construction of dietaries; dietetic treatment of certain diseases. Laboratory. / or 77; (3). Assistant Professor Wheeler Prerequisite: Household Science 1, 6; Physiology 4; Chemistry 1, 2, 3 or 2a. 4. Food and Nutrition. — The physiological, chemical, and bacteriologi- cal problems of food and nutrition. Individual investigation. I; (5). Assistant Professor Wheeler Prerequisite: Bacteriology 5; Chemistry 1, 2, 3 or 2a, 13a, 9, 9c, five hours in botany or zoology; Household Science 1, 5, 6. 18. Lunch-Room Management. — Organization and equipment of lunch rooms. Laboratory practise. (The class takes a trip to Chicago to inspect various types of lunch rooms. The cost of the trip is about $15.00.) I or II; (5). Miss Parsons Prerequisite : Household Science 1, 5, 6, 14; Economics 1 or 2, and senior standing. [20. Infant Nutrition. — Lectures; readings; discussions. I; (2). Not given, 1915-16. Assistant Professor Wheeler Prerequisite: Household Science 5, and senior standing.] The House 2. Home Architecture and Sanitation. — Situation, surroundings, and construction of the house; hygiene, heating, lighting, ventilating, water supply, and drainage. House planning and sanitary plumbing, fixtures, and internal drainage; making skeleton plans. I; (2). Professor Bevier, Miss Fleming, Miss Greta Gray, Assistant Professor Ash, and others Note: Only one credit for seniors. 3. Elementary Home Decoration. — Evolution of the house and home; homes of primitive peoples ; theory of color and its application in home decora- tion; furnishings from a sanitary and artistic standpoint. II; (2). Professor Bevier, Miss Fleming, Miss Greta Gray, Miss Hope Prerequisite : Art and Design 12; Household Science 2; junior standing. 10. Household Management. — Expenditure of the income; organiza- tion of the household; care of the house and family; home nursing; domestic service problem. Laboratory work in practise apartment. II; (2). Miss Cora Gray, Miss Williams Prerequisite : Household Science 1, 2, 6; Economics 1 or 2; junior stand- ing. Textiles and Clothing 7. Textiles. — Development of the textile industry from primitive times to the present; the important fibers and materials made from them; move- ments for bettering textile conditions; practise in weaving. / or 77; (2). Miss Seymour Note : Only one credit for seniors. 356 Household Science 12. Clothing. — Dress from the historic, hygienic, and economic stand- point. Making of garments from individual designs. 77; (3). Miss Hope, Miss Fleming Prerequisite: Household Science 7, 19; 30 hours of university work. Proof by examination or otherwise of the ability to sew. 17. Problems in the Study of Textiles. — Microscopic and chemical an- alysis of fabrics; dyeing; special problems. 77; (3). Miss Seymour Prerequisite: Household Science 7, 12; Chemistry 1, 2a. 19. Dress Design. — Effect of space division and line on proportion of figure; dresses for definite occasions. /; (2). Miss Hope Prerequisite: Household Science 7, Art and Design 1, 12; thirty hours of university work. Courses for Teachers 11. *Teachers* Course. — The best methods of presenting the work, and its correlation with other subjects. Practise in planning and presenting of courses. (Two inspection trips are made to other schools, one in April and one in May. The total cost does not exceed $5.00.) 77; (3). Professor Bevier, Miss Seymour, Miss Harrison Prerequisite: Household Science 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 12, and 13; laboratory work in sewing, Saturday morning, first semester; senior standing. 13. History of Home Economics. — Origin and development of home economics ; the work in different types of institutions ; the planning of courses for these types. 7"; (2). Professor Bevier, Miss Harrison, Miss Seymour Prerequisite: Senior standing. 9. Individual Problems. — Different phases of home economics. 77; (3). _ . ,. Professor Bevier Prerequisite : Senior standing. Economics of the Family 15. Economics of the Family Group. — The economic relations of the family as a whole and as individuals. Retail market; sources of income, and social and industrial conditions affecting them; child labor; economic position of women. /; (3). Miss Stanton Prerequisite: Household Science 3, 6, 10, 12. Courses for Graduates Students who wish to do graduate work in household science should special- ize in either the scientific or the economic phase of the subject. In either case they must offer twenty credit hours of household science as given in the Uni- versity of Illinois, or its equivalent, with a minimum of two years of chemistry, including organic chemistry, a year of biological science, and a year of either economics or sociology. Note : Courses 4, 5, and 20 may be taken for graduate credit. 101. Home Economics. — Origin and development: industrial, educa- tional, and sociological aspects. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Bevier 102. Special Investigations. — The application of the principles of bac- teriology, chemistry, and physiology to the ordinary processes used in prepara- tion of food; problems in nutrition. Twice a week; I, II; (2 units). Professor Bevier, Assistant Professor Wheeler •Millinery for those taking Household Science 11 is given from 10 to 12 o'clock on Saturday the second semester, and sewing from 10 to 12 o'clock the first semester. Household Science 357 103. Seminar. — Recent advances in nutrition. Once a week; II; ( l / 2 unit). Assistant Professor Wheeler Summer Session Courses Foods. — The work offered in foods is of two grades: (a) That designed for those who have studied or taught household science and wish to prepare themselves to teach it in high schools; (b) Advanced work in nutrition. S 1. Foods. — Sources and cost of foods; the cooking of various types; planning and service of meals. (1}^). Miss Stanton S 2. Foods. — Relative nutritive value of foods; dietetic values; the relation of foods to the human body. (l/^). Miss Stanton Prerequisite: A year's work of college rank with foods; a year of general chemistry; a course in general physiology. S 4. Clothing. — Textiles used in clothing; cost and care of clothing; use of patterns; drafting; making of undergarments, a shirtwaist, and a cotton dress. Lecture; discussion; laboratory. (2). Miss Hope and Miss Linder S 5. Millinery. — Designing and construction of wire, buckram, and cape net frames; covering with velvet and straw. Demonstrations; laboratory. (^). Miss Linder S 6a. Costume Design. — Appropriate dress; proportion of parts; out- line of figure and color harmony. Lecture; laboratory. (J4). Miss Hope S 6b. House Decoration and Furnishing. — History of furniture; per- spective drawing of rooms; color schemes; weaving. Lecture; laboratory. (££). Miss Hope ITALIAN (See Romance Languages and Literature.) JOURNALISM (See Rhetoric 12, 15, 17, 19, under The English Language and Literature.) LANDSCAPE GARDENING (See Horticulture.) LATIN (See Classics.) LAW Oliver Albert Harker, A.M., LL.D., Professor, Dean Frederick Green, A.M., LL.B., Professor Edward Harris Decker, A.B., LL.B., Professor John Norton Pomerov, A.M., LL.B., Professor Chester Garfield Vernier, A.B., J.D., Professor William Green Hale, B.S., LL.B., Professor, Secretary Charles Ernest Carpenter, A.M., LL.B., Assistant Professor First Year Courses Note. — In addition to the regular courses, first year students are required to attend one quiz-hour each week. la-lb. Contracts.— Williston's Cases on Contracts, Vols. I and II. Selected Illinois Cases. I; (4) : 77; (3). Professor Decker 358 Law 2a-2b. Torts. — Ames and Smith's Cases on Torts. I, II; (3). Professor Hale 37. Introduction to the Study of Law. — I; (1). Professor Decker 3. Real Property. — Gray's Cases on Property, Vols. I and II (2d Edition). //; (3). Assistant Professor Carpenter [4. Common Law Pleading. — //; (3). Not given, 1915-16.] 5. Criminal Law. — Beale's Cases on Criminal Law, (2nd edition). I; (4). Professor Vernier 6. Personal Property. — Gray's Cases on Property, Vol. I, (2nd edition). /; (2). Professor Green 7. Domestic Relations. — Woodruff's Cases on Domestic Relations, (2nd edition). //; (2). Professor Vernier 11a. Agency. — Wambaugh's Cases on Agency. II; (3). Assistant Professor Carpenter Second or Third Year Courses 8. Evidence. — Thayer's Cases on Evidence, (2nd edition). 77; (4). Professor Hale 9. Sales. — Williston's Cases on Sales, (2nd edition). I; (3). Professor Hale 10. Real Property. — Gray's Cases on Property, Vols. II and III, (2nd edition). I; (4). Assistant Professor Carpenter lib. Agency. — Wambaugh's Cases on Agency. I; (3). Assistant Professor Carpenter 12a- 12b. Equity. — Ames' Cases on Equity. I; (3): II; (2). Professor Pomeroy 13. Damages.— Beale's Cases on Damages, (2nd edition). I; (2). Professor Decker 14. Carriers. — Green's Cases on Carriers. II; (3). Professor Green 15. Bills and Notes. — Huff cut's Cases on Bills and Notes, (Colson's edi- tion). I; (4). Professor Vernier 16. Trusts. — Ames' Cases on Trusts, (2nd edition). II; (3). Professor Vernier 18. Wills.— Gray's Cases on Property, Vol. IV, (2nd edition). II; (2). Professor Pomeroy 19. Partnership. — Mechem's Cases on Partnership, (2nd edition). I; (2). Professor Hale 20. Equity Pleading. — Rush's Cases on Equity Pleading; selected Illi- nois and Federal Cases. II; (2). Professor Hakker 24. Municipal Corporations. — Beale's Cases on Municipal Corporations. II; (2). Professor Pomeroy 27. Future Interests in Property. — Gray's Cases on Property, Vol. V and part of Vol. VI, (2nd edition). II; (3). Assistant Professor Carpenter Note: Given in 1915-16 and in alternate years. 28. Insurance. — Wambaugh's Cases on Insurance. I; (2). Professor Green Note : Given in 1915-16 and in alternate years. Law 359 30. Public International Law. — Lawrence's Principles of International Law and Scott's Cases on International Law. I; (3). Professor Garner [32. Quasi-Contracts. — Woodruff's Cases on Quasi-Contracts. II; (2). Given in alternate years. Not given in 1915-16.] [34. Public Utilities. — Wyman's Cases on Public Service Companies, (2nd edition). //; (2). Given in alternate years. Not given in 1915-16.] 35a. Brief Making. — Lectures and assigned work. /; (1). Professor Decker 35b. Moot Court. — //; (1). Professor Harker Prerequisite : Law 4 and 35a. Third Year Courses 4a. Illinois Procedure. — /; (3). Professor Harker 17. Private Corporations. — Canfield and Wormser's Cases on Private Corporations. II; (4). Professor Green 21. Suretyship. — Ames' Cases on Suretyship. II; (3). Professor Decker Prerequisite: Law 15. 22. Constitutional Law. — Hall's Cases on Constitutional Law. I; (3). Professor Green 23. Mortgages and the Recording Acts. — /; (2). Professor Pomeroy 25. Bankruptcy. — Williston's Cases on Bankruptcy, (2nd edition). I; (2). Professor Pomeroy 31. Conflict of Laws. — Beale's Shorter Selection of Cases on Conflict of Laws. II; (2). Professor Vernier 33. Constitutional Law. — Hall's Cases on Constitutional Law. II; (2). Professor Green 36a-36b. Moot Court. — I, II; (2). Professor Harker Prerequisite : Law 4, 20, and 35a. LIBRARY SCIENCE Phineas Lawrence Windsor, Ph.B., Director Frances Simpson, MX., B.L.S., Assistant Director, Assistant Professor Florence Rising Curtis, A.B., B.L.S., Associate Ernest James Reece, Ph.B., Associate Ethel Bond, A.B., B.L.S., Instructor and Catalog Reviser Emma Felsenthal, Ph.B., B.L.S., Instructor and Reference Assistant Edna Lyman Scott, Special Lecturer Fanny Wilder Hill, A.B., B.L.S., Reviser and Assistant Lecturers from the Staff of the Library Francis Keese Wynkoop Drury, A.M., B.L.S., Lecturer, Order Work Philip Sanford Goulding, A.B., Lecturer, Cataloging Charles Edward Graves, A.B., Lecturer, Exchanges Alice Sarah Johnson, A.B., B.L.S., Lecturer, General Reference Emma Reed Jutton, B.L.S., Lecturer, Loans Adah Patton, B.L.S., Lecturer, Cataloging 360 Library Science Margaret Hutchins, A.B., B.L.S., Lecturer, General Reference Ola M Wyeth, A.B., B.L.S., Lecturer Mary Torrance, A.B., B.L.S., Lecturer Charles Edwin Janvrin, Ph.B., B.L.S., Lecturer Winifred Fehrenkamp, B.L.S., Lecturer Eva Cloud, Lecturer in the Summer Session 2a-2b. Reference Work. — Methods of bibliographic research; use of reference books ; practical work in the reference department of the University- library. I, //; (3). Assistant Professor Simpson 3a-3b. Selection of Books. — Selection for libraries of different types; standard lists, critical periodicals, and other aids; practise in writing book annotations. I, II; (2). Miss Felsenthal 4a-4b. Practise Work. — Work in the various departments of the Uni- versity library. (To be taken with Library 2, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, and 21.) I, II; (2). Mr. Reece 6a-6b. Subject Bibliography. — Books in special subjects; literature and bibliography. Lectures by professors in the respective departments of the University. 7, II; (2). Director Windsor, and others [7. History of Libraries. — The foundation, development, and resources of libraries of Europe and the United States. I; (2). Given in alternate years. Not given, 1915-16. Assistant Professor Simpson] 8. Advanced Reference. — Transactions of learned societies; special periodicals and government publications; indexes and other works of value to a large reference department. I; (2). Assistant Professor Simpson Prerequisite: Library 2a-2b. 9. History of Books and Printing. — The early forms of books; the invention and spread of printing ; book illustration ; book-binding. Given in alternate years. II; (2). Director Windsor lOa-lOb. Practise Work. — (Continuation of course 4, supplemented by one month of work on the staff of an assigned public library.) I, II; (4). Miss Curtis 12. General Reference. — Classification and arrangement of books in the University library; card catalogs; reference books. (Intended for freshmen and sophomores in the University, not for students in Library School.) I or //; (2). Miss Hutchins, Miss Felsenthal, Miss Johnson 13a-13b. Public Documents. — 13a: Production and distribution of United States documents ; their treatment and use as reference books. 13b : American state and municipal documents ; publications of foreign governments. /, II; (2). Mr. Reece 15a-15b. Seminar in Library Economy. — Special problems; library economy publications. I, II; (2). Mr. Reece and others 16. Order, Accession, and Shelf Work. — Order department records and routine ; book-buying ; publishers and discounts ; copyright ; serials and continu- ations; gifts; exchanges; duplicates; the accession book and its substitutes; the shelf list and its uses; care of pamphlets, clippings, and maps. I; (2). Miss Curtis Library Science 361 17. Classification and Subject Headings. — Dewey Decimal and Cutter expansive systems; subject headings for dictionary catalog; book numbers. I; (3). Miss Bond 18. Cataloging. — Dictionary catalog; classed catalog. I; (3). Miss Bond 19. Trade Bibliography. — Books and periodicals used as tools of the book trade of America, England, Germany, and France. II; (1). Mr. Reece 20. Loan Department. — Records; representative systems; rules, regula- tions, and practises. II; (1). Miss Tutton 21. Printing, Binding, and Indexing. — Printing: Printing for libraries; preparing copy and reading proof. Binding: Materials and methods of book- binding for libraries ; practise in preparing books for the bindery and in making necessary records. Indexing: Magazine and book indexing; marking copy, choice and arrangement of entries. II; (2). Director Windsor, Miss Curtis 22. Library Legislation. — Organization and administration of public libraries, special libraries, state library agencies, library training, library periodi- cals. II; (3). Miss Curtis 23a-23b. Library Administration and Current Library Literature. — Current library periodicals, bulletins, reports, catalogs, and reading lists ; organ- ization, reorganization, and administration of small libraries ; planning and equip- ment of reading rooms and small library buildings ; library accounts and business forms. I, II; (1). Miss Curtis 24a-24b. Selection of Books. — English translation of representative works of French, German. Spanish, Italian, and Russian novelists, dramatists, and short story writers of the 19th century; examination of about fort}' newly published books each month. I, II; (2). Assistant Librarian Drury 25. Comparative Classification and Cataloging. — The principal systems; rules for cataloging. 77; (1). Miss Bond Prerequisite : Library 17, 18. 26a-26b. Library Administration. — Advanced trade bibliography; li- brary organization ; library architecture ; legislative and municipal reference work; library work with children; special topics. I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Simpson and others 27. Bibliographical Institutions. — Organization and work of societies and institutions of America and Europe; cooperative bibliographical undertak- ings; international bibliography. I; (1). Miss Patton 28. Practise Work. — Advanced practise work in departments of the University library. 77; *(1 to 4). Miss Curtis Summer Session Courses Note. — The courses indicated covered six weeks and received no university credit. Only people employed in libraries were admitted. •In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study-list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which ht intends to take the course: e. g., not 1-4, but /, or i, or 3, or 4. : 2 Manual Training S 1. Class in ration; Cataloging; Bock Numbers. — F-.:< :.■■■■-.-:: : c S 2. Reference Work.-B.eferer.ee b::ks suited :: the small : . . . - a - 7 'j. ".■: i ; •_ : - :'-. S 3. Selection of Books — !::•: selection and subject bibliography. S *. Work with Children. — Selection arte discuss:::: ::' children's S 5. Order and Accession: Loan Department; Binding and Repair. — 5 o Library Adrninistraticn and Extension — T-j.-.:-: o -j.-:-:'< MANUAL TRAINING Sammer Session Only -'=. ~. ?.■■:•- I : .--::::* :f >.i' : ;.' £:"'-;:::':»•, Z:'j.-:;: ':'-:v. ':':-'- ::- 1. 117.:::'" _:::.-.:■ .-1 • ■•;:;••.• ■.«". .-:::•;-": J/c-t'.rj T. :• - n — arnal an. s have been arranged to sa' oeeds :f -_-,' ::' srebert: :t art en: ore summer s^ : :i:r.: 1 : :::~:r. teruer.ts ho pursue the rl-: idea ioher teachm r : r s up en. i sin g it in their srh :•:". • 2 - r.ual arts tea thers and :: i;:r- h: tale the ::_:-: :: :r.:rease their l-.m: ::: an: e:::er:er.:e S2 Woodworking.— _- : r tea:: -■ - the seventh an: e ades crocs - :•:.: r : :-::: ; : :n.:nrt: ca.^cs :a:ers let- w:r> at ice bench ' 7ee V. ': Mr ?.k?t. Mr D-*cas 5 2. Woodworking.— r or teachers — ho have ccmcleted 5 2 . Cabinet -? dts:gr:rg and mai-omg furrurcre ■ 1 1 d t ;miro; Bee. Si !.. M r . -->.:-?: Mr _ . S L . Elements of Drafting.— 7-eehar.d and metis e :f rumen*.- :n soannar: set :: :r.-nni" :ra : :n c o.ates :ra:::to maorure rrtipg, inw i Hr k. and oblique projection, perspective. (4). S :' Descriptive Geometry. — Point, line, and plane; properties of snr- : interse:o::ns and developments :: s:r:a:e: - Mr '.*-■".: S t Pattern Shop— Care = e :: tools ::: -::.-re; use of ma:h:nes 1 Mr. DuscAJJ >er, brass, and surer; raising, anne a ling , filing, sawing or piercing, etching, " .; ■; 7ee Si 2 : ; 1 '.r Haa-S Jewelm — - uohies of stones; casting silver; poiiahmsr and finishing metals; coloring by meal and electrical mefbods. (Tee. S3.) (2%). Mr. Haas Vz:'- ■■>"■::■:: :•:■: ma:hzma:::s 7:: ■:■ .":.: :::i 7 : ~ 7 . I_7_ I 7 • 7-i:::i .-_:?-:: 27:mr± ?- 7 . ?':f;:::~ 717. 7: ""..- 7j::_ 7 - 7 r-:; - 7 •:-:■:! 5h..-- 7 5: rw*OT ITmih mi Sisax, PhlD, Assistant Professor :, PkD, Anirfwf Professor nz Ti-.th :.• : i 7-7 .-. A.-xzv 7ny Kzi-?:-.-zi "."."z^i5 7 :: :: 7: - .' 7h::: Levi Thomas :: son 7-vv ".V.-.rs.::.- 5::::z 7 _- 7_ :":::• 7 . : : : 7: - -...I- ?-::h .-:.v :: 5ezj::..n : A 7 .72.:: 1 : .:.:;::. Miners: .-.er.-.y -;_rs Sr^e:::! :':: — r7yi:;; :r.e — :«:ry. iz.i ±~:::z- :.—.;. ■ CoOcge Algebra.— / or//; S 7-;:r;5:r 5:5 -. :■: .-.ssiitir.: 7 7- 7v~i 7r '.V a h::v 7- - 7- rrv 7 M: : FYaufMMih; Entrance algebra, 1$4 mils; plane g * Flans T-£c = r=etry.— 7 :r 77: 7 ?:: ::■;.- :.r: 7~:iia - 7 .::£ _. Dr. Ce: - 71; — ?*■:•■•-!-.>>>;:■ 7-:r:n:; i.ce': — '.'-.- r .:; ; : : ;:::::::- 1 _r_:: 5. Teachers' Ccurse — 5... tir-a. v.i -e ;:f.r.:r. := ;;..-;: -- :::;-; ::' :ei;r„r.; ::- = ".a: :~ ::r;:.-^:2 :: . ; .r-.r-:r. -•.;: ; ;.- ' : : : - . : : :;:;:.- : : . • :r7-:r ir : .— ;; — ;-:; of topic? ; text-books: literature. Lectures; discasstons; report?. /; K 7 ..... Dr. Lnn .•'.••.\>vi:.' ..~.:r >:.-;.:.« 364 Mathematics 6. Analytic Geometry. — Plane and solid analytic geometry. II; (5). Associate Professor Shaw, Assistant Professor Sisam, Dr. Crathorne, Dr. Borger, Dr. Lytle, Dr. Wahlin, Dr. Kempner, Dr. Reed, Dr. Denton, Dr. Chittenden, Dr. Wilson, Mr. Smith, Mr. Wilson, Mr. Marshall, Mr. Frary, Mr. Borden, Mr. Roth 7-9. Differential and Integral Calculus. — Functions of one and of several variables. (Section Al is an honor section and may be selected by those specializing in mathematics or having an average grade of 90 in freshman mathematics.) /; (5) : 77; (3). Professor Townsend, Professor Reitz, Associate Professor Shaw, Assistant Professor Sisam, Assistant Professor Emch, Assistant Professor Carmichael, Dr. Crathorne, Dr. Borger, Dr. Lytle, Dr. Wahlin, Dr. Kempner, Dr. Chit- tenden. Note: Two sections of Mathematics 7 are given the second semester. Prerequisite: Mathematics 6. 8. Differential and Integral Calculus. — (For students in chemistry and chemical engineering). /; (5). Professor Miller, Mr. Smith Prerequisite : Mathematics 6. 9a. Differential and Integral Calculus. — (Second course). The definite (single and multiple) integral; formation of problems in applied mathematics; line, surface, and volume integrals ; the theorem of Stokes and Green ; partial differentiation ; exact integrals with applications of the conditions for exactness ; elements of differential equations, approximate quadrature and integration of differential equations. /; (2) Associate Professor Shaw, Dr. Crathorne, Dr. Borger, Dr. Denton Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 10. Theory of Equations and Determinants. — An algebraic equation in one unknown ; solutions of systems of simultaneous equations ; theory of a system of linear equations; determinants. II; (3). Professor Miller Prerequisite : Mathematics, 6, 7, 9 (or 8). 16-17. Differential Equations and Advanced Calculus. — Ordinary and partial differential equations ; special topics of calculus of value in the application of mathematics not included in Mathematics 7, 9. I, II; (3). Professor Townsend Prerequisite : Mathematics 7 and 9, (or 8). 18. Constructive Geometry. — Development and training of space per- ception; properties of lines, planes, and the simpler surfaces of the second order studied by methods of parallel and central projection; graphical interpretation of the processes of analytic geometry; analytic discussion of the methods of descriptive geometry. I; (3). Assistant Professor Emch Prerequisite : Mathematics 6. 19. Solid Analytic Geometry. — Equations of the plane and right line in space ; the more general properties of surfaces of the second degree ; the classification and special properties of quadrics ; a brief introduction to the theory of surfaces. II; (3). Assistant Professor Sisam Prerequisite: Mathematics 7, 9 (or 8), and 10. Mathematics 365 21. Method of Least Squares. — Law of probability and error; adjust- ment of observations ; precision of observations ; independent and conditional observations. I; (2). Professor Stebbins Prerequisite: Mathematics 7, 9 (or 8). 23. Averages and Mathematics of Investment. — Meaning, use, and abuse of different kinds of averages; probability; annuities, insurance, and branches of science ; loans and investments ; the evaluation of investment securi- ties. //; (3). Professor Reitz Prerequisite: Mathematics 2; junior standing. 24-25. Functions of a Complex Variable. — I, II; (3). Professor Townsend Prerequisite: Mathematics 7, 9, 16-17. [31. Actuarial Theory. — Application of probability to life contin- gencies; mortality tables; fire insurance; premiums for various types of insur- ance. /; (3). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Rietz Prerequisite: Mathematics 7, 9 (or 8), and 23.] [32. History of Mathematics. — The elementary subjects; rise and growth of the higher mathematics chiefly in the nineteenth century; biography of persons influential in this development. Lectures; reports on assigned reading. II; (2). Not given, 1915-16. Dr. Lytle Prerequisite: Junior standing in mathematics.] [33-34. Modern Algebra. — Theory of matrices; system of linear equa- tions ; bilinear and quadratic forms ; properties of polynomials ; algebraic invariants; elementary divisors. I, 77; (3). Not given, 1915-16. Dr. Borger Prerequisite : Mathematics 7, 9, 10.] 27-28. Projective Geometry. — Fundamental concepts; anharmonic ratio ; projective pencils and ranges ; transformations and groups ; theory of conies and quadric surfaces; pencils and ranges of conies; quadratic transforma- tions and projective theory of cubics; applications in mechanics. /, II; (3). Assistant Professor Emch Prerequisite : Senior standing in mathematics. 40. Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics. — The concepts of higher mathematics in their bearing on elementary mathematics. II; (2). Dr. Lytle Prerequisite : Junior standing in mathematics. Courses for Graduates 100. Seminar and Thesis. — Three times a week; I, II; (i or 2 units). Professor Townsend, Professor Miller, Professor Rietz, Associate Professor Shaw, Assistant Professor Sisam, Assistant Professor Emch, Assistant Professor Carmichael [101. Functions of Real Variables. — Real variables; assemblages. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Townsend Prerequisite: Mathematics 16-17.] 104. Expansions in Fundamental Functions. — Theory of integral equa- tions; methods of expansion of arbitrary functions in terms of the characteristic 366 Mathematics functions of a given nucleus; applications of Green's functions, Potential functions, Fourier series, series of Legendrians, of Bessel functions; differential equations of physics under given boundary conditions; the inversion of definite integrals. Three times a week; I, II ; (i unit). Associate Professor Shaw 105. Calculus of Variations. — Those elements of the science most needed in the study of the higher subjects of mathematical astronomy and physics. /, II; (i unit). Dr. Crathorne Prerequisite: Mathematics 16. 110. Elliptic Functions. — Application to geometry and mechanics; the elliptic modular functions. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Carmichael Prerequisite: Mathematics 24. [111. Automorphic Functions. — First semester: The group-theoretic side of the theory. Second semester: Function-theoretic developments and applica- tions. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Assistant Professor Emch Prerequisite: Mathematics 24-25 and preferably 27-28 and 110.] [113. Theory of Linear Differential Equations. — Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Dr. Crathorne Prerequisite: Mathematics 24-25.] [120. Elementary Theory of Groups. — Groups in arithmetic, geometry, and trigonometry; those which can be represented with a small number of letters; the abstract group theory; the Galois theory of equations. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Professor Miller Prerequisite: Mathematics 33-34.] 121. Theory of Groups. — A second course in the theory of groups of finite order. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Miller Prerequisite: Mathematics 120. 124. Theory of Numbers. — Conferences; Kronecker's modular systems; quadratic residues and forms; algebraic numbers. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Dr. Wahlin 129. Theory of Statistics. — Statistical investigation; application of the theory of probability to statistical data ; fitting curves to observation ; inter- polation ; theory of errors ; variability and correlation ; problems in economics, sociology, and biology. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Rietz Prerequisite : Mathematics 8. [130. Invariants and Higher Plane Curves. — Algebraic curves; applica- tion of the theory of invariants to higher plane curves; curves of the third and fourth order. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Assistant Professor Sisam Prerequisite: Mathematics 16, 27.] [131. Algebraic Surfaces. — Homogeneous coordinates, invariants, and geometry of three dimensions ; surfaces ; special properties of surfaces of the third and fourth order. Three times a week; I, II ; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Assistant Professor Sisam Prerequisite: Mathematics 19.] Mathematics 367 135. Metric Differential Geometry. — The calculus and the general theory of curves and surfaces based on the use of Cartesian coordinates; theory of surfaces and the theory of invariants of a pair of quadratic differential forms. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Sisam Prerequisite: Mathematics 16. [141. Vector Methods. — The algebras of quaternions, space analysis, and dyadics; differentiation and integration; rational mechanics, elasticity, hydrodynamics, electrodynamics. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Associate Professor Shaw Prerequisite: Mathematics 16.] [142. General Algebra. — Linear associative algebra or hyper-complex numbers ; systems useful for the geometry and physics of N dimensions ; relativity theories, and general differential and integral invariants ; linear opera- tors and functional equations ; general analysis, integro-differential equations, infinite systems; operators; general invariant theories. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given, 1915-16. Associate Professor Shaw Prerequisite: Mathematics 16-17.] Summer Session Courses S 2. College Algebra. — (Equivalent to course 2) Rietz and Cra- thorne's College Algebra. (3). Dr. Wahlin Prerequisite: 2y 2 units entrance mathematics. S 4. Plane Trigonometry. — (Equivalent to course 4.) Kenyon and Ingold's Trigonometry. (2). Mr. Zeis Prerequisite: 2^ units entrance mathematics. S 6. Analytical Geometry. — (Equivalent to course 6.) Ziwet and Hopkins' Analytic Geometry. (5). Dr. Kempner Prerequisite: Mathematics 2 and 4. S 7. Differential Calculus. — (Equivalent to course 7). Townsend and Goodenough's Essentials of Calculus. (5). Mr. Wilson Prerequisite: Mathematics 6. S 9. Integral Calculus. — (Equivalent to Mathematics 9). Townsend and Goodenough's Essentials of Calculus. (3). Assistant Professor Shaw, Mr. Zeis Prerequisite: Mathematics 7. n. *S 10. Theory of Equations and Determinants. — For description, see Mathematics 10. Text: Dickson's Elementary Theory of Equations, (3). Dr. Wahlin Prerequisite : Mathematics 6. \ *S 16. Differential Equations. — For descriptions, see Mathematics 16. (3). Assistant Professor Shaw Prerequisite: Mathematics 8 or 9. 368 Mechanical Engineering MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Charles Russ Richards, M.M.E., Professor George Alfred Goodenough, M.E., Professor, Thermodynamics Bruce Willet Benedict, B.S., Director, Shop Laboratories Lewis Allen Harding, M.E., Professor Experimental Mechanical Engineering Oscar Adolph Leutwiler, M.E., Professor, Machine Design Arthur Cutts Willard, B.S., Assistant Professor, Heating and Ventilation John Adlum Dent, M.E., Associate George Benjamin Rice, Lecturer on the Installation and Operation of Mechani- cal Equipment for Buildings, and Assistant Mechanical Engineer in the Office of the Supervising Architect Alonzo Plumsted Kratz, M.S., Research Associate, Engineering Experiment Station Harry Frederick Godeke, B.S., Instructor Edwin Frank, B.S., Instructor Harry William Waterfall, B.S., Instructor, Machine Design Horatio Sprague McDewell, M.M.E., Instructor Edgar Thomas Lanham, Instructor, Forge Practise Robert Edwin Kennedy, Instructor, Foundry Practise Gustave Adolph Gross, Instructor, Pattern Making Gustav Howard Radebaugh, Instructor, Machine Practise James Harvey Hogue, Instructor, Foundry Practise Jeremiah Amos De Turk, B.S., Instructor, Machine Practise Leroy Alonzo Wilson, M.M.E., First Assistant, Engineering Experiment Station James Merion Duncan, Assistant, Pattern Making Peter Joseph Rebman, Assistant, Forge Practise John Alexander Frisk, Assistant and Mechanician 1. Steam and Air Machinery. — Construction, operation, and care of boilers, engines, and air compressors ; thermodynamics ; steam engine perform- ance; compressed air. (For students in civil and mining engineering.) I; (3). Mr. Dent Prerequisite: Junior standing. 2. Steam Engineering. — Engines, boilers, pumps, condensers, and other steam machinery. 77; (3). Mr. Godeke, Mr. McDewell, Mr. Frank Prerequisite : Physics la-lb, 3a-3b. 11. Thermodynamics and Heat Engines. — (For students in electrical engineering.) I; (3). Professor Goodenough Prerequisite : Mechanical Engineering 1 or 2. 12. Thermodynamics. — Transformation of heat into work; the second law and its connection with irreversible processes ; heat media ; perfect gases ; saturated and superheated vapors; flow of fluids. II; (5). Professor Goodenough Prerequisite: Mathematics 9a; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 27. 15. Gas Power Engineering. — Internal combustion engines; liquid and gaseous fuels and their combustion; gas producers. I; (3). Professor Richards Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 12. Mechanical Engineering 369 23. Mechanical Equipment of Buildings. — Designing systems: Heating and ventilation; refrigeration; fire protection; vacuum cleaning; elevators; lighting; small power plants. Lectures; laboratory. I; (5). Assistant Professor Willard Prerequisite : Senior standing. 25. Heating and Ventilation for Architects. — Direct and indirect steam and hot water heating; furnace heating; ventilation and air analysis; air condition; temperature and humidity control. I; (2). Assistant Professor Willard Prerequisite : Senior standing. 26. Heating and Ventilation. — Steam boilers and water heaters of steel and cast iron for heating service ; heat losses from buildings ; direct and indirect steam and hot water heating, using gravity systems ; furnace heating ; fan blast or mechanical indirect systems ; exhaust steam heating ; district heating by steam and water; ventilation and air analysis; air conditioning; temperature and humidity control. 77; (3). Assistant Professor Willard Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 65. 30. Mechanics of Machinery. — Mechanisms and mechanical movements; cams, gears, valve gears, and quick-return motions ; graphic constructions for displacement, velocity, and acceleration ; kinetics of the steam engine and similar mechanisms; balancing; critical speeds; force and mass reduction. II; (5). Mr. Dent Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 27. 32. Power Transmission. — Shafting, belts, ropes, cables, water, air, gas, and steam; measurement and storage of power. II; (3). Professor Richards, Mr. McDewell Prerequisite : Mechanical Engineering 12 and 43. 37. Principles of Management. — Industrial development; modern indus- trial tendencies; organization; selection and compensation of labor; application of science to industrial problems ; shop systems of management ; production. /; (3). Director Benedict Prerequisite : Mechanical Engineering, 81, 82. 43. Engineering Design. — Machine design; investigation of machines similar to the one to be designed; machinery subjected to heavy and Variable stresses; punches, shears, presses, riveters, and cranes. I; (5). Professor Leutwiler, Mr. Waterfall Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 29; Mechanical Engi- neering 30. 44. Engineering Design. — Special tools, fixtures, jigs, dies, and gauges used in high production manufacturing. II; (2). Professor Leutwiler, Director Benedict, Mr. Waterfall Prerequisite : Mechanical Engineering 37 and 43. 52. Power Plant Design. — Steam power plant. II; (3). Professor Leutwiler, Mr. Waterfall Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 43 and 65. 370 Mechanical Engineering 54. Industrial Plant Design. — Design and equipment; buildings, heat- ing, ventilation, lighting, power generation, and transmission ; drying processes. //; (3). Professor Harding Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 43 and 65. 61. Power Measurement. — Testing and calibrating instruments and apparatus ; the indicator ; horse-power and steam consumption ; indicator dia- grams; valve setting. (For students in electrical engineering.) /; (2). Mr. Godeke, Mr. Frank, Mr. McDewell Prerequisite : Mechanical Engineering 1 or 2. 62. Power Measurement and Steam Engines. — Laboratory, substan- tially the same as Mechanical Engineering 61; lectures. //; (3). Mr. Godeke, Mr. Frank, Mr. McDewell Prerequisite: Junior standing. 64. Power Measurement. — Engine and boiler tests — scales, ther- mometers, indicators, brakes and dynamometers, gauges, calorimeters ; calibration and use; horse-power of steam engines, pumps, and gas engines. Reports. II; (3). Mr. Goedeke, Mr. Frank, Mr. McDewell Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 2; registration in Mechanic?! Engi- neering 12 or Chemistry 31. 65. Power Laboratory. — Engines; turbines; gas engines; pumps; boilers ; injectors ; air compressors ; hoisting appliances ; heating apparatus ; refrigerating machines. /; (3). Professor Harding, Mr. Goedeke, Mr. Frank, Mr. McDewell Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 12 and 64. 66. Power Laboratory. — Special research. 77; (2). Professor Harding, Mr. Goedeke, Mr. Frank, Mr. McDewell Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 65; senior standing. 71. Forge Work for Agricultural Students. — Forging and welding; tempering tools ; pointing and hardening cultivator shovels, plow shares. Six hours a week, either half of I or II; (1). Mr. Lanham, Mr. Rebman 73. Wood Work for Agricultural Students. — Carpentry for the farmer; use of tools; layout and construction of building joints; repairs to buildings and equipment. Six hours a week, either half of I or II; (1). Mr. Gross, Mr. Duncan 75. Forge Work. — Hand and power forging and welding of metals; heat treatment of carbon and high speed steels in modern gas, electric, and cyanide furnaces; case carbonizing. (9 weeks.) / or II; (1). Mr. Lanham, Mr. Rebman 77. Foundry Work. — Bench, floor, and machine moulding; core making; operation of cupola and brass furnace; casting of iron, brass, and alloys. (9 weeks.) I or II; (2). Mr. Kennedy, Mr. Hogue 79. Pattern Work. — Hand and machine methods. (18 weeks.)/ or II; (3). Mr. Gross, Mr. Duncan 81-82. Machine Work. — Modern manufacturing methods; machine operation ; shop management ; organization ; production methods ; dispatching Mechanics, Theoretical and Applied 371 work; ordering, storing, and routing materials; time studies; shop accounting; inspection and all activities of the machine department of a manufacturing plant. /; (3) ; //; (2). Mr. Radebaugh, Mr. De Turk 99. Thesis. — Investigation of special subject and preparation of thesis embodying a review of the literature of the subject, the results of investigation, and a discussion of those results. /// (3). Courses for Graduates Entrance upon graduate work in mechanical engineering presupposes the full undergraduate curriculum in that subject. 106. Heat Motors. — The internal combustion motor; steam turbine; refrigeration. Twice a week; (i unit). Professor Goodenough 107. Thermodynamics. — Thermodynamics; application to physical and engineering problems. Twice a week; I; (i unit). Professor Goodenough 109. Machine Design — Rational design; application of mechanics of materials. Individual problems. Twice a week; I or II; (i unit). Professor Leutwiler 112. Laboratory Investigation. — Combustion of fuel; boiler economy; steam engines and turbines ; gas engines and producers ; explosive mixtures ; mechanical refrigeration. Original work. Three times a week ; I, II; (i l /z units). Professor Richards, Professor Harding 114. Dynamics of Machinery. — Advanced problems. Balancing, whirl- ing and vibration of shafts; governors; fly wheels; force and mass reduction; stresses in rotating masses. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Goodenough MECHANICS, THEORETICAL AND APPLIED Arthur Newell Talbot, C.E., D.Sc, Professor, Municipal and Sanitary Engi- neering, in Charge of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Herbert Fisher Moore, M.M.E., Research Professor, Engineering Materials, Engineering Experiment Station Melvin Lorenius Enger, C.E., Assistant Professor, Mechanics and Hydraulics Willis Appleford Slater, M.S., C.E., Research Assistant Professor, Applied Mechanics, Engineering Experiment Station Virgil R Fleming, B.S., Associate Fred B Seely, M.S., Associate George Paul Boomsliter, M.S., Associate Newton Edward Ensign, A.B., B.S., Associate Clarence Eugene Noerenberg, A.B., A.E., Instructor Harry Gardner, M.S., Instructor Alex Vallance, M.E., Instructor William James Putnam, B.S., Instructor Harrison Frederick Gonnerman, M.S., First Assistant, Engineering Experiment Station 1. Analytical Mechanics. — Specially designed for graduates and ad- vanced undergraduates in arts and sciences. Lamb's Statics and Lamb's Dyna- mics. I; (3). Mr. Ensign Prerequisite: Mathematics 8 or 9. 372 Mechanics, Theoretical and Applied 2. Analytical Mechanics. — (A continuation of course 1.) Lamb's Dynamics. II; (3). Mr. Ensign Prerequisite : Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 1. 10. Hydraulics. — Pressure and flow of water; utilization as motive power ; power and efficiency ; determination of experimental coefficients. Hos- kin's Text-Book on Hydraulics. Laboratory weekly; II; (3). Assistant Professor Enger, Mr. Fleming, Mr. Seely, Mr. Boomsliter, Mr. Vallance Prerequisite: Mathematics 9; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 21. 14. Elements of Mechanics. — Kinematics; kinetics; statics. (For archi- tects and others who have not taken the calculus.) Morley's Mechanics for Engineers. II; (4). Mr. Boomsliter, Mr. Gardner Prerequisite: Mathematics 2, 4. 15-16. Strength of Materials. — Graphic methods of determining the elastic curve of beams ; centroids and moments of inertia of areas ; reinforced concrete beams and columns; properties and tests of engineering materials. (For students in architecture and others without the prerequisites required for course 29.) Murdock's Strengtli of Materials. Laboratory every other week. I, II; (3). Mr. Boomsliter, Mr. Noerenberg, Mr. Ensign, Mr. Gardner, Mr. Vallance Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 14. 20. Analytical Mechanics. — The mechanics of engineering rather than that of astronomy and physics. Equilibrium ; centroids and center of gravity ; friction; engineering problems. Maurer's Technical Mechanics. II; (3). Mr. Boomsliter, Mr. Ensign, Mr. Noerenberg, Mr. Gardner, Mr. Putnam Prerequisite : Mathematics 7; registration in Mathematics 9. 21. Analytical Mechanics. — Continuation of course 20. Kinematics; kinetics. Maurer's Technical Mechanics. I ; (2). Mr. Boomsliter, Mr. Ensign, Mr. Gardner, Mr. Putnam Prerequisite : Mathematics 9; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20. 25. Resistance of Materials. — Condensation of course 29. (For students in architectural, ceramic, chemical, electrical, mining, and railway engineering.) Merriman's Mechanics of Materials. I ; (4). Assistant Professor Enger, Mr. Fleming, Mr. Boomsliter, Mr. Ensign, Mr. Seely, Mr. Vallance, Mr. Putnam Prerequisite: Mathematics 9; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20. 26. Analytical Mechanics and Hydraulics. — Kinematics; kinetics; hydraulics; problems; experiments in the hydraulic laboratory. (For students in architectural, electrical, and mining engineering.) Laboratory weekly dur- ing the last half of semester. Maurer's Technical Mechanics and Hoskin's Text-book on Hydraulics. II; (4). Assistant Professor Enger, Mr. Fleming, Mr. Seely, Mr. Boomsliter, Mr. Val- lance, Mr. Putnam Prerequisite : Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 25. 27. Analytical Mechanics. — Kinetics; kinematics. (A longer course than Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 21 ; for mechanical engineering stu- Mechanics, Theoretical and Applied 373 dents during the transition period of changing curriculums.) Hancock's Applied Mechanics for Engineers. I; (3). Assistant Professor Enger, Mr. Seely, Mr. Ensign Prerequisite: Mathematics 9; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20. 29. Resistance of Materials. — Materials; properties and requirements; the effect of methods of manufacture on quality; specifications and standard tests; experiments and investigations in the materials laboratory. (For students in civil, mechanical, municipal and sanitary, and railway civil engineering.) Recitations ; lectures ; assigned reading ; laboratory weekly. Merriman's Me- chanics of Materials. I; (5). Professor Talbot, Mr. Seely, Mr. Boomsliter, Mr. Ensign, Mr. Noerenberg, Mr. Gardner, Mr. Fleming, Mr. Vallange, Mr. Putnam Prerequisite: Mathematics 9; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20; reg- istration in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 21. 36. Analytical Mechanics. — The portion of course 26 which involves analytical mechanics. (Open only to railway electrical engineering students.) Maurer's Technical Mechanics. II; (2). Mr. Valla nce Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 25. Courses for Graduates Entrance upon graduate work in theoretical and applied mechanics pre- supposes a full undergraduate curriculum in that subject. 101. Aanlytical Mechanics. — Methods; problems and applications. Twice a week; I; (i unit). Professor Moore 102. Resistance of Materials. — Materials used in engineering construc- tion ; analysis and investigation ; effect of form of member in a structure or machine; application of forces. Twice a week; II; (i unit). Professor Moore 103. Hydraulics and Hydraulic Engineering. — Engineering problems; hydraulic power and its development; design and investigation. Twice a week; II; (j unit). Professor Talbot 104. Experimental Work in the Laboratory of Applied Mechanics. — (a) Laboratory investigation in the materials-testing laboratory; (b) experi- mental work in hydraulics laboratory; laws of hydraulics; development of power; problems. Twice a zveek; I, II; ( x /t to 2 units). Professor Talbot, Professor Moore 105. Experimental and Analytical Work in Reinforced Concrete. — Research ; interpretation of available experimental results and their application to the design of structures; principles of construction. Twice a week; I, II; (lYt unit or more). Professor Talbot Summer Session Courses S 10. Hydraulics. — (For description see Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 10 above.) (3). Mr. Vallance Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 21. S 14. Elements of Mechanics. — (For description see Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 14 above.) (4). Mr. Ensign Prerequisite: Mathematics 2, 4. 374 Military Science S 20. Analytical Mechanics. — The first half of analytical mechanics as given in Maurer's Technical Mechanics. (3). Mr. Ensign Prerequisite: Mathematics 7; registration in Mathematics 9. S 21. Analytical Mechanics. — The second half of analytical mechanics as given in Maurer's Technical Mechanics. (2). Mr. Seely Prerequisite: Mathematics 9; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20. S 25. Resistance of Materials. — The mechanics and properties of materials used in construction; experiments in the testing laboratory; problems. Merriman's Mechanics of Materials. (4). Mr. Seely, Mr. Vallance Prerequisite: Mathematics 9; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 20. MEDICINE (See under College of Medicine.) METEOROLOGY (See under Geology.) MILITARY SCIENCE ♦Frank Daniel Webster, Major U. S. Infantry, Professor and Commandant fRoBERT Walter Mearns, Major U. S. Infantry, Professor and Commandant Frederick William Post, 1st Sergeant, U. S. A., retired, Administrative Assistant Edwin Shelby, Jr., Assistant Francis Marion Van Natter, Assistant Lloyd E. Lamkins, Assistant Ralph Raymond Thomas, Assistant Ross Seguine Mason, Assistant George Curtiss, Assistant Reinhard Steinmayer, Assistant Daniel Edwin Miller, Assistant Charles William McCumber, Assistant Oliver Edwin Troster, Assistant I. Drill Regulations. — Infantry Drill Regulations. For all freshman men. //; (1). Professor Mearns 2a-2b-2c-2d. Military Drill. — Infantry: Infantry drill regulations; small- arm firing regulations; bayonet exercise; ceremonies. Artillery: School of the Cannoneer and battery dismounted. Signal Company: Flag; telegraph; wireless; heliograph. Engineer Company: Field engineering; map reading; entrenchments; bridge building. Hospital Company: U. S. Army Hospital Corps Drill Regulations. Freshman and sophomore years. Two drill periods a week. I, 77; (1). Professor Webster, Professor Mearns 3a-3b. Advanced Theoretical Instruction. — For sophomore officers: Infantry drill regulations ; small-arm firing regulations. For junior and seniors : Field Service Regulations. This course is obligatory for commissioned officers and sergeants, recommended to corporals, and open to others. I, II; (No credit). Professor Webster, Professor Mearns •Detail expired January 22, 1916. +Detail began January 22, 1916. Mining Engineering 375 MINERALOGY (See Geology 5, 5a, 6, 7.) MINING ENGINEERING Harry Harkness Stoek, B.S., E.M., Professor Elmer Allen Holbrook, B.S., Assistant Professor ♦Stephen Osgood Andros, A.B., B.S., E.M., Assistant Professor, Mining Research Alfred Copeland Callen, B.S., E.M., Instructor 1. Earth and Rock Excavation. — Explosives; blasting; boring; tunnel- ing; shaft-sinking; coal-cutting; timbering and prospecting. I; (3). Mr. Callen Prerequisite: Chemistry la or lb. 3. Mining Principles. — Terminology; explosives; blasting; drilling; tunneling; shaft-sinking; mining and timbering flat deposits. (For students in engineering courses other than mining.) I; (2). Mr. Callen Prerequisite: Chemistry la or lb. 4. Mining Methods. — Mining and timbering bedded, vein, and placer deposits. //; (2). Professor Stoek Prerequisite: Mining 1. 5. Mine Ventilation. — Mine gases; safety lamps; ventilation; lighting and signaling; explosions and fires; rescue work and first aid. Laboratory. /; (3). Professor Stoek, Mr. Callen Prerequisite: Chemistry la or lb, 4, Physics la-lb, 3a-3b, and Mining 4. 6. Mechanical Engineering of Mines. — Hoisting: Ropes, cages, hoist- ing engines, and other appliances. Haulage : systems used under-ground and on the surface; loading and unloading; stables; transportation of workmen. Drainage of mines; dams; pumps. II; (2). Mr. Callen Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 1, or equivalent. 8. Mine Law, Administration, and Accounts. — Laws governing loca- tion, ownership, and policing; trade agreements, relations between employers and employees; sociology; accounts and cost sheets. 77; (3). Professor Stoek, Assistant Professor Holbrook Prerequisite: Mining 3 or 4 or Geology 2. 9. Preparation of Coal and Ores. — History, processes, machines; appli- cations to dry coal preparation and coal washing ; breaking, sizing, and concen- trating ores. Laboratory. I; (3). Assistant Professor Holbrook Prerequisite: Chemistry 5 and Physics 3a-3b. 13. Utilization of Fuels. — The manufacture, handling, and utilization of wood, charcoal, peat, lignite, bituminous coal, anthracite, coke, petroleum, natural and artificial gas, and refractories in mining and metallurgy. 77; (2). Assistant Professor Holbrook Prerequisite: Junior standing. 15. Principles of Mine Ventilation. — Mine ventilation, signaling, and lighting. I; (1). Mr. Callen Prerequisite: Chemistry 4; Physics 3a-3b. •Resigned, November 30, 1915. 376 Mining Engineering 17. Problems. — Problems, library research, and reports on mining and metallurgy. /; (1). Professor Stoek 19. Ore and Coal Preparation. — Machines used in breaking, pulveriz- ing, sizing, classifying, and concentrating ores and mineral products; wet and dry concentration; limits of ore dressing; coal preparation. Laboratory prac- tise in ore concentration. /; (3). Assistant Professor Holbrook Prerequisite: Chemistry 5; Geology 13a and 13b or equivalent. 21. Mine Examination and Valuation. — The methods of examining, valuing, and reporting on a mine ; estimation and prospecting of mineral de- posits. /; (2). Professor Stoek Prerequisite: Min. 3 or 4; Geology 13a and 13b, or equivalent. 41. Principles of Coal Plant Design. — Design of mine structures of wood, steel, and masonry; drafting practise in design of coal tipples and gen- eral surface plant. I; (3). Assistant Professor Holbrook Prerequisite : Civil Engineering 58. 42. Coal Plant Design. — General layout; design; estimates for con- struction and specifications for coal mining plant. 77; (2). Assistant Professor Holbrook Prerequisite: Mining 41. 43. Principles of Ore Plant Design. — Design of mine structures of wood, steel, and masonry; drafting practise in design of rock houses, ore bins, and crushing plants. /; (3). Assistant Professor Holbrook Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 58. 44. Ore Plant Design. — General layout; design; estimates for con- struction and specifications for ore mining plants. II; (2). Assistant Professor Holbrook Prerequisite : Mining 43. 45. Principles of Mill and Smelter Design. — Flow sheets and structures of wood, steel, and masonry; drafting practise on individual designs. /; (3). Assistant Professor Holbrook Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 58. 46. Mill and Smelter Design. — Revised flow sheet; design; estimates for construction and specifications for concentrating plants or smelter. II; (2). Assistant Professor Holbrook Prerequisite: Mining 45. 62. Mine Surveying. — Instruments employed underground and in con- necting surface and underground surveys; platting and use of mine maps; mineral land surveying; solar attachments; determination of the meridian. (A surveying trip is made to neighboring mines, the estimated cost of which is $10.00.) II; (3). Mr. Callen Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 27. 64. Coal Mining Laboratory. — Coals; availability for crushing, dry preparation, washing, and briquetting; commercial tests, using small com- mercial machines wherever possible ; design of flow sheets ; analysis of products; estimation of costs. II; (3). Assistant Professor Holbrook Prerequisite : Mining 9 or 19. Mining Engineering 377 66. Ore Concentration Laboratory. — Commercial wet and dry concen- tration tests on raw ores of lead, zinc, iron ; amalgamation and cyanidation of a gold ore; sampling, preparation, and analysis or assay of the products re- covered. II; (3). Assistant Professor Holbrook Prerequisite: Mining 9 or 19. 68. Mine Topography. — Stadia; application of topographic and rail- road surveying to mining conditions. //; (1). Mr. Callen Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 27. 90. Journal Meeting. — Review of literature; reports; technical writing. II; (1). Professor Stoek 99. Thesis. — Individual investigation; preparation of thesis giving review of the literature, the results of experimental work, and a general dis- cussion of the subject. 77; (3). Mining Journal Club. — Review of current literature. No credit; I, II. Prerequisite: Junior standing. Courses for Graduates Entrance upon graduate work in mining engineering presupposes the com- pletion of the undergraduate curriculum in the subject. 100. Seminar. — Once a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Stoer 101. Advanced Mining Methods. — Coal and ore fields of the United States; methods and economics of mining; utilization, marketing, storage, and transportation of coal and ores. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Stoek 102. Advanced Preparation of Coal and Ores. — Settling ratios; laws of crushing; sorting vs. sizing; specific mill and washing problems. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Holbrook 103. The History of Miners' Organizations. — Tzvice a week; I, II ; (i unit). Professor Stoek 104. Mining Reports. — The law of the apex; classification of coal and ore lands; conservation of mineral resources; mine examination and report. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Stoek 105. Welfare Work and Education Among Mine Employees. — The organization and operation of mining institutes, night classes, welfare, mine rescue and first-aid work. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Stoek MODERN LANGUAGES (See English Language and Literature, Germanic Languages and Litera- ture, and Romance Languages and Literature.) MUNICIPAL AND SANITARY ENGINEERING Arthur Newell Taleot, C.E., D.Sc, Professor Paul Hansen, Engineer, State Water Survey Melvin Lorenius Enger, B.S., C.E., Assistant Professor, Mechanics and Hy- draulics Harold Eaton Babbitt, B.S., Instructor 2. Water Supply Engineering. — Source of supply; hydraulics of wells; stream flow ; impounding and storage reservoirs ; conduits and pipe lines ; pumps 378 Municipal and Sanitary Engineering and pumping machinery ; stand-pipes and elevated tanks ; the distribution system ; tests and standards of purity of potable water. Designing weekly. Turneaure and Russell's Public Water Supplies. I; (4). Assistant Professor Enger, Mr. Babbitt Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 29, 10; Chemistry 1; Me- chanical Engineering 1 or 2. 3. Sewerage. — Design and construction of sewerage systems; sanitary necessity; separate and combined water carriage systems, surveys, and gen- eral plans; hydraulics of sewers; house sewerage and its removal; rainfall and storm water flow; size and capacity of sewers; forms and strength of appurtenances; modern methods of sewage disposal; estimates and specifica- tions. Designing weekly. Metcalf and Eddy's American Sewerage Practice. H; (3). Mr. Babbitt Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 29, 10; Chemistry 1; Municipal and Sanitary Engineering 2. 6a-6b. Water Purification, Sewage Disposal, and General Sanitation. — Impurities in water supplies and their removal ; sewage disposal by filtration, chemical precipitation, irrigation ; purification plants ; garbage ; sanitary restric- tions and regulations and general sanitation. Lectures; seminar work; draft- ing. Turneaure and Russell's Public Water Supplies and Fuller's Sewage Purification. I; (3) : //; (2). Professor Talbot, Mr. Hansen, Mr. Babbitt Prerequisite: Municipal and Sanitary Engineering 2, 3; Chemistry 1, 2, 3, 10b. 9. Hydraulic Design and Construction. — Reservoirs; dams; conduits; waterways; problems. II; (2). Assistant Professor Enger Prerequisite: Municipal and Sanitary Engineering 2. 98. Thesis. — Investigation or design of an engineering problem. //; (2). Professor Talbot, Mr. Babbitt Courses for Graduates Entrance upon graduate work in municipal and sanitary engineering pre- supposes a full undergraduate curriculum in that subject. 102. Water Supply Engineering. — Water supply; general water-works construction; pumps and pumping; design of reservoirs and elevated tanks; water-works operation; valuation of plants. One to three times a week; I or //; (y 2 unit or more). Professor Talbot 103. Sewerage. — Design and construction; systems; hydraulics of sewers; run-off. Once or twice a week; II; (y 2 unit or more). Professor Talbot 106. Water Purification, Sewage Disposal, and General Sanitation.— The design, construction, and operation of water purification plants and of sewage disposal works; existing plants; comparison of results and cost of construction and operation; water filters and septic tanks; garbage disposal; general sanitation. Once a week; II; ( l / 2 unit or more). Professor Talbot Music 379 MUSIC _ John Lawrence Erb, F.A.G.O., Director, University Organist ^George Foss Schwartz, A.M., B.Mus. Assistant Professor, Theory and His- tory of Music -Constance Barlow-Smith, Assistant Professor, Sight Singing, Ear Training, J Public School Music ' Henri Jacobus van den Berg, Instructor, Piano Albert Austin Harding, Instructor, Wind Instruments, Director of the Band -^ Edna Almeda Treat, B.Mus. Instructor, Piano ,-Edson Wilfred Morphy, Instructor, Violin ^Heber Dignam Nasmyth, Instructor, Voice Frank Tatham Johnson, Instructor, Voice Bertha Davis, Instructor, Voice J Mabelle Genevieve Wright, A.B., B.Mus., Instructor, Piano Grace Swan, Assistant in the Summer Session History and Theory 1-2. History of Music. — I, II; (2). Assistant Professor Schwartz Prerequisite : One year of college work 3-4. Theory of Music (Harmony).— /, II; (2). Assistant Professor Schwartz 5-6. Theory of Music (Harmony). — Continuation of 3-4. I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Schwartz Prerequisite : Music 3-4. 7-8. Counterpoint, Canon, and Fugue. — I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Schwartz Prerequisite: Music 5-6. 9-10. General Analysis. — I, II; (2). Director Erb Prerequisite: Music 7-8. 11-12. Acoustics. — I, II; (1). Director Erb 13-14. Constructive Listening (Musical Appreciation). — I,II;*(l). Director Erb Public School Music 21a-21b. Ear Training, First Year. — Two hours a week; required of all music students. I, II; (no credit). Assistant Professor Smith 22a-22b. Ear Training, Second Year. — Two hours a week; required of students in the curriculum in Music in the sophomore year, and of students in the curriculum in Public School Music. /, II; (1). Assistant Professor Smith 23a-23b. Sight Singing, First Year. — Two hours a week; required of students in the curriculum in Music in the sophomore year, and of students in the curriculum in Public School Music. I, 77; (no credit). Assistant Professor Smith 24a-24b. Sight Singing, Second Year. — Two hours a week; required of students in the curriculum in Music in the junior year, and of students in the curriculum in Public School Music. /, 77; (1). Assistant Professor Smith •Credit only toward the degree of Bachelor of Music. 380 Music 25a-25b. Methods of Teaching. — Elements of theory, eye and ear train- ing, the limitations of the child-voice, selection of material, pedagogical presen- tations, appreciation work for the high school. (Primarily for students pre- paring to teach music in the public schools.) /, II; (4). Assistant Professor Smith 27a-27b. Ensemble. — J, II; (1). Time to be arranged. Piano Mr. van den Berg, Miss Treat, Miss Wright 41a-41b. Preparatory Course in Piano, First Year. — I, 77. (No col- legiate credit). 41c-41d. Preparatory Course in Piano, Second Year.— I, II. (No col- legiate credit). 41e-41f. Preparatory Course in Piano, Third Year. — I, II. (No col- legiate credit). 42a-42b. Piano, First Year.— I, II; (4). 43a-43b. Piano, Second Year.— I, II; (4). 44a-44b. Piano, Third Year.— I, II; (4). 45a-45b. Piano, Fourth Year.— I, II; (4). 46a-46b. Minor in Piano. — Taken by freshmen majoring in voice or violin. I, II; (2). 46c-46d. Minor in Piano. — Taken by sophomores majoring in voice or violin. I, II; (2). 46e-46f. Minor in Piano. — Taken by juniors majoring in voice or violin. /,//; (2). 46g-46h. Minor in Piano. — Taken by seniors majoring in voice or violin. I, II; (2). 47a-47b. Piano. — For students from other departments of the uni- versity. I, II; (no credit). Voice Mr. Nasmyth, Mr. Johnson, Miss Davis 51a-51b. Preparatory Course in Voice, First Year. — I, II; (no colleg- iate credit). 51c-51d. Preparatory Course in Voice, Second Year. — /, II; (no col- legiate credit). 51e-51f. Preparatory Course in Voice, Third Year.— /, //; (no colleg- iate credit). 52a-52b. Voice, First Year.— 7, II; (4). 53a-53b. Voice, Second Year.— I, II; (4). 54a-54b. Voice, Third Year.—/, II; (4). 55a-55b. Voice, Fourth Year.— I, II; (4). 56a-56b. Minor in Voice. — Taken by freshmen majoring in piano or violin. I, II; (2). S6c-56d. Minor in Voice. — Taken by sophomores majoring in piano or violin. I, II; (2). Music 381 56e-56f. Minor in Voice. — Taken by juniors majoring in piano or violin. I, II; (2). 56g-56h. Minor in Voice. — Taken by seniors majoring in piano or violin. /, //; (2). 57a-57b. Voice. — For students from other departments of the Univer- sity. /, //; (no credit). Violin Mr. Morphy 61a-61b. Preparatory Course in Violin, First Year. — I, II; (no colleg- iate credit). 61c-61d. Preparatory Course in Violin, Second Year. — 7, //; (no colleg- iate credit). 61e-61f. Preparatory Course in Violin, Third Year. — I, II; (no colleg- iate credit). 62a-62b. Violin, First Year.— I, II; (4). 63a-63b. Violin, Second Year.—/, //; (4). 64a-64b. Violin, Third Year.—/, II; (4). 65a-65b. Violin, Fourth Year.—/, //; (4). 66a-66b. Minor in Violin. — Taken by freshmen majoring in piano or voice. /, //; (2). 66c-66d. Minor in Violin. — Taken by sophomores majoring in piano or voice. /, //; (2). 66e-66f. Minor in Violin. — Taken \)y juniors majoring in piano or voice. /, //; (2). 66g-66h. Minor in Violin. — Taken by seniors majoring in piano or voice. /, //; (2). 67a-67b. Violin. — For students from other departments of the Univer- sity. /, //; (no credit). Violoncello Mr. Schwartz 71a-71b. Preparatory Course in Violoncello, First Year. — /, //; (no collegiate credit). 71c-71d. Preparatory Course in Violoncello, Second Year.—/, //; (no collegiate credit). 71e-71f. Preparatory Course in Violoncello, Third Year. — /, //; (no collegiate credit). 72a-72b. Violoncello, First Year.—/, //; (4). 73a-73b. Violoncello, Second Year.—/, //; (4). 74a-74b. Violoncello, Third Year.—/, //; (4). Organ Director Ebb Students desiring to take organ will be obliged to pass without conditions the entrance examination in piano. 81-82. Organ, First Year.—/, //; (6). 83a-83b, 83c-83d. Organ, Two Years. — First two years' work in organ taken as a minor by seniors majoring in piano, voice, or violin. /, //; (2). 382 Music 84-85. Organ, Second Year.—/, //; (4). 86-87. Organ, Third Year.—/, //; (4). 88-89. Organ, Fourth Year.—/, //; (4). Band and Ensemble Work 92a-92b. Band Instruments. — /, //; (no credit). 94a-94b. Recital Course in Practical Music. — (For seniors in Music 45a-45b, 55a-55b, 6Sa-65b, 88-89). 96a-96b. Band Instrumentation.— /, //; (no credit). 97a-97b. Band Arranging. — /, //; (no credit). Summer Session Courses S 1. History of Music. — Ancient and medieval music; early church music ; polyphonic music ; organum descant and Fauxbourdon ; the evolution of the oratorio, music-drama, and the beginnings of instrumental music. Collateral reference work. (2). Assistant Professor Smith S 2. High School Music. — Standard vocal and instrumental composi- tions; chorus singing; theory and methods of teaching. (2). Assistant Professor Smith S 3. Harmony. — Summary and drill in scales and keys, intervals, triad construction and connection ; derivation and figured bass from given melody, harmonization in two clefs. (2). Miss Swan S 4. Advanced Course. — Drill in one, two, three, and four part reading; exercise for breath control, enunciation, and phrasing. (1). Miss Swan S 5. Elementary Course. — Music notation; scale structure; ear and eye training; solfeggio, (no credit). Assistant Professor Smith PALEONTOLOGY (See Geology la, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21.) PHILOLOGY (See Classics, Comparative Philology, English Language and Literature, Germanic Languages and Literature, and Romance Languages and Literature.) PHILOSOPHY (See also Psychology and Education.) Arthur Hill Daniels, Ph.D., Professor Boyd Henry Bode, Ph.D., Professor Queen Lois Shepherd, Ph.D., Instructor Carl Herman Haessler, A.B., Assistant Major: Twenty hours from any courses offered by the department, including Philosophy 1, 2, 3, and 4, and one other advanced course. Six hours in psychology may be counted toward a major in philosophy. Minors: Twenty hours in (a) psychology (at least six additional hours, if psychology is counted toward a major), and one other subject in the follow- ing list; or (b) any two subjects in the same group in the following list: (A) economics, history, political science, education, sociology; (B) English, French, German, Greek, Latin; (C) botany, chemistry, mathematics, physics, zoology. Philosophy 383 No course in any subject of the above groups may be counted for the minor requirement if it is excluded from the major requirement of its respective department. Courses for Undergraduates 1. Logic. — The principles of reasoning; detection of fallacies; evidence. / or 77; (3). Professor Bode, Dr. Shepherd, Mr. Haessler Prerequisite : One year of university work. 2. Introduction to Philosophy. — Philosophic problems in their relation to the doctrine of evolution and m their bearing on conduct and religion. 77; (3). Professor Bode, Dr. Shepherd, Mr. Haessler Prerequisite: Two years of university work. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 9. Political and Social Ethics. — Moral principles applied to political and social relations. 7; (2). Professor Daniels, Mr. Haessler Prerequisite : Two years of university work. 3. History of Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. — I; (3). Professor Daniels Prerequisite : Three hours in philosophy. 4. History of Modern Philosophy. — From the Renaissance to the pres- ent time. 77; (3). Dr. Shepherd Prerequisite: Three hours in philosophy. 7. Ethics. — Morality; ethical theory; social and economic problems. 77; (3). Professor Daniels Prerequisite : Three hours in philosophy. 11. Philosophy of Religion. — God; revelation; inspiration; dogma; prayer; faith; immortality; the problem of evil; the relation of morality and religion. 77; (2). Professor Daniels Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing; six hours in psychology, phil- osophy, or both. 15. British Philosophers of the Eighteenth Century. — Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. /; (3). Professor Bode Prerequisite: Philosophy 2 or 3 or 4. 16. Philosophy of Pragmatism. — II; (3). Professor Bode Prerequisite: Philosophy 15. 18. Philosophers of the Nineteenth Century. — Materialism; naturalism; idealism; pragmatism. I; (3). Dr. Shepherd Prerequisite : Philosophy 2 or 3 or 4. 19. Religious Thought in the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries. — I; (3). Dr. Shepherd Prerequisite: Philosophy 2 or 3 or 4. Courses for Graduates Students entering upon graduate work in philosophy must have had a general course in the history of philosophy, a course in logic, and a general course in psychology. 384 Physical Training 103. Seminar in Ethics. — British ethics from Hobbes to Sidgwick. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Daniels 107a-107b-107c. History of Philosophy.— (a) Plato and Aristotle. Twice a week; (i unit), (b) Descartes, Spinoza, and Leibnitz. Twice a week; (i unit), (c) Kant and Schopenhauer. Twice a week; (i unit). I, II. The subjects for 1915-16 are 107b and 107c. Professor Daniels 108a-108b-108c. Seminar in Contemporary Philosophy. — (a) Idealism. Twice a week; (i unit), (b) Realism and pragmatism. Twice a week; (i unit), (c) The philosophy of Bergson. Twice a week; (i unit). I, II. The subject for 1915-16 is 108a. Professor Bode PHOTOGRAPHY Arthur Grenville Eldredge, Instructor 1. The Principles and Practise of Photography. — Lenses; cameras; plates and films; exposure; development; printing; copying; positives; land- scape, architectural, and scientific photography; speed work; color photography. Lectures ; demonstrations ; each student is required to produce a stated amount of work covering the processes treated. (For advanced students who use photography in connection with their special subjects). //; (one hour a week, no credit). Prerequisite : Junior standing and the consent of the instructor. PHYSICAL TRAINING FOR MEN George A Huff, Director Harry Lovering Gill, Associate, Track Ralph Jones, Associate, Basket Ball Robert Carl Zuppke, Ph.B., Associate, Foot Ball Roy Newton Fargo, B.S., Director of the Men's Gymnasium Edward John Manley, Instructor, Swimming Walter Rooke Evans, Instructor, Wrestling and Boxing Olaf Harold Glimstedt, Assistant Alvin Romeiser, Assistant, in Charge of Fencing 1-2. Gymnasium Practise. — Two hours' gymnasium drill each week. (Required of freshmen. First semester given in conjunction with la below.) /; (#): //; (1). Mr. Fargo la. Personal Hygiene. — Six lectures by the Dean of Men. Required in conjunction with Physical Training 1. /; (First six weeks). Dean Clark 3. Elementary and Intermediate Gymnastics on Heavy Apparatus. — Preparation of men for teaching physical training. Three exercises a week. I; (1). Prerequisite: Physical Training 1-2 and the consent of the instructor. 4. Advanced Physical Training. — (Continuation of course 3.) Three exercises a week, //; (1). Prerequisite : Physical Training 3 and the consent of the instructor. Summer Session Courses Athletic Coaching Note: Courses in physical training for men continue through only six weeks. Not more than five credit-hours in physical training may be counted for graduation in any of the colleges of the University. Physical Training 385 S 10. Baseball. — Batting; base running; fielding each position; team work and coaching ; rules ; physical condition ; indoor practise. Lectures ; prac- tical work. (IV2). Director Huff S 11, Track and Field Athletics. — Starting, sprinting, distance running, hurdling, high and broad jumping, pole vaulting, shot putting, hammer throw, and discus ; preparing contestants for different athletic events ; individual peculiarities ; rules ; physical condition, including endurance, speed, fatigue, and means of training; promotion, management, and officiating of games and meets. Lectures; practical work. (1J4). Mr. Gill S 12. Basketball. — Coaching; passing; goal throwing; dribbling; team play ; condition ; styles of play used by leading coaches. Lectures ; practical work. (l J / 2 ). Mr. Jones S 13. Football. — Theoretical: Rules from the standpoint of coach, players, and officials ; offense and defense ; generalship and strategy. Practical: Training, conditioning, and players' equipment ; punting, drop kicking, place kicking, kick off, forward passing ; tackling dummy and charging sled ; special drills for linemen, ends, and backs ; following the ball, interference, team work ; fundamental plays, freak plays, signal systems. Lectures; practical work. (1/4). Mr. Zuppke S 14. Training. — Theories of training, massage, treatment of sprains, bruises, etc. ; bandaging and first aid. Lectures and practical work. This course should be taken by all who take S 10, S 11, S 12, or S 13. (/4). Mr. Glimsted PHYSICAL TRAINING FOR WOMEN Louise Freer, A.B., B.S., Director Verna Brooks, A.B., Instructor Edith Griffith Osmond, A.B., B.S., Instructor Anna Lue Hughitt, Instructor Caroline Ruth Morris, A.B., Assistant Rosa-Lee Gaut, B.Mus., Assistant Gertrude Evelyn Moulton, A.B., Director in the Summer Session 7a-7b. Practise. — Class work; light gymnastics; gymnastic dancing; games; personal hygiene; corrective work. Required of freshmen. I, II; (1). Miss Freer, Miss Brooks, Miss Hughitt, Miss Morris, Miss Osmond 3a-8b. Practise. — (Continuation of 7a-7b. Second year, elective.) L II; (1). Miss Brooks, Miss Hughitt, Miss Osmond, Miss Morris 9. Hygiene. — Required of freshmen. I; (1). Acting Dean Kyle lOa-lOb. Teachers' Course. — (Third year). Theory and practise teach- ing in the gymnasium and in public playgrounds. I, II. Miss Osmond Prerequisite: One year of gymnasium work, psychology, or education; registration in Physical Training 7 or 8. lla-llb. Teachers' Course. — (Fourth year). Massage, theory and practise; emergencies (including bandaging); anthropometry, practise work in measurements for physical examinations. I, 77. Miss Hughitt Prerequisite: Physical Training 10. 386 Physics Summer Session Courses S 1. Methods of Improving Posture and Health; Theory and Prac- tise. — Corrective work; hygienic work, folk dancing, singing games, and other exercises; play and games; lectures. Miss Moulton S 2. Swimming. — Games, diving, "stunts." Miss Moulton PHYSICS Albert Pruden Carman, D.Sc, Professor Charles Tobias Knipp, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Experimental Electricity Floyd Rowe Watson, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Experimental Physics Jakob Kunz, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Mathematical Physics William Frederick Schulz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Elmer Howard Williams, Ph.D., Associate William Henry Hyslop, A.M., Assistant Oscar Alan Randolph, M.S., Assistant Earle Horace Warner, A.M., Assistant Sebastian Karrer, AM., Assistant Jonas Bernard Nathanson, A.M., Assistant Charles Francis Hill, A.B., Assistant Paul Levern Bayley, A.M., Assistant Charles Stever Fazel, AM., Assistant Lloyd Theodore Jones, Ph.D., Instructor in the Summer Session Introductory Courses for Undergraduates la-lb. General Physics. — Lectures with class-room demonstration; recitations; written exercises. (For sophomores in engineering, mathematics, physics, and chemistry.) /; (3) : 77; (2). Professor Carman and others Prerequisite: Registration in Physics 3a-3b; freshman mathematics. 3a-3b. Physical Measurements. — Laboratory experiments; quizzes in connection with Physics la-lb. /, II; (2). Assistant Professor Schulz and others Prerequisite: Registration in Physics la-lb or credit for the same. 7a-7b. General Physics. — Lectures, with class-room demonstration; recitations. (For students in arts and science.) I, II; (2y 2 ). Associate Professor Watson, Dr. Williams, Mr. Karrer Prerequisite : Completion of or registration in Mathematics 4; registration in Phj'sics 8a-8b. 8a-8b. Introductory Laboratory Physics.— Physical measurement. I, II; (2H). Dr. Williams, Mr. Karrer Prerequisite : Registration in Physics 7a-7b. 9a-9b. General Physics. — Lectures, with class-room demonstration; recitations. (For students in architecture.) 7, //; (2). Associate Professor Watson, Dr. Williams, Mr. Karrer Prerequisite: Mathematics 4; registration in Physics lOa-lOb. lOa-lOb. Introductory Laboratory Physics. — Physical measurements. L W; (2). Dr. Williams, Mr. Karrer Prerequisite: Registration in Physics 9a-9b. Physics 387 15. Electricity and Magnetism. — (For students in non-technical courses who wish a knowledge of electricity and magnetism beyond the course in general physics.) Recitations or lectures; laboratory. Brooks and Poyser's Electricity and Magnetism. I; (3). Associate Professor Knipp Prerequisite: Physics la-lb, 3a-3b; or 7a-7b, 8a-8b. 16. Heat. — Heat phenomena; mechanical theory of heat; thermodyna- mics. Laboratory experiments in thermometry, calorimetry, vapor pressure, expansion of bodies, transmission of heat, and mechanical equivalent. I; (3). Associate Professor Watson Prerequisite: Physics la-lb, 3a-3b; or 7a-7b, 8a-8b. 17. Light. — Reflection, refraction, interference, diffraction, and polari- zation; optical instruments. Lectures; laboratory. (For students in general physics, but also adapted to those who wish to learn the use of the instruments). Clay's Treatise on Practical Light. II; (3). Assistant Professor Schulz [18. Teachers' Course. — Discussion of text-books, reference books, lab- oratory manuals, apparatus ordering, and methods of conducting work in physics and of selected topics in advanced general physics. Manipulative work with glass and apparatus. 77; (3). (Not given, 1915-16). Prerequisite : A course in general physics, or experience in teaching.] 23. Sound. — Sound, its origin, propagation, velocity, interference, and diffraction ; vibrations of strings and organ pipes ; music and speech. Lectures ; recitations; laboratory. II; (3). Associate Professor Watson Prerequisite : Physics la-lb, 3a-3b; or 7a-7b, 8a-8b. 24. Properties of Matter. — Weight, mass, gravitation, elasticity, viscosity, surface tension, and diffusion. Lectures ; recitations ; laboratory. Poynting and Thomson's Properties of Matter; Watson's Text-book of Prac- tical Physics. II; (3). Dr. Williams Prerequisite: Physics la-lb, 3a-3b ; or 7a-7b, 8a-8b. Advanced Courses for Undergraduates and Graduates 4a-4b. Electrical and Magnetic Measurements. — First semester: Meas- urement of very high and very low resistances ; aperiodic and ballistic galvano- meters; electric currents and quantity; comparison of capacities. There is a special section for students of chemistry, including a course of experiments on the measurement of electrolytic resistance, the use of Dolezalek electrometer, of thermo-couples, and of platinum resistance thermometers for measuring temperatures ; the determination of the dielectric constants of solids and liquids ; and special uses of the potentiometer. Second semester: Absolute determina- tion of capacity; determination of the damping factor of a ballistic galvanometer; circuits containing resistance and self-induction ; classical methods for meas- urement of self and mutual induction ; magnetic properties of iron ; plotting of curves; determination of hysteresis losses; potentiometers. I, II; (2). Associate Professor Knipp, Mr. Randolph, Mr. Fazel Prerequisite: Physics la-lb, 3a-3b, or 7a-7b, 8a-8b and Mathematics 7, 9. 14a. Introduction to Theoretical Physics. — Dynamics. Motion, mass, and foixe ; problems from pure and applied physics. Recitations ; problems ; lectures. Jean's Theoretical Mechanics. 7/(3). Professor Carman Prerequisite: Physics la-lb, 3a-3b, or 7a-7b, 8a-8b; Math. 8 or 7 and 9. 388 Physics 14b. Introduction to Theoretical Physics. — Elementary thermodyna- mics and wave motion; phenomena of heat and of wave energy with calculus methods. Recitations; problems; lectures. II (3). Professor Carman Prerequisite: Physics la-lb, 3a-3b or 7a-7b, 8a-8b; Math. 8 or 7 and 9. 20. Light. — Special phenomena; modern theories; reading in texts of Drude, Wood, and Preston. Lectures; recitations. /; (2). Assistant Professor Schulz Prerequisite: Physics la-lb, 3a-3b ; or 7a-7b, 8a-8b ; Mathematics 7, 9, or 8. 22. Light- Photometry. — Photometry; comparison of light sources with standards ; determination of reflective power and transmission coefficient ; spectrophotometry. Lectures; recitations; laboratory. I; *(2 to 5). Assistant Professor Schulz Prerequisite: Physics la-lb, 3a-3b ; or 7a-7b, 8a-8b. [25. Heat. — (Advanced laboratory.) Measurement of temperatures by thermocouples, resistance thermometers, and optical pyrometers. //; (2). (Not given, 1915-16). Associate Professor Watson Prerequisite: Physics la-lb, 3a-3b; or 7a-7b, 8a-8b; Physics 16 advised.] 26. Architectural Acoustics. — Acoustics of auditoriums; common acoustic defects and their cures; transmission of sound through materials; acoustic properties of building materials. Lectures; problems. (For eight weeks only.) II; (1). Associate Professor Watson Prerequisite: Physics la-lb, 3a-3b; or 9a-9b, lOa-lOb. 30. Introduction to Theoretical Electricity. — Electrical and magnetic phenomena with calculus methods. Magnetism, electrostatics, electrolysis, ther- moelectricity, electromagnetics, varying currents, alternating currents, units, electromagnetic radiation, conduction through gases, radio-activity and electrons. Lectures, recitations, demonstrations. (For advanced students in physics, chemistry, mathematics, and engineering.) Starling's Electricity and Magnetism. II; (3). Associate Professor Knipp 31a-31b. Special Problems in Advanced Physical Measurements. — /, II; *(2 or 3). Professor Carman and others 32. Electricity and Magnetism. — Electrical measurements; self and mutual inductance, and capacity ; low resistances ; standardization and calibra- tion. 77; (2). Dr. Williams Courses for Graduates The prerequisite for graduate work in physics is a college course in general physics with a year's laboratory course in introductory physical measurements. The student who is to do major work in physics should also have had additional courses in physics or teaching experience, unless the training in his minor sub- jects, mathematics or chemistry, has been strong and complete, and also a knowledge of French and German sufficient to use references in these languages. The courses named below are those open for candidates for the master's or •In registering for a course with variable credit hours, a student must put down on his study-list, not the possible hours, as shown here, but the number of hours for which he intends to take the course ; e. g., not i-$, but 2, or 3, or 4, or 5. Physics 389 doctor's degree. A large part of the last year's work of the candidate for the doctor's degree is investigational, along either the experimental or the theoretical side of physics. In addition to these major graduate courses, the courses in elementary dynamics, heat, light, electrical measurements, and introductory electrical theory are arranged with certain additions for graduate credit. The "intermediate" courses on heat, light, and electricity and magnetism may be offered by students making a minor in physics. [121. Recent Advances in Physics and the Electron Theory. — Lectures of a non-mathematical character and experiments on some recent discoveries in physics. Three hours a week. II; (Vi unit). Not given, 1915-16. Associate Professor Knipp, Associate Professor Kunz 123. Sound. — Wave motion; forced vibrations; the velocity and energy relations of sound waves; resonance; vibrations of strains and organ pipes; dissipation of sound into heat. Lectures ; recitations. Rayleigh's Theory of Sound; Auerbach's Akustik ; Barton's Sound. Three times a week. II; (}£ unit). Associate Professor Watson 124. Conduction of Electricity Through Gases. — Discharge phenomena; production of electrons and ions in a discharge tube ; magnetic and electrostatic deflection; the determination of e/m and v of the electron for cathode rays, of e/m for canal-strahlen or positive rays, and experiments with the hot lime cathode; Roentgen rays and the related phenomena of radio-activity. Quanti- tative experiments. An original problem, in the second semester. Three times a week; I, II; (i to 2 units). Time to be arranged. Associate Professor Knipp 126. Physics Colloquium. — Weekly meetings of the instructors and advanced students of the department for the presentation and discussion of papers on current problems in physics, and on investigations in progress in the laboratory. Once a week; I, II; ( z /i to y 2 unit). 127a. The Electron Theory. — Radiation; relativity and the electromag- netic emission of light; radiation of the black body; Planck's theory; the con- stant h ; photoelectric effect, specific heat, and Roentgen rays. Seminar. Twice a week; I ; (i unit). Associate Professor Kunz 131. Investigation of Special Problems. — Advanced laboratory or design and calculation. Two to four times a week; I, II ; (i to 2 units). Professor Carman and others 132. Mathematical Physics. — Special phases in theoretical physics. (a). Dynamics. — First Semester: Newton's equations; general meth- ods of integration ; potential-theory ; potential of the ellipsoid ; application to celestial mechanics; principles of least constraint, and of virtual work, of D'Alembert, and of Hamilton; least action in elasticity, hydrodynamics, electro- dynamics, and the second principle of thermodynamics ; the gyroscope. Second semester: Special problems of hydrodynamics and of electricity. Routh, Rigid Dynamics; Appel, Traite de mecanique rationelle. Three times a week; I, II; (2 units). Associate Professor Kunz [(b). Electrodynamics. — Problems from Jean's Mathematical Theory of Electricity and Magnetism; the potential theory; spherical harmonics, conjugate functions, and some theorems of vector analysis ; capacities, coefficients of self and mutual induction ; absolute electrical measurements and the condenser dis- charge with its application in wireless telegraphy; Maxwell's theory and its 390 Physics modifications: relativity and the electromagnetic emission of light. Lectures; collateral reading. Continued in the following year in course 132d. Not given, 1915-16.] [(c). Thermodynamics and Kinetic Theory of Matter. — Elasticity, surface tension, vapor pressure, osmotic pressure, and electromotive forces of galvanic cells ; chemical equilibrium ; the Nernst theorem with its applications ; Carnot's cycle, and the thermodynamic potentials and the derived functions; kinetic theory of gases; review of elementary theorems; transfer of mass, momentum, and energy; Maxwell's theory of the distribution of velocities in a gas ; Boltzman's H theory and the connection between entropy and probability and statistical mechanics ; radiation ; Planck's theory of quanta, and recent applications in specific heat and photoelectricity. Current literature. I, 77; (i to 2 units). Not given, 1915-16.] [(d). Theory of Electrical Oscillations and Cylindrical Harmonics. — Four times a week; I, II ; (i to 2 units). Not given, 1915-16.] 133. Seminar. — Three or five times a week; I, II; (i to 3 units). Professor Carman and others Summer Session Courses S 2al. General Physics, Part I. — Mechanics; motion; forces and their effects; equilibrium. Kimball's College Physics. (W2). Assistant Professor Knipp, Dr. Jones Prerequisites: Plane geometry and high-school algebra; registration in Physics S 2bl. Plane trigonometry desired. S 2bl. Introductory Laboratory Physics, Part I. — Physical measure- ments on mechanics, properties of matter. Laboratory to accompany S 2al. Schulz's Laboratory Manual. (V/2). Dr. Jones, Mr. Bayley Prerequisite: Registration in Physics S 2al. S 2aII. General Physics, Part II. — Electricity and magnetism. Kim- ball's College Physics. (V/2.) Assistant Professor Knipp, Mr. Nathanson Prerequisite : See S 2al. S 2bII. Introductory Laboratory Physics, Part II. — Laboratory to accompany S 2aII. (1^4.) Mr. Nathanson, Mr. Bayley Prerequisite: Registration in S 2aII. S 2aIII. General Physics, Part III. — Heat; light; sound. Lectures; demonstrations; recitations. Text: Kimball's College Physics. (IVz.) Not given, 1915. Prerequisite : Same as S 2al.] [S 2bIII. Introductory Laboratory Physics, Part III.— Heat; light; sound. Laboratory. Schulz's Laboratory Manual. (1^.) Not given, 1915. Prerequisite : Registration in Physics S 2aIIL] S 4. Electrical and Magnetic Measurements. — Laboratory; recitations; reports. (2). Mr. Randolph Prerequisite : A course in general physics and calculus. S 15. Electricity and Magnetism. — Lectures, recitations; laboratory. Brooks and Poyser, Magnetism and Electricity, (lj^). Mr. Randolph Prerequisite : A course in general physics. Physics 391 [S 16. Heat. — Thermometry, calorimetry, expansion, and vapor pres- sure. Lectures ; demonstrations ; recitations ; laboratory. Edser's Heat for Advanced Students. (I 1 /*). Not given, 1915. Prerequisite : A course in general physics.] S 17. Light. — For description see Physics 17 above, (lj^.) . Mr. Nathanson Prerequisite: A course in general physics. S 18. Teachers' Course. — For description see Physics 18 above. (1). Mr. Jones Prerequisite : A course in general physics, or teaching experience in physics. S 19. Problems in General Physics. — Problems on mechanics, electric- ity, magnetism, supplementary to courses S 2al, S 2aII, and S 2aIII. Shearer's Problems in general physics. (1). Mr. Randolph Prerequisite: A course in general physics. *S 127. Electron Theory of Electricity and Matter. — Modern theories of electricity and matter; applications to the phenomena of physics and chem- istry. Lectures; reading; reports. (Open to those who have had a course in general physics, and particularly to those expecting to teach the elements of physics and chemistry.) Three lectures a week. (Yz unit). Assistant Professor Kunz *S 31. Special Problems in Advanced Physical Measurements. — Special laboratory problems. (1 or 2). Assistant Professor Knipp Prerequisite : A course in general physics; calculus. *S 126. Physics Colloquium. — Lectures on liquid air, x-rays, and cath- ode rays. In charge of Assistant Professor Knipp *S 131. Investigation of Special Problems. — Assistant Professor Knipp, Assistant Professor Kunz Prerequisite : Registration in the Graduate School. S 132. Mathematical Physics. — Electrodynamics. Lectures; collateral reading. Two times a week; (i unit). Assistant Professor Kunz S 133. Seminar and Thesis. — Assistant Professor Knipp, Assistant Professor Kunz Prerequisite : Registration in the Graduate School. PHYSIOLOGY William Edward Burge, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Joseph Howard Beard, A.M., M.D., Instructor Alma Jessie Neill, A.M., Assistant Major: 20 hours made up from any course offered in the department, exclusive of Physiology 4. Minor: 20 hours in bacteriology, botany, chemistry and zoology. 4. General Physiology, Chemical and Experimental. — Lectures; dem- onstrations, recitations; laboratory. I or 77; (5). Assistant Professor Burge, Dr. Beard Prerequisite: One semester of university work, including five hours in botany or zoology and five hours in chemistry. 392 Political Science 1. Histology. — Fundamental mammalian tissues; microscopic anatomy of the organs. Lectures; laboratory. I; (3). Assistant Professor Burge, Dr. Beard Prerequisite: Two years of university work, including five hours in botany or zoology. 8. Microscopical Anatomy of the Organs. — Epithelial, connective, muscular, and nervous tissues and their relationships in the different organs of the body. Lectures; laboratory. II; (5). Assistant Professor Burge, Dr. Beard Prerequisite: Two years of university work, including Physiology 1. 2. Experimental Physiology. — Nerve and muscle; circulation; respira- tion; secretion. Lectures; laboratory. II; (5). Assistant Professor Burge, Dr. Beard Prerequisite : Two years of university work, including Physiology 4 and 8. 3. Undergraduate Thesis. — (Elective.) Assistant Professor Burge 5. Physiology of Nutrition. — Lectures; demonstrations. 77; (2). Assistant Professor Burge Prerequisite: Physiology 4. 7. Physiological Optics. — Lectures; demonstrations; laboratory. II; (3). Assistant Professor Burge Prerequisite: Physics 7a-7b, 8a-8b. Courses for Graduates 100. Research. — Once a week; I, II; (i or 2 units). _, . . _, * /, „ . . , Assistant Professor Burge Prerequisite: Physiology 2 or its equivalent. 101. Journal Club. — (Required of graduate students.) I, II. „ . . _ . , , Professor Burge, Dr. Beard Prerequisite: Consent ot the department. POLITICAL SCIENCE (See also Economics, History, and Sociology.) James Wilford Garner, Ph.D., Professor John Archibald Fairlie, Ph.D., Professor John Mabry Mathews, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Russell McCulloch Story, AM., Instructor Robert Eugene Cushman, A.M., Instructor Orren Chalmers Howell, A.M., Professor of History, Bowdoin College (Sum- mer Session) Major: Twenty hours from any courses offered by the department. A major may include three hours of constitutional history (History 4 and 14). Minors: Twenty hours, selected from two of the following subjects: history, economics, law, sociology, philosophy, and education. Courses for Undergraduates Note: Courses 1 and 3 give a survey of national, state, and local govern- ment in the United States, and should be taken by students specializing in politi- cal science. Political Science 393 1. American Government.— Development, organization, powers, limi- tations, and practical working of the national government. /; (3). Professor Garner, Assistant Professor Mathews, Mr. Story, Mr. CUSHMAN Prerequisite : Thirty hours of university work. 3. State and Local Government— Powers, obligations, and rights of the states in the Federal Union ; their formation and admission ; state constitu- tions; organization of state and local government; political methods. (A con- tinuation of course 1; may be taken independently.) //; (3). Professor Garner, Assistant Professor Mathews, Mr. Story, Mr. Cushman Prerequisite: Thirty hours of university work. la. American Government and Politics. — National, state, and local government. (Open only to students in the Colleges of Engineering and Agri- culture.) //; (2). Mr. Cushman Prerequisite: Thirty hours of university work. No credit is allowed for this course if the student has already had or subsequently takes course 1 or 3. 16. Government of Illinois. — Constitutional development, organization, and administration of state and local government; legislature; executive; judici- ary; state officers and institutions; county, town, and municipal government. (Students in order to count both courses 3 and 16 for full credit must prepare in course 16 a special report on some phase of the government of Illinois.) I; (2). Mr. Story Prerequisite: Thirty hours of university work. Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates (At least junior standing required) 4. Municipal Government. — The growth of cities; their legal and social position ; organization in the United States ; mayor and council ; commission government ; city managers ; organization abroad. Lectures ; assigned readings ; reports. I; (3). Mr. Story Prerequisite : One course in political science or Economics 1. 5. Constitutional Law of the United States. — The judicial interpreta- tion of the constitution ; judicial power to declare laws unconstitutional ; sep- aration of governmental powers; state and national government; rights under the constitution (due process of law, contract) ; territories and dependencies; national powers of taxation and commerce; jurisdiction of the courts. /; (4). Mr. Cushman Prerequisite: Political Science 1. 6. International Law. — Development, nature, source, and present status of the law of nations ; intervention ; war and peace ; neutrals ; arbitration. Lec- tures; assigned readings; reports. /; (3). Professor Garner Prerequisite: Graduate or senior standing, or junior standing with six hours of history and five hours of political science. 7. American Diplomacy. — The Department of State; the diplomatic service; the treaty making power; methods and traditional principles of the 394 Political Science foreign policy of the United States ; diplomatic controversies with foreign powers; the United States as a world power. //; (3). Assistant Professor Mathews Prerequisite: Junior standing and Political Science 1 or History 3a-3b. 9. Principles of Jurisprudence. — Nature, sources, and classification of law ; the Roman and English legal systems ; English common law in the United States; statutes and judicial decisions. II; (2). Professor Fairlie Prerequisite : Political Science 1 or its equivalent. 10. Administrative Law in the United States. — Separation of govern- mental powers and delegation of legislative power; federal and state adminis- trative organizations ; powers of administrative officers ; methods of enforcing governmental commands; remedies of the individual against unlawful action of public officials. II; (3). Mr. Cushman Prerequisite : Political Science 5 and junior standing. 11. Constitutional Aspects of Social and Industrial Problems. — The police ; constitutional limitations on legislation concerning public health and safety; control of public service corporations and combinations of capital and labor. I; (3). Mr. Cushman 12." National Administration. — Administrative powers of the President and Congress; executive departments and administrative services of the national government; judicial administration and the relation of the courts to the execu- tive authorities. I; (3). Professor Fairlie Prerequisite: Political Science 1. 13. State Administration in the United States. — Administrative position of the governor; organization of state administrative departments; administrative disintegration ; influence of diffusion of executive power on enforcement of state law; organization and powers of state boards, commissions, and quasi- judicial tribunals; centralization in the administration of taxation, education, and other state functions ; methods of control over state administrative officers. I; (3). Assistant Professor Mathews Prerequisite: Political Science 3 or its equivalent. 14. Political Parties and Methods. — Development, organization, and methods in the United States and Great Britain ; recent legislation on primary elections and corrupt practises. /; (2). Professor Fairlie Prerequisite: One course in political science. 18. Legislation in the United States. — The legislative power; repre- sentation ; organization, procedure, and practise ; bill drafting ; reference bureaus ; popular law making; tendencies in legislation. II; (3). Mr. Story Prerequisite: Junior standing and six hours of political science. 21. British Government. — Political institutions in the United Kingdom and the British possessions; Crown; Cabinet; House of Commons; House of Lords; party system; courts of law; local government; Crown Colonies and self-governing colonies; recent developments and proposed changes. /; (3). Professor Fairlie Prerequisite : Open to graduate students, seniors, and to juniors who have had six hours in political science. Political Science 395 22. Continental European Governments. — The political systems of France, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Italy, and Switzerland ; constitutional begin- nings; political organizations; legislation and administration; constitutional guaranties for the protection of individual rights. //; (3). Professor Garner Prerequisite: Open to graduate students and seniors, who have had six hours in political science. History 20a-20b and Political Science 21 are recom- mended. 28. Problems of Contemporary Politics. — Domestic and foreign poli- tics: initiative, referendum, and recall; proportional representation; state socialism; immigration; electoral and ballot reform; judicial reform; parlia- mentary government; the Monroe Doctrine; international arbitration. Individ- ual reports; discussion. 77; (2). Mr. Story Prerequisite : Senior standing and one course in political science. 34. Municipal Problems. — Municipal administration in the United States and Europe; municipal organization and relations to the state; municipal ownership and regulation of public utilities; city planning and housing; police and sanitary administration; finances. Lectures; readings; special reports. //; (3). Professor Fairlie Prerequisite: Open to graduate students and to undergraduates who have had Political Science 4. 36a-36b. Thesis Course.— (For candidates for honors and other seniors doing research work.) I, II; (2). Courses for Graduates 101. History of Political Theories. — Ancient, medieval, and modern political thought; theories of Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Montesquieu; evolution of American political ideas. (Given in 1915-16 and alternate years. Alternating with course 102.) Twice a week; I; (i unit). [102. The Nature of the State. — Origin, nature, forms, and functions of the state ; sovereignty and liberty ; citizenship and nationality ; constitutions ; principles and methods of political organization. Not given, 1915-16. Twice a week; I; (i unit). Professor Garner] 103. Seminar in Political Science and Public Law. — Special problems; reports; discussions; criticism. (The research work of candidates who are writing theses is under the direction of some instructor to whom they report frequently.) /, II. 106. Special Topics in International Law. — War law; rights and duties of neutrals; contraband; right of search; capture; continuous voyage; transfers of flag; blockades. Twice a week; II; (i unit). Professor Garner 112. Special Topics in Public Administration. — National, municipal, and local administration. Twice a week; II; (i unit). Professor Fairlie 113. Special Topics in State Administration. — Administrative reorgani- zation ; newer functions ; centralization and home rule ; law enforcement ; rela- tions between state, federal, and local agencies ; investigation of problems. Twice a week; II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Mathews 396 Psychology Summer Session Courses S 1. American Government. — For description see Political Science 1. (2y 2 ). Mr. Story Prerequisite: Thirty hours of university work. S 3. State and Local Government. — For description see Political Sci- ence